Transfusion Medicine

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 01/18/2019 - 15:25
Display Headline
Transfusion Medicine

INTRODUCTION

Transfusion therapy is an essential part of hematology practice, allowing for curative therapy of diseases such as leukemia, aplastic anemia, and aggressive lymphomas. Nonetheless, transfusions are associated with significant risks, including transmission of infections and transfusion-related reactions. Controversy remains about key issues in transfusion therapy, such as triggers for red cell transfusions. This article reviews the available blood products (Table 1) and indications for transfusion along with the associated risks, and also discusses specific clinical situations, such as massive transfusion.

Summary of Blood Products

BLOOD PRODUCTS

WHOLE BLOOD

Whole blood is the product of 1 unit of donated blood plus anticoagulant/preservative, and by definition contains 1 unit of plasma and red cells. Whole blood can be stored for 5 weeks. Although it was the standard product in the past, whole blood is rarely used since 1 unit of donated blood can now be fractionated into 1 unit of red blood cells (RBC), 1 unit of platelets, and 1 unit of fresh frozen plasma (FFP). Thus, the use of whole blood for just a single transfusion represents a waste of resources. There are 2 exceptions. One is autologous blood donations, which are whole blood units. Second, whole blood is increasingly being used in massive transfusions for trauma patients, with the rationale being that all essential blood components are being transfused at once.1

PACKED RED CELLS

The remaining red cell mass after most of the plasma is removed is called the “packed” red cell unit (hematocrit = 70%–80%), and so red cells are often called “packed” red cells, or PRBC. A preservative is added to improve the flow of blood and to provide “nutrients” for the red cells, and this reduces the hematocrit to approximately 60%. The volume of a red cell unit is approximately 340 mL. In the average adult, 1 unit of RBC raises the hematocrit by 3%. The indications for transfusion of red cells are to increase red cell mass, and thus oxygen delivery, in patients who are compromised by their anemia.

Several randomized trials have helped define the indications for red cell transfusions and justify lower hematocrit thresholds for initiating transfusion. The TRICC (Transfusion Requirements in Critical Care Investigators for the Canadian Critical Care Trials Group) trial showed that in critical care patients (30-day mortality, 18.7%–23.3%), a conservative transfusion strategy of waiting until the hematocrit was below 21% had the same outcomes as transfusing at a threshold of 24%.2 The TRACS (Transfusion Requirements After Cardiac Surgery) trial showed that a hematocrit target of 24% had the same benefit as a target of 30% in patients who had undergone cardiac bypass surgery.3 For patients with acute myocardial infarction, the outcomes were worse with aggressive transfusion at a hematocrit of 30% compared to 24%.4 In patients with upper gastrointestinal bleeding, a hemoglobin transfusion trigger of 7 g/dL was associated with a lower mortality than a trigger of 9 g/dL (5% versus 9%).5 Finally, the FOCUS (Transfusion Trigger Trial for Functional Outcomes in Cardiovascular Patients Undergoing Surgical Hip Fracture Repair) trial showed that in older patients (average age 80 years) who had undergone hip fracture surgery, transfusions based on symptoms and not a fixed trigger of 30% had the same outcomes but considerable savings in blood products.6 Based on these trials, decisions regarding when to transfuse patients should be based on symptoms and not “numbers.” Young patients, especially those with reversible anemias, can tolerate low blood counts and should not be transfused based on an arbitrary number.

PLATELETS

Several types of platelet products exist. One unit of platelet concentrate is derived from 1 unit of donor blood. Plateletpheresis from volunteer donors is also used to harvest platelets, with the resulting product referred to as plateletpheresis platelets. One unit of single-donor (pheresis) platelets is equivalent to 6 platelet concentrates. Finally, HLA-matched platelets are single-donor pheresis units that are obtained from an HLA-matched donor. This product should be ordered only if there is evidence of HLA antibodies (see Platelet Alloimmunization section).

The dose of platelets for the average patient is 6 units of platelet concentrate or 1 pheresis unit. In theory, 1 unit of platelet concentrate can raise the count by 5 to 7 × 103/µL, but often this response is blunted by concurrent illness or bleeding. In patients who appear to have a poor response, the platelet count can be checked 15 minutes after platelet infusion. No rise or a minimal rise (< 2 × 103/µL) in the platelet count is suggestive of platelet refractoriness, while a good 15-minute response but poor 24-hour count is more suggestive of consumption—fever, sepsis, drug, or splenomegaly—and not refractoriness.

The indication for platelet transfusion depends on the clinical situation. For patients with immune thrombocytopenia, platelets should not be transfused unless there is life-threatening bleeding. For stable patients with marrow aplasia from chemotherapy, a cut-off of a morning platelet count of less than 10 × 103/µL has been shown to be as safe as higher levels for prophylactic transfusions.7 For patients with active bleeding, the platelet count should be kept above 50 × 103/µL. Patients with acquired or inherited platelet dysfunction may benefit from transfusion no matter the platelet count.

 

 

Platelet Alloimmunization

Patients exposed to transfused white cells with different HLA antigens can develop antibodies to these antigens.8 Anti-HLA antibodies are common in patients who previously have received transfused blood that is not leukodepleted and in patients who have been pregnant. Since platelets carry class I HLA antigens, they will be rapidly destroyed by anti-HLA antibodies when transfused into these patients. In patients transfused for aplastic anemia or myelodysplasia, as many as 90% will become HLA-immunized. The incidence is lower in patients receiving chemotherapy but still can be as high as 60% to 90%.9,10 Patients who have developed anti-HLA antibodies can respond to transfused platelets matched for HLA antigens. Unfortunately, some patients will either be a rare HLA type or be so heavily immunized that they will not respond to any platelet transfusion.

The significance of alloimmunization centers on 2 concepts: recognition and avoidance. Patients with HLA antibodies will fail to have an increment of their platelet counts with transfusions. Accordingly, patients who do not experience an increase in their count 15 minutes after the transfusion may have HLA antibodies. One can test for the presence of anti-HLA antibodies, although some patients instead have specific antiplatelet antibodies that will not respond to HLA-matched platelets. In patients who have been pregnant or previously transfused and are scheduled to undergo transplant or aggressive chemotherapy, it is wise to test for anti-HLA antibodies in order to plan their transfusion needs. The evidence suggests that transfused white cells are responsible for initiating the anti-HLA response. Trials have shown that giving leukodepleted blood products may reduce the incidence of alloimmunization, so patients who are not HLA-alloimmunized should receive only leukodepleted products.11A difficult problem is bleeding in patients who are refractory to platelet transfusion.12 Patients who test positive for the presence of anti-HLA antibodies can receive transfusions of HLA-matched platelets.13 Unfortunately, matched platelet transfusions are not effective in 20% to 70% of these patients. Also, since some loci are difficult to match, effective products may be unavailable. Finally, as many as 25% of patients have antiplatelet antibodies in which HLA-matched products will be ineffective. Platelet cross-matching can be performed to find compatible units for these patients, but this may not always be successful. In the patient who is totally refractory to platelet transfusion, consider drugs as an etiology of antiplatelet antibodies (especially vancomycin).14 Use of antifibrinolytic agents such as epsilon-aminocaproic acid or tranexamic acid may decrease the incidence of minor bleeding, but these are ineffective for major bleeding. “Platelet drips”—infusing either a platelet concentrate per hour or 1 plateletpheresis unit every 6 hours—may be given as a continuous infusion, but there is no evidence that this is helpful.15

FRESH FROZEN PLASMA

FFP is made from 1 unit of donated whole blood, with an average volume of 225 mL per unit. One unit of FFP can increase coagulation factor levels by 5% and fibrinogen by 10 mg/dL in the average stable patient. FFP can take 20 to 30 minutes to thaw before use, so in situations where FFP is needed quickly, the blood bank must be informed to “keep ahead” some units. Units of FFP that have been thawed but not used can be stored refrigerated for 5 days to prevent wasting blood products.

The indications for FFP are limited to several situations. These include a documented coagulation defect that can be corrected by a reasonable amount of FFP, such as factor V deficiency and factor XI deficiency, disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC), reversal of warfarin, and massive transfusions. FFP is also used for the therapy of thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura.

There is little justification for FFP transfusion in many of the clinical settings in which it is commonly used. For example, FFP is given for minor elevations of the INR in patients with liver disease, despite literature showing not only that the INR rise is not reflective of coagulation defects, but also that patients with liver disease may even be thrombophilic.16,17 Reviews of FFP use found limited evidence-based indications for its use.18,19 Also, several studies have shown that transfusion of FFP is not effective at reversing minor elevations of the INR (1.3–1.8).20 In a meta-analysis, FFP was associated with increased risk for lung injury and a trend toward increased mortality.18

 

 

CRYOPRECIPITATE

Cryoprecipitate is produced from 1 unit of FFP that is thawed at 4°C. The precipitate is resuspended with 10 mL of saline or FFP and refrozen for storage. One unit contains at least 150 mg of fibrinogen and 80 units of factor VIII, along with von Willebrand factor. Thawing time for cryoprecipitate is approximately 20 minutes.

Cryoprecipitate is used to raise the fibrinogen level in patients with DIC or massive transfusion with hemodilution. It is third-line therapy in the treatment of type 1 von Willebrand disease and is second-line therapy in the treatment of patients with other types of von Willebrand disease. Currently, von Willebrand factor concentrates are the preferred replacement product for von Willebrand disease. Cryoprecipitate can be used as a source of factor VIII for hemophiliacs, but the preferred product for these patients is the super pure factor VIII concentrates or recombinant products. Cryoprecipitate can also be used to shorten the bleeding time of uremic patients, but its effectiveness for this is controversial.

GRANULOCYTES

Granulocytes are harvested by leukopheresis of normal donors, with a target yield of 1010 granulocytes from each donor. To reach this target, the donors are often “stimulated” with neutrophil growth factors. The harvesting procedure can take 3 hours and is associated with some risks to the donor (eg, citrate toxicity). The current indications for granulocytes are very limited since the advent of neutrophil growth factors and improved antimicrobials.21 They can be useful in the neutropenic patient with a documented bacterial infection in whom the white blood cell count is not expected to recover in the near future. Given the difficulty of keeping the count up, these transfusions have been mainly used in treating small children.

SPECIAL BLOOD PRODUCTS

IRRADIATED BLOOD PRODUCTS

Irradiation of blood is performed for only one reason: to prevent transfusion-related graft-versus-host disease (TGVHD) (Table 2).22 The irradiation can be performed at the blood center or in the transfusion service of larger hospitals. The units are not radioactive and can be transfused safely to other patients. There is increased leakage of potassium in irradiated units of blood, so the units need to be transfused within 14 days; in patients potentially sensitive to potassium (eg, neonates), the units must be transfused within 24 hours. Patients undergoing stem cell transplant, those receiving either interuterine transfusions or products from relatives, any patient with Hodgkin disease or receiving purine analogs or alemtuzumab, and patients with severe congenital immune deficiencies should receive irradiated blood. Most would also advocate that patients with hematologic malignances receiving chemotherapy receive irradiated products, but this is more controversial.

Situations Where Irradiated Blood Products Should Be Used

LEUKPDEPLETED BLOOD

Contamination of blood products by white blood cells is increasingly being recognized as a possible cause of adverse effects in transfused patients, including febrile transfusion reactions, inducing HLA alloimmunization, immunosuppression, disease transmission, and TGVHD. Reducing white cells can reduce the incidence of all of these complications except TGVHD. Currently, white cells are removed by infusion through filters that trap the cells. This can be done either at the bedside, in the blood bank, or at the donor center. The majority of red cells provided by blood centers in many areas of the country are already leukoreduced, eliminating the need for labor-intensive filtration at the transfusion center or bedside. Platelets collected by plateletpheresis methods can also be made leukocyte-poor. The current indications for leukodepleted productions are:

  1. Prevention of febrile transfusion reactions in patients with previous documented reactions
  2. Prevention of HLA alloimmunization (ineffective if patient has received 1 or more blood products not leukodepleted or is already HLA immunized)
  3. Prevention of cytomegalovirus (CMV) infection

 

 

CMV-NEGATIVE BLOOD

CMV can be transmitted through any cellular blood product—red cells and platelets. For patients who are CMV-negative and receiving transplants, especially stem cell transplants, a new CMV infection can be devastating.21 For years only blood from CMV-negative donors was used to transfuse CMV-negative patients. This policy is effective in preventing CMV infection, but because 50% of the population is positive for CMV antibodies, it may potentially lead to shortages of products that could be transfused to the patient. Currently, leukoreduced blood products are used since leukofiltration of the blood is just as effective as transfusion of CMV-negative blood in preventing infections and allows greater use of all blood products.23

COMPLICATIONS OF TRANSFUSIONS

HEMOLYTIC TRANSFUSION REACTION

There are 2 forms of hemolytic reactions—immediate and delayed.24 The immediate reaction is associated with fevers, hypotension, back pain, and oliguria. In severe cases, DIC and renal failure may occur. The immediate reaction is due to transfusion of blood that reacts with the recipient’s preformed high-titer blood antigen antibodies, most often to ABO. This is fatal 2% of the time and occurs almost always as a result of errors in correct identification of the patient. Reactions are due to recipient antibodies attacking donated RBCs, resulting in release of hemoglobin and red cell membrane–antigen complexes. These complexes are believed to lead to the hypotension, fevers, chills, and renal damage associated with the hemolytic reaction. Treatment consists of immediately stopping the transfusion, notifying the blood bank, vigorous intravenous hydration to keep the urine output over 100 mL/hr, and supportive therapy.

The delayed reaction can range in severity from an abrupt drop in the hematocrit to normal response to transfusion but the patient developing a positive Coombs’ test. The delayed response is due to an anamnestic response to blood-group antigens. When the patient is exposed to the same antigen, there is a rise in antibody titer leading to the reaction. Some alloantibodies can lead to a brisk reaction, most often anti-Kidd. The frequency with which delayed transfusion reactions occur is underestimated because mild reactions often do not get worked up or even discovered.

ALLERGIC REACTIONS

Allergic reactions are common (1%–3% of transfusions) and occur in patients having antibodies to proteins in donor blood, which can lead to hives and itching with transfusions. Most of the time these allergic reactions are mild and can be treated with antihistamines. Prophylaxis with antihistamines is not indicated for future transfusions unless the reactions are frequent. Rarely these reactions can be associated with shock and hypotension. Patients who are immunoglobulin (Ig) A–deficient can develop anaphylactic reactions to IgA-containing blood products. Patients with severe allergic reactions need to have their IgA measured and, if deficient, receive only washed units or plasma from IgA-deficient donors to prevent future severe reactions.

FEBRILE REACTIONS

The most common transfusion reaction is a febrile reaction that occurs after the transfusion starts and that sometimes can be complicated by chills. This reaction often occurs due to the presence of leukocyte debris and cytokines in the donated blood. Therapy is supportive and involves stopping the transfusion and administering acetaminophen, but since hemolytic transfusion reactions can present with fever all patients need to be thoroughly evaluated. The incidence of reactions can be decreased by using leukodepleted blood and plateletpheresis platelets. Most patients do not benefit from receiving prophylactic acetaminophen for future transfusion unless they have multiple reactions.

 

 

TRANSFUSION-RELATED ACUTE LUNG INJURY

Once thought a rare complication, transfusion-related acute lung injury (TRALI) is increasingly being recognized, with an incidence of approximately 1:5000 patients; it is now the most frequent cause of transfusion-related death.24,25 TRALI is noncardiac pulmonary edema and typically manifests clinically with hypoxemia, fever, bilateral infiltrates, and hypotension 2 to 6 hours after blood is given. Ventilatory support is often required. Recovery is usually rapid (24–48 hours) and complete. The etiology is complex. In many cases, transfused anti-HLA antibodies react with the recipient’s white cells leading to pulmonary damage. Another theory is that transfusion of preformed cytokines leads to pulmonary damage. Because plasma products from multiparous women are most often associated with anti-HLA antibodies, the restricted use of blood products from women has decreased the incidence of TRALI over the past few years.26

TRANSFUSION-ASSOCIATED CIRCULATORY OVERLOAD

Increasingly it being recognized that volume overload resulting from transfusions can lead to significant morbidity.27 Patients with heart or renal disease or patients who already have compromised fluid status are at risk for transfusion-associated circulatory overload (TACO). Another risk factor is transfusion of multiple blood products. Patients with TACO develop dyspnea within 6 hours of transfusion, but do not have fever or rash with the dyspnea. The diagnosis is made by demonstrating circulatory overload (eg, high venous pressure, B-type natriuretic peptide). Treatment is aggressive diuresis. Strategies to prevent TACO include judicious use of blood products, especially in patients at risk for TACO, and the use of prophylactic diuretics, especially with red cell or plasma transfusions.28

TRANSFUSION-RELATED GRAFT-VERSUS-HOST DISEASE

TGVHD is a rare reaction, but one that is most often fatal.29 TGVHD occurs when donor lymphocytes attack the blood recipient’s organs—skin, liver, intestines, and marrow. This is very rare in the normal blood recipient unless the donor and recipient share some HLA haplotypes.30 In immunosuppressed patients, TGVHD can occur with lesser degrees of HLA similarity, with cases reported in blood recipients who are mainly patients with Hodgkin disease or acute leukemia undergoing chemotherapy, and in patients receiving purine analogs. TGVHD had not been reported in AIDS patients despite profound immunosuppression, perhaps because the milieu of the patient does not allow lymphocyte expansion. Symptoms of TGVHD are an erythematous rash that may progress to epidermal toxic necrolysis, liver dysfunction, diarrhea, and pancytopenia. TGVHD is prevented by irradiating blood products given to at-risk patients with 2500 to 3500 rads. Directed blood donation from all blood relatives should also be irradiated. TGVHD cannot be prevented by leukopoor blood because the minute amount of lymphocytes that are not filtered still can lead to these complications.

POST-TRANSFUSION PURPURA

Patients with post-transfusion purpura (PTP) develop severe thrombocytopenia (< 10 × 103/µL) with often severe bleeding 1 to 2 weeks after receiving any type of blood product.31 Patients who develop PTP most often lack platelet antigen PLA1 or other platelet antigens. For unknown reasons, exposure to the antigens from the transfusion leads to rapid destruction of the patient’s own platelets. The diagnostic clue is thrombocytopenia in a patient, typically female, who has received a red cell or platelet blood product in the past 7 to 10 days. Treatment consists of intravenous immunoglobulin32 and plasmapheresis to remove the offending antibody. If patients with a history of PTP require further transfusions, only PLA1-negative platelets should be given.

IRON OVERLOAD

Every transfusion of red cells delivers approximately 250 mg of iron to the recipient. Since there is no natural way of ridding the body of iron, heavily transfused patients are at risk of iron overload. This is most often seen in children heavily transfused for thalassemia. Starting in the second decade of life, these individuals will develop endocrinopathies due to iron overload, liver problems, and often fatal cardiomyopathies. Studies have shown that chelation of iron with deferoxamine can be effective in preventing this fatal complication.33 Oral iron chelators such as deferasirox and deferiprone are also effective. The risk of iron overload in heavily transfused patients with myelodysplasia or other transfusion-dependent anemias is unclear, and uncertainty exists about the need for chelation.34

 

 

Young patients who face years of transfusions should be started on iron chelation to avoid iron overload. For older patients with transfusion-dependent anemia, iron chelation therapy should be considered if their life expectancy is long (years to decades) or special studies such as T2-weighted cardiac magnetic resonance imaging showing iron overloading.35

INFECTIOUS COMPLICATIONS

Concern over transmission of HIV infection via blood products in the late 1980s led to both a reduction in blood product use and a greater awareness of infectious complications of transfusion and their prevention. However, no blood product can ever be assumed to be safe for 2 reasons. One is that blood products can transmit infections during a “window period”—the time before a contaminated product can be detected by testing. The second is that blood is not screened for all potential infections (eg, babesiosis or new infections such as West Nile virus at the start of the outbreak). Risk of infection is reduced in 2 ways: deferral of potential infectious donors and blood product testing.

As part of the donation process, potential blood donors are asked a series of questions to see if they have risk factors for infections (eg, recent travel to malarious areas, recent tattoos), and if they answer positive are deferred from donating blood. Blood products are then tested for infectious agents by a combination of methods including detection of viral antigen, antibody response to infections, and more recently polymerase chain reaction (PCR).36 Current screening includes syphilis testing; testing for antibodies to HIV, HTLV (human T-lymphotropic virus), hepatitis C virus, hepatitis B core antigen (HBcAg), hepatitis B surface antigen, and PCR for HIV, hepatitis B virus, HCV, and West Nile virus. Some centers also test for Trypanosoma cruzi, the cause of Chagas disease.

In the past, the numerically most common transfusion-related disease was hepatitis, first B and then C.37,38 The first step in eliminating these infections was to stop paying donors for blood products. With the introduction of effective testing for hepatitis B and then C, the incidence of transfusion-related hepatitis has plummeted.36 For example, with the introduction of a diagnostic test for hepatitis C, the estimated risk has fallen from 5% to less than 1 per million. Currently, the risk of transmission of hepatitis B and C, HIV, and HTLV is less than 1 in a million.38

Despite this testing, blood transfusions can transmit a variety of infections, including malaria and babesiosis.39 Any new blood-borne infection introduced into the population can get into the blood supply as well. For example, at the start of the West Nile virus epidemic, there was a cluster of transfusion-transmitted cases that resulted in severe and sometimes fatal illness in immunosuppressed patients, but this issue has been addressed with the development of a PCR assay for screening blood.40 The rate of transfusion-related babesiosis has been increasing and screening for the causative parasite is being considered.

 

 

MASSIVE TRANSFUSIONS

Acutely bleeding patients can require large amounts of transfusion products. Early data showed high mortality rates with transfusion of more than 20 units of blood,41 but with modern blood banking techniques and improved laboratory testing, this rate has decreased dramatically, with survival rates of 43% to 70% in patients transfused with more than 50 units of blood.42

The basic approach to massive transfusions is to first transfuse the patient to maintain hemodynamic stability while specific blood tests are being obtained, and then to use the results of these early tests to guide the rest of the resuscitation. An important component is the ability to rapidly deliver standard packages of red cells, usually 6 to 10 units at a time, to the bleeding patient. To avoid delay while the patient’s blood is being typed, the first products delivered are blood group O Rh-positive units. Given the shortage of Rh-negative blood, this should be reserved for only empiric therapy of women of child-bearing age. Once the blood type is known, the patient can be switched over to type-specific blood.

In the past decade, there has been a shift toward increasing the amount of plasma given to patients receiving massive transfusions. This shift has occurred for 2 reasons. One is that modeling of coagulation changes in massive bleeding suggests the need for larger amounts of plasma to correct defects than have previously been recommended.43 The other reason is based on analysis of resuscitation protocols used in military and civilian trauma centers showing that giving red cells and plasma units in a 1:1 ratio appears to be associated with improved outcomes in massive transfusion. Several studies have extended this concept to platelets, again suggesting improved survival with 1 unit of random donor platelets given 1:1 with red cells and plasma units. The PROPPR (Prospective Observational Multicenter Major Trauma Transfusion) study compared a 1:1:1 to 1:1:2 ratio in patients with severe trauma and major bleeding and found less exsanguination and faster achievement of hemostasis in the first 24 hours.44 This has led to the widespread adoption of the 1:1 ratio by most trauma centers, and by default to other massive transfusion situations despite the lack of clinical trial data.45

One barrier to increased use is that plasma is kept frozen and requires 20 minutes to thaw. Many institutions are now keeping inventories of thawed plasma available for immediate use, ranging from 2 to 4 units of group AB plasma to keeping their entire inventory as liquid plasma.46 Plasma that is thawed but not used can be relabeled as “thawed plasma” and kept for up to 5 days. Also, many centers now use group A plasma for massive transfusions as this rarely leads to transfusion reactions and is much more available.47 Research is currently under way on lyophilized plasma, which can be stored at room temperature and can be rapidly reconstituted for emergency use.

Massive Transfusion Protocol

The standard approach for laboratory testing is obtaining 5 tests: hematocrit, platelet count, INR/prothrombin time, activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT), and fibrinogen.48 Product selection is guided by these tests, and they are repeated at regular intervals during the massive transfusion. A typical protocol is shown in Table 3. It is important as part of any protocol to have a flow chart that records laboratory results and products given that any member of the team can easily view.

 

 

The transfusion threshold for a low hematocrit depends on the stability of the patient. If the hematocrit is below 30% and the patient is bleeding or hemodynamically unstable, one should transfuse packed red cells. Stable patients can tolerate lower hematocrits, and an aggressive transfusion policy may even be detrimental.2,49 If the patient is bleeding, has florid DIC, or has received platelet aggregation inhibitors, then keeping the platelet count above 50 × 103/µL is reasonable. There are data regarding massive transfusion showing that keeping the platelet count above 50 × 103/µL resulted in less microvascular bleeding.50 The conventional dose of platelets is 6 to 8 platelet concentrates or 1 plateletpheresis unit.

While in the past fibrinogen targets of 50 to 100 mg/dL were recommended, recent data indicate that a target of 150 mg/dL or higher may be more appropriate.51–53 Severe fibrinolysis may occur in certain clinical situations such as brain injuries, hepatic trauma, or ischemic limb reperfusion, and the use of large amounts of cryoprecipitate can be anticipated. In patients with an INR greater than 2 and an abnormal aPTT, one can give 2 to 4 units of FFP. For an aPTT greater than 1.5 times normal, 2 to 4 units of plasma should be given. Elevation of the aPTT above 1.8 times normal control is associated with microvascular bleeding in trauma patients.54 Patients with marked abnormalities (eg, anaPTT more than 2 times normal) may require aggressive therapy with at least 15 to 30 mL/kg (4–8 units for an average adult) of plasma.55

Recently there has been increasing interest in the use of thromboelastography (TEG) in massive transfusion.56 This is a point-of-care assay performed on fresh whole blood that can assess multiple facets of hemostasis, including coagulation, platelet function, and fibrinolysis.57,58 TEG is performed by placing a 0.35-mL sample of whole blood into an oscillating container with a sensor pin that measures the force of thrombus formation. TEG measures 5 parameters:

  • r time: time from starting TEG until clot formation
  • K time: time needed for tracing to go from 2 mm to 20 mm
  • alpha angle: slope of tracing between r and K time
  • MA: greatest amplitude of TEG tracing
  • Whole blood lysis index: amplitude of tracing 60 minutes after MA.

Several centers have incorporated TEG into resuscitation protocols that include standardized strategies for responding to abnormalities. Data suggest that use of TEG may decrease the use of blood products, especially in cardiac surgery, but this has not been prospectively studied in massive transfusions.56,59

COMPLICATIONS OF MASSIVE TRANSFUSIONS

Electrolyte abnormalities are unusual even in patients who receive massive transfusions.60 Platelet concentrates and plasma contain citrate that can chelate calcium. However, the citrate is rapidly metabolized, and it is rare to see clinically significant hypocalcemia. Although empiric calcium replacement is often recommended, one study suggests that this is associated with a worse outcome and should not be done.61 If hypocalcemia is a clinical concern, then levels should be drawn to guide therapy. Stored blood is acidic, with a pH of 6.5 to 6.9. However, acidosis attributed solely to transfused blood is rare and most often is a reflection of the patient’s stability. Empirical bicarbonate replacement has been associated with severe alkalosis and is not recom mended.62,63 Although potassium leaks out of stored red cells, even older units of blood contain only 8 mEq/L of potassium, so hyperkalemia is usually not a concern.

 

 

PATIENTS WITH AUTOIMMUNE HEMOLYTIC ANEMIA

Patients with autoimmune hemolytic anemia can be difficult to transfuse,64 because the autoantibody can interfere with several aspects of the transfusion services evaluation. In some patients the autoantibody can be so strong that the patient’s blood type cannot be determined. In most patients, the final step of the cross-match—mixing the donor blood with recipient plasma—will show noncompatibility due to the autoantibodies reacting with any red cells.

The first step when transfusing a patient with autoimmune hemolytic anemia is to draw several tubes of blood for the transfusion service before any potential transfusions. This allows the transfusion service to remove the autoantibodies so they can screen for underlying alloantibodies. Second, if the patient requires immediate transfusion, then type-specific or O-negative blood should be given. If the patient has not been recently (months) transfused, the incidence of a severe transfusion reaction is low. The first unit should be infused slowly with close observation of the patient. For patients who have been multiply transfused, the use of an “in-vivo” cross-match may be helpful. This is where the patient is slowly transfused 10 to 15 mL of blood over 15 minutes. The the plasma and urine are then assessed for signs of hemolysis and, if negative, the remaining product is given.

REFUSAL OF BLOOD PRODUCTS

The initial step in managing patients who refuse blood products is to find out why they are refusing them. Many patients have an exaggerated fear of HIV and other infectious agents, so discussing the very low risk for infection transmission can often resolve the situation. The most common reason for refusal of blood products is religious belief. Jehovah’s Witness patients will refuse blood products due to their interpretation of the Bible.65 All members will refuse red cells, plasma, and platelets, while decisions about “derived” blood products—products made by manipulation of the original donated units—are a matter of conscience. These include cryoprecipitate, intravenous gammaglobulin, and albumin.

In an elective situation, the first step is to discuss with the patient those products that are a matter of conscience and clearly document this. The patient’s blood count and iron stores should be assessed to identify any correctible causes of anemia or low iron stores before surgery. The use of erythropoietin to correct blood counts before surgery is controversial, as this may increase thrombosis risk and is contraindicated in patients with curable tumors.

For patients with acute blood loss, use of intravenous iron combined with high-dose erythropoietin is the most common approach to raise the blood count.65 A recommended erythropoietin dose is 300 units/kg 3 times a week, dropping to 100 units/kg 3 times weekly until the goal hematocrit is reached. Another often overlooked step is to consolidate and minimize laboratory testing. The most important step is to be respectful of the patient and their beliefs. Many larger cities have liaisons that can help with interactions between Jehovah’s Witness patients and the health care system.

 

 

NON-TRANSFUSION THERAPIES FOR ACUTE BLEEDING

DESMOPRESSIN

Desmopressin (DDAVP) is a synthetic analog of antidiuretic hormone that raises the levels of both factor VIII and von Willebrand protein severalfold.66 Desmopressin is effective in supporting hemostasis in patients with a wide variety of congenital and acquired bleeding disorders. However, desmopressin does not reduce blood loss before routine surgery in a healthy patient and should not be used for this purpose.67

TRANEXAMIC ACID

Tranexamic acid is an antifibrinolytic agent that blocks the binding of plasmin to fibrin.68 This agent was first shown to be useful in disorders that involve excessive fibrinolysis69–73 or as adjunctive therapy for oral or dental procedures in patients with a bleeding diathesis. In patients with severe thrombocytopenia, the use of antifibrinolytic agents may reduce bleeding. Increasing data shows that tranexamic acid can prevent blood loss in a variety of surgeries including heart bypass, liver transplantation, and orthopedic surgery.74 Patients across these settings have decreased blood loss and need for transfusion with no increased risk of thrombosis. The CRASH-2 study showed that the use of tranexamic acid significantly reduced mortality in trauma patients.75 The WOMEN trial demonstrated that 1 g of tranexamic acid given to women with blood loss of more than 500 mL after vaginal delivery or 1000 mL after cesarean section has a risk reduction of death of 0.81 with no increased risk of thrombosis.76 Given this abundant data, it is clear tranexamic acid needs to be part of any massive transfusion protocol.77

RECOMBINANT FACTOR VIIa

Recombinant factor VIIa (rVIIa) was originally developed as a “bypass” agent to support hemostasis in hemophiliacs.78 However, the use of rVIIa for a wide array of bleeding disorders, including patients with factor VII and XI deficiency and Glanzmann thrombasthenia, has been reported.79 Increasingly, rVIIa is being used as a “universal hemostatic agent” for patients with uncontrolled bleeding from any mechanism.80 Multiple case reports have described the use of rVIIa for bleeding in cardiac surgery patients, obstetrical bleeding, reversal of anticoagulation, and trauma.81 Unfortunately, little formal trial data exists to put these anecdotes into perspective, and formal review of clinical trial results has shown no benefit.82,83 However, when used in older patients, especially those with vascular risk factors, the risk of arterial thrombosis appears to increase.84 In the trials for intracranial hemorrhage, the thrombosis rate was 5% to 9%, and rates up to 10% for arterial events were seen in older patients in a review of all trials.85–87 Given the lack of data but the evidence of risk, rVIIa use should be restricted to patients with documented bleeding disorders that have been shown to benefit by its use.

References

1. Yazer MH, Cap AP, Spinella PC, et al. How do I implement a whole blood program for massively bleeding patients? Transfusion 2018;58:622–8.

2. Hébert PC, Wells G, Blajchman MA, et al. A multicenter, randomized, controlled clinical trial of transfusion requirements in critical care. Transfusion Requirements in Critical Care Investigators, Canadian Critical Care Trials Group. N Engl J Med 1999;340:409–17.

3. Hajjar LA, Vincent JL, Galas FR, et al. Tranfusion requirements after cardiac surgery: the TRACS randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2010;304:1559–67.

4. Cooper HA, Rao SV, Greenberg MD, et al. Conservative versus liberal red cell transfusion in acute myocardial infarction (the CRIT Randomized Pilot Study). Am J Cardiol 2011;108:1108–11.

5. Villanueva C, Colomo A, Bosch A, et al. Transfusion strategies for acute upper gastrointestinal bleeding. N Engl J Med 2013;368:11–21.

6. Carson JL, Terrin ML, Noveck H, et al; the FOCUS Investigators. Liberal or restrictive transfusion in high-risk patients after hip surgery. N Engl J Med 2011 Dec 4. [Epub ahead of print]

7. Schiffer CA, Anderson KC, Bennett CL, et al. Platelet transfusion for patients with cancer: clinical practice guidelines of the American Society of Clinical Oncology. J Clin Oncol 2001;19:1519–38.

8. Schiffer CA. Prevention of alloimmunization against platelets. Blood 1991;77:1–4.

9. Hod E, Schwartz J. Platelet transfusion refractoriness. Br J Haematol 2008;142:348–60.

10. Novotny VMJ, Van Doorn R, Witvliet MD, et al. Occurrence of allogeneic HLA and non-HLA antibodies after transfusion of prestorage filtered platelets and red blood cells: A prospective study. Blood 1995;85:1736–41.

11. McFarland J, Menitove J, Kagen L et al. Leukocyte reduction and ultraviolet B irradiation of platelets to prevent alloimmunization and refractoriness to platelet transfusions. N Engl J Med 1997;337:1861–9.

12. Juskewitch JE, Norgan AP, De Goey SR, et al. How do I … manage the platelet transfusion-refractory patient? Transfusion 2017;57:2828–35.

13. Schiffer CA. Diagnosis and management of refractoriness to platelet transfusion. Blood Rev 2001;15:175–80.

14. Christie DJ, van Buren N, Lennon SS, Putnam JL. Vancomycin-dependent antibodies associated with thrombocytopenia and refractoriness to platelet transfusion in patients with leukemia. Blood 1990;75:518–23.

15. Dzik S. How I do it: platelet support for refractory patients. Transfusion 2007;47:374–8.

16. Tripodi A, Mannucci PM. The coagulopathy of chronic liver disease. N Engl J Med 2011;365:147–56.

17. Lisman T, Porte RJ. Pathogenesis, prevention, and management of bleeding and thrombosis in patients with liver diseases. Res Pract Thromb Haemost 2017;1:150–61.

18. Murad MH, Stubbs JR, Gandhi MJ, et al. The effect of plasma transfusion on morbidity and mortality: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Transfusion 2010;50:1370–83.

19. Green L, Bolton-Maggs P, Beattie C, et al. British Society of Haematology Guidelines on the spectrum of fresh frozen plasma and cryoprecipitate products: their handling and use in various patient groups in the absence of major bleeding. Br J Haematol 2018;181:54–67.

20. Abdel-Wahab OI, Healy B, Dzik WH. Effect of fresh-frozen plasma transfusion on prothrombin time and bleeding in patients with mild coagulation abnormalities. Transfusion 2006;46:1279–85.

21. Price TH. Granulocyte transfusion: current status. Semin Hematol 2007;44:15–23.

22. Treleaven J, Gennery A, Marsh J, et al. Guidelines on the use of irradiated blood components prepared by the British Committee for Standards in Haematology blood transfusion task force. Br J Haematol 2011;152:35–51.

23. Thiele T, Kruger W, Zimmermann K, et al. Transmission of cytomegalovirus (CMV) infection by leukoreduced blood products not tested for CMV antibodies: a single-center prospective study in high-risk patients undergoing allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (CME). Transfusion 2011;51:2620–6.

24. Delaney M, Wendel S, Bercovitz RS, et al; Biomedical Excellence for Safer Transfusion (BEST) Collaborative. Transfusion reactions: prevention, diagnosis, and treatment. Lancet 2016;388:2825–36.

25. Toy P, Gajic O, Bacchetti P, et al. Transfusion related acute lung injury: incidence and risk factors. Blood 2011 Nov 23. [Epub ahead of print]

26. Wiersum-Osselton JC, Middelburg RA, Beckers EA, et al. Male-only fresh-frozen plasma for transfusion-related acute lung injury prevention: before-and-after comparative cohort study. Transfusion 2011;51:1278–83.

27. Friedman T, Javidroozi M, Lobel G, Shander A. Complications of allogeneic blood product administration, with emphasis on transfusion-related acute lung injury and transfusion-associated circulatory overload. Adv Anesth 2017;35:159–73.

28. Lin CR, Armali C, Callum J, et al. Transfusion-associated circulatory overload prevention: a retrospective observational study of diuretic use. Vox Sang 2018;113:386–92.

29. Sun X, Yu H, Xu Z, et al. Transfusion-associated graft-versus-host-disease: case report and review of literature. Transfus Apher Sci 2010;43:331–4.

30. Petz LD, Calhoun L, Yam P, et al. Transfusion-associated graft-versus-host disease in immunocompetent patients: report of a fatal case associated with transfusion of blood from a second-degree relative, and a survey of predisposing factors. Transfusion 1993;33:742–50.

31. Mueller-Eckhardt C. Post-transfusion purpura. Br J Hematol 1986;64:419–24.

32. Mueller-Eckhardt C, Kiefel V. High-dose IgG for posttransfusion purpura-revisited. Blut 1988;57:163–7.

33. Modell B, Khan M, Darlison M. Survival in beta-thalassaemia major in the UK: data from the UK Thalassaemia Register. Lancet 2000;355(9220):2051–2.

34. Zeidan AM, Griffiths EA. To chelate or not to chelate in MDS: That is the question! Blood Rev 2018. pii: S0268-960X(17)30128-5.

35. Konen E, Ghoti H, Goitein O, et al. No evidence for myocardial iron overload in multitransfused patients with myelodysplastic syndrome using cardiac magnetic resonance T2 technique. Am J Hematol 2007;82:1013–16.

36. Squires JE. Risks of transfusion. South Med J 2011;104:762–9.

37. Sharma S, Sharma P, Tyler LN. Transfusion of blood and blood products: indications and complications. Am Fam Physician 2011;83:719–24.

38. Jacquot C, Delaney M. Efforts toward elimination of infectious agents in blood products. J Intensive Care Med 2018 Jan 1:885066618756589 [Epub ahead of print].

39. Herwaldt BL, Linden JV, Bosserman E, et al. Transfusion-associated babesiosis in the United States: a description of cases. Ann Intern Med 2011;155:509–19.

40. Biggerstaff BJ, Petersen LR. Estimated risk of West Nile virus transmission through blood transfusion during an epidemic in Queens, New York City. Transfusion 2002;42:1019–26.

41. Wilson RF, Mammen E, Walt AJ. Eight years of experience with massive blood transfusions. J Trauma 1971;11:275–85.

42. Wade CE, del Junco DJ, Holcomb JB, et al. Variations between level I trauma centers in 24-hour mortality in severely injured patients requiring a massive transfusion. J Trauma 2011;71(2 Suppl 3):S389–S393.

43. Hirshberg A, Dugas M, Banez EI, et al. Minimizing dilutional coagulopathy in exsanguinating hemorrhage: a computer simulation. J Trauma 2003;54:454–63.

44. Holcomb JB, Tilley BC, Baraniuk S, et al. Transfusion of plasma, platelets, and red blood cells in a 1:1:1 vs a 1:1:2 ratio and mortality in patients with severe trauma: the PROPPR randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2015;313:471–82.

45. Pasquier P, Gayat E, Rackelboom T, et al. An observational study of the fresh frozen plasma: red blood cell ratio in postpartum hemorrhage. Anesth Analg 2013;116:155–61.

46. Yuan S, Ziman A, Anthony MA, et al. How do we provide blood products to trauma patients? Transfusion 2009;49:1045–9.

47. Stevens WT, Morse BC, Bernard A, et al. Incompatible type A plasma transfusion in patients requiring massive transfusion protocol: Outcomes of an Eastern Association for the Surgery of Trauma multicenter study. J Trauma Acute Care Surg 2017;83:25–9.

48. DeLoughery TG. Coagulation defects in trauma patients: etiology, recognition, and therapy. Crit Care Clin 2004;20:13–24.

49. Blair SD, Janvrin SB, McCollum CN, Greenhalgh RM. Effect of early blood transfusion on gastrointestinal haemorrhage. Br J Surg 1986;73:783–5.

50. Counts RB, Haisch C, Simon TL, et al. Hemostasis in massively transfused trauma patients. Ann Surg 1979;190:91–9.

51. Gerlach R, Tolle F, Raabe A, et al. Increased risk for postoperative hemorrhage after intracranial surgery in patients with decreased factor XIII activity: implications of a prospective study. Stroke 2002;33:1618–23.

52. Fenger-Eriksen C, Lindberg-Larsen M, Christensen AQ, et al. Fibrinogen concentrate substitution therapy in patients with massive haemorrhage and low plasma fibrinogen concentrations. Br J Anaesth 2008;101:769–73.

53. Charbit B, Mandelbrot L, Samain E, et al. The decrease of fibrinogen is an early predictor of the severity of postpartum hemorrhage. J Thromb Haemost 2007;5:266–73.

54. Ciavarella D, Reed RL, Counts RB, et al. Clotting factor levels and the risk of diffuse microvascular bleeding in the massively transfused patient. Br J Haematol 1987;67:365–8.

55. Chowdhury P, Saayman AG, Paulus U, et al. Efficacy of standard dose and 30 ml/kg fresh frozen plasma in correcting laboratory parameters of haemostasis in critically ill patients. Br J Haematol 2004;125:69–73.

56. Curry NS, Davenport R, Pavord S, et al.The use of viscoelastic haemostatic assays in the management of major bleeding: A British Society for Haematology Guideline. Br J Haematol 2018. doi: 10.1111/bjh.15524. [Epub ahead of print].

57. Kashuk JL, Moore EE, Sawyer M, et al. Postinjury coagulopathy management: goal directed resuscitation via POC thrombelastography. Ann Surg 2010;251:604–14.

58. Whitten CW, Greilich PE. Thromboelastography: past, present, and future. Anesthesiology 2000;92:1223–5.

59. Girdauskas E, Kempfert J, Kuntze T, et al. Thromboelastometrically guided transfusion protocol during aortic surgery with circulatory arrest: a prospective, randomized trial. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 2010;140:1117–24.

60. Goskowicz R. The complications of massive tranfusion. Anesthesiology Clin North Am 1999;17:959–78.

61. Howland WS, Schwiezer O, Boyan CP. Massive blood replacement without calcuim administration. Surg Gynecol Obstet 1964;159:171–7.

62. Miller RD, Tong MJ, Robbins TO. Effects of massive transfusion of blood on acid-base balance. JAMA 1971;216:1762–5.

63. Collins JA. Problems associated with the massive transfusion of stored blood. Surgery 1974;75:274–95.

64. Petz LD. A physician’s guide to transfusion in autoimmune haemolytic anaemia. Br J Haematol 2004;124:712–6.

65. Scharman CD, Burger D, Shatzel JJ, et al. Treatment of individuals who cannot receive blood products for religious or other reasons. Am J Hematol 2017;92:1370–81

66. Leissinger C, Carcao M, Gill JC, et al. Desmopressin (DDAVP) in the management of patients with congenital bleeding disorders. Haemophilia 2014;20:158–67.

67. Desborough MJ, Oakland KA, Landoni G, et al. Desmopressin for treatment of platelet dysfunction and reversal of antiplatelet agents: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. J Thromb Haemost 2017;15:263–72.

68. Ng W, Jerath A, Wa˛sowicz M. Tranexamic acid: a clinical review. Anaesthesiol Intensive Ther 2015;47:339–50.

69. Amitrano L, Guardascione MA, Brancaccio V, Balzano A. Coagulation disorders in liver disease. Semin Liver Dis 2002;22:83–96.

70. Chang JC, Kane KK. Pathologic hyperfibrinolysis associated with amyloidosis: clinical response to epsilon amino caproic acid. Am J Clin Pathol 1984;81:382–7.

71. Anonymous. Tranexamic acid. Med Letter Drugs Therapeutics 1987;29:89–90.

72. Schwartz BS, Williams EC, Conlan MG, Mosher DF. Epsilon-aminocaproic acid in the treatment of patients with acute promyelocytic leukemia and acquired alpha-2-plasmin inhibitor defiency. Ann Intern Med 1986;105:873–7.

73. Takahashi H, Tatewaki W, Wada K, et al. Fibrinolysis and fibrinogenolysis in liver disease. Am J Hematol 1990;34:241-–5.

74. Ker K, Edwards P, Perel P, et al. Effect of tranexamic acid on surgical bleeding: systematic review and cumulative meta-analysis. BMJ 2012;344:e3054.

75. Shakur H, Roberts I, Bautista R, et al. Effects of tranexamic acid on death, vascular occlusive events, and blood transfusion in trauma patients with significant haemorrhage (CRASH-2): a randomised, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2010;376(9734):23–32.

76. WOMAN Trial Collaborators. Effect of early tranexamic acid administration on mortality, hysterectomy, and other morbidities in women with post-partum haemorrhage (WOMAN): an international, randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2017;389:2105–16.

77. Godbey EA, Schwartz J. ‘Massive transfusion protocols and the use of tranexamic acid’. Curr Opin Hematol 2018 Aug 16. doi: 10.1097/MOH.0000000000000457. [Epub ahead of print]

78. Hay CR, Negrier C, Ludlam CA. The treatment of bleeding in acquired haemophilia with recombinant factor VIIa: a multicentre study. Thromb Haemost 1997;78:1463–7.

79. DeLoughery TG. Management of bleeding emergencies: when to use recombinant activated factor VII. Expert Opin Pharmacother 2006;7:25–34.

80. Aledort L. Recombinant factor VIIa Is a pan-hemostatic agent? Thromb Haemost 2000;83:637–8.

81. Logan AC, Yank V, Stafford RS. Off-label use of recombinant factor VIIa in U.S. hospitals: analysis of hospital records. Ann Intern Med 2011;154:516–22.

82. Lin Y, Stanworth S, Birchall J, Doree C, Hyde C. Use of recombinant factor VIIa for the prevention and treatment of bleeding in patients without hemophilia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. CMAJ 2011;183:E9–19.

83. Yank V, Tuohy CV, Logan AC et al. Systematic review: benefits and harms of in-hospital use of recombinant factor VIIa for off-label indications. Ann Intern Med 2011;154:529–40.

84. Pavese P, Bonadona A, Beaubien J, et al. FVIIa corrects the coagulopathy of fulminant hepatic failure but may be associated with thrombosis: a report of four cases. Can J Anaesth 2005;52:26–29.

85. Mayer SA, Brun NC, Begtrup K, et al. Recombinant activated factor VII for acute intracerebral hemorrhage. N Engl J Med 2005;352:777–85.

86. Mayer SA, Brun NC, Begtrup K, et al. Efficacy and safety of recombinant activated factor VII for acute intracerebral hemorrhage. N Engl J Med 2008;358:2127–37.

87. Levi M, Levy JH, Andersen HF, Truloff D. Safety of recombinant activated factor VII in randomized clinical trials. N Engl J Med 2010;363:1791–1800.

Issue
Hospital Physician: Hematology/Oncology - 13(5)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
30-44
Sections

INTRODUCTION

Transfusion therapy is an essential part of hematology practice, allowing for curative therapy of diseases such as leukemia, aplastic anemia, and aggressive lymphomas. Nonetheless, transfusions are associated with significant risks, including transmission of infections and transfusion-related reactions. Controversy remains about key issues in transfusion therapy, such as triggers for red cell transfusions. This article reviews the available blood products (Table 1) and indications for transfusion along with the associated risks, and also discusses specific clinical situations, such as massive transfusion.

Summary of Blood Products

BLOOD PRODUCTS

WHOLE BLOOD

Whole blood is the product of 1 unit of donated blood plus anticoagulant/preservative, and by definition contains 1 unit of plasma and red cells. Whole blood can be stored for 5 weeks. Although it was the standard product in the past, whole blood is rarely used since 1 unit of donated blood can now be fractionated into 1 unit of red blood cells (RBC), 1 unit of platelets, and 1 unit of fresh frozen plasma (FFP). Thus, the use of whole blood for just a single transfusion represents a waste of resources. There are 2 exceptions. One is autologous blood donations, which are whole blood units. Second, whole blood is increasingly being used in massive transfusions for trauma patients, with the rationale being that all essential blood components are being transfused at once.1

PACKED RED CELLS

The remaining red cell mass after most of the plasma is removed is called the “packed” red cell unit (hematocrit = 70%–80%), and so red cells are often called “packed” red cells, or PRBC. A preservative is added to improve the flow of blood and to provide “nutrients” for the red cells, and this reduces the hematocrit to approximately 60%. The volume of a red cell unit is approximately 340 mL. In the average adult, 1 unit of RBC raises the hematocrit by 3%. The indications for transfusion of red cells are to increase red cell mass, and thus oxygen delivery, in patients who are compromised by their anemia.

Several randomized trials have helped define the indications for red cell transfusions and justify lower hematocrit thresholds for initiating transfusion. The TRICC (Transfusion Requirements in Critical Care Investigators for the Canadian Critical Care Trials Group) trial showed that in critical care patients (30-day mortality, 18.7%–23.3%), a conservative transfusion strategy of waiting until the hematocrit was below 21% had the same outcomes as transfusing at a threshold of 24%.2 The TRACS (Transfusion Requirements After Cardiac Surgery) trial showed that a hematocrit target of 24% had the same benefit as a target of 30% in patients who had undergone cardiac bypass surgery.3 For patients with acute myocardial infarction, the outcomes were worse with aggressive transfusion at a hematocrit of 30% compared to 24%.4 In patients with upper gastrointestinal bleeding, a hemoglobin transfusion trigger of 7 g/dL was associated with a lower mortality than a trigger of 9 g/dL (5% versus 9%).5 Finally, the FOCUS (Transfusion Trigger Trial for Functional Outcomes in Cardiovascular Patients Undergoing Surgical Hip Fracture Repair) trial showed that in older patients (average age 80 years) who had undergone hip fracture surgery, transfusions based on symptoms and not a fixed trigger of 30% had the same outcomes but considerable savings in blood products.6 Based on these trials, decisions regarding when to transfuse patients should be based on symptoms and not “numbers.” Young patients, especially those with reversible anemias, can tolerate low blood counts and should not be transfused based on an arbitrary number.

PLATELETS

Several types of platelet products exist. One unit of platelet concentrate is derived from 1 unit of donor blood. Plateletpheresis from volunteer donors is also used to harvest platelets, with the resulting product referred to as plateletpheresis platelets. One unit of single-donor (pheresis) platelets is equivalent to 6 platelet concentrates. Finally, HLA-matched platelets are single-donor pheresis units that are obtained from an HLA-matched donor. This product should be ordered only if there is evidence of HLA antibodies (see Platelet Alloimmunization section).

The dose of platelets for the average patient is 6 units of platelet concentrate or 1 pheresis unit. In theory, 1 unit of platelet concentrate can raise the count by 5 to 7 × 103/µL, but often this response is blunted by concurrent illness or bleeding. In patients who appear to have a poor response, the platelet count can be checked 15 minutes after platelet infusion. No rise or a minimal rise (< 2 × 103/µL) in the platelet count is suggestive of platelet refractoriness, while a good 15-minute response but poor 24-hour count is more suggestive of consumption—fever, sepsis, drug, or splenomegaly—and not refractoriness.

The indication for platelet transfusion depends on the clinical situation. For patients with immune thrombocytopenia, platelets should not be transfused unless there is life-threatening bleeding. For stable patients with marrow aplasia from chemotherapy, a cut-off of a morning platelet count of less than 10 × 103/µL has been shown to be as safe as higher levels for prophylactic transfusions.7 For patients with active bleeding, the platelet count should be kept above 50 × 103/µL. Patients with acquired or inherited platelet dysfunction may benefit from transfusion no matter the platelet count.

 

 

Platelet Alloimmunization

Patients exposed to transfused white cells with different HLA antigens can develop antibodies to these antigens.8 Anti-HLA antibodies are common in patients who previously have received transfused blood that is not leukodepleted and in patients who have been pregnant. Since platelets carry class I HLA antigens, they will be rapidly destroyed by anti-HLA antibodies when transfused into these patients. In patients transfused for aplastic anemia or myelodysplasia, as many as 90% will become HLA-immunized. The incidence is lower in patients receiving chemotherapy but still can be as high as 60% to 90%.9,10 Patients who have developed anti-HLA antibodies can respond to transfused platelets matched for HLA antigens. Unfortunately, some patients will either be a rare HLA type or be so heavily immunized that they will not respond to any platelet transfusion.

The significance of alloimmunization centers on 2 concepts: recognition and avoidance. Patients with HLA antibodies will fail to have an increment of their platelet counts with transfusions. Accordingly, patients who do not experience an increase in their count 15 minutes after the transfusion may have HLA antibodies. One can test for the presence of anti-HLA antibodies, although some patients instead have specific antiplatelet antibodies that will not respond to HLA-matched platelets. In patients who have been pregnant or previously transfused and are scheduled to undergo transplant or aggressive chemotherapy, it is wise to test for anti-HLA antibodies in order to plan their transfusion needs. The evidence suggests that transfused white cells are responsible for initiating the anti-HLA response. Trials have shown that giving leukodepleted blood products may reduce the incidence of alloimmunization, so patients who are not HLA-alloimmunized should receive only leukodepleted products.11A difficult problem is bleeding in patients who are refractory to platelet transfusion.12 Patients who test positive for the presence of anti-HLA antibodies can receive transfusions of HLA-matched platelets.13 Unfortunately, matched platelet transfusions are not effective in 20% to 70% of these patients. Also, since some loci are difficult to match, effective products may be unavailable. Finally, as many as 25% of patients have antiplatelet antibodies in which HLA-matched products will be ineffective. Platelet cross-matching can be performed to find compatible units for these patients, but this may not always be successful. In the patient who is totally refractory to platelet transfusion, consider drugs as an etiology of antiplatelet antibodies (especially vancomycin).14 Use of antifibrinolytic agents such as epsilon-aminocaproic acid or tranexamic acid may decrease the incidence of minor bleeding, but these are ineffective for major bleeding. “Platelet drips”—infusing either a platelet concentrate per hour or 1 plateletpheresis unit every 6 hours—may be given as a continuous infusion, but there is no evidence that this is helpful.15

FRESH FROZEN PLASMA

FFP is made from 1 unit of donated whole blood, with an average volume of 225 mL per unit. One unit of FFP can increase coagulation factor levels by 5% and fibrinogen by 10 mg/dL in the average stable patient. FFP can take 20 to 30 minutes to thaw before use, so in situations where FFP is needed quickly, the blood bank must be informed to “keep ahead” some units. Units of FFP that have been thawed but not used can be stored refrigerated for 5 days to prevent wasting blood products.

The indications for FFP are limited to several situations. These include a documented coagulation defect that can be corrected by a reasonable amount of FFP, such as factor V deficiency and factor XI deficiency, disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC), reversal of warfarin, and massive transfusions. FFP is also used for the therapy of thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura.

There is little justification for FFP transfusion in many of the clinical settings in which it is commonly used. For example, FFP is given for minor elevations of the INR in patients with liver disease, despite literature showing not only that the INR rise is not reflective of coagulation defects, but also that patients with liver disease may even be thrombophilic.16,17 Reviews of FFP use found limited evidence-based indications for its use.18,19 Also, several studies have shown that transfusion of FFP is not effective at reversing minor elevations of the INR (1.3–1.8).20 In a meta-analysis, FFP was associated with increased risk for lung injury and a trend toward increased mortality.18

 

 

CRYOPRECIPITATE

Cryoprecipitate is produced from 1 unit of FFP that is thawed at 4°C. The precipitate is resuspended with 10 mL of saline or FFP and refrozen for storage. One unit contains at least 150 mg of fibrinogen and 80 units of factor VIII, along with von Willebrand factor. Thawing time for cryoprecipitate is approximately 20 minutes.

Cryoprecipitate is used to raise the fibrinogen level in patients with DIC or massive transfusion with hemodilution. It is third-line therapy in the treatment of type 1 von Willebrand disease and is second-line therapy in the treatment of patients with other types of von Willebrand disease. Currently, von Willebrand factor concentrates are the preferred replacement product for von Willebrand disease. Cryoprecipitate can be used as a source of factor VIII for hemophiliacs, but the preferred product for these patients is the super pure factor VIII concentrates or recombinant products. Cryoprecipitate can also be used to shorten the bleeding time of uremic patients, but its effectiveness for this is controversial.

GRANULOCYTES

Granulocytes are harvested by leukopheresis of normal donors, with a target yield of 1010 granulocytes from each donor. To reach this target, the donors are often “stimulated” with neutrophil growth factors. The harvesting procedure can take 3 hours and is associated with some risks to the donor (eg, citrate toxicity). The current indications for granulocytes are very limited since the advent of neutrophil growth factors and improved antimicrobials.21 They can be useful in the neutropenic patient with a documented bacterial infection in whom the white blood cell count is not expected to recover in the near future. Given the difficulty of keeping the count up, these transfusions have been mainly used in treating small children.

SPECIAL BLOOD PRODUCTS

IRRADIATED BLOOD PRODUCTS

Irradiation of blood is performed for only one reason: to prevent transfusion-related graft-versus-host disease (TGVHD) (Table 2).22 The irradiation can be performed at the blood center or in the transfusion service of larger hospitals. The units are not radioactive and can be transfused safely to other patients. There is increased leakage of potassium in irradiated units of blood, so the units need to be transfused within 14 days; in patients potentially sensitive to potassium (eg, neonates), the units must be transfused within 24 hours. Patients undergoing stem cell transplant, those receiving either interuterine transfusions or products from relatives, any patient with Hodgkin disease or receiving purine analogs or alemtuzumab, and patients with severe congenital immune deficiencies should receive irradiated blood. Most would also advocate that patients with hematologic malignances receiving chemotherapy receive irradiated products, but this is more controversial.

Situations Where Irradiated Blood Products Should Be Used

LEUKPDEPLETED BLOOD

Contamination of blood products by white blood cells is increasingly being recognized as a possible cause of adverse effects in transfused patients, including febrile transfusion reactions, inducing HLA alloimmunization, immunosuppression, disease transmission, and TGVHD. Reducing white cells can reduce the incidence of all of these complications except TGVHD. Currently, white cells are removed by infusion through filters that trap the cells. This can be done either at the bedside, in the blood bank, or at the donor center. The majority of red cells provided by blood centers in many areas of the country are already leukoreduced, eliminating the need for labor-intensive filtration at the transfusion center or bedside. Platelets collected by plateletpheresis methods can also be made leukocyte-poor. The current indications for leukodepleted productions are:

  1. Prevention of febrile transfusion reactions in patients with previous documented reactions
  2. Prevention of HLA alloimmunization (ineffective if patient has received 1 or more blood products not leukodepleted or is already HLA immunized)
  3. Prevention of cytomegalovirus (CMV) infection

 

 

CMV-NEGATIVE BLOOD

CMV can be transmitted through any cellular blood product—red cells and platelets. For patients who are CMV-negative and receiving transplants, especially stem cell transplants, a new CMV infection can be devastating.21 For years only blood from CMV-negative donors was used to transfuse CMV-negative patients. This policy is effective in preventing CMV infection, but because 50% of the population is positive for CMV antibodies, it may potentially lead to shortages of products that could be transfused to the patient. Currently, leukoreduced blood products are used since leukofiltration of the blood is just as effective as transfusion of CMV-negative blood in preventing infections and allows greater use of all blood products.23

COMPLICATIONS OF TRANSFUSIONS

HEMOLYTIC TRANSFUSION REACTION

There are 2 forms of hemolytic reactions—immediate and delayed.24 The immediate reaction is associated with fevers, hypotension, back pain, and oliguria. In severe cases, DIC and renal failure may occur. The immediate reaction is due to transfusion of blood that reacts with the recipient’s preformed high-titer blood antigen antibodies, most often to ABO. This is fatal 2% of the time and occurs almost always as a result of errors in correct identification of the patient. Reactions are due to recipient antibodies attacking donated RBCs, resulting in release of hemoglobin and red cell membrane–antigen complexes. These complexes are believed to lead to the hypotension, fevers, chills, and renal damage associated with the hemolytic reaction. Treatment consists of immediately stopping the transfusion, notifying the blood bank, vigorous intravenous hydration to keep the urine output over 100 mL/hr, and supportive therapy.

The delayed reaction can range in severity from an abrupt drop in the hematocrit to normal response to transfusion but the patient developing a positive Coombs’ test. The delayed response is due to an anamnestic response to blood-group antigens. When the patient is exposed to the same antigen, there is a rise in antibody titer leading to the reaction. Some alloantibodies can lead to a brisk reaction, most often anti-Kidd. The frequency with which delayed transfusion reactions occur is underestimated because mild reactions often do not get worked up or even discovered.

ALLERGIC REACTIONS

Allergic reactions are common (1%–3% of transfusions) and occur in patients having antibodies to proteins in donor blood, which can lead to hives and itching with transfusions. Most of the time these allergic reactions are mild and can be treated with antihistamines. Prophylaxis with antihistamines is not indicated for future transfusions unless the reactions are frequent. Rarely these reactions can be associated with shock and hypotension. Patients who are immunoglobulin (Ig) A–deficient can develop anaphylactic reactions to IgA-containing blood products. Patients with severe allergic reactions need to have their IgA measured and, if deficient, receive only washed units or plasma from IgA-deficient donors to prevent future severe reactions.

FEBRILE REACTIONS

The most common transfusion reaction is a febrile reaction that occurs after the transfusion starts and that sometimes can be complicated by chills. This reaction often occurs due to the presence of leukocyte debris and cytokines in the donated blood. Therapy is supportive and involves stopping the transfusion and administering acetaminophen, but since hemolytic transfusion reactions can present with fever all patients need to be thoroughly evaluated. The incidence of reactions can be decreased by using leukodepleted blood and plateletpheresis platelets. Most patients do not benefit from receiving prophylactic acetaminophen for future transfusion unless they have multiple reactions.

 

 

TRANSFUSION-RELATED ACUTE LUNG INJURY

Once thought a rare complication, transfusion-related acute lung injury (TRALI) is increasingly being recognized, with an incidence of approximately 1:5000 patients; it is now the most frequent cause of transfusion-related death.24,25 TRALI is noncardiac pulmonary edema and typically manifests clinically with hypoxemia, fever, bilateral infiltrates, and hypotension 2 to 6 hours after blood is given. Ventilatory support is often required. Recovery is usually rapid (24–48 hours) and complete. The etiology is complex. In many cases, transfused anti-HLA antibodies react with the recipient’s white cells leading to pulmonary damage. Another theory is that transfusion of preformed cytokines leads to pulmonary damage. Because plasma products from multiparous women are most often associated with anti-HLA antibodies, the restricted use of blood products from women has decreased the incidence of TRALI over the past few years.26

TRANSFUSION-ASSOCIATED CIRCULATORY OVERLOAD

Increasingly it being recognized that volume overload resulting from transfusions can lead to significant morbidity.27 Patients with heart or renal disease or patients who already have compromised fluid status are at risk for transfusion-associated circulatory overload (TACO). Another risk factor is transfusion of multiple blood products. Patients with TACO develop dyspnea within 6 hours of transfusion, but do not have fever or rash with the dyspnea. The diagnosis is made by demonstrating circulatory overload (eg, high venous pressure, B-type natriuretic peptide). Treatment is aggressive diuresis. Strategies to prevent TACO include judicious use of blood products, especially in patients at risk for TACO, and the use of prophylactic diuretics, especially with red cell or plasma transfusions.28

TRANSFUSION-RELATED GRAFT-VERSUS-HOST DISEASE

TGVHD is a rare reaction, but one that is most often fatal.29 TGVHD occurs when donor lymphocytes attack the blood recipient’s organs—skin, liver, intestines, and marrow. This is very rare in the normal blood recipient unless the donor and recipient share some HLA haplotypes.30 In immunosuppressed patients, TGVHD can occur with lesser degrees of HLA similarity, with cases reported in blood recipients who are mainly patients with Hodgkin disease or acute leukemia undergoing chemotherapy, and in patients receiving purine analogs. TGVHD had not been reported in AIDS patients despite profound immunosuppression, perhaps because the milieu of the patient does not allow lymphocyte expansion. Symptoms of TGVHD are an erythematous rash that may progress to epidermal toxic necrolysis, liver dysfunction, diarrhea, and pancytopenia. TGVHD is prevented by irradiating blood products given to at-risk patients with 2500 to 3500 rads. Directed blood donation from all blood relatives should also be irradiated. TGVHD cannot be prevented by leukopoor blood because the minute amount of lymphocytes that are not filtered still can lead to these complications.

POST-TRANSFUSION PURPURA

Patients with post-transfusion purpura (PTP) develop severe thrombocytopenia (< 10 × 103/µL) with often severe bleeding 1 to 2 weeks after receiving any type of blood product.31 Patients who develop PTP most often lack platelet antigen PLA1 or other platelet antigens. For unknown reasons, exposure to the antigens from the transfusion leads to rapid destruction of the patient’s own platelets. The diagnostic clue is thrombocytopenia in a patient, typically female, who has received a red cell or platelet blood product in the past 7 to 10 days. Treatment consists of intravenous immunoglobulin32 and plasmapheresis to remove the offending antibody. If patients with a history of PTP require further transfusions, only PLA1-negative platelets should be given.

IRON OVERLOAD

Every transfusion of red cells delivers approximately 250 mg of iron to the recipient. Since there is no natural way of ridding the body of iron, heavily transfused patients are at risk of iron overload. This is most often seen in children heavily transfused for thalassemia. Starting in the second decade of life, these individuals will develop endocrinopathies due to iron overload, liver problems, and often fatal cardiomyopathies. Studies have shown that chelation of iron with deferoxamine can be effective in preventing this fatal complication.33 Oral iron chelators such as deferasirox and deferiprone are also effective. The risk of iron overload in heavily transfused patients with myelodysplasia or other transfusion-dependent anemias is unclear, and uncertainty exists about the need for chelation.34

 

 

Young patients who face years of transfusions should be started on iron chelation to avoid iron overload. For older patients with transfusion-dependent anemia, iron chelation therapy should be considered if their life expectancy is long (years to decades) or special studies such as T2-weighted cardiac magnetic resonance imaging showing iron overloading.35

INFECTIOUS COMPLICATIONS

Concern over transmission of HIV infection via blood products in the late 1980s led to both a reduction in blood product use and a greater awareness of infectious complications of transfusion and their prevention. However, no blood product can ever be assumed to be safe for 2 reasons. One is that blood products can transmit infections during a “window period”—the time before a contaminated product can be detected by testing. The second is that blood is not screened for all potential infections (eg, babesiosis or new infections such as West Nile virus at the start of the outbreak). Risk of infection is reduced in 2 ways: deferral of potential infectious donors and blood product testing.

As part of the donation process, potential blood donors are asked a series of questions to see if they have risk factors for infections (eg, recent travel to malarious areas, recent tattoos), and if they answer positive are deferred from donating blood. Blood products are then tested for infectious agents by a combination of methods including detection of viral antigen, antibody response to infections, and more recently polymerase chain reaction (PCR).36 Current screening includes syphilis testing; testing for antibodies to HIV, HTLV (human T-lymphotropic virus), hepatitis C virus, hepatitis B core antigen (HBcAg), hepatitis B surface antigen, and PCR for HIV, hepatitis B virus, HCV, and West Nile virus. Some centers also test for Trypanosoma cruzi, the cause of Chagas disease.

In the past, the numerically most common transfusion-related disease was hepatitis, first B and then C.37,38 The first step in eliminating these infections was to stop paying donors for blood products. With the introduction of effective testing for hepatitis B and then C, the incidence of transfusion-related hepatitis has plummeted.36 For example, with the introduction of a diagnostic test for hepatitis C, the estimated risk has fallen from 5% to less than 1 per million. Currently, the risk of transmission of hepatitis B and C, HIV, and HTLV is less than 1 in a million.38

Despite this testing, blood transfusions can transmit a variety of infections, including malaria and babesiosis.39 Any new blood-borne infection introduced into the population can get into the blood supply as well. For example, at the start of the West Nile virus epidemic, there was a cluster of transfusion-transmitted cases that resulted in severe and sometimes fatal illness in immunosuppressed patients, but this issue has been addressed with the development of a PCR assay for screening blood.40 The rate of transfusion-related babesiosis has been increasing and screening for the causative parasite is being considered.

 

 

MASSIVE TRANSFUSIONS

Acutely bleeding patients can require large amounts of transfusion products. Early data showed high mortality rates with transfusion of more than 20 units of blood,41 but with modern blood banking techniques and improved laboratory testing, this rate has decreased dramatically, with survival rates of 43% to 70% in patients transfused with more than 50 units of blood.42

The basic approach to massive transfusions is to first transfuse the patient to maintain hemodynamic stability while specific blood tests are being obtained, and then to use the results of these early tests to guide the rest of the resuscitation. An important component is the ability to rapidly deliver standard packages of red cells, usually 6 to 10 units at a time, to the bleeding patient. To avoid delay while the patient’s blood is being typed, the first products delivered are blood group O Rh-positive units. Given the shortage of Rh-negative blood, this should be reserved for only empiric therapy of women of child-bearing age. Once the blood type is known, the patient can be switched over to type-specific blood.

In the past decade, there has been a shift toward increasing the amount of plasma given to patients receiving massive transfusions. This shift has occurred for 2 reasons. One is that modeling of coagulation changes in massive bleeding suggests the need for larger amounts of plasma to correct defects than have previously been recommended.43 The other reason is based on analysis of resuscitation protocols used in military and civilian trauma centers showing that giving red cells and plasma units in a 1:1 ratio appears to be associated with improved outcomes in massive transfusion. Several studies have extended this concept to platelets, again suggesting improved survival with 1 unit of random donor platelets given 1:1 with red cells and plasma units. The PROPPR (Prospective Observational Multicenter Major Trauma Transfusion) study compared a 1:1:1 to 1:1:2 ratio in patients with severe trauma and major bleeding and found less exsanguination and faster achievement of hemostasis in the first 24 hours.44 This has led to the widespread adoption of the 1:1 ratio by most trauma centers, and by default to other massive transfusion situations despite the lack of clinical trial data.45

One barrier to increased use is that plasma is kept frozen and requires 20 minutes to thaw. Many institutions are now keeping inventories of thawed plasma available for immediate use, ranging from 2 to 4 units of group AB plasma to keeping their entire inventory as liquid plasma.46 Plasma that is thawed but not used can be relabeled as “thawed plasma” and kept for up to 5 days. Also, many centers now use group A plasma for massive transfusions as this rarely leads to transfusion reactions and is much more available.47 Research is currently under way on lyophilized plasma, which can be stored at room temperature and can be rapidly reconstituted for emergency use.

Massive Transfusion Protocol

The standard approach for laboratory testing is obtaining 5 tests: hematocrit, platelet count, INR/prothrombin time, activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT), and fibrinogen.48 Product selection is guided by these tests, and they are repeated at regular intervals during the massive transfusion. A typical protocol is shown in Table 3. It is important as part of any protocol to have a flow chart that records laboratory results and products given that any member of the team can easily view.

 

 

The transfusion threshold for a low hematocrit depends on the stability of the patient. If the hematocrit is below 30% and the patient is bleeding or hemodynamically unstable, one should transfuse packed red cells. Stable patients can tolerate lower hematocrits, and an aggressive transfusion policy may even be detrimental.2,49 If the patient is bleeding, has florid DIC, or has received platelet aggregation inhibitors, then keeping the platelet count above 50 × 103/µL is reasonable. There are data regarding massive transfusion showing that keeping the platelet count above 50 × 103/µL resulted in less microvascular bleeding.50 The conventional dose of platelets is 6 to 8 platelet concentrates or 1 plateletpheresis unit.

While in the past fibrinogen targets of 50 to 100 mg/dL were recommended, recent data indicate that a target of 150 mg/dL or higher may be more appropriate.51–53 Severe fibrinolysis may occur in certain clinical situations such as brain injuries, hepatic trauma, or ischemic limb reperfusion, and the use of large amounts of cryoprecipitate can be anticipated. In patients with an INR greater than 2 and an abnormal aPTT, one can give 2 to 4 units of FFP. For an aPTT greater than 1.5 times normal, 2 to 4 units of plasma should be given. Elevation of the aPTT above 1.8 times normal control is associated with microvascular bleeding in trauma patients.54 Patients with marked abnormalities (eg, anaPTT more than 2 times normal) may require aggressive therapy with at least 15 to 30 mL/kg (4–8 units for an average adult) of plasma.55

Recently there has been increasing interest in the use of thromboelastography (TEG) in massive transfusion.56 This is a point-of-care assay performed on fresh whole blood that can assess multiple facets of hemostasis, including coagulation, platelet function, and fibrinolysis.57,58 TEG is performed by placing a 0.35-mL sample of whole blood into an oscillating container with a sensor pin that measures the force of thrombus formation. TEG measures 5 parameters:

  • r time: time from starting TEG until clot formation
  • K time: time needed for tracing to go from 2 mm to 20 mm
  • alpha angle: slope of tracing between r and K time
  • MA: greatest amplitude of TEG tracing
  • Whole blood lysis index: amplitude of tracing 60 minutes after MA.

Several centers have incorporated TEG into resuscitation protocols that include standardized strategies for responding to abnormalities. Data suggest that use of TEG may decrease the use of blood products, especially in cardiac surgery, but this has not been prospectively studied in massive transfusions.56,59

COMPLICATIONS OF MASSIVE TRANSFUSIONS

Electrolyte abnormalities are unusual even in patients who receive massive transfusions.60 Platelet concentrates and plasma contain citrate that can chelate calcium. However, the citrate is rapidly metabolized, and it is rare to see clinically significant hypocalcemia. Although empiric calcium replacement is often recommended, one study suggests that this is associated with a worse outcome and should not be done.61 If hypocalcemia is a clinical concern, then levels should be drawn to guide therapy. Stored blood is acidic, with a pH of 6.5 to 6.9. However, acidosis attributed solely to transfused blood is rare and most often is a reflection of the patient’s stability. Empirical bicarbonate replacement has been associated with severe alkalosis and is not recom mended.62,63 Although potassium leaks out of stored red cells, even older units of blood contain only 8 mEq/L of potassium, so hyperkalemia is usually not a concern.

 

 

PATIENTS WITH AUTOIMMUNE HEMOLYTIC ANEMIA

Patients with autoimmune hemolytic anemia can be difficult to transfuse,64 because the autoantibody can interfere with several aspects of the transfusion services evaluation. In some patients the autoantibody can be so strong that the patient’s blood type cannot be determined. In most patients, the final step of the cross-match—mixing the donor blood with recipient plasma—will show noncompatibility due to the autoantibodies reacting with any red cells.

The first step when transfusing a patient with autoimmune hemolytic anemia is to draw several tubes of blood for the transfusion service before any potential transfusions. This allows the transfusion service to remove the autoantibodies so they can screen for underlying alloantibodies. Second, if the patient requires immediate transfusion, then type-specific or O-negative blood should be given. If the patient has not been recently (months) transfused, the incidence of a severe transfusion reaction is low. The first unit should be infused slowly with close observation of the patient. For patients who have been multiply transfused, the use of an “in-vivo” cross-match may be helpful. This is where the patient is slowly transfused 10 to 15 mL of blood over 15 minutes. The the plasma and urine are then assessed for signs of hemolysis and, if negative, the remaining product is given.

REFUSAL OF BLOOD PRODUCTS

The initial step in managing patients who refuse blood products is to find out why they are refusing them. Many patients have an exaggerated fear of HIV and other infectious agents, so discussing the very low risk for infection transmission can often resolve the situation. The most common reason for refusal of blood products is religious belief. Jehovah’s Witness patients will refuse blood products due to their interpretation of the Bible.65 All members will refuse red cells, plasma, and platelets, while decisions about “derived” blood products—products made by manipulation of the original donated units—are a matter of conscience. These include cryoprecipitate, intravenous gammaglobulin, and albumin.

In an elective situation, the first step is to discuss with the patient those products that are a matter of conscience and clearly document this. The patient’s blood count and iron stores should be assessed to identify any correctible causes of anemia or low iron stores before surgery. The use of erythropoietin to correct blood counts before surgery is controversial, as this may increase thrombosis risk and is contraindicated in patients with curable tumors.

For patients with acute blood loss, use of intravenous iron combined with high-dose erythropoietin is the most common approach to raise the blood count.65 A recommended erythropoietin dose is 300 units/kg 3 times a week, dropping to 100 units/kg 3 times weekly until the goal hematocrit is reached. Another often overlooked step is to consolidate and minimize laboratory testing. The most important step is to be respectful of the patient and their beliefs. Many larger cities have liaisons that can help with interactions between Jehovah’s Witness patients and the health care system.

 

 

NON-TRANSFUSION THERAPIES FOR ACUTE BLEEDING

DESMOPRESSIN

Desmopressin (DDAVP) is a synthetic analog of antidiuretic hormone that raises the levels of both factor VIII and von Willebrand protein severalfold.66 Desmopressin is effective in supporting hemostasis in patients with a wide variety of congenital and acquired bleeding disorders. However, desmopressin does not reduce blood loss before routine surgery in a healthy patient and should not be used for this purpose.67

TRANEXAMIC ACID

Tranexamic acid is an antifibrinolytic agent that blocks the binding of plasmin to fibrin.68 This agent was first shown to be useful in disorders that involve excessive fibrinolysis69–73 or as adjunctive therapy for oral or dental procedures in patients with a bleeding diathesis. In patients with severe thrombocytopenia, the use of antifibrinolytic agents may reduce bleeding. Increasing data shows that tranexamic acid can prevent blood loss in a variety of surgeries including heart bypass, liver transplantation, and orthopedic surgery.74 Patients across these settings have decreased blood loss and need for transfusion with no increased risk of thrombosis. The CRASH-2 study showed that the use of tranexamic acid significantly reduced mortality in trauma patients.75 The WOMEN trial demonstrated that 1 g of tranexamic acid given to women with blood loss of more than 500 mL after vaginal delivery or 1000 mL after cesarean section has a risk reduction of death of 0.81 with no increased risk of thrombosis.76 Given this abundant data, it is clear tranexamic acid needs to be part of any massive transfusion protocol.77

RECOMBINANT FACTOR VIIa

Recombinant factor VIIa (rVIIa) was originally developed as a “bypass” agent to support hemostasis in hemophiliacs.78 However, the use of rVIIa for a wide array of bleeding disorders, including patients with factor VII and XI deficiency and Glanzmann thrombasthenia, has been reported.79 Increasingly, rVIIa is being used as a “universal hemostatic agent” for patients with uncontrolled bleeding from any mechanism.80 Multiple case reports have described the use of rVIIa for bleeding in cardiac surgery patients, obstetrical bleeding, reversal of anticoagulation, and trauma.81 Unfortunately, little formal trial data exists to put these anecdotes into perspective, and formal review of clinical trial results has shown no benefit.82,83 However, when used in older patients, especially those with vascular risk factors, the risk of arterial thrombosis appears to increase.84 In the trials for intracranial hemorrhage, the thrombosis rate was 5% to 9%, and rates up to 10% for arterial events were seen in older patients in a review of all trials.85–87 Given the lack of data but the evidence of risk, rVIIa use should be restricted to patients with documented bleeding disorders that have been shown to benefit by its use.

INTRODUCTION

Transfusion therapy is an essential part of hematology practice, allowing for curative therapy of diseases such as leukemia, aplastic anemia, and aggressive lymphomas. Nonetheless, transfusions are associated with significant risks, including transmission of infections and transfusion-related reactions. Controversy remains about key issues in transfusion therapy, such as triggers for red cell transfusions. This article reviews the available blood products (Table 1) and indications for transfusion along with the associated risks, and also discusses specific clinical situations, such as massive transfusion.

Summary of Blood Products

BLOOD PRODUCTS

WHOLE BLOOD

Whole blood is the product of 1 unit of donated blood plus anticoagulant/preservative, and by definition contains 1 unit of plasma and red cells. Whole blood can be stored for 5 weeks. Although it was the standard product in the past, whole blood is rarely used since 1 unit of donated blood can now be fractionated into 1 unit of red blood cells (RBC), 1 unit of platelets, and 1 unit of fresh frozen plasma (FFP). Thus, the use of whole blood for just a single transfusion represents a waste of resources. There are 2 exceptions. One is autologous blood donations, which are whole blood units. Second, whole blood is increasingly being used in massive transfusions for trauma patients, with the rationale being that all essential blood components are being transfused at once.1

PACKED RED CELLS

The remaining red cell mass after most of the plasma is removed is called the “packed” red cell unit (hematocrit = 70%–80%), and so red cells are often called “packed” red cells, or PRBC. A preservative is added to improve the flow of blood and to provide “nutrients” for the red cells, and this reduces the hematocrit to approximately 60%. The volume of a red cell unit is approximately 340 mL. In the average adult, 1 unit of RBC raises the hematocrit by 3%. The indications for transfusion of red cells are to increase red cell mass, and thus oxygen delivery, in patients who are compromised by their anemia.

Several randomized trials have helped define the indications for red cell transfusions and justify lower hematocrit thresholds for initiating transfusion. The TRICC (Transfusion Requirements in Critical Care Investigators for the Canadian Critical Care Trials Group) trial showed that in critical care patients (30-day mortality, 18.7%–23.3%), a conservative transfusion strategy of waiting until the hematocrit was below 21% had the same outcomes as transfusing at a threshold of 24%.2 The TRACS (Transfusion Requirements After Cardiac Surgery) trial showed that a hematocrit target of 24% had the same benefit as a target of 30% in patients who had undergone cardiac bypass surgery.3 For patients with acute myocardial infarction, the outcomes were worse with aggressive transfusion at a hematocrit of 30% compared to 24%.4 In patients with upper gastrointestinal bleeding, a hemoglobin transfusion trigger of 7 g/dL was associated with a lower mortality than a trigger of 9 g/dL (5% versus 9%).5 Finally, the FOCUS (Transfusion Trigger Trial for Functional Outcomes in Cardiovascular Patients Undergoing Surgical Hip Fracture Repair) trial showed that in older patients (average age 80 years) who had undergone hip fracture surgery, transfusions based on symptoms and not a fixed trigger of 30% had the same outcomes but considerable savings in blood products.6 Based on these trials, decisions regarding when to transfuse patients should be based on symptoms and not “numbers.” Young patients, especially those with reversible anemias, can tolerate low blood counts and should not be transfused based on an arbitrary number.

PLATELETS

Several types of platelet products exist. One unit of platelet concentrate is derived from 1 unit of donor blood. Plateletpheresis from volunteer donors is also used to harvest platelets, with the resulting product referred to as plateletpheresis platelets. One unit of single-donor (pheresis) platelets is equivalent to 6 platelet concentrates. Finally, HLA-matched platelets are single-donor pheresis units that are obtained from an HLA-matched donor. This product should be ordered only if there is evidence of HLA antibodies (see Platelet Alloimmunization section).

The dose of platelets for the average patient is 6 units of platelet concentrate or 1 pheresis unit. In theory, 1 unit of platelet concentrate can raise the count by 5 to 7 × 103/µL, but often this response is blunted by concurrent illness or bleeding. In patients who appear to have a poor response, the platelet count can be checked 15 minutes after platelet infusion. No rise or a minimal rise (< 2 × 103/µL) in the platelet count is suggestive of platelet refractoriness, while a good 15-minute response but poor 24-hour count is more suggestive of consumption—fever, sepsis, drug, or splenomegaly—and not refractoriness.

The indication for platelet transfusion depends on the clinical situation. For patients with immune thrombocytopenia, platelets should not be transfused unless there is life-threatening bleeding. For stable patients with marrow aplasia from chemotherapy, a cut-off of a morning platelet count of less than 10 × 103/µL has been shown to be as safe as higher levels for prophylactic transfusions.7 For patients with active bleeding, the platelet count should be kept above 50 × 103/µL. Patients with acquired or inherited platelet dysfunction may benefit from transfusion no matter the platelet count.

 

 

Platelet Alloimmunization

Patients exposed to transfused white cells with different HLA antigens can develop antibodies to these antigens.8 Anti-HLA antibodies are common in patients who previously have received transfused blood that is not leukodepleted and in patients who have been pregnant. Since platelets carry class I HLA antigens, they will be rapidly destroyed by anti-HLA antibodies when transfused into these patients. In patients transfused for aplastic anemia or myelodysplasia, as many as 90% will become HLA-immunized. The incidence is lower in patients receiving chemotherapy but still can be as high as 60% to 90%.9,10 Patients who have developed anti-HLA antibodies can respond to transfused platelets matched for HLA antigens. Unfortunately, some patients will either be a rare HLA type or be so heavily immunized that they will not respond to any platelet transfusion.

The significance of alloimmunization centers on 2 concepts: recognition and avoidance. Patients with HLA antibodies will fail to have an increment of their platelet counts with transfusions. Accordingly, patients who do not experience an increase in their count 15 minutes after the transfusion may have HLA antibodies. One can test for the presence of anti-HLA antibodies, although some patients instead have specific antiplatelet antibodies that will not respond to HLA-matched platelets. In patients who have been pregnant or previously transfused and are scheduled to undergo transplant or aggressive chemotherapy, it is wise to test for anti-HLA antibodies in order to plan their transfusion needs. The evidence suggests that transfused white cells are responsible for initiating the anti-HLA response. Trials have shown that giving leukodepleted blood products may reduce the incidence of alloimmunization, so patients who are not HLA-alloimmunized should receive only leukodepleted products.11A difficult problem is bleeding in patients who are refractory to platelet transfusion.12 Patients who test positive for the presence of anti-HLA antibodies can receive transfusions of HLA-matched platelets.13 Unfortunately, matched platelet transfusions are not effective in 20% to 70% of these patients. Also, since some loci are difficult to match, effective products may be unavailable. Finally, as many as 25% of patients have antiplatelet antibodies in which HLA-matched products will be ineffective. Platelet cross-matching can be performed to find compatible units for these patients, but this may not always be successful. In the patient who is totally refractory to platelet transfusion, consider drugs as an etiology of antiplatelet antibodies (especially vancomycin).14 Use of antifibrinolytic agents such as epsilon-aminocaproic acid or tranexamic acid may decrease the incidence of minor bleeding, but these are ineffective for major bleeding. “Platelet drips”—infusing either a platelet concentrate per hour or 1 plateletpheresis unit every 6 hours—may be given as a continuous infusion, but there is no evidence that this is helpful.15

FRESH FROZEN PLASMA

FFP is made from 1 unit of donated whole blood, with an average volume of 225 mL per unit. One unit of FFP can increase coagulation factor levels by 5% and fibrinogen by 10 mg/dL in the average stable patient. FFP can take 20 to 30 minutes to thaw before use, so in situations where FFP is needed quickly, the blood bank must be informed to “keep ahead” some units. Units of FFP that have been thawed but not used can be stored refrigerated for 5 days to prevent wasting blood products.

The indications for FFP are limited to several situations. These include a documented coagulation defect that can be corrected by a reasonable amount of FFP, such as factor V deficiency and factor XI deficiency, disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC), reversal of warfarin, and massive transfusions. FFP is also used for the therapy of thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura.

There is little justification for FFP transfusion in many of the clinical settings in which it is commonly used. For example, FFP is given for minor elevations of the INR in patients with liver disease, despite literature showing not only that the INR rise is not reflective of coagulation defects, but also that patients with liver disease may even be thrombophilic.16,17 Reviews of FFP use found limited evidence-based indications for its use.18,19 Also, several studies have shown that transfusion of FFP is not effective at reversing minor elevations of the INR (1.3–1.8).20 In a meta-analysis, FFP was associated with increased risk for lung injury and a trend toward increased mortality.18

 

 

CRYOPRECIPITATE

Cryoprecipitate is produced from 1 unit of FFP that is thawed at 4°C. The precipitate is resuspended with 10 mL of saline or FFP and refrozen for storage. One unit contains at least 150 mg of fibrinogen and 80 units of factor VIII, along with von Willebrand factor. Thawing time for cryoprecipitate is approximately 20 minutes.

Cryoprecipitate is used to raise the fibrinogen level in patients with DIC or massive transfusion with hemodilution. It is third-line therapy in the treatment of type 1 von Willebrand disease and is second-line therapy in the treatment of patients with other types of von Willebrand disease. Currently, von Willebrand factor concentrates are the preferred replacement product for von Willebrand disease. Cryoprecipitate can be used as a source of factor VIII for hemophiliacs, but the preferred product for these patients is the super pure factor VIII concentrates or recombinant products. Cryoprecipitate can also be used to shorten the bleeding time of uremic patients, but its effectiveness for this is controversial.

GRANULOCYTES

Granulocytes are harvested by leukopheresis of normal donors, with a target yield of 1010 granulocytes from each donor. To reach this target, the donors are often “stimulated” with neutrophil growth factors. The harvesting procedure can take 3 hours and is associated with some risks to the donor (eg, citrate toxicity). The current indications for granulocytes are very limited since the advent of neutrophil growth factors and improved antimicrobials.21 They can be useful in the neutropenic patient with a documented bacterial infection in whom the white blood cell count is not expected to recover in the near future. Given the difficulty of keeping the count up, these transfusions have been mainly used in treating small children.

SPECIAL BLOOD PRODUCTS

IRRADIATED BLOOD PRODUCTS

Irradiation of blood is performed for only one reason: to prevent transfusion-related graft-versus-host disease (TGVHD) (Table 2).22 The irradiation can be performed at the blood center or in the transfusion service of larger hospitals. The units are not radioactive and can be transfused safely to other patients. There is increased leakage of potassium in irradiated units of blood, so the units need to be transfused within 14 days; in patients potentially sensitive to potassium (eg, neonates), the units must be transfused within 24 hours. Patients undergoing stem cell transplant, those receiving either interuterine transfusions or products from relatives, any patient with Hodgkin disease or receiving purine analogs or alemtuzumab, and patients with severe congenital immune deficiencies should receive irradiated blood. Most would also advocate that patients with hematologic malignances receiving chemotherapy receive irradiated products, but this is more controversial.

Situations Where Irradiated Blood Products Should Be Used

LEUKPDEPLETED BLOOD

Contamination of blood products by white blood cells is increasingly being recognized as a possible cause of adverse effects in transfused patients, including febrile transfusion reactions, inducing HLA alloimmunization, immunosuppression, disease transmission, and TGVHD. Reducing white cells can reduce the incidence of all of these complications except TGVHD. Currently, white cells are removed by infusion through filters that trap the cells. This can be done either at the bedside, in the blood bank, or at the donor center. The majority of red cells provided by blood centers in many areas of the country are already leukoreduced, eliminating the need for labor-intensive filtration at the transfusion center or bedside. Platelets collected by plateletpheresis methods can also be made leukocyte-poor. The current indications for leukodepleted productions are:

  1. Prevention of febrile transfusion reactions in patients with previous documented reactions
  2. Prevention of HLA alloimmunization (ineffective if patient has received 1 or more blood products not leukodepleted or is already HLA immunized)
  3. Prevention of cytomegalovirus (CMV) infection

 

 

CMV-NEGATIVE BLOOD

CMV can be transmitted through any cellular blood product—red cells and platelets. For patients who are CMV-negative and receiving transplants, especially stem cell transplants, a new CMV infection can be devastating.21 For years only blood from CMV-negative donors was used to transfuse CMV-negative patients. This policy is effective in preventing CMV infection, but because 50% of the population is positive for CMV antibodies, it may potentially lead to shortages of products that could be transfused to the patient. Currently, leukoreduced blood products are used since leukofiltration of the blood is just as effective as transfusion of CMV-negative blood in preventing infections and allows greater use of all blood products.23

COMPLICATIONS OF TRANSFUSIONS

HEMOLYTIC TRANSFUSION REACTION

There are 2 forms of hemolytic reactions—immediate and delayed.24 The immediate reaction is associated with fevers, hypotension, back pain, and oliguria. In severe cases, DIC and renal failure may occur. The immediate reaction is due to transfusion of blood that reacts with the recipient’s preformed high-titer blood antigen antibodies, most often to ABO. This is fatal 2% of the time and occurs almost always as a result of errors in correct identification of the patient. Reactions are due to recipient antibodies attacking donated RBCs, resulting in release of hemoglobin and red cell membrane–antigen complexes. These complexes are believed to lead to the hypotension, fevers, chills, and renal damage associated with the hemolytic reaction. Treatment consists of immediately stopping the transfusion, notifying the blood bank, vigorous intravenous hydration to keep the urine output over 100 mL/hr, and supportive therapy.

The delayed reaction can range in severity from an abrupt drop in the hematocrit to normal response to transfusion but the patient developing a positive Coombs’ test. The delayed response is due to an anamnestic response to blood-group antigens. When the patient is exposed to the same antigen, there is a rise in antibody titer leading to the reaction. Some alloantibodies can lead to a brisk reaction, most often anti-Kidd. The frequency with which delayed transfusion reactions occur is underestimated because mild reactions often do not get worked up or even discovered.

ALLERGIC REACTIONS

Allergic reactions are common (1%–3% of transfusions) and occur in patients having antibodies to proteins in donor blood, which can lead to hives and itching with transfusions. Most of the time these allergic reactions are mild and can be treated with antihistamines. Prophylaxis with antihistamines is not indicated for future transfusions unless the reactions are frequent. Rarely these reactions can be associated with shock and hypotension. Patients who are immunoglobulin (Ig) A–deficient can develop anaphylactic reactions to IgA-containing blood products. Patients with severe allergic reactions need to have their IgA measured and, if deficient, receive only washed units or plasma from IgA-deficient donors to prevent future severe reactions.

FEBRILE REACTIONS

The most common transfusion reaction is a febrile reaction that occurs after the transfusion starts and that sometimes can be complicated by chills. This reaction often occurs due to the presence of leukocyte debris and cytokines in the donated blood. Therapy is supportive and involves stopping the transfusion and administering acetaminophen, but since hemolytic transfusion reactions can present with fever all patients need to be thoroughly evaluated. The incidence of reactions can be decreased by using leukodepleted blood and plateletpheresis platelets. Most patients do not benefit from receiving prophylactic acetaminophen for future transfusion unless they have multiple reactions.

 

 

TRANSFUSION-RELATED ACUTE LUNG INJURY

Once thought a rare complication, transfusion-related acute lung injury (TRALI) is increasingly being recognized, with an incidence of approximately 1:5000 patients; it is now the most frequent cause of transfusion-related death.24,25 TRALI is noncardiac pulmonary edema and typically manifests clinically with hypoxemia, fever, bilateral infiltrates, and hypotension 2 to 6 hours after blood is given. Ventilatory support is often required. Recovery is usually rapid (24–48 hours) and complete. The etiology is complex. In many cases, transfused anti-HLA antibodies react with the recipient’s white cells leading to pulmonary damage. Another theory is that transfusion of preformed cytokines leads to pulmonary damage. Because plasma products from multiparous women are most often associated with anti-HLA antibodies, the restricted use of blood products from women has decreased the incidence of TRALI over the past few years.26

TRANSFUSION-ASSOCIATED CIRCULATORY OVERLOAD

Increasingly it being recognized that volume overload resulting from transfusions can lead to significant morbidity.27 Patients with heart or renal disease or patients who already have compromised fluid status are at risk for transfusion-associated circulatory overload (TACO). Another risk factor is transfusion of multiple blood products. Patients with TACO develop dyspnea within 6 hours of transfusion, but do not have fever or rash with the dyspnea. The diagnosis is made by demonstrating circulatory overload (eg, high venous pressure, B-type natriuretic peptide). Treatment is aggressive diuresis. Strategies to prevent TACO include judicious use of blood products, especially in patients at risk for TACO, and the use of prophylactic diuretics, especially with red cell or plasma transfusions.28

TRANSFUSION-RELATED GRAFT-VERSUS-HOST DISEASE

TGVHD is a rare reaction, but one that is most often fatal.29 TGVHD occurs when donor lymphocytes attack the blood recipient’s organs—skin, liver, intestines, and marrow. This is very rare in the normal blood recipient unless the donor and recipient share some HLA haplotypes.30 In immunosuppressed patients, TGVHD can occur with lesser degrees of HLA similarity, with cases reported in blood recipients who are mainly patients with Hodgkin disease or acute leukemia undergoing chemotherapy, and in patients receiving purine analogs. TGVHD had not been reported in AIDS patients despite profound immunosuppression, perhaps because the milieu of the patient does not allow lymphocyte expansion. Symptoms of TGVHD are an erythematous rash that may progress to epidermal toxic necrolysis, liver dysfunction, diarrhea, and pancytopenia. TGVHD is prevented by irradiating blood products given to at-risk patients with 2500 to 3500 rads. Directed blood donation from all blood relatives should also be irradiated. TGVHD cannot be prevented by leukopoor blood because the minute amount of lymphocytes that are not filtered still can lead to these complications.

POST-TRANSFUSION PURPURA

Patients with post-transfusion purpura (PTP) develop severe thrombocytopenia (< 10 × 103/µL) with often severe bleeding 1 to 2 weeks after receiving any type of blood product.31 Patients who develop PTP most often lack platelet antigen PLA1 or other platelet antigens. For unknown reasons, exposure to the antigens from the transfusion leads to rapid destruction of the patient’s own platelets. The diagnostic clue is thrombocytopenia in a patient, typically female, who has received a red cell or platelet blood product in the past 7 to 10 days. Treatment consists of intravenous immunoglobulin32 and plasmapheresis to remove the offending antibody. If patients with a history of PTP require further transfusions, only PLA1-negative platelets should be given.

IRON OVERLOAD

Every transfusion of red cells delivers approximately 250 mg of iron to the recipient. Since there is no natural way of ridding the body of iron, heavily transfused patients are at risk of iron overload. This is most often seen in children heavily transfused for thalassemia. Starting in the second decade of life, these individuals will develop endocrinopathies due to iron overload, liver problems, and often fatal cardiomyopathies. Studies have shown that chelation of iron with deferoxamine can be effective in preventing this fatal complication.33 Oral iron chelators such as deferasirox and deferiprone are also effective. The risk of iron overload in heavily transfused patients with myelodysplasia or other transfusion-dependent anemias is unclear, and uncertainty exists about the need for chelation.34

 

 

Young patients who face years of transfusions should be started on iron chelation to avoid iron overload. For older patients with transfusion-dependent anemia, iron chelation therapy should be considered if their life expectancy is long (years to decades) or special studies such as T2-weighted cardiac magnetic resonance imaging showing iron overloading.35

INFECTIOUS COMPLICATIONS

Concern over transmission of HIV infection via blood products in the late 1980s led to both a reduction in blood product use and a greater awareness of infectious complications of transfusion and their prevention. However, no blood product can ever be assumed to be safe for 2 reasons. One is that blood products can transmit infections during a “window period”—the time before a contaminated product can be detected by testing. The second is that blood is not screened for all potential infections (eg, babesiosis or new infections such as West Nile virus at the start of the outbreak). Risk of infection is reduced in 2 ways: deferral of potential infectious donors and blood product testing.

As part of the donation process, potential blood donors are asked a series of questions to see if they have risk factors for infections (eg, recent travel to malarious areas, recent tattoos), and if they answer positive are deferred from donating blood. Blood products are then tested for infectious agents by a combination of methods including detection of viral antigen, antibody response to infections, and more recently polymerase chain reaction (PCR).36 Current screening includes syphilis testing; testing for antibodies to HIV, HTLV (human T-lymphotropic virus), hepatitis C virus, hepatitis B core antigen (HBcAg), hepatitis B surface antigen, and PCR for HIV, hepatitis B virus, HCV, and West Nile virus. Some centers also test for Trypanosoma cruzi, the cause of Chagas disease.

In the past, the numerically most common transfusion-related disease was hepatitis, first B and then C.37,38 The first step in eliminating these infections was to stop paying donors for blood products. With the introduction of effective testing for hepatitis B and then C, the incidence of transfusion-related hepatitis has plummeted.36 For example, with the introduction of a diagnostic test for hepatitis C, the estimated risk has fallen from 5% to less than 1 per million. Currently, the risk of transmission of hepatitis B and C, HIV, and HTLV is less than 1 in a million.38

Despite this testing, blood transfusions can transmit a variety of infections, including malaria and babesiosis.39 Any new blood-borne infection introduced into the population can get into the blood supply as well. For example, at the start of the West Nile virus epidemic, there was a cluster of transfusion-transmitted cases that resulted in severe and sometimes fatal illness in immunosuppressed patients, but this issue has been addressed with the development of a PCR assay for screening blood.40 The rate of transfusion-related babesiosis has been increasing and screening for the causative parasite is being considered.

 

 

MASSIVE TRANSFUSIONS

Acutely bleeding patients can require large amounts of transfusion products. Early data showed high mortality rates with transfusion of more than 20 units of blood,41 but with modern blood banking techniques and improved laboratory testing, this rate has decreased dramatically, with survival rates of 43% to 70% in patients transfused with more than 50 units of blood.42

The basic approach to massive transfusions is to first transfuse the patient to maintain hemodynamic stability while specific blood tests are being obtained, and then to use the results of these early tests to guide the rest of the resuscitation. An important component is the ability to rapidly deliver standard packages of red cells, usually 6 to 10 units at a time, to the bleeding patient. To avoid delay while the patient’s blood is being typed, the first products delivered are blood group O Rh-positive units. Given the shortage of Rh-negative blood, this should be reserved for only empiric therapy of women of child-bearing age. Once the blood type is known, the patient can be switched over to type-specific blood.

In the past decade, there has been a shift toward increasing the amount of plasma given to patients receiving massive transfusions. This shift has occurred for 2 reasons. One is that modeling of coagulation changes in massive bleeding suggests the need for larger amounts of plasma to correct defects than have previously been recommended.43 The other reason is based on analysis of resuscitation protocols used in military and civilian trauma centers showing that giving red cells and plasma units in a 1:1 ratio appears to be associated with improved outcomes in massive transfusion. Several studies have extended this concept to platelets, again suggesting improved survival with 1 unit of random donor platelets given 1:1 with red cells and plasma units. The PROPPR (Prospective Observational Multicenter Major Trauma Transfusion) study compared a 1:1:1 to 1:1:2 ratio in patients with severe trauma and major bleeding and found less exsanguination and faster achievement of hemostasis in the first 24 hours.44 This has led to the widespread adoption of the 1:1 ratio by most trauma centers, and by default to other massive transfusion situations despite the lack of clinical trial data.45

One barrier to increased use is that plasma is kept frozen and requires 20 minutes to thaw. Many institutions are now keeping inventories of thawed plasma available for immediate use, ranging from 2 to 4 units of group AB plasma to keeping their entire inventory as liquid plasma.46 Plasma that is thawed but not used can be relabeled as “thawed plasma” and kept for up to 5 days. Also, many centers now use group A plasma for massive transfusions as this rarely leads to transfusion reactions and is much more available.47 Research is currently under way on lyophilized plasma, which can be stored at room temperature and can be rapidly reconstituted for emergency use.

Massive Transfusion Protocol

The standard approach for laboratory testing is obtaining 5 tests: hematocrit, platelet count, INR/prothrombin time, activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT), and fibrinogen.48 Product selection is guided by these tests, and they are repeated at regular intervals during the massive transfusion. A typical protocol is shown in Table 3. It is important as part of any protocol to have a flow chart that records laboratory results and products given that any member of the team can easily view.

 

 

The transfusion threshold for a low hematocrit depends on the stability of the patient. If the hematocrit is below 30% and the patient is bleeding or hemodynamically unstable, one should transfuse packed red cells. Stable patients can tolerate lower hematocrits, and an aggressive transfusion policy may even be detrimental.2,49 If the patient is bleeding, has florid DIC, or has received platelet aggregation inhibitors, then keeping the platelet count above 50 × 103/µL is reasonable. There are data regarding massive transfusion showing that keeping the platelet count above 50 × 103/µL resulted in less microvascular bleeding.50 The conventional dose of platelets is 6 to 8 platelet concentrates or 1 plateletpheresis unit.

While in the past fibrinogen targets of 50 to 100 mg/dL were recommended, recent data indicate that a target of 150 mg/dL or higher may be more appropriate.51–53 Severe fibrinolysis may occur in certain clinical situations such as brain injuries, hepatic trauma, or ischemic limb reperfusion, and the use of large amounts of cryoprecipitate can be anticipated. In patients with an INR greater than 2 and an abnormal aPTT, one can give 2 to 4 units of FFP. For an aPTT greater than 1.5 times normal, 2 to 4 units of plasma should be given. Elevation of the aPTT above 1.8 times normal control is associated with microvascular bleeding in trauma patients.54 Patients with marked abnormalities (eg, anaPTT more than 2 times normal) may require aggressive therapy with at least 15 to 30 mL/kg (4–8 units for an average adult) of plasma.55

Recently there has been increasing interest in the use of thromboelastography (TEG) in massive transfusion.56 This is a point-of-care assay performed on fresh whole blood that can assess multiple facets of hemostasis, including coagulation, platelet function, and fibrinolysis.57,58 TEG is performed by placing a 0.35-mL sample of whole blood into an oscillating container with a sensor pin that measures the force of thrombus formation. TEG measures 5 parameters:

  • r time: time from starting TEG until clot formation
  • K time: time needed for tracing to go from 2 mm to 20 mm
  • alpha angle: slope of tracing between r and K time
  • MA: greatest amplitude of TEG tracing
  • Whole blood lysis index: amplitude of tracing 60 minutes after MA.

Several centers have incorporated TEG into resuscitation protocols that include standardized strategies for responding to abnormalities. Data suggest that use of TEG may decrease the use of blood products, especially in cardiac surgery, but this has not been prospectively studied in massive transfusions.56,59

COMPLICATIONS OF MASSIVE TRANSFUSIONS

Electrolyte abnormalities are unusual even in patients who receive massive transfusions.60 Platelet concentrates and plasma contain citrate that can chelate calcium. However, the citrate is rapidly metabolized, and it is rare to see clinically significant hypocalcemia. Although empiric calcium replacement is often recommended, one study suggests that this is associated with a worse outcome and should not be done.61 If hypocalcemia is a clinical concern, then levels should be drawn to guide therapy. Stored blood is acidic, with a pH of 6.5 to 6.9. However, acidosis attributed solely to transfused blood is rare and most often is a reflection of the patient’s stability. Empirical bicarbonate replacement has been associated with severe alkalosis and is not recom mended.62,63 Although potassium leaks out of stored red cells, even older units of blood contain only 8 mEq/L of potassium, so hyperkalemia is usually not a concern.

 

 

PATIENTS WITH AUTOIMMUNE HEMOLYTIC ANEMIA

Patients with autoimmune hemolytic anemia can be difficult to transfuse,64 because the autoantibody can interfere with several aspects of the transfusion services evaluation. In some patients the autoantibody can be so strong that the patient’s blood type cannot be determined. In most patients, the final step of the cross-match—mixing the donor blood with recipient plasma—will show noncompatibility due to the autoantibodies reacting with any red cells.

The first step when transfusing a patient with autoimmune hemolytic anemia is to draw several tubes of blood for the transfusion service before any potential transfusions. This allows the transfusion service to remove the autoantibodies so they can screen for underlying alloantibodies. Second, if the patient requires immediate transfusion, then type-specific or O-negative blood should be given. If the patient has not been recently (months) transfused, the incidence of a severe transfusion reaction is low. The first unit should be infused slowly with close observation of the patient. For patients who have been multiply transfused, the use of an “in-vivo” cross-match may be helpful. This is where the patient is slowly transfused 10 to 15 mL of blood over 15 minutes. The the plasma and urine are then assessed for signs of hemolysis and, if negative, the remaining product is given.

REFUSAL OF BLOOD PRODUCTS

The initial step in managing patients who refuse blood products is to find out why they are refusing them. Many patients have an exaggerated fear of HIV and other infectious agents, so discussing the very low risk for infection transmission can often resolve the situation. The most common reason for refusal of blood products is religious belief. Jehovah’s Witness patients will refuse blood products due to their interpretation of the Bible.65 All members will refuse red cells, plasma, and platelets, while decisions about “derived” blood products—products made by manipulation of the original donated units—are a matter of conscience. These include cryoprecipitate, intravenous gammaglobulin, and albumin.

In an elective situation, the first step is to discuss with the patient those products that are a matter of conscience and clearly document this. The patient’s blood count and iron stores should be assessed to identify any correctible causes of anemia or low iron stores before surgery. The use of erythropoietin to correct blood counts before surgery is controversial, as this may increase thrombosis risk and is contraindicated in patients with curable tumors.

For patients with acute blood loss, use of intravenous iron combined with high-dose erythropoietin is the most common approach to raise the blood count.65 A recommended erythropoietin dose is 300 units/kg 3 times a week, dropping to 100 units/kg 3 times weekly until the goal hematocrit is reached. Another often overlooked step is to consolidate and minimize laboratory testing. The most important step is to be respectful of the patient and their beliefs. Many larger cities have liaisons that can help with interactions between Jehovah’s Witness patients and the health care system.

 

 

NON-TRANSFUSION THERAPIES FOR ACUTE BLEEDING

DESMOPRESSIN

Desmopressin (DDAVP) is a synthetic analog of antidiuretic hormone that raises the levels of both factor VIII and von Willebrand protein severalfold.66 Desmopressin is effective in supporting hemostasis in patients with a wide variety of congenital and acquired bleeding disorders. However, desmopressin does not reduce blood loss before routine surgery in a healthy patient and should not be used for this purpose.67

TRANEXAMIC ACID

Tranexamic acid is an antifibrinolytic agent that blocks the binding of plasmin to fibrin.68 This agent was first shown to be useful in disorders that involve excessive fibrinolysis69–73 or as adjunctive therapy for oral or dental procedures in patients with a bleeding diathesis. In patients with severe thrombocytopenia, the use of antifibrinolytic agents may reduce bleeding. Increasing data shows that tranexamic acid can prevent blood loss in a variety of surgeries including heart bypass, liver transplantation, and orthopedic surgery.74 Patients across these settings have decreased blood loss and need for transfusion with no increased risk of thrombosis. The CRASH-2 study showed that the use of tranexamic acid significantly reduced mortality in trauma patients.75 The WOMEN trial demonstrated that 1 g of tranexamic acid given to women with blood loss of more than 500 mL after vaginal delivery or 1000 mL after cesarean section has a risk reduction of death of 0.81 with no increased risk of thrombosis.76 Given this abundant data, it is clear tranexamic acid needs to be part of any massive transfusion protocol.77

RECOMBINANT FACTOR VIIa

Recombinant factor VIIa (rVIIa) was originally developed as a “bypass” agent to support hemostasis in hemophiliacs.78 However, the use of rVIIa for a wide array of bleeding disorders, including patients with factor VII and XI deficiency and Glanzmann thrombasthenia, has been reported.79 Increasingly, rVIIa is being used as a “universal hemostatic agent” for patients with uncontrolled bleeding from any mechanism.80 Multiple case reports have described the use of rVIIa for bleeding in cardiac surgery patients, obstetrical bleeding, reversal of anticoagulation, and trauma.81 Unfortunately, little formal trial data exists to put these anecdotes into perspective, and formal review of clinical trial results has shown no benefit.82,83 However, when used in older patients, especially those with vascular risk factors, the risk of arterial thrombosis appears to increase.84 In the trials for intracranial hemorrhage, the thrombosis rate was 5% to 9%, and rates up to 10% for arterial events were seen in older patients in a review of all trials.85–87 Given the lack of data but the evidence of risk, rVIIa use should be restricted to patients with documented bleeding disorders that have been shown to benefit by its use.

References

1. Yazer MH, Cap AP, Spinella PC, et al. How do I implement a whole blood program for massively bleeding patients? Transfusion 2018;58:622–8.

2. Hébert PC, Wells G, Blajchman MA, et al. A multicenter, randomized, controlled clinical trial of transfusion requirements in critical care. Transfusion Requirements in Critical Care Investigators, Canadian Critical Care Trials Group. N Engl J Med 1999;340:409–17.

3. Hajjar LA, Vincent JL, Galas FR, et al. Tranfusion requirements after cardiac surgery: the TRACS randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2010;304:1559–67.

4. Cooper HA, Rao SV, Greenberg MD, et al. Conservative versus liberal red cell transfusion in acute myocardial infarction (the CRIT Randomized Pilot Study). Am J Cardiol 2011;108:1108–11.

5. Villanueva C, Colomo A, Bosch A, et al. Transfusion strategies for acute upper gastrointestinal bleeding. N Engl J Med 2013;368:11–21.

6. Carson JL, Terrin ML, Noveck H, et al; the FOCUS Investigators. Liberal or restrictive transfusion in high-risk patients after hip surgery. N Engl J Med 2011 Dec 4. [Epub ahead of print]

7. Schiffer CA, Anderson KC, Bennett CL, et al. Platelet transfusion for patients with cancer: clinical practice guidelines of the American Society of Clinical Oncology. J Clin Oncol 2001;19:1519–38.

8. Schiffer CA. Prevention of alloimmunization against platelets. Blood 1991;77:1–4.

9. Hod E, Schwartz J. Platelet transfusion refractoriness. Br J Haematol 2008;142:348–60.

10. Novotny VMJ, Van Doorn R, Witvliet MD, et al. Occurrence of allogeneic HLA and non-HLA antibodies after transfusion of prestorage filtered platelets and red blood cells: A prospective study. Blood 1995;85:1736–41.

11. McFarland J, Menitove J, Kagen L et al. Leukocyte reduction and ultraviolet B irradiation of platelets to prevent alloimmunization and refractoriness to platelet transfusions. N Engl J Med 1997;337:1861–9.

12. Juskewitch JE, Norgan AP, De Goey SR, et al. How do I … manage the platelet transfusion-refractory patient? Transfusion 2017;57:2828–35.

13. Schiffer CA. Diagnosis and management of refractoriness to platelet transfusion. Blood Rev 2001;15:175–80.

14. Christie DJ, van Buren N, Lennon SS, Putnam JL. Vancomycin-dependent antibodies associated with thrombocytopenia and refractoriness to platelet transfusion in patients with leukemia. Blood 1990;75:518–23.

15. Dzik S. How I do it: platelet support for refractory patients. Transfusion 2007;47:374–8.

16. Tripodi A, Mannucci PM. The coagulopathy of chronic liver disease. N Engl J Med 2011;365:147–56.

17. Lisman T, Porte RJ. Pathogenesis, prevention, and management of bleeding and thrombosis in patients with liver diseases. Res Pract Thromb Haemost 2017;1:150–61.

18. Murad MH, Stubbs JR, Gandhi MJ, et al. The effect of plasma transfusion on morbidity and mortality: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Transfusion 2010;50:1370–83.

19. Green L, Bolton-Maggs P, Beattie C, et al. British Society of Haematology Guidelines on the spectrum of fresh frozen plasma and cryoprecipitate products: their handling and use in various patient groups in the absence of major bleeding. Br J Haematol 2018;181:54–67.

20. Abdel-Wahab OI, Healy B, Dzik WH. Effect of fresh-frozen plasma transfusion on prothrombin time and bleeding in patients with mild coagulation abnormalities. Transfusion 2006;46:1279–85.

21. Price TH. Granulocyte transfusion: current status. Semin Hematol 2007;44:15–23.

22. Treleaven J, Gennery A, Marsh J, et al. Guidelines on the use of irradiated blood components prepared by the British Committee for Standards in Haematology blood transfusion task force. Br J Haematol 2011;152:35–51.

23. Thiele T, Kruger W, Zimmermann K, et al. Transmission of cytomegalovirus (CMV) infection by leukoreduced blood products not tested for CMV antibodies: a single-center prospective study in high-risk patients undergoing allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (CME). Transfusion 2011;51:2620–6.

24. Delaney M, Wendel S, Bercovitz RS, et al; Biomedical Excellence for Safer Transfusion (BEST) Collaborative. Transfusion reactions: prevention, diagnosis, and treatment. Lancet 2016;388:2825–36.

25. Toy P, Gajic O, Bacchetti P, et al. Transfusion related acute lung injury: incidence and risk factors. Blood 2011 Nov 23. [Epub ahead of print]

26. Wiersum-Osselton JC, Middelburg RA, Beckers EA, et al. Male-only fresh-frozen plasma for transfusion-related acute lung injury prevention: before-and-after comparative cohort study. Transfusion 2011;51:1278–83.

27. Friedman T, Javidroozi M, Lobel G, Shander A. Complications of allogeneic blood product administration, with emphasis on transfusion-related acute lung injury and transfusion-associated circulatory overload. Adv Anesth 2017;35:159–73.

28. Lin CR, Armali C, Callum J, et al. Transfusion-associated circulatory overload prevention: a retrospective observational study of diuretic use. Vox Sang 2018;113:386–92.

29. Sun X, Yu H, Xu Z, et al. Transfusion-associated graft-versus-host-disease: case report and review of literature. Transfus Apher Sci 2010;43:331–4.

30. Petz LD, Calhoun L, Yam P, et al. Transfusion-associated graft-versus-host disease in immunocompetent patients: report of a fatal case associated with transfusion of blood from a second-degree relative, and a survey of predisposing factors. Transfusion 1993;33:742–50.

31. Mueller-Eckhardt C. Post-transfusion purpura. Br J Hematol 1986;64:419–24.

32. Mueller-Eckhardt C, Kiefel V. High-dose IgG for posttransfusion purpura-revisited. Blut 1988;57:163–7.

33. Modell B, Khan M, Darlison M. Survival in beta-thalassaemia major in the UK: data from the UK Thalassaemia Register. Lancet 2000;355(9220):2051–2.

34. Zeidan AM, Griffiths EA. To chelate or not to chelate in MDS: That is the question! Blood Rev 2018. pii: S0268-960X(17)30128-5.

35. Konen E, Ghoti H, Goitein O, et al. No evidence for myocardial iron overload in multitransfused patients with myelodysplastic syndrome using cardiac magnetic resonance T2 technique. Am J Hematol 2007;82:1013–16.

36. Squires JE. Risks of transfusion. South Med J 2011;104:762–9.

37. Sharma S, Sharma P, Tyler LN. Transfusion of blood and blood products: indications and complications. Am Fam Physician 2011;83:719–24.

38. Jacquot C, Delaney M. Efforts toward elimination of infectious agents in blood products. J Intensive Care Med 2018 Jan 1:885066618756589 [Epub ahead of print].

39. Herwaldt BL, Linden JV, Bosserman E, et al. Transfusion-associated babesiosis in the United States: a description of cases. Ann Intern Med 2011;155:509–19.

40. Biggerstaff BJ, Petersen LR. Estimated risk of West Nile virus transmission through blood transfusion during an epidemic in Queens, New York City. Transfusion 2002;42:1019–26.

41. Wilson RF, Mammen E, Walt AJ. Eight years of experience with massive blood transfusions. J Trauma 1971;11:275–85.

42. Wade CE, del Junco DJ, Holcomb JB, et al. Variations between level I trauma centers in 24-hour mortality in severely injured patients requiring a massive transfusion. J Trauma 2011;71(2 Suppl 3):S389–S393.

43. Hirshberg A, Dugas M, Banez EI, et al. Minimizing dilutional coagulopathy in exsanguinating hemorrhage: a computer simulation. J Trauma 2003;54:454–63.

44. Holcomb JB, Tilley BC, Baraniuk S, et al. Transfusion of plasma, platelets, and red blood cells in a 1:1:1 vs a 1:1:2 ratio and mortality in patients with severe trauma: the PROPPR randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2015;313:471–82.

45. Pasquier P, Gayat E, Rackelboom T, et al. An observational study of the fresh frozen plasma: red blood cell ratio in postpartum hemorrhage. Anesth Analg 2013;116:155–61.

46. Yuan S, Ziman A, Anthony MA, et al. How do we provide blood products to trauma patients? Transfusion 2009;49:1045–9.

47. Stevens WT, Morse BC, Bernard A, et al. Incompatible type A plasma transfusion in patients requiring massive transfusion protocol: Outcomes of an Eastern Association for the Surgery of Trauma multicenter study. J Trauma Acute Care Surg 2017;83:25–9.

48. DeLoughery TG. Coagulation defects in trauma patients: etiology, recognition, and therapy. Crit Care Clin 2004;20:13–24.

49. Blair SD, Janvrin SB, McCollum CN, Greenhalgh RM. Effect of early blood transfusion on gastrointestinal haemorrhage. Br J Surg 1986;73:783–5.

50. Counts RB, Haisch C, Simon TL, et al. Hemostasis in massively transfused trauma patients. Ann Surg 1979;190:91–9.

51. Gerlach R, Tolle F, Raabe A, et al. Increased risk for postoperative hemorrhage after intracranial surgery in patients with decreased factor XIII activity: implications of a prospective study. Stroke 2002;33:1618–23.

52. Fenger-Eriksen C, Lindberg-Larsen M, Christensen AQ, et al. Fibrinogen concentrate substitution therapy in patients with massive haemorrhage and low plasma fibrinogen concentrations. Br J Anaesth 2008;101:769–73.

53. Charbit B, Mandelbrot L, Samain E, et al. The decrease of fibrinogen is an early predictor of the severity of postpartum hemorrhage. J Thromb Haemost 2007;5:266–73.

54. Ciavarella D, Reed RL, Counts RB, et al. Clotting factor levels and the risk of diffuse microvascular bleeding in the massively transfused patient. Br J Haematol 1987;67:365–8.

55. Chowdhury P, Saayman AG, Paulus U, et al. Efficacy of standard dose and 30 ml/kg fresh frozen plasma in correcting laboratory parameters of haemostasis in critically ill patients. Br J Haematol 2004;125:69–73.

56. Curry NS, Davenport R, Pavord S, et al.The use of viscoelastic haemostatic assays in the management of major bleeding: A British Society for Haematology Guideline. Br J Haematol 2018. doi: 10.1111/bjh.15524. [Epub ahead of print].

57. Kashuk JL, Moore EE, Sawyer M, et al. Postinjury coagulopathy management: goal directed resuscitation via POC thrombelastography. Ann Surg 2010;251:604–14.

58. Whitten CW, Greilich PE. Thromboelastography: past, present, and future. Anesthesiology 2000;92:1223–5.

59. Girdauskas E, Kempfert J, Kuntze T, et al. Thromboelastometrically guided transfusion protocol during aortic surgery with circulatory arrest: a prospective, randomized trial. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 2010;140:1117–24.

60. Goskowicz R. The complications of massive tranfusion. Anesthesiology Clin North Am 1999;17:959–78.

61. Howland WS, Schwiezer O, Boyan CP. Massive blood replacement without calcuim administration. Surg Gynecol Obstet 1964;159:171–7.

62. Miller RD, Tong MJ, Robbins TO. Effects of massive transfusion of blood on acid-base balance. JAMA 1971;216:1762–5.

63. Collins JA. Problems associated with the massive transfusion of stored blood. Surgery 1974;75:274–95.

64. Petz LD. A physician’s guide to transfusion in autoimmune haemolytic anaemia. Br J Haematol 2004;124:712–6.

65. Scharman CD, Burger D, Shatzel JJ, et al. Treatment of individuals who cannot receive blood products for religious or other reasons. Am J Hematol 2017;92:1370–81

66. Leissinger C, Carcao M, Gill JC, et al. Desmopressin (DDAVP) in the management of patients with congenital bleeding disorders. Haemophilia 2014;20:158–67.

67. Desborough MJ, Oakland KA, Landoni G, et al. Desmopressin for treatment of platelet dysfunction and reversal of antiplatelet agents: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. J Thromb Haemost 2017;15:263–72.

68. Ng W, Jerath A, Wa˛sowicz M. Tranexamic acid: a clinical review. Anaesthesiol Intensive Ther 2015;47:339–50.

69. Amitrano L, Guardascione MA, Brancaccio V, Balzano A. Coagulation disorders in liver disease. Semin Liver Dis 2002;22:83–96.

70. Chang JC, Kane KK. Pathologic hyperfibrinolysis associated with amyloidosis: clinical response to epsilon amino caproic acid. Am J Clin Pathol 1984;81:382–7.

71. Anonymous. Tranexamic acid. Med Letter Drugs Therapeutics 1987;29:89–90.

72. Schwartz BS, Williams EC, Conlan MG, Mosher DF. Epsilon-aminocaproic acid in the treatment of patients with acute promyelocytic leukemia and acquired alpha-2-plasmin inhibitor defiency. Ann Intern Med 1986;105:873–7.

73. Takahashi H, Tatewaki W, Wada K, et al. Fibrinolysis and fibrinogenolysis in liver disease. Am J Hematol 1990;34:241-–5.

74. Ker K, Edwards P, Perel P, et al. Effect of tranexamic acid on surgical bleeding: systematic review and cumulative meta-analysis. BMJ 2012;344:e3054.

75. Shakur H, Roberts I, Bautista R, et al. Effects of tranexamic acid on death, vascular occlusive events, and blood transfusion in trauma patients with significant haemorrhage (CRASH-2): a randomised, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2010;376(9734):23–32.

76. WOMAN Trial Collaborators. Effect of early tranexamic acid administration on mortality, hysterectomy, and other morbidities in women with post-partum haemorrhage (WOMAN): an international, randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2017;389:2105–16.

77. Godbey EA, Schwartz J. ‘Massive transfusion protocols and the use of tranexamic acid’. Curr Opin Hematol 2018 Aug 16. doi: 10.1097/MOH.0000000000000457. [Epub ahead of print]

78. Hay CR, Negrier C, Ludlam CA. The treatment of bleeding in acquired haemophilia with recombinant factor VIIa: a multicentre study. Thromb Haemost 1997;78:1463–7.

79. DeLoughery TG. Management of bleeding emergencies: when to use recombinant activated factor VII. Expert Opin Pharmacother 2006;7:25–34.

80. Aledort L. Recombinant factor VIIa Is a pan-hemostatic agent? Thromb Haemost 2000;83:637–8.

81. Logan AC, Yank V, Stafford RS. Off-label use of recombinant factor VIIa in U.S. hospitals: analysis of hospital records. Ann Intern Med 2011;154:516–22.

82. Lin Y, Stanworth S, Birchall J, Doree C, Hyde C. Use of recombinant factor VIIa for the prevention and treatment of bleeding in patients without hemophilia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. CMAJ 2011;183:E9–19.

83. Yank V, Tuohy CV, Logan AC et al. Systematic review: benefits and harms of in-hospital use of recombinant factor VIIa for off-label indications. Ann Intern Med 2011;154:529–40.

84. Pavese P, Bonadona A, Beaubien J, et al. FVIIa corrects the coagulopathy of fulminant hepatic failure but may be associated with thrombosis: a report of four cases. Can J Anaesth 2005;52:26–29.

85. Mayer SA, Brun NC, Begtrup K, et al. Recombinant activated factor VII for acute intracerebral hemorrhage. N Engl J Med 2005;352:777–85.

86. Mayer SA, Brun NC, Begtrup K, et al. Efficacy and safety of recombinant activated factor VII for acute intracerebral hemorrhage. N Engl J Med 2008;358:2127–37.

87. Levi M, Levy JH, Andersen HF, Truloff D. Safety of recombinant activated factor VII in randomized clinical trials. N Engl J Med 2010;363:1791–1800.

References

1. Yazer MH, Cap AP, Spinella PC, et al. How do I implement a whole blood program for massively bleeding patients? Transfusion 2018;58:622–8.

2. Hébert PC, Wells G, Blajchman MA, et al. A multicenter, randomized, controlled clinical trial of transfusion requirements in critical care. Transfusion Requirements in Critical Care Investigators, Canadian Critical Care Trials Group. N Engl J Med 1999;340:409–17.

3. Hajjar LA, Vincent JL, Galas FR, et al. Tranfusion requirements after cardiac surgery: the TRACS randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2010;304:1559–67.

4. Cooper HA, Rao SV, Greenberg MD, et al. Conservative versus liberal red cell transfusion in acute myocardial infarction (the CRIT Randomized Pilot Study). Am J Cardiol 2011;108:1108–11.

5. Villanueva C, Colomo A, Bosch A, et al. Transfusion strategies for acute upper gastrointestinal bleeding. N Engl J Med 2013;368:11–21.

6. Carson JL, Terrin ML, Noveck H, et al; the FOCUS Investigators. Liberal or restrictive transfusion in high-risk patients after hip surgery. N Engl J Med 2011 Dec 4. [Epub ahead of print]

7. Schiffer CA, Anderson KC, Bennett CL, et al. Platelet transfusion for patients with cancer: clinical practice guidelines of the American Society of Clinical Oncology. J Clin Oncol 2001;19:1519–38.

8. Schiffer CA. Prevention of alloimmunization against platelets. Blood 1991;77:1–4.

9. Hod E, Schwartz J. Platelet transfusion refractoriness. Br J Haematol 2008;142:348–60.

10. Novotny VMJ, Van Doorn R, Witvliet MD, et al. Occurrence of allogeneic HLA and non-HLA antibodies after transfusion of prestorage filtered platelets and red blood cells: A prospective study. Blood 1995;85:1736–41.

11. McFarland J, Menitove J, Kagen L et al. Leukocyte reduction and ultraviolet B irradiation of platelets to prevent alloimmunization and refractoriness to platelet transfusions. N Engl J Med 1997;337:1861–9.

12. Juskewitch JE, Norgan AP, De Goey SR, et al. How do I … manage the platelet transfusion-refractory patient? Transfusion 2017;57:2828–35.

13. Schiffer CA. Diagnosis and management of refractoriness to platelet transfusion. Blood Rev 2001;15:175–80.

14. Christie DJ, van Buren N, Lennon SS, Putnam JL. Vancomycin-dependent antibodies associated with thrombocytopenia and refractoriness to platelet transfusion in patients with leukemia. Blood 1990;75:518–23.

15. Dzik S. How I do it: platelet support for refractory patients. Transfusion 2007;47:374–8.

16. Tripodi A, Mannucci PM. The coagulopathy of chronic liver disease. N Engl J Med 2011;365:147–56.

17. Lisman T, Porte RJ. Pathogenesis, prevention, and management of bleeding and thrombosis in patients with liver diseases. Res Pract Thromb Haemost 2017;1:150–61.

18. Murad MH, Stubbs JR, Gandhi MJ, et al. The effect of plasma transfusion on morbidity and mortality: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Transfusion 2010;50:1370–83.

19. Green L, Bolton-Maggs P, Beattie C, et al. British Society of Haematology Guidelines on the spectrum of fresh frozen plasma and cryoprecipitate products: their handling and use in various patient groups in the absence of major bleeding. Br J Haematol 2018;181:54–67.

20. Abdel-Wahab OI, Healy B, Dzik WH. Effect of fresh-frozen plasma transfusion on prothrombin time and bleeding in patients with mild coagulation abnormalities. Transfusion 2006;46:1279–85.

21. Price TH. Granulocyte transfusion: current status. Semin Hematol 2007;44:15–23.

22. Treleaven J, Gennery A, Marsh J, et al. Guidelines on the use of irradiated blood components prepared by the British Committee for Standards in Haematology blood transfusion task force. Br J Haematol 2011;152:35–51.

23. Thiele T, Kruger W, Zimmermann K, et al. Transmission of cytomegalovirus (CMV) infection by leukoreduced blood products not tested for CMV antibodies: a single-center prospective study in high-risk patients undergoing allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (CME). Transfusion 2011;51:2620–6.

24. Delaney M, Wendel S, Bercovitz RS, et al; Biomedical Excellence for Safer Transfusion (BEST) Collaborative. Transfusion reactions: prevention, diagnosis, and treatment. Lancet 2016;388:2825–36.

25. Toy P, Gajic O, Bacchetti P, et al. Transfusion related acute lung injury: incidence and risk factors. Blood 2011 Nov 23. [Epub ahead of print]

26. Wiersum-Osselton JC, Middelburg RA, Beckers EA, et al. Male-only fresh-frozen plasma for transfusion-related acute lung injury prevention: before-and-after comparative cohort study. Transfusion 2011;51:1278–83.

27. Friedman T, Javidroozi M, Lobel G, Shander A. Complications of allogeneic blood product administration, with emphasis on transfusion-related acute lung injury and transfusion-associated circulatory overload. Adv Anesth 2017;35:159–73.

28. Lin CR, Armali C, Callum J, et al. Transfusion-associated circulatory overload prevention: a retrospective observational study of diuretic use. Vox Sang 2018;113:386–92.

29. Sun X, Yu H, Xu Z, et al. Transfusion-associated graft-versus-host-disease: case report and review of literature. Transfus Apher Sci 2010;43:331–4.

30. Petz LD, Calhoun L, Yam P, et al. Transfusion-associated graft-versus-host disease in immunocompetent patients: report of a fatal case associated with transfusion of blood from a second-degree relative, and a survey of predisposing factors. Transfusion 1993;33:742–50.

31. Mueller-Eckhardt C. Post-transfusion purpura. Br J Hematol 1986;64:419–24.

32. Mueller-Eckhardt C, Kiefel V. High-dose IgG for posttransfusion purpura-revisited. Blut 1988;57:163–7.

33. Modell B, Khan M, Darlison M. Survival in beta-thalassaemia major in the UK: data from the UK Thalassaemia Register. Lancet 2000;355(9220):2051–2.

34. Zeidan AM, Griffiths EA. To chelate or not to chelate in MDS: That is the question! Blood Rev 2018. pii: S0268-960X(17)30128-5.

35. Konen E, Ghoti H, Goitein O, et al. No evidence for myocardial iron overload in multitransfused patients with myelodysplastic syndrome using cardiac magnetic resonance T2 technique. Am J Hematol 2007;82:1013–16.

36. Squires JE. Risks of transfusion. South Med J 2011;104:762–9.

37. Sharma S, Sharma P, Tyler LN. Transfusion of blood and blood products: indications and complications. Am Fam Physician 2011;83:719–24.

38. Jacquot C, Delaney M. Efforts toward elimination of infectious agents in blood products. J Intensive Care Med 2018 Jan 1:885066618756589 [Epub ahead of print].

39. Herwaldt BL, Linden JV, Bosserman E, et al. Transfusion-associated babesiosis in the United States: a description of cases. Ann Intern Med 2011;155:509–19.

40. Biggerstaff BJ, Petersen LR. Estimated risk of West Nile virus transmission through blood transfusion during an epidemic in Queens, New York City. Transfusion 2002;42:1019–26.

41. Wilson RF, Mammen E, Walt AJ. Eight years of experience with massive blood transfusions. J Trauma 1971;11:275–85.

42. Wade CE, del Junco DJ, Holcomb JB, et al. Variations between level I trauma centers in 24-hour mortality in severely injured patients requiring a massive transfusion. J Trauma 2011;71(2 Suppl 3):S389–S393.

43. Hirshberg A, Dugas M, Banez EI, et al. Minimizing dilutional coagulopathy in exsanguinating hemorrhage: a computer simulation. J Trauma 2003;54:454–63.

44. Holcomb JB, Tilley BC, Baraniuk S, et al. Transfusion of plasma, platelets, and red blood cells in a 1:1:1 vs a 1:1:2 ratio and mortality in patients with severe trauma: the PROPPR randomized clinical trial. JAMA 2015;313:471–82.

45. Pasquier P, Gayat E, Rackelboom T, et al. An observational study of the fresh frozen plasma: red blood cell ratio in postpartum hemorrhage. Anesth Analg 2013;116:155–61.

46. Yuan S, Ziman A, Anthony MA, et al. How do we provide blood products to trauma patients? Transfusion 2009;49:1045–9.

47. Stevens WT, Morse BC, Bernard A, et al. Incompatible type A plasma transfusion in patients requiring massive transfusion protocol: Outcomes of an Eastern Association for the Surgery of Trauma multicenter study. J Trauma Acute Care Surg 2017;83:25–9.

48. DeLoughery TG. Coagulation defects in trauma patients: etiology, recognition, and therapy. Crit Care Clin 2004;20:13–24.

49. Blair SD, Janvrin SB, McCollum CN, Greenhalgh RM. Effect of early blood transfusion on gastrointestinal haemorrhage. Br J Surg 1986;73:783–5.

50. Counts RB, Haisch C, Simon TL, et al. Hemostasis in massively transfused trauma patients. Ann Surg 1979;190:91–9.

51. Gerlach R, Tolle F, Raabe A, et al. Increased risk for postoperative hemorrhage after intracranial surgery in patients with decreased factor XIII activity: implications of a prospective study. Stroke 2002;33:1618–23.

52. Fenger-Eriksen C, Lindberg-Larsen M, Christensen AQ, et al. Fibrinogen concentrate substitution therapy in patients with massive haemorrhage and low plasma fibrinogen concentrations. Br J Anaesth 2008;101:769–73.

53. Charbit B, Mandelbrot L, Samain E, et al. The decrease of fibrinogen is an early predictor of the severity of postpartum hemorrhage. J Thromb Haemost 2007;5:266–73.

54. Ciavarella D, Reed RL, Counts RB, et al. Clotting factor levels and the risk of diffuse microvascular bleeding in the massively transfused patient. Br J Haematol 1987;67:365–8.

55. Chowdhury P, Saayman AG, Paulus U, et al. Efficacy of standard dose and 30 ml/kg fresh frozen plasma in correcting laboratory parameters of haemostasis in critically ill patients. Br J Haematol 2004;125:69–73.

56. Curry NS, Davenport R, Pavord S, et al.The use of viscoelastic haemostatic assays in the management of major bleeding: A British Society for Haematology Guideline. Br J Haematol 2018. doi: 10.1111/bjh.15524. [Epub ahead of print].

57. Kashuk JL, Moore EE, Sawyer M, et al. Postinjury coagulopathy management: goal directed resuscitation via POC thrombelastography. Ann Surg 2010;251:604–14.

58. Whitten CW, Greilich PE. Thromboelastography: past, present, and future. Anesthesiology 2000;92:1223–5.

59. Girdauskas E, Kempfert J, Kuntze T, et al. Thromboelastometrically guided transfusion protocol during aortic surgery with circulatory arrest: a prospective, randomized trial. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 2010;140:1117–24.

60. Goskowicz R. The complications of massive tranfusion. Anesthesiology Clin North Am 1999;17:959–78.

61. Howland WS, Schwiezer O, Boyan CP. Massive blood replacement without calcuim administration. Surg Gynecol Obstet 1964;159:171–7.

62. Miller RD, Tong MJ, Robbins TO. Effects of massive transfusion of blood on acid-base balance. JAMA 1971;216:1762–5.

63. Collins JA. Problems associated with the massive transfusion of stored blood. Surgery 1974;75:274–95.

64. Petz LD. A physician’s guide to transfusion in autoimmune haemolytic anaemia. Br J Haematol 2004;124:712–6.

65. Scharman CD, Burger D, Shatzel JJ, et al. Treatment of individuals who cannot receive blood products for religious or other reasons. Am J Hematol 2017;92:1370–81

66. Leissinger C, Carcao M, Gill JC, et al. Desmopressin (DDAVP) in the management of patients with congenital bleeding disorders. Haemophilia 2014;20:158–67.

67. Desborough MJ, Oakland KA, Landoni G, et al. Desmopressin for treatment of platelet dysfunction and reversal of antiplatelet agents: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. J Thromb Haemost 2017;15:263–72.

68. Ng W, Jerath A, Wa˛sowicz M. Tranexamic acid: a clinical review. Anaesthesiol Intensive Ther 2015;47:339–50.

69. Amitrano L, Guardascione MA, Brancaccio V, Balzano A. Coagulation disorders in liver disease. Semin Liver Dis 2002;22:83–96.

70. Chang JC, Kane KK. Pathologic hyperfibrinolysis associated with amyloidosis: clinical response to epsilon amino caproic acid. Am J Clin Pathol 1984;81:382–7.

71. Anonymous. Tranexamic acid. Med Letter Drugs Therapeutics 1987;29:89–90.

72. Schwartz BS, Williams EC, Conlan MG, Mosher DF. Epsilon-aminocaproic acid in the treatment of patients with acute promyelocytic leukemia and acquired alpha-2-plasmin inhibitor defiency. Ann Intern Med 1986;105:873–7.

73. Takahashi H, Tatewaki W, Wada K, et al. Fibrinolysis and fibrinogenolysis in liver disease. Am J Hematol 1990;34:241-–5.

74. Ker K, Edwards P, Perel P, et al. Effect of tranexamic acid on surgical bleeding: systematic review and cumulative meta-analysis. BMJ 2012;344:e3054.

75. Shakur H, Roberts I, Bautista R, et al. Effects of tranexamic acid on death, vascular occlusive events, and blood transfusion in trauma patients with significant haemorrhage (CRASH-2): a randomised, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2010;376(9734):23–32.

76. WOMAN Trial Collaborators. Effect of early tranexamic acid administration on mortality, hysterectomy, and other morbidities in women with post-partum haemorrhage (WOMAN): an international, randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2017;389:2105–16.

77. Godbey EA, Schwartz J. ‘Massive transfusion protocols and the use of tranexamic acid’. Curr Opin Hematol 2018 Aug 16. doi: 10.1097/MOH.0000000000000457. [Epub ahead of print]

78. Hay CR, Negrier C, Ludlam CA. The treatment of bleeding in acquired haemophilia with recombinant factor VIIa: a multicentre study. Thromb Haemost 1997;78:1463–7.

79. DeLoughery TG. Management of bleeding emergencies: when to use recombinant activated factor VII. Expert Opin Pharmacother 2006;7:25–34.

80. Aledort L. Recombinant factor VIIa Is a pan-hemostatic agent? Thromb Haemost 2000;83:637–8.

81. Logan AC, Yank V, Stafford RS. Off-label use of recombinant factor VIIa in U.S. hospitals: analysis of hospital records. Ann Intern Med 2011;154:516–22.

82. Lin Y, Stanworth S, Birchall J, Doree C, Hyde C. Use of recombinant factor VIIa for the prevention and treatment of bleeding in patients without hemophilia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. CMAJ 2011;183:E9–19.

83. Yank V, Tuohy CV, Logan AC et al. Systematic review: benefits and harms of in-hospital use of recombinant factor VIIa for off-label indications. Ann Intern Med 2011;154:529–40.

84. Pavese P, Bonadona A, Beaubien J, et al. FVIIa corrects the coagulopathy of fulminant hepatic failure but may be associated with thrombosis: a report of four cases. Can J Anaesth 2005;52:26–29.

85. Mayer SA, Brun NC, Begtrup K, et al. Recombinant activated factor VII for acute intracerebral hemorrhage. N Engl J Med 2005;352:777–85.

86. Mayer SA, Brun NC, Begtrup K, et al. Efficacy and safety of recombinant activated factor VII for acute intracerebral hemorrhage. N Engl J Med 2008;358:2127–37.

87. Levi M, Levy JH, Andersen HF, Truloff D. Safety of recombinant activated factor VII in randomized clinical trials. N Engl J Med 2010;363:1791–1800.

Issue
Hospital Physician: Hematology/Oncology - 13(5)
Issue
Hospital Physician: Hematology/Oncology - 13(5)
Page Number
30-44
Page Number
30-44
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Transfusion Medicine
Display Headline
Transfusion Medicine
Sections
Citation Override
2018 September/October;13(5):30-44
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica

Reverse Total Shoulder Arthroplasty: Indications and Techniques Across the World

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 09/19/2019 - 13:17

ABSTRACT

Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty (RTSA) is a common treatment for rotator cuff tear arthropathy. We performed a systematic review of all the RTSA literature to answer if we are treating the same patients with RTSA, across the world.

A systematic review was registered with PROSPERO, the international prospective register of systematic reviews, and performed with Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines using 3 publicly available free databases. Therapeutic clinical outcome investigations reporting RTSA outcomes with levels of evidence I to IV were eligible for inclusion. All study, subject, and surgical technique demographics were analyzed and compared between continents. Statistical comparisons were conducted using linear regression, analysis of variance (ANOVA), Fisher's exact test, and Pearson's chi-square test.

There were 103 studies included in the analysis (8973 patients; 62% female; mean age, 70.9 ± 6.7 years; mean length of follow-up, 34.3 ± 19.3 months) that had a low Modified Coleman Methodology Score (MCMS) (mean, 36.9 ± 8.7: poor). Most patients (60.8%) underwent RTSA for a diagnosis of rotator cuff arthropathy, whereas 1% underwent RTSA for fracture; indications varied by continent. There were no consistent reports of preopeartive or postoperative scores from studies in any region. Studies from North America reported significantly higher postoperative external rotation (34.1° ± 13.3° vs 19.3° ± 8.9°) (P < .001) and a greater change in flexion (69.0° ± 24.5° vs 56.3° ± 11.3°) (P = .004) compared with studies from Europe. North America had the greatest total number of publications followed by Europe. The total yearly number of publications increased each year (P < .001), whereas the MCMS decreased each year (P = .037).

The quantity, but not the quality of RTSA studies is increasing. Indications for RTSA varied by continent, although most patients underwent RTSA for rotator cuff arthropathy. The majority of patients undergoing RTSA are female over the age of 60 years for a diagnosis of rotator cuff arthropathy with pseudoparalysis.

Continue to: Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty...

 

 

Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty (RTSA) is a common procedure with indications including rotator cuff tear arthropathy, proximal humerus fractures, and others.1,2 Studies have shown excellent, reliable, short- and mid-term outcomes in patients treated with RTSA for various indications.3-5 Al-Hadithy and colleagues6 reviewed 41 patients who underwent RTSA for pseudoparalysis secondary to rotator cuff tear arthropathy and, at a mean follow-up of 5 years, found significant improvements in range of motion (ROM) as well as age-adjusted Constant and Oxford Outcome scores. Similarly, Ross and colleagues7 evaluated outcomes of RTSA in 28 patients in whom RTSA was performed for 3- or 4-part proximal humerus fractures, and found both good clinical and radiographic outcomes with no revision surgeries at a mean follow-up of 54.9 months. RTSA is performed across the world, with specific implant designs, specifically humeral head inclination, but is more common in some areas when compared with others.3,8,9

The number of RTSAs performed has steadily increased over the past 20 years, with recent estimates of approximately 20,000 RTSAs performed in the United States in 2011.10,11 However, there is little information about the similarities and differences between those patients undergoing RTSA in various parts of the world regarding surgical indications, patient demographics, and outcomes. The purpose of this study is to perform a systematic review and meta-analysis of the RTSA body of literature to both identify and compare characteristics of studies published (level of evidence, whether a conflict of interest existed), patients analyzed (age, gender), and surgical indications performed across both continents and countries. Essentially, the study aims to answer the question, "Across the world, are we treating the same patients?" The authors hypothesized that there would be no significant differences in RTSA publications, subjects, and indications based on both the continent and country of publication.

METHODS

A systematic review was conducted according to PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses) guidelines using a PRISMA checklist.12 A systematic review registration was performed using PROSPERO, the international prospective register of systematic reviews (registration number CRD42014010578).13Two reviewers independently conducted the search on March 25, 2014, using the following databases: Medline, Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials, SportDiscus, and CINAHL. The electronic search citation algorithm utilized was: (((((reverse[Title/Abstract]) AND shoulder[Title/Abstract]) AND arthroplasty[Title/Abstract]) NOT arthroscopic[Title/Abstract]) NOT cadaver[Title/Abstract]) NOT biomechanical[Title/Abstract]. English language Level I to IV evidence (2011 update by the Oxford Centre for Evidence-Based Medicine14) clinical studies were eligible. Medical conference abstracts were ineligible for inclusion. All references within included studies were cross-referenced for inclusion if missed by the initial search with any additionally located studies screened for inclusion. Duplicate subject publications within separate unique studies were not reported twice, but rather the study with longer duration follow-up or, if follow-up was equal, the study with the greater number of patients was included. Level V evidence reviews, letters to the editor, basic science, biomechanical and cadaver studies, total shoulder arthroplasty (TSA) papers, arthroscopic shoulder surgery papers, imaging, surgical techniques, and classification studies were excluded.

A total of 255 studies were identified, and, after implementation of the exclusion criteria, 103 studies were included in the final analysis (Figure 1). Subjects of interest in this systematic review underwent RTSA for one of many indications including rotator cuff tear arthropathy, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, posttraumatic arthritis, instability, revision from a previous RTSA for instability, infection, acute proximal humerus fracture, revision from a prior proximal humerus fracture, revision from a prior hemiarthroplasty, revision from a prior TSA, osteonecrosis, pseudoparalysis, tumor, and a locked shoulder dislocation. There was no minimum follow-up or rehabilitation requirement. Study and subject demographic parameters analyzed included year of publication, years of subject enrollment, presence of study financial conflict of interest, number of subjects and shoulders, gender, age, body mass index, diagnoses treated, and surgical positioning. Clinical outcome scores sought were the DASH (Disability of the Arm, Shoulder, and Hand), SPADI (Shoulder Pain And Disability Index), Absolute Constant, ASES (American Shoulder and Elbow Score), KSS (Korean Shoulder Score), SST-12 (Simple Shoulder Test), SF-12 (12-item Short Form), SF-36 (36-item Short Form), SSV (Subjective Shoulder Value), EQ-5D (EuroQol-5 Dimension), SANE (Single Assessment Numeric Evaluation), Rowe Score for Instability, Oxford Instability Score, UCLA (University of California, Los Angeles) activity score, Penn Shoulder Score, and VAS (visual analog scale). In addition, ROM (forward elevation, abduction, external rotation, internal rotation) was analyzed. Radiographs and magnetic resonance imaging data were extracted when available. The methodological quality of the study was evaluated using the MCMS (Modified Coleman Methodology Score).15

STATISTICAL ANALYSIS

First, the number of publications per year, level of evidence, and Modified Coleman Methodology Score were tested for association with the calendar year using linear regression. Second, demographic data were tested for association with the continent using Pearson’s chi-square test or ANOVA. Third, indications were tested for association with the continent using Fisher’s exact test. Finally, clinical outcome scores and ROM were tested for association with the continent using ANOVA. Statistical significance was extracted from studies when available. Statistical significance was defined as P < .05.

Continue to: RESULTS...

 

 

RESULTS

There were 103 studies included in the analysis (Figure 1). A total of 8973 patients were included, 62% of whom were female with a mean age of 70.9 ± 6.7 years (Table 1). The average follow-up was 34.3 ± 19.3 months. North America had the overall greatest total number of publications on RTSA, followed by Europe (Figure 2). The total yearly number of publications increased by a mean of 1.95 publications each year (P < .001). There was no association between the mean level of evidence with the year of publication (P = .296) (Figure 3). Overall, the rating of studies was poor for the MCMS (mean 36.9 ± 8.7). The MCMS decreased each year by a mean of 0.76 points (P = .037) (Figure 4).

Table 1. Demographic Data by Continent

 

North America

Europe

Asia

Australia

Total

P-value

Number of studies

52

43

4

4

103

-

Number of subjects

6158

2609

51

155

8973

-

Level of evidence

 

 

 

 

 

0.693

    II

5 (10%)

3 (7%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

8 (8%)

 

    III

10 (19%)

4 (9%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

15 (15%)

 

    IV

37 (71%)

36 (84%)

4 (100%)

3 (75%)

80 (78%)

 

Mean MCMS

34.6 ± 8.4

40.2 ± 8.0

32.5 12.4

34.5 ± 6.6

36.9 ± 8.7

0.010

Institutional collaboration

 

 

 

 

 

1.000

    Multi-center

7 (14%)

6 (14%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

13 (13%)

 

    Single-center

45 (86%)

37 (86%)

4 (100%)

4 (100%)

90 (87%)

 

Financial conflict of interest

 

 

 

 

 

0.005

    Present

28 (54%)

15 (35%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

43 (42%)

 

    Not present

19 (37%)

16 (37%)

4 (100%)

4 (100%)

43 (42%)

 

    Not reported

5 (10%)

12 (28%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

17 (17%)

 

Sex

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

    Male

2157 (38%)

1026 (39%)

13 (25%)

61 (39%)

3257 (38%)

 

    Female

3520 (62%)

1622 (61%)

38 (75%)

94 (61%)

5274 (62%)

 

Mean age (years)

71.3 ± 5.6

70.1 ± 7.9

68.1 ± 5.3

76.9 ± 3.0

70.9 ± 6.7

0.191

Minimum age (mean across studies)

56.9 ± 12.8

52.8 ± 15.7

62.8 ± 6.2

68.0 ± 12.1

55.6 ± 14.3

0.160

Maximum age (mean across studies)

82.1 ± 8.6

83.0 ± 5.5

73.0 ± 9.4

85.0 ± 7.9

82.2 ± 7.6

0.079

Mean length of follow-up (months)

26.5 ± 13.7

43.1 ± 21.7

29.4 ± 7.9

34.2 ± 16.6

34.3 ± 19.3

<0.001

Prosthesis type

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

    Cemented

988 (89%)

969 (72%)

0 (0%)

8 (16%)

1965 (78%)

 

    Press fit

120 (11%)

379 (28%)

0 (0%)

41 (84%)

540 (22%)

 

Abbreviations: MCMS, Modified Coleman Methodology Score; N/A, not available.

 

In studies that reported press-fit vs cemented prostheses, the highest percentage of press-fit prostheses compared with cemented prostheses was seen in Australia (84% press-fit), whereas the highest percentage of cemented prostheses was seen in North America (89% cemented). A higher percentage of studies from North America had a financial conflict of interest (COI) than did those from other countries (54% had a COI).

Continue to: Rotator cuff tear arthropathy...

 

 

Rotator cuff tear arthropathy was the most common indication for RTSA overall in 5459 patients, followed by pseudoparalysis in 1352 patients (Tables 2 and 3). While studies in North America reported rotator cuff tear arthropathy as the indication for RTSA in 4418 (75.8%) patients, and pseudoparalysis as the next most common indication in 535 (9.2%) patients, studies from Europe reported rotator cuff tear arthropathy as the indication in 895 (33.5%) patients, and pseudoparalysis as the indication in 795 (29.7%) patients. Studies from Asia also had a relatively even split between rotator cuff tear arthropathy and pseudoparalysis (45.3% vs 37.8%), whereas those from Australia were mostly rotator cuff tear arthropathy (77.7%).

Table 2. Number (Percent) of Studies With Each Indication by Continent

 

North America

Europe

Asia

Australia

Total

P-value

Rotator cuff arthropathy

29 (56%)

19 (44%)

3 (75%)

3 (75%)

54 (52%)

0.390

Osteoarthritis

4 (8%)

10 (23%)

1 (25%)

1 (25%)

16 (16%)

0.072

Rheumatoid arthritis

9 (17%)

10 (23%)

0 (0%)

2 (50%)

21 (20%)

0.278

Post-traumatic arthritis

3 (6%)

5 (12%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

9 (9%)

0.358

Instability

6 (12%)

3 (7%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

10 (10%)

0.450

Revision of previous RTSA for instability

5 (10%)

1 (2%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

7 (7%)

0.192

Infection

4 (8%)

1 (2%)

1 (25%)

0 (0%)

6 (6%)

0.207

Unclassified acute proximal humerus fracture

9 (17%)

5 (12%)

1 (25%)

1 (25%)

16  (16%)

0.443

Acute 2-part proximal humerus fracture

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

N/A

Acute 3-part proximal humerus fracture

2 (4%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

2 (2%)

0.574

Acute 4-part proximal humerus fracture

5 (10%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

5 (5%)

0.183

Acute 3- or 4-part proximal humerus fracture

6 (12%)

2 (5%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

8 (8%)

0.635

Revised from previous nonop proximal humerus fracture

7 (13%)

3 (7%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

10 (10%)

0.787

Revised from ORIF

1 (2%)

1 (2%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

2 (2%)

1.000

Revised from CRPP

0 (0%)

1 (2%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

1 (1%)

0.495

Revised from hemi

8 (15%)

4 (9%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

13 (13%)

0.528

Revised from TSA

15 (29%)

11 (26%)

0 (0%)

2 (50%)

28 (27%)

0.492

Osteonecrosis

4 (8%)

2 (5%)

1 (25%)

0 (0%)

7 (7%)

0.401

Pseudoparalysis irreparable tear without arthritis

20 (38%)

18 (42%)

2 (50%)

1 (25%)

41 (40%)

0.919

Bone tumors

0 (0%)

4 (9.3%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

4 (4%)

0.120

Locked shoulder dislocation

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

0 (0%)

1 (1%)

0.078

Abbreviations: CRPP, closed reduction and percutaneous pinning; ORIF, open reduction internal fixation; RTSA, reverse total shoulder arthroplasty; TSA, total shoulder arthroplasty.

 

Table 3. Number of Patients With Each Indication as Reported by Individual Studies by Continent

 

North America

Europe

Asia

Australia

Total

Rotator cuff arthropathy

4418

895

24

122

5459

Osteoarthritis

90

251

1

14

356

Rheumatoid arthritis

59

87

0

2

148

Post-traumatic arthritis

62

136

0

1

199

Instability

23

15

0

1

39

Revision of previous RTSA for instability

29

2

0

1

32

Infection

28

11

2

0

41

Unclassified acute proximal humerus fracture

42

30

4

8

84

Acute 3-part proximal humerus fracture

60

0

0

0

6

Acute 4-part proximal humerus fracture

42

0

0

0

42

Acute 3- or 4-part proximal humerus fracture

92

46

0

0

138

Revised from previous nonop proximal humerus fracture

43

53

0

0

96

Revised from ORIF

3

9

0

0

12

Revised from CRPP

0

3

0

0

3

Revised from hemi

105

51

0

1

157

Revised from TSA

192

246

0

5

443

Osteonecrosis

9

6

1

0

16

Pseudoparalysis irreparable tear without arthritis

535

795

20

2

1352

Bone tumors

0

38

0

0

38

Locked shoulder dislocation

0

0

1

0

1

Abbreviations: CRPP, closed reduction and percutaneous pinning; ORIF, open reduction internal fixation; RTSA, reverse total shoulder arthroplasty; TSA, total shoulder arthroplasty.

 

The ASES, SST-12, and VAS scores were the most frequently reported outcome scores in studies from North America, whereas the Absolute Constant score was the most common score reported in studies from Europe (Table 4). Studies from North America reported significantly higher postoperative external rotation (34.1° ± 13.3° vs 19.3° ± 8.9°) (P < .001) and a greater change in flexion (69.0° ± 24.5° vs 56.3° +/- 11.3°) (P = .004) compared with studies from Europe (Table 5).

Table 4. Outcomes by Continent

Metric (number of studies)

North America

Europe

Asia

Australia

P-value

DASH

1

2

0

0

 

    Preoperative

54.0

62.0 ± 8.5

-

-

0.582

    Postoperative

24.0

32.0 ± 2.8

-

-

0.260

    Change

-30.0

-30.0 ± 11.3

-

-

1.000

SPADI

2

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

80.0 ± 4.2

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

34.8 ± 1.1

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

-45.3 ± 3.2

-

-

-

N/A

Absolute constant

2

27

0

1

 

    Preopeartive

33.0 ± 0.0

28.2 ± 7.1

-

20.0

0.329

    Postoperative

54.5 ± 7.8

62.9 ± 9.0

-

65.0

0.432

    Change

+21.5 ± 7.8

+34.7 ± 8.0

-

+45.0

0.044

ASES

13

0

2

0

 

    Preoperative

33.2 ± 5.4

-

32.5 ± 3.5

-

0.867

    Postoperative

73.9 ± 6.8

-

75.7 ± 10.8

-

0.752

    Change

+40.7 ± 6.5

-

+43.2 ± 14.4

-

0.670

UCLA

3

2

1

0

 

    Preoperative

10.1 ± 3.4

11.2 ± 5.7

12.0

-

0.925

    Postoperative

24.5 ± 3.1

24.3 ± 3.7

24.0

-

0.991

    Change

+14.4 ± 1.6

+13.1 ± 2.0

+12.0

-

0.524

KSS

0

0

2

0

 

    Preopeartive

-

-

38.2 ± 1.1

-

N/A

    Postoperative

-

-

72.3 ± 6.0

-

N/A

    Change

-

-

+34.1 ± 7.1

-

N/A

SST-12

12

1

0

0

 

    Preoperative

1.9 ± 0.8

1.2

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

7.1 ± 1.5

5.6

-

-

N/A

    Change

+5.3 ± 1.2

+4.4

-

-

N/A

SF-12

1

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

34.5

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

38.5

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

+4.0

-

-

-

N/A

SSV

0

5

0

0

 

    Preopeartive

-

22.0 ± 7.4

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

-

63.4 ± 7.9

-

-

N/A

    Change

-

+41.4 ± 2.1

-

-

N/A

EQ-5D

0

2

0

0

 

    Preoperative

-

0.5 ± 0.2

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

-

0.8 ± 0.1

-

-

N/A

    Change

-

+0.3 ± 0.1

-

-

N/A

OOS

1

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

24.7

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

14.9

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

-9.9

-

-

-

N/A

Rowe

0

1

0

0

 

    Preoperative

-

50.2

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

-

82.1

-

-

N/A

    Change

-

31.9

-

-

N/A

Oxford

0

2

0

0

 

    Preoperative

-

119.9 ± 138.8

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

-

39.9 ± 3.3

-

-

N/A

    Change

-

-80.6 ± 142.2

-

-

N/A

Penn

1

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

24.9

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

66.4

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

+41.5

-

-

-

N/A

VAS

10

1

1

1

 

    Preoperative

6.6 ± 0.8

7.0

8.4

7.0

N/A

    Postoperative

2.0 ± 0.7

1.0

0.8

0.8

N/A

    Change

-4.6 ± 0.8

-6.0

-7.6

-6.2

N/A

SF-36 physical

2

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

32.7 ± 1.2

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

39.6 ± 4.0

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

+7.0 ± 2.8

-

-

-

N/A

SF-36 mental

2

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

43.6 ± 2.8

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

48.1 ± 1.0

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

+4.5 ± 1.8

-

-

-

N/A

Abbreviations: ASES, American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeon score; DASH, Disability of the Arm, Shoulder, and Hand; EQ-5D, EuroQol-5 Dimension; KSS, Korean Shoulder Scoring system; N/A, not available; OOS, Orthopaedic Outcome Score; SF, short form; SPADI, Shoulder Pain and Disability Index; SST, Simple Shoulder Test; SSV, Subjective Shoulder Value; UCLA, University of California, Los Angeles; VAS, visual analog scale.

 

Table 5. Shoulder Range of Motion, by Continent

Metric (number of studies)

North America

Europe

Asia

Australia

P-value

Flexion

18

22

1

1

 

    Preoperative

57.6 ± 17.9

65.5 ± 17.2

91.0

30.0

0.060

    Postoperative

126.6 ± 14.4

121.8 ± 19.0

133.0

150.0

0.360

    Change

+69.0 ± 24.5

+56.3 ± 11.3

+42.0

120.0

0.004

Abduction

11

12

1

0

 

    Preoperative

53.7 ± 25.0

52.0 ± 19.0

88.0

-

0.311

    Postoperative

109.3 ± 15.1

105.4 ± 19.8

131.0

-

0.386

    Change

55.5 ± 25.5

53.3 ± 8.3

43.0

-

0.804

External rotation

17

19

0

0

 

    Preoperative

19.4 ± 9.9

11.2 ± 6.1

-

-

0.005

    Postoperative

34.1 ± 13.3

19.3 ± 8.9

-

-

<0.001

    Change

+14.7 ± 13.2

+8.1 ± 8.5

-

-

0.079

Continue to: DISCUSSION...

 

 

DISCUSSION

RTSA is a common procedure performed in many different areas of the world for a variety of indications. The study hypotheses were partially confirmed, as there were no significant differences seen in the characteristics of the studies published and patients analyzed; although, the majority of studies from North America reported rotator cuff tear arthropathy as the primary indication for RTSA, whereas studies from Europe were split between rotator cuff tear arthropathy and pseudoparalysis as the primary indication. Hence, based on the current literature the study proved that we are treating the same patients. Despite this finding, we may be treating them for different reasons with an RTSA.

RTSA has become a standard procedure in the United States, with >20,000 RTSAs performed in 2011.10 This number will continue to increase as it has over the past 20 years given the aging population in the United States, as well as the expanding indications for RTSA.11 Indications of RTSA have become broad, although the main indication remains as rotator cuff tear arthropathy (>60% of all patients included in this study), and pseudoparalysis (>15% of all patients included in this study). Results for RTSA for rotator cuff tear arthropathy and pseudoparalysis have been encouraging.16,17 Frankle and colleagues16 evaluated 60 patients who underwent RTSA for rotator cuff tear arthropathy at a minimum of 2 years follow-up (average, 33 months). The authors found significant improvements in all measured clinical outcome variables (P < .0001) (ASES, mean function score, mean pain score, and VAS) as well as ROM, specifically forward flexion increased from 55° to 105.1°, and abduction increased from 41.4° to 101.8°. Similarly, Werner and colleagues17 evaluated 58 consecutive patients who underwent RTSA for pseudoparalysis secondary to irreparable rotator cuff dysfunction at a mean follow-up of 38 months. Overall, significant improvements (P < .0001) were seen in the SSV score, relative Constant score, and Constant score for pain, active anterior elevation (42° to 100° following RTSA), and active abduction (43° to 90° following RTSA).

It is essential to understand the similarities and differences between patients undergoing RTSA in different parts of the world so the literature from various countries can be compared between regions, and conclusions extrapolated to the correct patients. For example, an interesting finding in this study is that the majority of patients in North America have their prosthesis cemented whereas the majority of patients in Australia have their prosthesis press-fit. While the patients each continent is treating are not significantly different (mostly older women), the difference in surgical technique could have implications in long- or short-term functional outcomes. Prior studies have shown no difference in axial micromotion between cemented and press-fit humeral components, but the clinical implications surrounding this are not well defined.18 Small series comparing cementless to cemented humeral prosthesis in RTSA have found no significant differences in clinical outcomes or postoperative ROM, but larger series are necessary to validate these outcomes.19 However, studies have shown lower rates of postoperative infections in patients who receive antibiotic-loaded cement compared with those who receive plain bone cement following RTSA.20

Similarly, as the vast majority of patients in North America had an RTSA for rotator cuff arthropathy (75.8%) whereas those from Europe had RTSA almost equally for rotator cuff arthropathy (33.5%) and pseudoparalysis (29.7%), one must ensure similar patient populations before attempting to extrapolate results of a study from a different country to patients in other areas. Fortunately, the clinical results following RTSA for either indication have been good.6,21,22

One final point to consider is the cost effectiveness of the implant. Recent evidence has shown that RTSA is associated with a higher risk for in-hospital death, multiple perioperative complications, prolonged hospital stay, and increased hospital cost when compared with TSA.23 This data may be biased as the patient selection for RTSA varies from that of TSA, but it is a point that must be considered. Other studies have shown that an RTSA is a cost-effective treatment option for treating patients with rotator cuff tear arthropathy, and is a more cost-effective option in treating rotator cuff tear arthropathy than hemiarthroplasty.24,25 Similarly, RTSA offers a more cost-effective treatment option with better outcomes for patients with acute proximal humerus fractures when compared with open reduction internal fixation and hemiarthroplasty.26 However, TSA is a more cost-effective treatment option than RTSA for patients with glenohumeral osteoarthritis.27 With changing reimbursement in healthcare, surgeons must scrutinize not only anticipated outcomes with specific implants but the cost effectiveness of these implants as well. Further cost analysis studies are necessary to determine the ideal candidate for an RTSA.

LIMITATIONS

Despite its extensive review of the literature, this study had several limitations. While 2 independent authors searched for studies, it is possible that some studies were missed during the search process, introducing possible selection bias. No abstracts or unpublished works were included which could have introduced publication bias. Several studies did not report all variables the authors examined, and this could have skewed some of the results since the reporting of additional variables could have altered the data to show significant differences in some measured variables. As outcome measures for various pathologies were not compared, conclusions cannot be drawn on the best treatment option for various indications. As case reports were included, this could have lowered both the MCMS as well as the average in studies reporting outcomes. Furthermore, given the overall poor quality of the underlying data available for this study, the validity/generalizability of the results could be limited as the level of evidence of this systematic review is only as high as the studies it includes. There are subtle differences between rotator cuff arthropathy and pseudoparalysis, and some studies may have classified patients differently than others, causing differences in indications. Finally, as the primary goal of this study was to report on demographics, no evaluation of concomitant pathology at the time of surgery or rehabilitation protocols was performed.

CONCLUSION

The quantity, but not the quality of RTSA studies is increasing. Indications for RTSA varied by continent although most patients underwent RTSA for rotator cuff arthropathy. The majority of patients undergoing RTSA are female over the age of 60 years for a diagnosis of rotator cuff arthropathy with pseudoparalysis.

This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.

References

1. Boileau P, Moineau G, Roussanne Y, O'Shea K. Bony increased-offset reversed shoulder arthroplasty: minimizing scapular impingement while maximizing glenoid fixation. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2011;469(9):2558-2567. doi:10.1007/s11999-011-1775-4.

2. Gupta AK, Harris JD, Erickson BJ, et al. Surgical management of complex proximal humerus fractures-a systematic review of 92 studies including 4,500 patients. J Orthop Trauma. 2014;29(1):54-59.

3. Cazeneuve JF, Cristofari DJ. Grammont reversed prosthesis for acute complex fracture of the proximal humerus in an elderly population with 5 to 12 years follow-up. Orthop Traumatol Surg Res. 2014;100(1):93-97. doi:10.1016/j.otsr.2013.12.005.

4. Clark JC, Ritchie J, Song FS, et al. Complication rates, dislocation, pain, and postoperative range of motion after reverse shoulder arthroplasty in patients with and without repair of the subscapularis. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2012;21(1):36-41. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2011.04.009.

5. De Biase CF, Delcogliano M, Borroni M, Castagna A. Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty: radiological and clinical result using an eccentric glenosphere. Musculoskelet Surg. 2012;96(suppl 1):S27-SS34. doi:10.1007/s12306-012-0193-4.

6. Al-Hadithy N, Domos P, Sewell MD, Pandit R. Reverse shoulder arthroplasty in 41 patients with cuff tear arthropathy with a mean follow-up period of 5 years. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(11):1662-1668. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.03.001.

7. Ross M, Hope B, Stokes A, Peters SE, McLeod I, Duke PF. Reverse shoulder arthroplasty for the treatment of three-part and four-part proximal humeral fractures in the elderly. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(2):215-222. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.05.022.

8. Mulieri P, Dunning P, Klein S, Pupello D, Frankle M. Reverse shoulder arthroplasty for the treatment of irreparable rotator cuff tear without glenohumeral arthritis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2010;92(15):2544-2556. doi:10.2106/JBJS.I.00912.

9. Erickson BJ, Frank RM, Harris JD, Mall N, Romeo AA. The influence of humeral head inclination in reverse total shoulder arthroplasty: a systematic review. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(6):988-993. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2015.01.001.

10. Schairer WW, Nwachukwu BU, Lyman S, Craig EV, Gulotta LV. National utilization of reverse total shoulder arthroplasty in the United States. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(1):91-97. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.08.026.

11. Kim SH, Wise BL, Zhang Y, Szabo RM. Increasing incidence of shoulder arthroplasty in the United States. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2011;93(24):2249-2254. doi:10.2106/JBJS.J.01994.

12. Liberati A, Altman DG, Tetzlaff J, et al. The PRISMA statement for reporting systematic reviews and meta-analyses of studies that evaluate health care interventions: explanation and elaboration. J Clin Epidemiol. 2009;62(10):e1-e34. doi:10.1016/j.jclinepi.2009.06.006.

13. University of York Centre for Reviews and Dissemination, National Institute for Health Research. PROSPERO International prospective register of systematic reviews. University of York Web site. http://www.crd.york.ac.uk/PROSPERO/. Accessed November 1, 2016.

14. Oxford Centre for Evidence-based Medicine – Levels of evidence (March 2009). University of Oxford Web site: https://www.cebm.net/2009/06/oxford-centre-evidence-based-medicine-levels-evidence-march-2009/. Accessed November 1, 2016.

15. Cowan J, Lozano-Calderón S, Ring D. Quality of prospective controlled randomized trials. Analysis of trials of treatment for lateral epicondylitis as an example. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(8):1693-1699. doi:10.2106/JBJS.F.00858.

16. Frankle M, Levy JC, Pupello D, et al. The reverse shoulder prosthesis for glenohumeral arthritis associated with severe rotator cuff deficiency. A minimum two-year follow-up study of sixty patients surgical technique. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006;88(suppl 1 Pt 2):178-190. doi:10.2106/JBJS.F.00123.

17. Werner CM, Steinmann PA, Gilbart M, Gerber C. Treatment of painful pseudoparesis due to irreparable rotator cuff dysfunction with the Delta III reverse-ball-and-socket total shoulder prosthesis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(7):1476-1486. doi:10.2106/JBJS.D.02342.

18. Peppers TA, Jobe CM, Dai QG, Williams PA, Libanati C. Fixation of humeral prostheses and axial micromotion. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1998;7(4):414-418. doi:10.1016/S1058-2746(98)90034-9.

19. Wiater JM, Moravek JE Jr, Budge MD, Koueiter DM, Marcantonio D, Wiater BP. Clinical and radiographic results of cementless reverse total shoulder arthroplasty: a comparative study with 2 to 5 years of follow-up. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(8):1208-1214. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.11.032.

20. Nowinski RJ, Gillespie RJ, Shishani Y, Cohen B, Walch G, Gobezie R. Antibiotic-loaded bone cement reduces deep infection rates for primary reverse total shoulder arthroplasty: a retrospective, cohort study of 501 shoulders. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2012;21(3):324-328. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2011.08.072.

21. Favard L, Levigne C, Nerot C, Gerber C, De Wilde L, Mole D. Reverse prostheses in arthropathies with cuff tear: are survivorship and function maintained over time? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2011;469(9):2469-2475. doi:10.1007/s11999-011-1833-y.

22. Naveed MA, Kitson J, Bunker TD. The Delta III reverse shoulder replacement for cuff tear arthropathy: a single-centre study of 50 consecutive procedures. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2011;93(1):57-61. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.93B1.24218.

23. Ponce BA, Oladeji LO, Rogers ME, Menendez ME. Comparative analysis of anatomic and reverse total shoulder arthroplasty: in-hospital outcomes and costs. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(3):460-467. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.08.016.

24. Coe MP, Greiwe RM, Joshi R, et al. The cost-effectiveness of reverse total shoulder arthroplasty compared with hemiarthroplasty for rotator cuff tear arthropathy. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2012;21(10):1278-1288. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2011.10.010.

25. Renfree KJ, Hattrup SJ, Chang YH. Cost utility analysis of reverse total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(12):1656-1661. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.08.002.

26. Chalmers PN, Slikker W, 3rd, Mall NA, et al. Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty for acute proximal humeral fracture: comparison to open reduction-internal fixation and hemiarthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(2):197-204. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.07.044.

27. Steen BM, Cabezas AF, Santoni BG, et al. Outcome and value of reverse shoulder arthroplasty for treatment of glenohumeral osteoarthritis: a matched cohort. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(9):1433-1441. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2015.01.005.

Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: Dr. Erickson reports that he is a Committee Member for the American Orthopaedic Society for Sports Medicine (AOSSM). Dr. Cole reports that he submitted on 07/18/2018; Aesculap/B.Braun, research support; American Journal of Orthopedics, editorial or governing board; American Journal of Sports Medicine, editorial or governing board; Aqua Boom, stock or stock options; Arthrex, Inc, intellectual property (IP) royalties, paid consultant, research support; Arthroscopy, editorial or governing board; Arthroscopy Association of North America, board or committee member; Athletico, other financial or material support; Biomerix, stock or stock options; Cartilage, editorial or governing board; DJ Orthopaedics, IP royalties; Elsevier Publishing, IP royalties; Flexion, paid consultant; Geistlich, research support; Giteliscope, stock or stock options; International Cartilage Repair Society, board or committee member; Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery – American, editor only, editorial or governing board; Journal of Shoulder and Elbow Surgery, editor only, editorial or governing board; Journal of the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, editor only, editorial or governing board; JRF Ortho, other financial or material support; National Institutes of Health (NIAMS and NICHD), research support; Operative Techniques in Sports Medicine, publishing royalties, financial or material support; Ossio, stock or stock options; Regentis, paid consultant, stock or stock options; Sanofi-Aventis, research support; Smith & Nephew, other financial or material support, paid consultant; Tornier, other financial or material support; and Zimmer Biomet, paid consultant, research support. Dr. Verma reports that he is AOSSM, board or committee member; American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons, board or committee member; Arthrex, Inc, paid consultant, research support; Arthroscopy, editorial or governing board, publishing royalties, financial or material support; Arthroscopy Association of North America, board or committee member; Arthrosurface, research support; Cymedica, stock or stock options; DJ Orthopaedics, research support; Journal of Knee Surgery, editorial or governing board; Minivasive, paid consultant, stock or stock options; Omeros, stock or stock options; Orthospace, paid consultant; Össur, research support; SLACK Incorporated, editorial or governing board; Smith & Nephew, IP royalties; Smith & Nephew, Athletico, ConMed Linvatec, Miomed, and Mitek, research support; and Vindico Medical-Orthopedics Hyperguide, publishing royalties, financial or material support. Dr. Nicholson reports that he is American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons, board or committee member; Arthrosurface, paid presenter or speaker; Innomed, IP royalties; Tornier, paid consultant; and Wright Medical Technology, Inc., IP royalties, paid consultant. Dr. Romeo reports that he is American Association of Nurse Anesthetists, other financial or material support; Aesculap/B.Braun, research support; American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons, board or committee member; Arthrex, Inc, IP royalties, other financial or material support, paid consultant, paid presenter or speaker, research support; Atreon Orthopaedics, board or committee member; Histogenics, research support; Medipost, research support; Major League Baseball, other financial or material support; NuTech, research support; Orthopedics, editorial or governing board; Orthopedics Today, board or committee member, editorial or governing board; OrthoSpace, research support; SAGE, editorial or governing board; Saunders/Mosby-Elsevier, publishing royalties, financial or material support; SLACK Incorporated, editorial or governing board, publishing royalties, financial or material support; Smith & Nephew, research support; Wolters Kluwer Health-Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, editorial or governing board; and Zimmer Biomet, research support. Dr. Harris reports that he is American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, board or committee member; The American Journal of Orthopedics, editorial or governing board; AOSSM, board or committee member; Arthroscopy, editorial or governing board; Arthroscopy Association of North America, board or committee member; DePuy Synthes, A Johnson & Johnson Company, research support; Frontiers In Surgery, editorial or governing board; NIA Magellan, paid consultant; Össur, paid consultant, paid presenter or speaker; SLACK Incorporated, publishing royalties, financial or material support; and Smith & Nephew, paid consultant, paid presenter or speaker, research support. Dr. Bohl reports no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Erickson is an Attending Surgeon, Sports Medicine and Shoulder Division, Rothman Orthopadic Institute, New York, New York. He was a resident at the time the article was written. Dr. Bohl is an Orthopaedic Surgery Resident, Rush University; Dr. Cole, Dr. Verma, and Dr. Nicholson are Orthopaedic Surgery Attendings, Sports Medicine and Shoulder and Elbow and Sports Division, Midwest Orthopaedics, Rush University Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois. Dr. Romeo is the Managing Partner, Division Chief Shoulder & Elbow and Sports Medicine Department, and Attending Surgeon at Rothman Orthopadics Institute, New York, New York. Dr. Harris is an Orthopaedic Surgery Attending, Sports Medicine Department, Houston Methodist Hospital, Houston, Texas.

Address correspondence to: Brandon J. Erickson, MD, Rothman Orthopaedic Institute, 658 White Plains Road, Tarrytown, NY, 10591 (tel, 800-321-9999; email, [email protected]).

Brandon J. Erickson, MD Daniel D. Bohl, MD, MPH Brian J. Cole, MBA, MD Nikhil N. Verma, MD Gregory Nicholson, MD Anthony A. Romeo, MD and Joshua D. Harris, MD . Reverse Total Shoulder Arthroplasty: Indications and Techniques Across the World. Am J Orthop.

September 26, 2018

Publications
Topics
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: Dr. Erickson reports that he is a Committee Member for the American Orthopaedic Society for Sports Medicine (AOSSM). Dr. Cole reports that he submitted on 07/18/2018; Aesculap/B.Braun, research support; American Journal of Orthopedics, editorial or governing board; American Journal of Sports Medicine, editorial or governing board; Aqua Boom, stock or stock options; Arthrex, Inc, intellectual property (IP) royalties, paid consultant, research support; Arthroscopy, editorial or governing board; Arthroscopy Association of North America, board or committee member; Athletico, other financial or material support; Biomerix, stock or stock options; Cartilage, editorial or governing board; DJ Orthopaedics, IP royalties; Elsevier Publishing, IP royalties; Flexion, paid consultant; Geistlich, research support; Giteliscope, stock or stock options; International Cartilage Repair Society, board or committee member; Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery – American, editor only, editorial or governing board; Journal of Shoulder and Elbow Surgery, editor only, editorial or governing board; Journal of the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, editor only, editorial or governing board; JRF Ortho, other financial or material support; National Institutes of Health (NIAMS and NICHD), research support; Operative Techniques in Sports Medicine, publishing royalties, financial or material support; Ossio, stock or stock options; Regentis, paid consultant, stock or stock options; Sanofi-Aventis, research support; Smith & Nephew, other financial or material support, paid consultant; Tornier, other financial or material support; and Zimmer Biomet, paid consultant, research support. Dr. Verma reports that he is AOSSM, board or committee member; American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons, board or committee member; Arthrex, Inc, paid consultant, research support; Arthroscopy, editorial or governing board, publishing royalties, financial or material support; Arthroscopy Association of North America, board or committee member; Arthrosurface, research support; Cymedica, stock or stock options; DJ Orthopaedics, research support; Journal of Knee Surgery, editorial or governing board; Minivasive, paid consultant, stock or stock options; Omeros, stock or stock options; Orthospace, paid consultant; Össur, research support; SLACK Incorporated, editorial or governing board; Smith & Nephew, IP royalties; Smith & Nephew, Athletico, ConMed Linvatec, Miomed, and Mitek, research support; and Vindico Medical-Orthopedics Hyperguide, publishing royalties, financial or material support. Dr. Nicholson reports that he is American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons, board or committee member; Arthrosurface, paid presenter or speaker; Innomed, IP royalties; Tornier, paid consultant; and Wright Medical Technology, Inc., IP royalties, paid consultant. Dr. Romeo reports that he is American Association of Nurse Anesthetists, other financial or material support; Aesculap/B.Braun, research support; American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons, board or committee member; Arthrex, Inc, IP royalties, other financial or material support, paid consultant, paid presenter or speaker, research support; Atreon Orthopaedics, board or committee member; Histogenics, research support; Medipost, research support; Major League Baseball, other financial or material support; NuTech, research support; Orthopedics, editorial or governing board; Orthopedics Today, board or committee member, editorial or governing board; OrthoSpace, research support; SAGE, editorial or governing board; Saunders/Mosby-Elsevier, publishing royalties, financial or material support; SLACK Incorporated, editorial or governing board, publishing royalties, financial or material support; Smith & Nephew, research support; Wolters Kluwer Health-Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, editorial or governing board; and Zimmer Biomet, research support. Dr. Harris reports that he is American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, board or committee member; The American Journal of Orthopedics, editorial or governing board; AOSSM, board or committee member; Arthroscopy, editorial or governing board; Arthroscopy Association of North America, board or committee member; DePuy Synthes, A Johnson & Johnson Company, research support; Frontiers In Surgery, editorial or governing board; NIA Magellan, paid consultant; Össur, paid consultant, paid presenter or speaker; SLACK Incorporated, publishing royalties, financial or material support; and Smith & Nephew, paid consultant, paid presenter or speaker, research support. Dr. Bohl reports no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Erickson is an Attending Surgeon, Sports Medicine and Shoulder Division, Rothman Orthopadic Institute, New York, New York. He was a resident at the time the article was written. Dr. Bohl is an Orthopaedic Surgery Resident, Rush University; Dr. Cole, Dr. Verma, and Dr. Nicholson are Orthopaedic Surgery Attendings, Sports Medicine and Shoulder and Elbow and Sports Division, Midwest Orthopaedics, Rush University Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois. Dr. Romeo is the Managing Partner, Division Chief Shoulder & Elbow and Sports Medicine Department, and Attending Surgeon at Rothman Orthopadics Institute, New York, New York. Dr. Harris is an Orthopaedic Surgery Attending, Sports Medicine Department, Houston Methodist Hospital, Houston, Texas.

Address correspondence to: Brandon J. Erickson, MD, Rothman Orthopaedic Institute, 658 White Plains Road, Tarrytown, NY, 10591 (tel, 800-321-9999; email, [email protected]).

Brandon J. Erickson, MD Daniel D. Bohl, MD, MPH Brian J. Cole, MBA, MD Nikhil N. Verma, MD Gregory Nicholson, MD Anthony A. Romeo, MD and Joshua D. Harris, MD . Reverse Total Shoulder Arthroplasty: Indications and Techniques Across the World. Am J Orthop.

September 26, 2018

Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: Dr. Erickson reports that he is a Committee Member for the American Orthopaedic Society for Sports Medicine (AOSSM). Dr. Cole reports that he submitted on 07/18/2018; Aesculap/B.Braun, research support; American Journal of Orthopedics, editorial or governing board; American Journal of Sports Medicine, editorial or governing board; Aqua Boom, stock or stock options; Arthrex, Inc, intellectual property (IP) royalties, paid consultant, research support; Arthroscopy, editorial or governing board; Arthroscopy Association of North America, board or committee member; Athletico, other financial or material support; Biomerix, stock or stock options; Cartilage, editorial or governing board; DJ Orthopaedics, IP royalties; Elsevier Publishing, IP royalties; Flexion, paid consultant; Geistlich, research support; Giteliscope, stock or stock options; International Cartilage Repair Society, board or committee member; Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery – American, editor only, editorial or governing board; Journal of Shoulder and Elbow Surgery, editor only, editorial or governing board; Journal of the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, editor only, editorial or governing board; JRF Ortho, other financial or material support; National Institutes of Health (NIAMS and NICHD), research support; Operative Techniques in Sports Medicine, publishing royalties, financial or material support; Ossio, stock or stock options; Regentis, paid consultant, stock or stock options; Sanofi-Aventis, research support; Smith & Nephew, other financial or material support, paid consultant; Tornier, other financial or material support; and Zimmer Biomet, paid consultant, research support. Dr. Verma reports that he is AOSSM, board or committee member; American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons, board or committee member; Arthrex, Inc, paid consultant, research support; Arthroscopy, editorial or governing board, publishing royalties, financial or material support; Arthroscopy Association of North America, board or committee member; Arthrosurface, research support; Cymedica, stock or stock options; DJ Orthopaedics, research support; Journal of Knee Surgery, editorial or governing board; Minivasive, paid consultant, stock or stock options; Omeros, stock or stock options; Orthospace, paid consultant; Össur, research support; SLACK Incorporated, editorial or governing board; Smith & Nephew, IP royalties; Smith & Nephew, Athletico, ConMed Linvatec, Miomed, and Mitek, research support; and Vindico Medical-Orthopedics Hyperguide, publishing royalties, financial or material support. Dr. Nicholson reports that he is American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons, board or committee member; Arthrosurface, paid presenter or speaker; Innomed, IP royalties; Tornier, paid consultant; and Wright Medical Technology, Inc., IP royalties, paid consultant. Dr. Romeo reports that he is American Association of Nurse Anesthetists, other financial or material support; Aesculap/B.Braun, research support; American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons, board or committee member; Arthrex, Inc, IP royalties, other financial or material support, paid consultant, paid presenter or speaker, research support; Atreon Orthopaedics, board or committee member; Histogenics, research support; Medipost, research support; Major League Baseball, other financial or material support; NuTech, research support; Orthopedics, editorial or governing board; Orthopedics Today, board or committee member, editorial or governing board; OrthoSpace, research support; SAGE, editorial or governing board; Saunders/Mosby-Elsevier, publishing royalties, financial or material support; SLACK Incorporated, editorial or governing board, publishing royalties, financial or material support; Smith & Nephew, research support; Wolters Kluwer Health-Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, editorial or governing board; and Zimmer Biomet, research support. Dr. Harris reports that he is American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, board or committee member; The American Journal of Orthopedics, editorial or governing board; AOSSM, board or committee member; Arthroscopy, editorial or governing board; Arthroscopy Association of North America, board or committee member; DePuy Synthes, A Johnson & Johnson Company, research support; Frontiers In Surgery, editorial or governing board; NIA Magellan, paid consultant; Össur, paid consultant, paid presenter or speaker; SLACK Incorporated, publishing royalties, financial or material support; and Smith & Nephew, paid consultant, paid presenter or speaker, research support. Dr. Bohl reports no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Dr. Erickson is an Attending Surgeon, Sports Medicine and Shoulder Division, Rothman Orthopadic Institute, New York, New York. He was a resident at the time the article was written. Dr. Bohl is an Orthopaedic Surgery Resident, Rush University; Dr. Cole, Dr. Verma, and Dr. Nicholson are Orthopaedic Surgery Attendings, Sports Medicine and Shoulder and Elbow and Sports Division, Midwest Orthopaedics, Rush University Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois. Dr. Romeo is the Managing Partner, Division Chief Shoulder & Elbow and Sports Medicine Department, and Attending Surgeon at Rothman Orthopadics Institute, New York, New York. Dr. Harris is an Orthopaedic Surgery Attending, Sports Medicine Department, Houston Methodist Hospital, Houston, Texas.

Address correspondence to: Brandon J. Erickson, MD, Rothman Orthopaedic Institute, 658 White Plains Road, Tarrytown, NY, 10591 (tel, 800-321-9999; email, [email protected]).

Brandon J. Erickson, MD Daniel D. Bohl, MD, MPH Brian J. Cole, MBA, MD Nikhil N. Verma, MD Gregory Nicholson, MD Anthony A. Romeo, MD and Joshua D. Harris, MD . Reverse Total Shoulder Arthroplasty: Indications and Techniques Across the World. Am J Orthop.

September 26, 2018

ABSTRACT

Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty (RTSA) is a common treatment for rotator cuff tear arthropathy. We performed a systematic review of all the RTSA literature to answer if we are treating the same patients with RTSA, across the world.

A systematic review was registered with PROSPERO, the international prospective register of systematic reviews, and performed with Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines using 3 publicly available free databases. Therapeutic clinical outcome investigations reporting RTSA outcomes with levels of evidence I to IV were eligible for inclusion. All study, subject, and surgical technique demographics were analyzed and compared between continents. Statistical comparisons were conducted using linear regression, analysis of variance (ANOVA), Fisher's exact test, and Pearson's chi-square test.

There were 103 studies included in the analysis (8973 patients; 62% female; mean age, 70.9 ± 6.7 years; mean length of follow-up, 34.3 ± 19.3 months) that had a low Modified Coleman Methodology Score (MCMS) (mean, 36.9 ± 8.7: poor). Most patients (60.8%) underwent RTSA for a diagnosis of rotator cuff arthropathy, whereas 1% underwent RTSA for fracture; indications varied by continent. There were no consistent reports of preopeartive or postoperative scores from studies in any region. Studies from North America reported significantly higher postoperative external rotation (34.1° ± 13.3° vs 19.3° ± 8.9°) (P < .001) and a greater change in flexion (69.0° ± 24.5° vs 56.3° ± 11.3°) (P = .004) compared with studies from Europe. North America had the greatest total number of publications followed by Europe. The total yearly number of publications increased each year (P < .001), whereas the MCMS decreased each year (P = .037).

The quantity, but not the quality of RTSA studies is increasing. Indications for RTSA varied by continent, although most patients underwent RTSA for rotator cuff arthropathy. The majority of patients undergoing RTSA are female over the age of 60 years for a diagnosis of rotator cuff arthropathy with pseudoparalysis.

Continue to: Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty...

 

 

Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty (RTSA) is a common procedure with indications including rotator cuff tear arthropathy, proximal humerus fractures, and others.1,2 Studies have shown excellent, reliable, short- and mid-term outcomes in patients treated with RTSA for various indications.3-5 Al-Hadithy and colleagues6 reviewed 41 patients who underwent RTSA for pseudoparalysis secondary to rotator cuff tear arthropathy and, at a mean follow-up of 5 years, found significant improvements in range of motion (ROM) as well as age-adjusted Constant and Oxford Outcome scores. Similarly, Ross and colleagues7 evaluated outcomes of RTSA in 28 patients in whom RTSA was performed for 3- or 4-part proximal humerus fractures, and found both good clinical and radiographic outcomes with no revision surgeries at a mean follow-up of 54.9 months. RTSA is performed across the world, with specific implant designs, specifically humeral head inclination, but is more common in some areas when compared with others.3,8,9

The number of RTSAs performed has steadily increased over the past 20 years, with recent estimates of approximately 20,000 RTSAs performed in the United States in 2011.10,11 However, there is little information about the similarities and differences between those patients undergoing RTSA in various parts of the world regarding surgical indications, patient demographics, and outcomes. The purpose of this study is to perform a systematic review and meta-analysis of the RTSA body of literature to both identify and compare characteristics of studies published (level of evidence, whether a conflict of interest existed), patients analyzed (age, gender), and surgical indications performed across both continents and countries. Essentially, the study aims to answer the question, "Across the world, are we treating the same patients?" The authors hypothesized that there would be no significant differences in RTSA publications, subjects, and indications based on both the continent and country of publication.

METHODS

A systematic review was conducted according to PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses) guidelines using a PRISMA checklist.12 A systematic review registration was performed using PROSPERO, the international prospective register of systematic reviews (registration number CRD42014010578).13Two reviewers independently conducted the search on March 25, 2014, using the following databases: Medline, Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials, SportDiscus, and CINAHL. The electronic search citation algorithm utilized was: (((((reverse[Title/Abstract]) AND shoulder[Title/Abstract]) AND arthroplasty[Title/Abstract]) NOT arthroscopic[Title/Abstract]) NOT cadaver[Title/Abstract]) NOT biomechanical[Title/Abstract]. English language Level I to IV evidence (2011 update by the Oxford Centre for Evidence-Based Medicine14) clinical studies were eligible. Medical conference abstracts were ineligible for inclusion. All references within included studies were cross-referenced for inclusion if missed by the initial search with any additionally located studies screened for inclusion. Duplicate subject publications within separate unique studies were not reported twice, but rather the study with longer duration follow-up or, if follow-up was equal, the study with the greater number of patients was included. Level V evidence reviews, letters to the editor, basic science, biomechanical and cadaver studies, total shoulder arthroplasty (TSA) papers, arthroscopic shoulder surgery papers, imaging, surgical techniques, and classification studies were excluded.

A total of 255 studies were identified, and, after implementation of the exclusion criteria, 103 studies were included in the final analysis (Figure 1). Subjects of interest in this systematic review underwent RTSA for one of many indications including rotator cuff tear arthropathy, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, posttraumatic arthritis, instability, revision from a previous RTSA for instability, infection, acute proximal humerus fracture, revision from a prior proximal humerus fracture, revision from a prior hemiarthroplasty, revision from a prior TSA, osteonecrosis, pseudoparalysis, tumor, and a locked shoulder dislocation. There was no minimum follow-up or rehabilitation requirement. Study and subject demographic parameters analyzed included year of publication, years of subject enrollment, presence of study financial conflict of interest, number of subjects and shoulders, gender, age, body mass index, diagnoses treated, and surgical positioning. Clinical outcome scores sought were the DASH (Disability of the Arm, Shoulder, and Hand), SPADI (Shoulder Pain And Disability Index), Absolute Constant, ASES (American Shoulder and Elbow Score), KSS (Korean Shoulder Score), SST-12 (Simple Shoulder Test), SF-12 (12-item Short Form), SF-36 (36-item Short Form), SSV (Subjective Shoulder Value), EQ-5D (EuroQol-5 Dimension), SANE (Single Assessment Numeric Evaluation), Rowe Score for Instability, Oxford Instability Score, UCLA (University of California, Los Angeles) activity score, Penn Shoulder Score, and VAS (visual analog scale). In addition, ROM (forward elevation, abduction, external rotation, internal rotation) was analyzed. Radiographs and magnetic resonance imaging data were extracted when available. The methodological quality of the study was evaluated using the MCMS (Modified Coleman Methodology Score).15

STATISTICAL ANALYSIS

First, the number of publications per year, level of evidence, and Modified Coleman Methodology Score were tested for association with the calendar year using linear regression. Second, demographic data were tested for association with the continent using Pearson’s chi-square test or ANOVA. Third, indications were tested for association with the continent using Fisher’s exact test. Finally, clinical outcome scores and ROM were tested for association with the continent using ANOVA. Statistical significance was extracted from studies when available. Statistical significance was defined as P < .05.

Continue to: RESULTS...

 

 

RESULTS

There were 103 studies included in the analysis (Figure 1). A total of 8973 patients were included, 62% of whom were female with a mean age of 70.9 ± 6.7 years (Table 1). The average follow-up was 34.3 ± 19.3 months. North America had the overall greatest total number of publications on RTSA, followed by Europe (Figure 2). The total yearly number of publications increased by a mean of 1.95 publications each year (P < .001). There was no association between the mean level of evidence with the year of publication (P = .296) (Figure 3). Overall, the rating of studies was poor for the MCMS (mean 36.9 ± 8.7). The MCMS decreased each year by a mean of 0.76 points (P = .037) (Figure 4).

Table 1. Demographic Data by Continent

 

North America

Europe

Asia

Australia

Total

P-value

Number of studies

52

43

4

4

103

-

Number of subjects

6158

2609

51

155

8973

-

Level of evidence

 

 

 

 

 

0.693

    II

5 (10%)

3 (7%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

8 (8%)

 

    III

10 (19%)

4 (9%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

15 (15%)

 

    IV

37 (71%)

36 (84%)

4 (100%)

3 (75%)

80 (78%)

 

Mean MCMS

34.6 ± 8.4

40.2 ± 8.0

32.5 12.4

34.5 ± 6.6

36.9 ± 8.7

0.010

Institutional collaboration

 

 

 

 

 

1.000

    Multi-center

7 (14%)

6 (14%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

13 (13%)

 

    Single-center

45 (86%)

37 (86%)

4 (100%)

4 (100%)

90 (87%)

 

Financial conflict of interest

 

 

 

 

 

0.005

    Present

28 (54%)

15 (35%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

43 (42%)

 

    Not present

19 (37%)

16 (37%)

4 (100%)

4 (100%)

43 (42%)

 

    Not reported

5 (10%)

12 (28%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

17 (17%)

 

Sex

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

    Male

2157 (38%)

1026 (39%)

13 (25%)

61 (39%)

3257 (38%)

 

    Female

3520 (62%)

1622 (61%)

38 (75%)

94 (61%)

5274 (62%)

 

Mean age (years)

71.3 ± 5.6

70.1 ± 7.9

68.1 ± 5.3

76.9 ± 3.0

70.9 ± 6.7

0.191

Minimum age (mean across studies)

56.9 ± 12.8

52.8 ± 15.7

62.8 ± 6.2

68.0 ± 12.1

55.6 ± 14.3

0.160

Maximum age (mean across studies)

82.1 ± 8.6

83.0 ± 5.5

73.0 ± 9.4

85.0 ± 7.9

82.2 ± 7.6

0.079

Mean length of follow-up (months)

26.5 ± 13.7

43.1 ± 21.7

29.4 ± 7.9

34.2 ± 16.6

34.3 ± 19.3

<0.001

Prosthesis type

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

    Cemented

988 (89%)

969 (72%)

0 (0%)

8 (16%)

1965 (78%)

 

    Press fit

120 (11%)

379 (28%)

0 (0%)

41 (84%)

540 (22%)

 

Abbreviations: MCMS, Modified Coleman Methodology Score; N/A, not available.

 

In studies that reported press-fit vs cemented prostheses, the highest percentage of press-fit prostheses compared with cemented prostheses was seen in Australia (84% press-fit), whereas the highest percentage of cemented prostheses was seen in North America (89% cemented). A higher percentage of studies from North America had a financial conflict of interest (COI) than did those from other countries (54% had a COI).

Continue to: Rotator cuff tear arthropathy...

 

 

Rotator cuff tear arthropathy was the most common indication for RTSA overall in 5459 patients, followed by pseudoparalysis in 1352 patients (Tables 2 and 3). While studies in North America reported rotator cuff tear arthropathy as the indication for RTSA in 4418 (75.8%) patients, and pseudoparalysis as the next most common indication in 535 (9.2%) patients, studies from Europe reported rotator cuff tear arthropathy as the indication in 895 (33.5%) patients, and pseudoparalysis as the indication in 795 (29.7%) patients. Studies from Asia also had a relatively even split between rotator cuff tear arthropathy and pseudoparalysis (45.3% vs 37.8%), whereas those from Australia were mostly rotator cuff tear arthropathy (77.7%).

Table 2. Number (Percent) of Studies With Each Indication by Continent

 

North America

Europe

Asia

Australia

Total

P-value

Rotator cuff arthropathy

29 (56%)

19 (44%)

3 (75%)

3 (75%)

54 (52%)

0.390

Osteoarthritis

4 (8%)

10 (23%)

1 (25%)

1 (25%)

16 (16%)

0.072

Rheumatoid arthritis

9 (17%)

10 (23%)

0 (0%)

2 (50%)

21 (20%)

0.278

Post-traumatic arthritis

3 (6%)

5 (12%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

9 (9%)

0.358

Instability

6 (12%)

3 (7%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

10 (10%)

0.450

Revision of previous RTSA for instability

5 (10%)

1 (2%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

7 (7%)

0.192

Infection

4 (8%)

1 (2%)

1 (25%)

0 (0%)

6 (6%)

0.207

Unclassified acute proximal humerus fracture

9 (17%)

5 (12%)

1 (25%)

1 (25%)

16  (16%)

0.443

Acute 2-part proximal humerus fracture

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

N/A

Acute 3-part proximal humerus fracture

2 (4%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

2 (2%)

0.574

Acute 4-part proximal humerus fracture

5 (10%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

5 (5%)

0.183

Acute 3- or 4-part proximal humerus fracture

6 (12%)

2 (5%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

8 (8%)

0.635

Revised from previous nonop proximal humerus fracture

7 (13%)

3 (7%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

10 (10%)

0.787

Revised from ORIF

1 (2%)

1 (2%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

2 (2%)

1.000

Revised from CRPP

0 (0%)

1 (2%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

1 (1%)

0.495

Revised from hemi

8 (15%)

4 (9%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

13 (13%)

0.528

Revised from TSA

15 (29%)

11 (26%)

0 (0%)

2 (50%)

28 (27%)

0.492

Osteonecrosis

4 (8%)

2 (5%)

1 (25%)

0 (0%)

7 (7%)

0.401

Pseudoparalysis irreparable tear without arthritis

20 (38%)

18 (42%)

2 (50%)

1 (25%)

41 (40%)

0.919

Bone tumors

0 (0%)

4 (9.3%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

4 (4%)

0.120

Locked shoulder dislocation

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

0 (0%)

1 (1%)

0.078

Abbreviations: CRPP, closed reduction and percutaneous pinning; ORIF, open reduction internal fixation; RTSA, reverse total shoulder arthroplasty; TSA, total shoulder arthroplasty.

 

Table 3. Number of Patients With Each Indication as Reported by Individual Studies by Continent

 

North America

Europe

Asia

Australia

Total

Rotator cuff arthropathy

4418

895

24

122

5459

Osteoarthritis

90

251

1

14

356

Rheumatoid arthritis

59

87

0

2

148

Post-traumatic arthritis

62

136

0

1

199

Instability

23

15

0

1

39

Revision of previous RTSA for instability

29

2

0

1

32

Infection

28

11

2

0

41

Unclassified acute proximal humerus fracture

42

30

4

8

84

Acute 3-part proximal humerus fracture

60

0

0

0

6

Acute 4-part proximal humerus fracture

42

0

0

0

42

Acute 3- or 4-part proximal humerus fracture

92

46

0

0

138

Revised from previous nonop proximal humerus fracture

43

53

0

0

96

Revised from ORIF

3

9

0

0

12

Revised from CRPP

0

3

0

0

3

Revised from hemi

105

51

0

1

157

Revised from TSA

192

246

0

5

443

Osteonecrosis

9

6

1

0

16

Pseudoparalysis irreparable tear without arthritis

535

795

20

2

1352

Bone tumors

0

38

0

0

38

Locked shoulder dislocation

0

0

1

0

1

Abbreviations: CRPP, closed reduction and percutaneous pinning; ORIF, open reduction internal fixation; RTSA, reverse total shoulder arthroplasty; TSA, total shoulder arthroplasty.

 

The ASES, SST-12, and VAS scores were the most frequently reported outcome scores in studies from North America, whereas the Absolute Constant score was the most common score reported in studies from Europe (Table 4). Studies from North America reported significantly higher postoperative external rotation (34.1° ± 13.3° vs 19.3° ± 8.9°) (P < .001) and a greater change in flexion (69.0° ± 24.5° vs 56.3° +/- 11.3°) (P = .004) compared with studies from Europe (Table 5).

Table 4. Outcomes by Continent

Metric (number of studies)

North America

Europe

Asia

Australia

P-value

DASH

1

2

0

0

 

    Preoperative

54.0

62.0 ± 8.5

-

-

0.582

    Postoperative

24.0

32.0 ± 2.8

-

-

0.260

    Change

-30.0

-30.0 ± 11.3

-

-

1.000

SPADI

2

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

80.0 ± 4.2

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

34.8 ± 1.1

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

-45.3 ± 3.2

-

-

-

N/A

Absolute constant

2

27

0

1

 

    Preopeartive

33.0 ± 0.0

28.2 ± 7.1

-

20.0

0.329

    Postoperative

54.5 ± 7.8

62.9 ± 9.0

-

65.0

0.432

    Change

+21.5 ± 7.8

+34.7 ± 8.0

-

+45.0

0.044

ASES

13

0

2

0

 

    Preoperative

33.2 ± 5.4

-

32.5 ± 3.5

-

0.867

    Postoperative

73.9 ± 6.8

-

75.7 ± 10.8

-

0.752

    Change

+40.7 ± 6.5

-

+43.2 ± 14.4

-

0.670

UCLA

3

2

1

0

 

    Preoperative

10.1 ± 3.4

11.2 ± 5.7

12.0

-

0.925

    Postoperative

24.5 ± 3.1

24.3 ± 3.7

24.0

-

0.991

    Change

+14.4 ± 1.6

+13.1 ± 2.0

+12.0

-

0.524

KSS

0

0

2

0

 

    Preopeartive

-

-

38.2 ± 1.1

-

N/A

    Postoperative

-

-

72.3 ± 6.0

-

N/A

    Change

-

-

+34.1 ± 7.1

-

N/A

SST-12

12

1

0

0

 

    Preoperative

1.9 ± 0.8

1.2

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

7.1 ± 1.5

5.6

-

-

N/A

    Change

+5.3 ± 1.2

+4.4

-

-

N/A

SF-12

1

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

34.5

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

38.5

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

+4.0

-

-

-

N/A

SSV

0

5

0

0

 

    Preopeartive

-

22.0 ± 7.4

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

-

63.4 ± 7.9

-

-

N/A

    Change

-

+41.4 ± 2.1

-

-

N/A

EQ-5D

0

2

0

0

 

    Preoperative

-

0.5 ± 0.2

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

-

0.8 ± 0.1

-

-

N/A

    Change

-

+0.3 ± 0.1

-

-

N/A

OOS

1

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

24.7

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

14.9

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

-9.9

-

-

-

N/A

Rowe

0

1

0

0

 

    Preoperative

-

50.2

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

-

82.1

-

-

N/A

    Change

-

31.9

-

-

N/A

Oxford

0

2

0

0

 

    Preoperative

-

119.9 ± 138.8

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

-

39.9 ± 3.3

-

-

N/A

    Change

-

-80.6 ± 142.2

-

-

N/A

Penn

1

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

24.9

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

66.4

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

+41.5

-

-

-

N/A

VAS

10

1

1

1

 

    Preoperative

6.6 ± 0.8

7.0

8.4

7.0

N/A

    Postoperative

2.0 ± 0.7

1.0

0.8

0.8

N/A

    Change

-4.6 ± 0.8

-6.0

-7.6

-6.2

N/A

SF-36 physical

2

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

32.7 ± 1.2

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

39.6 ± 4.0

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

+7.0 ± 2.8

-

-

-

N/A

SF-36 mental

2

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

43.6 ± 2.8

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

48.1 ± 1.0

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

+4.5 ± 1.8

-

-

-

N/A

Abbreviations: ASES, American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeon score; DASH, Disability of the Arm, Shoulder, and Hand; EQ-5D, EuroQol-5 Dimension; KSS, Korean Shoulder Scoring system; N/A, not available; OOS, Orthopaedic Outcome Score; SF, short form; SPADI, Shoulder Pain and Disability Index; SST, Simple Shoulder Test; SSV, Subjective Shoulder Value; UCLA, University of California, Los Angeles; VAS, visual analog scale.

 

Table 5. Shoulder Range of Motion, by Continent

Metric (number of studies)

North America

Europe

Asia

Australia

P-value

Flexion

18

22

1

1

 

    Preoperative

57.6 ± 17.9

65.5 ± 17.2

91.0

30.0

0.060

    Postoperative

126.6 ± 14.4

121.8 ± 19.0

133.0

150.0

0.360

    Change

+69.0 ± 24.5

+56.3 ± 11.3

+42.0

120.0

0.004

Abduction

11

12

1

0

 

    Preoperative

53.7 ± 25.0

52.0 ± 19.0

88.0

-

0.311

    Postoperative

109.3 ± 15.1

105.4 ± 19.8

131.0

-

0.386

    Change

55.5 ± 25.5

53.3 ± 8.3

43.0

-

0.804

External rotation

17

19

0

0

 

    Preoperative

19.4 ± 9.9

11.2 ± 6.1

-

-

0.005

    Postoperative

34.1 ± 13.3

19.3 ± 8.9

-

-

<0.001

    Change

+14.7 ± 13.2

+8.1 ± 8.5

-

-

0.079

Continue to: DISCUSSION...

 

 

DISCUSSION

RTSA is a common procedure performed in many different areas of the world for a variety of indications. The study hypotheses were partially confirmed, as there were no significant differences seen in the characteristics of the studies published and patients analyzed; although, the majority of studies from North America reported rotator cuff tear arthropathy as the primary indication for RTSA, whereas studies from Europe were split between rotator cuff tear arthropathy and pseudoparalysis as the primary indication. Hence, based on the current literature the study proved that we are treating the same patients. Despite this finding, we may be treating them for different reasons with an RTSA.

RTSA has become a standard procedure in the United States, with >20,000 RTSAs performed in 2011.10 This number will continue to increase as it has over the past 20 years given the aging population in the United States, as well as the expanding indications for RTSA.11 Indications of RTSA have become broad, although the main indication remains as rotator cuff tear arthropathy (>60% of all patients included in this study), and pseudoparalysis (>15% of all patients included in this study). Results for RTSA for rotator cuff tear arthropathy and pseudoparalysis have been encouraging.16,17 Frankle and colleagues16 evaluated 60 patients who underwent RTSA for rotator cuff tear arthropathy at a minimum of 2 years follow-up (average, 33 months). The authors found significant improvements in all measured clinical outcome variables (P < .0001) (ASES, mean function score, mean pain score, and VAS) as well as ROM, specifically forward flexion increased from 55° to 105.1°, and abduction increased from 41.4° to 101.8°. Similarly, Werner and colleagues17 evaluated 58 consecutive patients who underwent RTSA for pseudoparalysis secondary to irreparable rotator cuff dysfunction at a mean follow-up of 38 months. Overall, significant improvements (P < .0001) were seen in the SSV score, relative Constant score, and Constant score for pain, active anterior elevation (42° to 100° following RTSA), and active abduction (43° to 90° following RTSA).

It is essential to understand the similarities and differences between patients undergoing RTSA in different parts of the world so the literature from various countries can be compared between regions, and conclusions extrapolated to the correct patients. For example, an interesting finding in this study is that the majority of patients in North America have their prosthesis cemented whereas the majority of patients in Australia have their prosthesis press-fit. While the patients each continent is treating are not significantly different (mostly older women), the difference in surgical technique could have implications in long- or short-term functional outcomes. Prior studies have shown no difference in axial micromotion between cemented and press-fit humeral components, but the clinical implications surrounding this are not well defined.18 Small series comparing cementless to cemented humeral prosthesis in RTSA have found no significant differences in clinical outcomes or postoperative ROM, but larger series are necessary to validate these outcomes.19 However, studies have shown lower rates of postoperative infections in patients who receive antibiotic-loaded cement compared with those who receive plain bone cement following RTSA.20

Similarly, as the vast majority of patients in North America had an RTSA for rotator cuff arthropathy (75.8%) whereas those from Europe had RTSA almost equally for rotator cuff arthropathy (33.5%) and pseudoparalysis (29.7%), one must ensure similar patient populations before attempting to extrapolate results of a study from a different country to patients in other areas. Fortunately, the clinical results following RTSA for either indication have been good.6,21,22

One final point to consider is the cost effectiveness of the implant. Recent evidence has shown that RTSA is associated with a higher risk for in-hospital death, multiple perioperative complications, prolonged hospital stay, and increased hospital cost when compared with TSA.23 This data may be biased as the patient selection for RTSA varies from that of TSA, but it is a point that must be considered. Other studies have shown that an RTSA is a cost-effective treatment option for treating patients with rotator cuff tear arthropathy, and is a more cost-effective option in treating rotator cuff tear arthropathy than hemiarthroplasty.24,25 Similarly, RTSA offers a more cost-effective treatment option with better outcomes for patients with acute proximal humerus fractures when compared with open reduction internal fixation and hemiarthroplasty.26 However, TSA is a more cost-effective treatment option than RTSA for patients with glenohumeral osteoarthritis.27 With changing reimbursement in healthcare, surgeons must scrutinize not only anticipated outcomes with specific implants but the cost effectiveness of these implants as well. Further cost analysis studies are necessary to determine the ideal candidate for an RTSA.

LIMITATIONS

Despite its extensive review of the literature, this study had several limitations. While 2 independent authors searched for studies, it is possible that some studies were missed during the search process, introducing possible selection bias. No abstracts or unpublished works were included which could have introduced publication bias. Several studies did not report all variables the authors examined, and this could have skewed some of the results since the reporting of additional variables could have altered the data to show significant differences in some measured variables. As outcome measures for various pathologies were not compared, conclusions cannot be drawn on the best treatment option for various indications. As case reports were included, this could have lowered both the MCMS as well as the average in studies reporting outcomes. Furthermore, given the overall poor quality of the underlying data available for this study, the validity/generalizability of the results could be limited as the level of evidence of this systematic review is only as high as the studies it includes. There are subtle differences between rotator cuff arthropathy and pseudoparalysis, and some studies may have classified patients differently than others, causing differences in indications. Finally, as the primary goal of this study was to report on demographics, no evaluation of concomitant pathology at the time of surgery or rehabilitation protocols was performed.

CONCLUSION

The quantity, but not the quality of RTSA studies is increasing. Indications for RTSA varied by continent although most patients underwent RTSA for rotator cuff arthropathy. The majority of patients undergoing RTSA are female over the age of 60 years for a diagnosis of rotator cuff arthropathy with pseudoparalysis.

This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.

ABSTRACT

Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty (RTSA) is a common treatment for rotator cuff tear arthropathy. We performed a systematic review of all the RTSA literature to answer if we are treating the same patients with RTSA, across the world.

A systematic review was registered with PROSPERO, the international prospective register of systematic reviews, and performed with Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines using 3 publicly available free databases. Therapeutic clinical outcome investigations reporting RTSA outcomes with levels of evidence I to IV were eligible for inclusion. All study, subject, and surgical technique demographics were analyzed and compared between continents. Statistical comparisons were conducted using linear regression, analysis of variance (ANOVA), Fisher's exact test, and Pearson's chi-square test.

There were 103 studies included in the analysis (8973 patients; 62% female; mean age, 70.9 ± 6.7 years; mean length of follow-up, 34.3 ± 19.3 months) that had a low Modified Coleman Methodology Score (MCMS) (mean, 36.9 ± 8.7: poor). Most patients (60.8%) underwent RTSA for a diagnosis of rotator cuff arthropathy, whereas 1% underwent RTSA for fracture; indications varied by continent. There were no consistent reports of preopeartive or postoperative scores from studies in any region. Studies from North America reported significantly higher postoperative external rotation (34.1° ± 13.3° vs 19.3° ± 8.9°) (P < .001) and a greater change in flexion (69.0° ± 24.5° vs 56.3° ± 11.3°) (P = .004) compared with studies from Europe. North America had the greatest total number of publications followed by Europe. The total yearly number of publications increased each year (P < .001), whereas the MCMS decreased each year (P = .037).

The quantity, but not the quality of RTSA studies is increasing. Indications for RTSA varied by continent, although most patients underwent RTSA for rotator cuff arthropathy. The majority of patients undergoing RTSA are female over the age of 60 years for a diagnosis of rotator cuff arthropathy with pseudoparalysis.

Continue to: Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty...

 

 

Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty (RTSA) is a common procedure with indications including rotator cuff tear arthropathy, proximal humerus fractures, and others.1,2 Studies have shown excellent, reliable, short- and mid-term outcomes in patients treated with RTSA for various indications.3-5 Al-Hadithy and colleagues6 reviewed 41 patients who underwent RTSA for pseudoparalysis secondary to rotator cuff tear arthropathy and, at a mean follow-up of 5 years, found significant improvements in range of motion (ROM) as well as age-adjusted Constant and Oxford Outcome scores. Similarly, Ross and colleagues7 evaluated outcomes of RTSA in 28 patients in whom RTSA was performed for 3- or 4-part proximal humerus fractures, and found both good clinical and radiographic outcomes with no revision surgeries at a mean follow-up of 54.9 months. RTSA is performed across the world, with specific implant designs, specifically humeral head inclination, but is more common in some areas when compared with others.3,8,9

The number of RTSAs performed has steadily increased over the past 20 years, with recent estimates of approximately 20,000 RTSAs performed in the United States in 2011.10,11 However, there is little information about the similarities and differences between those patients undergoing RTSA in various parts of the world regarding surgical indications, patient demographics, and outcomes. The purpose of this study is to perform a systematic review and meta-analysis of the RTSA body of literature to both identify and compare characteristics of studies published (level of evidence, whether a conflict of interest existed), patients analyzed (age, gender), and surgical indications performed across both continents and countries. Essentially, the study aims to answer the question, "Across the world, are we treating the same patients?" The authors hypothesized that there would be no significant differences in RTSA publications, subjects, and indications based on both the continent and country of publication.

METHODS

A systematic review was conducted according to PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses) guidelines using a PRISMA checklist.12 A systematic review registration was performed using PROSPERO, the international prospective register of systematic reviews (registration number CRD42014010578).13Two reviewers independently conducted the search on March 25, 2014, using the following databases: Medline, Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials, SportDiscus, and CINAHL. The electronic search citation algorithm utilized was: (((((reverse[Title/Abstract]) AND shoulder[Title/Abstract]) AND arthroplasty[Title/Abstract]) NOT arthroscopic[Title/Abstract]) NOT cadaver[Title/Abstract]) NOT biomechanical[Title/Abstract]. English language Level I to IV evidence (2011 update by the Oxford Centre for Evidence-Based Medicine14) clinical studies were eligible. Medical conference abstracts were ineligible for inclusion. All references within included studies were cross-referenced for inclusion if missed by the initial search with any additionally located studies screened for inclusion. Duplicate subject publications within separate unique studies were not reported twice, but rather the study with longer duration follow-up or, if follow-up was equal, the study with the greater number of patients was included. Level V evidence reviews, letters to the editor, basic science, biomechanical and cadaver studies, total shoulder arthroplasty (TSA) papers, arthroscopic shoulder surgery papers, imaging, surgical techniques, and classification studies were excluded.

A total of 255 studies were identified, and, after implementation of the exclusion criteria, 103 studies were included in the final analysis (Figure 1). Subjects of interest in this systematic review underwent RTSA for one of many indications including rotator cuff tear arthropathy, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, posttraumatic arthritis, instability, revision from a previous RTSA for instability, infection, acute proximal humerus fracture, revision from a prior proximal humerus fracture, revision from a prior hemiarthroplasty, revision from a prior TSA, osteonecrosis, pseudoparalysis, tumor, and a locked shoulder dislocation. There was no minimum follow-up or rehabilitation requirement. Study and subject demographic parameters analyzed included year of publication, years of subject enrollment, presence of study financial conflict of interest, number of subjects and shoulders, gender, age, body mass index, diagnoses treated, and surgical positioning. Clinical outcome scores sought were the DASH (Disability of the Arm, Shoulder, and Hand), SPADI (Shoulder Pain And Disability Index), Absolute Constant, ASES (American Shoulder and Elbow Score), KSS (Korean Shoulder Score), SST-12 (Simple Shoulder Test), SF-12 (12-item Short Form), SF-36 (36-item Short Form), SSV (Subjective Shoulder Value), EQ-5D (EuroQol-5 Dimension), SANE (Single Assessment Numeric Evaluation), Rowe Score for Instability, Oxford Instability Score, UCLA (University of California, Los Angeles) activity score, Penn Shoulder Score, and VAS (visual analog scale). In addition, ROM (forward elevation, abduction, external rotation, internal rotation) was analyzed. Radiographs and magnetic resonance imaging data were extracted when available. The methodological quality of the study was evaluated using the MCMS (Modified Coleman Methodology Score).15

STATISTICAL ANALYSIS

First, the number of publications per year, level of evidence, and Modified Coleman Methodology Score were tested for association with the calendar year using linear regression. Second, demographic data were tested for association with the continent using Pearson’s chi-square test or ANOVA. Third, indications were tested for association with the continent using Fisher’s exact test. Finally, clinical outcome scores and ROM were tested for association with the continent using ANOVA. Statistical significance was extracted from studies when available. Statistical significance was defined as P < .05.

Continue to: RESULTS...

 

 

RESULTS

There were 103 studies included in the analysis (Figure 1). A total of 8973 patients were included, 62% of whom were female with a mean age of 70.9 ± 6.7 years (Table 1). The average follow-up was 34.3 ± 19.3 months. North America had the overall greatest total number of publications on RTSA, followed by Europe (Figure 2). The total yearly number of publications increased by a mean of 1.95 publications each year (P < .001). There was no association between the mean level of evidence with the year of publication (P = .296) (Figure 3). Overall, the rating of studies was poor for the MCMS (mean 36.9 ± 8.7). The MCMS decreased each year by a mean of 0.76 points (P = .037) (Figure 4).

Table 1. Demographic Data by Continent

 

North America

Europe

Asia

Australia

Total

P-value

Number of studies

52

43

4

4

103

-

Number of subjects

6158

2609

51

155

8973

-

Level of evidence

 

 

 

 

 

0.693

    II

5 (10%)

3 (7%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

8 (8%)

 

    III

10 (19%)

4 (9%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

15 (15%)

 

    IV

37 (71%)

36 (84%)

4 (100%)

3 (75%)

80 (78%)

 

Mean MCMS

34.6 ± 8.4

40.2 ± 8.0

32.5 12.4

34.5 ± 6.6

36.9 ± 8.7

0.010

Institutional collaboration

 

 

 

 

 

1.000

    Multi-center

7 (14%)

6 (14%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

13 (13%)

 

    Single-center

45 (86%)

37 (86%)

4 (100%)

4 (100%)

90 (87%)

 

Financial conflict of interest

 

 

 

 

 

0.005

    Present

28 (54%)

15 (35%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

43 (42%)

 

    Not present

19 (37%)

16 (37%)

4 (100%)

4 (100%)

43 (42%)

 

    Not reported

5 (10%)

12 (28%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

17 (17%)

 

Sex

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

    Male

2157 (38%)

1026 (39%)

13 (25%)

61 (39%)

3257 (38%)

 

    Female

3520 (62%)

1622 (61%)

38 (75%)

94 (61%)

5274 (62%)

 

Mean age (years)

71.3 ± 5.6

70.1 ± 7.9

68.1 ± 5.3

76.9 ± 3.0

70.9 ± 6.7

0.191

Minimum age (mean across studies)

56.9 ± 12.8

52.8 ± 15.7

62.8 ± 6.2

68.0 ± 12.1

55.6 ± 14.3

0.160

Maximum age (mean across studies)

82.1 ± 8.6

83.0 ± 5.5

73.0 ± 9.4

85.0 ± 7.9

82.2 ± 7.6

0.079

Mean length of follow-up (months)

26.5 ± 13.7

43.1 ± 21.7

29.4 ± 7.9

34.2 ± 16.6

34.3 ± 19.3

<0.001

Prosthesis type

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

    Cemented

988 (89%)

969 (72%)

0 (0%)

8 (16%)

1965 (78%)

 

    Press fit

120 (11%)

379 (28%)

0 (0%)

41 (84%)

540 (22%)

 

Abbreviations: MCMS, Modified Coleman Methodology Score; N/A, not available.

 

In studies that reported press-fit vs cemented prostheses, the highest percentage of press-fit prostheses compared with cemented prostheses was seen in Australia (84% press-fit), whereas the highest percentage of cemented prostheses was seen in North America (89% cemented). A higher percentage of studies from North America had a financial conflict of interest (COI) than did those from other countries (54% had a COI).

Continue to: Rotator cuff tear arthropathy...

 

 

Rotator cuff tear arthropathy was the most common indication for RTSA overall in 5459 patients, followed by pseudoparalysis in 1352 patients (Tables 2 and 3). While studies in North America reported rotator cuff tear arthropathy as the indication for RTSA in 4418 (75.8%) patients, and pseudoparalysis as the next most common indication in 535 (9.2%) patients, studies from Europe reported rotator cuff tear arthropathy as the indication in 895 (33.5%) patients, and pseudoparalysis as the indication in 795 (29.7%) patients. Studies from Asia also had a relatively even split between rotator cuff tear arthropathy and pseudoparalysis (45.3% vs 37.8%), whereas those from Australia were mostly rotator cuff tear arthropathy (77.7%).

Table 2. Number (Percent) of Studies With Each Indication by Continent

 

North America

Europe

Asia

Australia

Total

P-value

Rotator cuff arthropathy

29 (56%)

19 (44%)

3 (75%)

3 (75%)

54 (52%)

0.390

Osteoarthritis

4 (8%)

10 (23%)

1 (25%)

1 (25%)

16 (16%)

0.072

Rheumatoid arthritis

9 (17%)

10 (23%)

0 (0%)

2 (50%)

21 (20%)

0.278

Post-traumatic arthritis

3 (6%)

5 (12%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

9 (9%)

0.358

Instability

6 (12%)

3 (7%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

10 (10%)

0.450

Revision of previous RTSA for instability

5 (10%)

1 (2%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

7 (7%)

0.192

Infection

4 (8%)

1 (2%)

1 (25%)

0 (0%)

6 (6%)

0.207

Unclassified acute proximal humerus fracture

9 (17%)

5 (12%)

1 (25%)

1 (25%)

16  (16%)

0.443

Acute 2-part proximal humerus fracture

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

N/A

Acute 3-part proximal humerus fracture

2 (4%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

2 (2%)

0.574

Acute 4-part proximal humerus fracture

5 (10%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

5 (5%)

0.183

Acute 3- or 4-part proximal humerus fracture

6 (12%)

2 (5%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

8 (8%)

0.635

Revised from previous nonop proximal humerus fracture

7 (13%)

3 (7%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

10 (10%)

0.787

Revised from ORIF

1 (2%)

1 (2%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

2 (2%)

1.000

Revised from CRPP

0 (0%)

1 (2%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

1 (1%)

0.495

Revised from hemi

8 (15%)

4 (9%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

13 (13%)

0.528

Revised from TSA

15 (29%)

11 (26%)

0 (0%)

2 (50%)

28 (27%)

0.492

Osteonecrosis

4 (8%)

2 (5%)

1 (25%)

0 (0%)

7 (7%)

0.401

Pseudoparalysis irreparable tear without arthritis

20 (38%)

18 (42%)

2 (50%)

1 (25%)

41 (40%)

0.919

Bone tumors

0 (0%)

4 (9.3%)

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

4 (4%)

0.120

Locked shoulder dislocation

0 (0%)

0 (0%)

1 (25%)

0 (0%)

1 (1%)

0.078

Abbreviations: CRPP, closed reduction and percutaneous pinning; ORIF, open reduction internal fixation; RTSA, reverse total shoulder arthroplasty; TSA, total shoulder arthroplasty.

 

Table 3. Number of Patients With Each Indication as Reported by Individual Studies by Continent

 

North America

Europe

Asia

Australia

Total

Rotator cuff arthropathy

4418

895

24

122

5459

Osteoarthritis

90

251

1

14

356

Rheumatoid arthritis

59

87

0

2

148

Post-traumatic arthritis

62

136

0

1

199

Instability

23

15

0

1

39

Revision of previous RTSA for instability

29

2

0

1

32

Infection

28

11

2

0

41

Unclassified acute proximal humerus fracture

42

30

4

8

84

Acute 3-part proximal humerus fracture

60

0

0

0

6

Acute 4-part proximal humerus fracture

42

0

0

0

42

Acute 3- or 4-part proximal humerus fracture

92

46

0

0

138

Revised from previous nonop proximal humerus fracture

43

53

0

0

96

Revised from ORIF

3

9

0

0

12

Revised from CRPP

0

3

0

0

3

Revised from hemi

105

51

0

1

157

Revised from TSA

192

246

0

5

443

Osteonecrosis

9

6

1

0

16

Pseudoparalysis irreparable tear without arthritis

535

795

20

2

1352

Bone tumors

0

38

0

0

38

Locked shoulder dislocation

0

0

1

0

1

Abbreviations: CRPP, closed reduction and percutaneous pinning; ORIF, open reduction internal fixation; RTSA, reverse total shoulder arthroplasty; TSA, total shoulder arthroplasty.

 

The ASES, SST-12, and VAS scores were the most frequently reported outcome scores in studies from North America, whereas the Absolute Constant score was the most common score reported in studies from Europe (Table 4). Studies from North America reported significantly higher postoperative external rotation (34.1° ± 13.3° vs 19.3° ± 8.9°) (P < .001) and a greater change in flexion (69.0° ± 24.5° vs 56.3° +/- 11.3°) (P = .004) compared with studies from Europe (Table 5).

Table 4. Outcomes by Continent

Metric (number of studies)

North America

Europe

Asia

Australia

P-value

DASH

1

2

0

0

 

    Preoperative

54.0

62.0 ± 8.5

-

-

0.582

    Postoperative

24.0

32.0 ± 2.8

-

-

0.260

    Change

-30.0

-30.0 ± 11.3

-

-

1.000

SPADI

2

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

80.0 ± 4.2

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

34.8 ± 1.1

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

-45.3 ± 3.2

-

-

-

N/A

Absolute constant

2

27

0

1

 

    Preopeartive

33.0 ± 0.0

28.2 ± 7.1

-

20.0

0.329

    Postoperative

54.5 ± 7.8

62.9 ± 9.0

-

65.0

0.432

    Change

+21.5 ± 7.8

+34.7 ± 8.0

-

+45.0

0.044

ASES

13

0

2

0

 

    Preoperative

33.2 ± 5.4

-

32.5 ± 3.5

-

0.867

    Postoperative

73.9 ± 6.8

-

75.7 ± 10.8

-

0.752

    Change

+40.7 ± 6.5

-

+43.2 ± 14.4

-

0.670

UCLA

3

2

1

0

 

    Preoperative

10.1 ± 3.4

11.2 ± 5.7

12.0

-

0.925

    Postoperative

24.5 ± 3.1

24.3 ± 3.7

24.0

-

0.991

    Change

+14.4 ± 1.6

+13.1 ± 2.0

+12.0

-

0.524

KSS

0

0

2

0

 

    Preopeartive

-

-

38.2 ± 1.1

-

N/A

    Postoperative

-

-

72.3 ± 6.0

-

N/A

    Change

-

-

+34.1 ± 7.1

-

N/A

SST-12

12

1

0

0

 

    Preoperative

1.9 ± 0.8

1.2

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

7.1 ± 1.5

5.6

-

-

N/A

    Change

+5.3 ± 1.2

+4.4

-

-

N/A

SF-12

1

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

34.5

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

38.5

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

+4.0

-

-

-

N/A

SSV

0

5

0

0

 

    Preopeartive

-

22.0 ± 7.4

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

-

63.4 ± 7.9

-

-

N/A

    Change

-

+41.4 ± 2.1

-

-

N/A

EQ-5D

0

2

0

0

 

    Preoperative

-

0.5 ± 0.2

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

-

0.8 ± 0.1

-

-

N/A

    Change

-

+0.3 ± 0.1

-

-

N/A

OOS

1

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

24.7

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

14.9

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

-9.9

-

-

-

N/A

Rowe

0

1

0

0

 

    Preoperative

-

50.2

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

-

82.1

-

-

N/A

    Change

-

31.9

-

-

N/A

Oxford

0

2

0

0

 

    Preoperative

-

119.9 ± 138.8

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

-

39.9 ± 3.3

-

-

N/A

    Change

-

-80.6 ± 142.2

-

-

N/A

Penn

1

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

24.9

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

66.4

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

+41.5

-

-

-

N/A

VAS

10

1

1

1

 

    Preoperative

6.6 ± 0.8

7.0

8.4

7.0

N/A

    Postoperative

2.0 ± 0.7

1.0

0.8

0.8

N/A

    Change

-4.6 ± 0.8

-6.0

-7.6

-6.2

N/A

SF-36 physical

2

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

32.7 ± 1.2

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

39.6 ± 4.0

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

+7.0 ± 2.8

-

-

-

N/A

SF-36 mental

2

0

0

0

 

    Preoperative

43.6 ± 2.8

-

-

-

N/A

    Postoperative

48.1 ± 1.0

-

-

-

N/A

    Change

+4.5 ± 1.8

-

-

-

N/A

Abbreviations: ASES, American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeon score; DASH, Disability of the Arm, Shoulder, and Hand; EQ-5D, EuroQol-5 Dimension; KSS, Korean Shoulder Scoring system; N/A, not available; OOS, Orthopaedic Outcome Score; SF, short form; SPADI, Shoulder Pain and Disability Index; SST, Simple Shoulder Test; SSV, Subjective Shoulder Value; UCLA, University of California, Los Angeles; VAS, visual analog scale.

 

Table 5. Shoulder Range of Motion, by Continent

Metric (number of studies)

North America

Europe

Asia

Australia

P-value

Flexion

18

22

1

1

 

    Preoperative

57.6 ± 17.9

65.5 ± 17.2

91.0

30.0

0.060

    Postoperative

126.6 ± 14.4

121.8 ± 19.0

133.0

150.0

0.360

    Change

+69.0 ± 24.5

+56.3 ± 11.3

+42.0

120.0

0.004

Abduction

11

12

1

0

 

    Preoperative

53.7 ± 25.0

52.0 ± 19.0

88.0

-

0.311

    Postoperative

109.3 ± 15.1

105.4 ± 19.8

131.0

-

0.386

    Change

55.5 ± 25.5

53.3 ± 8.3

43.0

-

0.804

External rotation

17

19

0

0

 

    Preoperative

19.4 ± 9.9

11.2 ± 6.1

-

-

0.005

    Postoperative

34.1 ± 13.3

19.3 ± 8.9

-

-

<0.001

    Change

+14.7 ± 13.2

+8.1 ± 8.5

-

-

0.079

Continue to: DISCUSSION...

 

 

DISCUSSION

RTSA is a common procedure performed in many different areas of the world for a variety of indications. The study hypotheses were partially confirmed, as there were no significant differences seen in the characteristics of the studies published and patients analyzed; although, the majority of studies from North America reported rotator cuff tear arthropathy as the primary indication for RTSA, whereas studies from Europe were split between rotator cuff tear arthropathy and pseudoparalysis as the primary indication. Hence, based on the current literature the study proved that we are treating the same patients. Despite this finding, we may be treating them for different reasons with an RTSA.

RTSA has become a standard procedure in the United States, with >20,000 RTSAs performed in 2011.10 This number will continue to increase as it has over the past 20 years given the aging population in the United States, as well as the expanding indications for RTSA.11 Indications of RTSA have become broad, although the main indication remains as rotator cuff tear arthropathy (>60% of all patients included in this study), and pseudoparalysis (>15% of all patients included in this study). Results for RTSA for rotator cuff tear arthropathy and pseudoparalysis have been encouraging.16,17 Frankle and colleagues16 evaluated 60 patients who underwent RTSA for rotator cuff tear arthropathy at a minimum of 2 years follow-up (average, 33 months). The authors found significant improvements in all measured clinical outcome variables (P < .0001) (ASES, mean function score, mean pain score, and VAS) as well as ROM, specifically forward flexion increased from 55° to 105.1°, and abduction increased from 41.4° to 101.8°. Similarly, Werner and colleagues17 evaluated 58 consecutive patients who underwent RTSA for pseudoparalysis secondary to irreparable rotator cuff dysfunction at a mean follow-up of 38 months. Overall, significant improvements (P < .0001) were seen in the SSV score, relative Constant score, and Constant score for pain, active anterior elevation (42° to 100° following RTSA), and active abduction (43° to 90° following RTSA).

It is essential to understand the similarities and differences between patients undergoing RTSA in different parts of the world so the literature from various countries can be compared between regions, and conclusions extrapolated to the correct patients. For example, an interesting finding in this study is that the majority of patients in North America have their prosthesis cemented whereas the majority of patients in Australia have their prosthesis press-fit. While the patients each continent is treating are not significantly different (mostly older women), the difference in surgical technique could have implications in long- or short-term functional outcomes. Prior studies have shown no difference in axial micromotion between cemented and press-fit humeral components, but the clinical implications surrounding this are not well defined.18 Small series comparing cementless to cemented humeral prosthesis in RTSA have found no significant differences in clinical outcomes or postoperative ROM, but larger series are necessary to validate these outcomes.19 However, studies have shown lower rates of postoperative infections in patients who receive antibiotic-loaded cement compared with those who receive plain bone cement following RTSA.20

Similarly, as the vast majority of patients in North America had an RTSA for rotator cuff arthropathy (75.8%) whereas those from Europe had RTSA almost equally for rotator cuff arthropathy (33.5%) and pseudoparalysis (29.7%), one must ensure similar patient populations before attempting to extrapolate results of a study from a different country to patients in other areas. Fortunately, the clinical results following RTSA for either indication have been good.6,21,22

One final point to consider is the cost effectiveness of the implant. Recent evidence has shown that RTSA is associated with a higher risk for in-hospital death, multiple perioperative complications, prolonged hospital stay, and increased hospital cost when compared with TSA.23 This data may be biased as the patient selection for RTSA varies from that of TSA, but it is a point that must be considered. Other studies have shown that an RTSA is a cost-effective treatment option for treating patients with rotator cuff tear arthropathy, and is a more cost-effective option in treating rotator cuff tear arthropathy than hemiarthroplasty.24,25 Similarly, RTSA offers a more cost-effective treatment option with better outcomes for patients with acute proximal humerus fractures when compared with open reduction internal fixation and hemiarthroplasty.26 However, TSA is a more cost-effective treatment option than RTSA for patients with glenohumeral osteoarthritis.27 With changing reimbursement in healthcare, surgeons must scrutinize not only anticipated outcomes with specific implants but the cost effectiveness of these implants as well. Further cost analysis studies are necessary to determine the ideal candidate for an RTSA.

LIMITATIONS

Despite its extensive review of the literature, this study had several limitations. While 2 independent authors searched for studies, it is possible that some studies were missed during the search process, introducing possible selection bias. No abstracts or unpublished works were included which could have introduced publication bias. Several studies did not report all variables the authors examined, and this could have skewed some of the results since the reporting of additional variables could have altered the data to show significant differences in some measured variables. As outcome measures for various pathologies were not compared, conclusions cannot be drawn on the best treatment option for various indications. As case reports were included, this could have lowered both the MCMS as well as the average in studies reporting outcomes. Furthermore, given the overall poor quality of the underlying data available for this study, the validity/generalizability of the results could be limited as the level of evidence of this systematic review is only as high as the studies it includes. There are subtle differences between rotator cuff arthropathy and pseudoparalysis, and some studies may have classified patients differently than others, causing differences in indications. Finally, as the primary goal of this study was to report on demographics, no evaluation of concomitant pathology at the time of surgery or rehabilitation protocols was performed.

CONCLUSION

The quantity, but not the quality of RTSA studies is increasing. Indications for RTSA varied by continent although most patients underwent RTSA for rotator cuff arthropathy. The majority of patients undergoing RTSA are female over the age of 60 years for a diagnosis of rotator cuff arthropathy with pseudoparalysis.

This paper will be judged for the Resident Writer’s Award.

References

1. Boileau P, Moineau G, Roussanne Y, O'Shea K. Bony increased-offset reversed shoulder arthroplasty: minimizing scapular impingement while maximizing glenoid fixation. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2011;469(9):2558-2567. doi:10.1007/s11999-011-1775-4.

2. Gupta AK, Harris JD, Erickson BJ, et al. Surgical management of complex proximal humerus fractures-a systematic review of 92 studies including 4,500 patients. J Orthop Trauma. 2014;29(1):54-59.

3. Cazeneuve JF, Cristofari DJ. Grammont reversed prosthesis for acute complex fracture of the proximal humerus in an elderly population with 5 to 12 years follow-up. Orthop Traumatol Surg Res. 2014;100(1):93-97. doi:10.1016/j.otsr.2013.12.005.

4. Clark JC, Ritchie J, Song FS, et al. Complication rates, dislocation, pain, and postoperative range of motion after reverse shoulder arthroplasty in patients with and without repair of the subscapularis. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2012;21(1):36-41. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2011.04.009.

5. De Biase CF, Delcogliano M, Borroni M, Castagna A. Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty: radiological and clinical result using an eccentric glenosphere. Musculoskelet Surg. 2012;96(suppl 1):S27-SS34. doi:10.1007/s12306-012-0193-4.

6. Al-Hadithy N, Domos P, Sewell MD, Pandit R. Reverse shoulder arthroplasty in 41 patients with cuff tear arthropathy with a mean follow-up period of 5 years. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(11):1662-1668. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.03.001.

7. Ross M, Hope B, Stokes A, Peters SE, McLeod I, Duke PF. Reverse shoulder arthroplasty for the treatment of three-part and four-part proximal humeral fractures in the elderly. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(2):215-222. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.05.022.

8. Mulieri P, Dunning P, Klein S, Pupello D, Frankle M. Reverse shoulder arthroplasty for the treatment of irreparable rotator cuff tear without glenohumeral arthritis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2010;92(15):2544-2556. doi:10.2106/JBJS.I.00912.

9. Erickson BJ, Frank RM, Harris JD, Mall N, Romeo AA. The influence of humeral head inclination in reverse total shoulder arthroplasty: a systematic review. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(6):988-993. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2015.01.001.

10. Schairer WW, Nwachukwu BU, Lyman S, Craig EV, Gulotta LV. National utilization of reverse total shoulder arthroplasty in the United States. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(1):91-97. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.08.026.

11. Kim SH, Wise BL, Zhang Y, Szabo RM. Increasing incidence of shoulder arthroplasty in the United States. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2011;93(24):2249-2254. doi:10.2106/JBJS.J.01994.

12. Liberati A, Altman DG, Tetzlaff J, et al. The PRISMA statement for reporting systematic reviews and meta-analyses of studies that evaluate health care interventions: explanation and elaboration. J Clin Epidemiol. 2009;62(10):e1-e34. doi:10.1016/j.jclinepi.2009.06.006.

13. University of York Centre for Reviews and Dissemination, National Institute for Health Research. PROSPERO International prospective register of systematic reviews. University of York Web site. http://www.crd.york.ac.uk/PROSPERO/. Accessed November 1, 2016.

14. Oxford Centre for Evidence-based Medicine – Levels of evidence (March 2009). University of Oxford Web site: https://www.cebm.net/2009/06/oxford-centre-evidence-based-medicine-levels-evidence-march-2009/. Accessed November 1, 2016.

15. Cowan J, Lozano-Calderón S, Ring D. Quality of prospective controlled randomized trials. Analysis of trials of treatment for lateral epicondylitis as an example. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(8):1693-1699. doi:10.2106/JBJS.F.00858.

16. Frankle M, Levy JC, Pupello D, et al. The reverse shoulder prosthesis for glenohumeral arthritis associated with severe rotator cuff deficiency. A minimum two-year follow-up study of sixty patients surgical technique. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006;88(suppl 1 Pt 2):178-190. doi:10.2106/JBJS.F.00123.

17. Werner CM, Steinmann PA, Gilbart M, Gerber C. Treatment of painful pseudoparesis due to irreparable rotator cuff dysfunction with the Delta III reverse-ball-and-socket total shoulder prosthesis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(7):1476-1486. doi:10.2106/JBJS.D.02342.

18. Peppers TA, Jobe CM, Dai QG, Williams PA, Libanati C. Fixation of humeral prostheses and axial micromotion. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1998;7(4):414-418. doi:10.1016/S1058-2746(98)90034-9.

19. Wiater JM, Moravek JE Jr, Budge MD, Koueiter DM, Marcantonio D, Wiater BP. Clinical and radiographic results of cementless reverse total shoulder arthroplasty: a comparative study with 2 to 5 years of follow-up. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(8):1208-1214. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.11.032.

20. Nowinski RJ, Gillespie RJ, Shishani Y, Cohen B, Walch G, Gobezie R. Antibiotic-loaded bone cement reduces deep infection rates for primary reverse total shoulder arthroplasty: a retrospective, cohort study of 501 shoulders. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2012;21(3):324-328. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2011.08.072.

21. Favard L, Levigne C, Nerot C, Gerber C, De Wilde L, Mole D. Reverse prostheses in arthropathies with cuff tear: are survivorship and function maintained over time? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2011;469(9):2469-2475. doi:10.1007/s11999-011-1833-y.

22. Naveed MA, Kitson J, Bunker TD. The Delta III reverse shoulder replacement for cuff tear arthropathy: a single-centre study of 50 consecutive procedures. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2011;93(1):57-61. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.93B1.24218.

23. Ponce BA, Oladeji LO, Rogers ME, Menendez ME. Comparative analysis of anatomic and reverse total shoulder arthroplasty: in-hospital outcomes and costs. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(3):460-467. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.08.016.

24. Coe MP, Greiwe RM, Joshi R, et al. The cost-effectiveness of reverse total shoulder arthroplasty compared with hemiarthroplasty for rotator cuff tear arthropathy. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2012;21(10):1278-1288. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2011.10.010.

25. Renfree KJ, Hattrup SJ, Chang YH. Cost utility analysis of reverse total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(12):1656-1661. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.08.002.

26. Chalmers PN, Slikker W, 3rd, Mall NA, et al. Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty for acute proximal humeral fracture: comparison to open reduction-internal fixation and hemiarthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(2):197-204. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.07.044.

27. Steen BM, Cabezas AF, Santoni BG, et al. Outcome and value of reverse shoulder arthroplasty for treatment of glenohumeral osteoarthritis: a matched cohort. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(9):1433-1441. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2015.01.005.

References

1. Boileau P, Moineau G, Roussanne Y, O'Shea K. Bony increased-offset reversed shoulder arthroplasty: minimizing scapular impingement while maximizing glenoid fixation. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2011;469(9):2558-2567. doi:10.1007/s11999-011-1775-4.

2. Gupta AK, Harris JD, Erickson BJ, et al. Surgical management of complex proximal humerus fractures-a systematic review of 92 studies including 4,500 patients. J Orthop Trauma. 2014;29(1):54-59.

3. Cazeneuve JF, Cristofari DJ. Grammont reversed prosthesis for acute complex fracture of the proximal humerus in an elderly population with 5 to 12 years follow-up. Orthop Traumatol Surg Res. 2014;100(1):93-97. doi:10.1016/j.otsr.2013.12.005.

4. Clark JC, Ritchie J, Song FS, et al. Complication rates, dislocation, pain, and postoperative range of motion after reverse shoulder arthroplasty in patients with and without repair of the subscapularis. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2012;21(1):36-41. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2011.04.009.

5. De Biase CF, Delcogliano M, Borroni M, Castagna A. Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty: radiological and clinical result using an eccentric glenosphere. Musculoskelet Surg. 2012;96(suppl 1):S27-SS34. doi:10.1007/s12306-012-0193-4.

6. Al-Hadithy N, Domos P, Sewell MD, Pandit R. Reverse shoulder arthroplasty in 41 patients with cuff tear arthropathy with a mean follow-up period of 5 years. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(11):1662-1668. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.03.001.

7. Ross M, Hope B, Stokes A, Peters SE, McLeod I, Duke PF. Reverse shoulder arthroplasty for the treatment of three-part and four-part proximal humeral fractures in the elderly. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(2):215-222. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.05.022.

8. Mulieri P, Dunning P, Klein S, Pupello D, Frankle M. Reverse shoulder arthroplasty for the treatment of irreparable rotator cuff tear without glenohumeral arthritis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2010;92(15):2544-2556. doi:10.2106/JBJS.I.00912.

9. Erickson BJ, Frank RM, Harris JD, Mall N, Romeo AA. The influence of humeral head inclination in reverse total shoulder arthroplasty: a systematic review. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(6):988-993. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2015.01.001.

10. Schairer WW, Nwachukwu BU, Lyman S, Craig EV, Gulotta LV. National utilization of reverse total shoulder arthroplasty in the United States. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(1):91-97. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.08.026.

11. Kim SH, Wise BL, Zhang Y, Szabo RM. Increasing incidence of shoulder arthroplasty in the United States. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2011;93(24):2249-2254. doi:10.2106/JBJS.J.01994.

12. Liberati A, Altman DG, Tetzlaff J, et al. The PRISMA statement for reporting systematic reviews and meta-analyses of studies that evaluate health care interventions: explanation and elaboration. J Clin Epidemiol. 2009;62(10):e1-e34. doi:10.1016/j.jclinepi.2009.06.006.

13. University of York Centre for Reviews and Dissemination, National Institute for Health Research. PROSPERO International prospective register of systematic reviews. University of York Web site. http://www.crd.york.ac.uk/PROSPERO/. Accessed November 1, 2016.

14. Oxford Centre for Evidence-based Medicine – Levels of evidence (March 2009). University of Oxford Web site: https://www.cebm.net/2009/06/oxford-centre-evidence-based-medicine-levels-evidence-march-2009/. Accessed November 1, 2016.

15. Cowan J, Lozano-Calderón S, Ring D. Quality of prospective controlled randomized trials. Analysis of trials of treatment for lateral epicondylitis as an example. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(8):1693-1699. doi:10.2106/JBJS.F.00858.

16. Frankle M, Levy JC, Pupello D, et al. The reverse shoulder prosthesis for glenohumeral arthritis associated with severe rotator cuff deficiency. A minimum two-year follow-up study of sixty patients surgical technique. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006;88(suppl 1 Pt 2):178-190. doi:10.2106/JBJS.F.00123.

17. Werner CM, Steinmann PA, Gilbart M, Gerber C. Treatment of painful pseudoparesis due to irreparable rotator cuff dysfunction with the Delta III reverse-ball-and-socket total shoulder prosthesis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(7):1476-1486. doi:10.2106/JBJS.D.02342.

18. Peppers TA, Jobe CM, Dai QG, Williams PA, Libanati C. Fixation of humeral prostheses and axial micromotion. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1998;7(4):414-418. doi:10.1016/S1058-2746(98)90034-9.

19. Wiater JM, Moravek JE Jr, Budge MD, Koueiter DM, Marcantonio D, Wiater BP. Clinical and radiographic results of cementless reverse total shoulder arthroplasty: a comparative study with 2 to 5 years of follow-up. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(8):1208-1214. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.11.032.

20. Nowinski RJ, Gillespie RJ, Shishani Y, Cohen B, Walch G, Gobezie R. Antibiotic-loaded bone cement reduces deep infection rates for primary reverse total shoulder arthroplasty: a retrospective, cohort study of 501 shoulders. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2012;21(3):324-328. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2011.08.072.

21. Favard L, Levigne C, Nerot C, Gerber C, De Wilde L, Mole D. Reverse prostheses in arthropathies with cuff tear: are survivorship and function maintained over time? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2011;469(9):2469-2475. doi:10.1007/s11999-011-1833-y.

22. Naveed MA, Kitson J, Bunker TD. The Delta III reverse shoulder replacement for cuff tear arthropathy: a single-centre study of 50 consecutive procedures. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2011;93(1):57-61. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.93B1.24218.

23. Ponce BA, Oladeji LO, Rogers ME, Menendez ME. Comparative analysis of anatomic and reverse total shoulder arthroplasty: in-hospital outcomes and costs. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(3):460-467. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2014.08.016.

24. Coe MP, Greiwe RM, Joshi R, et al. The cost-effectiveness of reverse total shoulder arthroplasty compared with hemiarthroplasty for rotator cuff tear arthropathy. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2012;21(10):1278-1288. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2011.10.010.

25. Renfree KJ, Hattrup SJ, Chang YH. Cost utility analysis of reverse total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(12):1656-1661. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.08.002.

26. Chalmers PN, Slikker W, 3rd, Mall NA, et al. Reverse total shoulder arthroplasty for acute proximal humeral fracture: comparison to open reduction-internal fixation and hemiarthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2014;23(2):197-204. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2013.07.044.

27. Steen BM, Cabezas AF, Santoni BG, et al. Outcome and value of reverse shoulder arthroplasty for treatment of glenohumeral osteoarthritis: a matched cohort. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2015;24(9):1433-1441. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2015.01.005.

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Inside the Article

TAKE-HOME POINTS

  • RTSA is an effective treatment for rotator cuff tear arthropathy (the most common reason patients undergo RTSA).
  • While there has been a plethora of literature surrounding outcomes of RTSA over the past several years, the methodological quality of this literature has been limited.
  • Similarly, this study found the number of publications surrounding RTSA is increasing each year while the average methodological quality of these studies is decreasing.
  • Females undergo RTSA more commonly than males, and the average age of patients undergoing RTSA is 71 years.
  • Interestingly, patients’ postoperative external rotation was higher in studies out of North America compared to other continents. Further research into this area is needed to understand more about this finding.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Thu, 03/28/2019 - 15:45
Un-Gate On Date
Thu, 03/28/2019 - 15:45
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Thu, 03/28/2019 - 15:45
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.

Polycythemia Vera and Essential Thrombocythemia

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 04/24/2020 - 10:39
Display Headline
Polycythemia Vera and Essential Thrombocythemia

From the Columbia University Medical Center, New York, NY (Dr. Falchi), and the University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX (Dr. Verstovsek).

ABSTRACT

  • Objective: To review the clinical aspects and current practices in the management of polycythemia vera (PV) and essential thrombocythemia (ET).
  • Methods: Review of the literature.
  • Results: PV and ET are rare chronic myeloid disorders. The 2 most important life-limiting complications of PV and ET are thrombohemorrhagic events and myelofibrosis/acute myeloid leukemia (AML) transformation. Vascular events are at least in part preventable with counseling on risk factors, phlebotomy (for patients with PV), antiplatelet therapy, and cytoreduction with hydroxyurea, interferons, or anagrelide (for patients with ET). Ruxolitinib was recently approved for PV after hydroxyurea failure. PV/ET transformation into myelofibrosis or AML is part of the natural history of the disease and no therapy has been shown to prevent it. Treatment of leukemic transformation of myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN LT) follows recommendations set forth for primary myelofibrosis and AML.
  • Conclusion: With appropriate management, patients with PV and ET typically enjoy a long survival and near-normal quality of life. Transformation into myelofibrosis or AML cannot be prevented by current therapies, however. Treatment results with MPN LT are generally poor and novel strategies are needed to improve outcomes.

Key words: myeloproliferative neoplasms; myelofibrosis; leukemic transformation.

Polycythemia vera (PV) and essential thrombocythemia (ET), along with primary myelofibrosis (PMF), belong to the group of Philadelphia-negative myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN). All these malignancies arise from the clonal proliferation of an aberrant hematopoietic stem cell, but are characterized by distinct clinical phenotypes [1,2]. Although the clinical course of PV and ET is indolent, it can be complicated by thrombohemorrhagic episodes and/or evolution into myelofibrosis and/or acute myeloid leukemia (AML) [3]. Since vascular events are the most frequent life-threatening complications of PV and ET, therapeutic strategies are aimed at reducing this risk. Treatment may also help control other symptoms associated with the disease [4]. No therapy has been shown to prevent evolution of PV or ET into myelofibrosis or AML. The discovery of the Janus kinase 2 (JAK2)/V617F mutation in most patients with PV and over half of those with ET (and PMF) [5,6] has opened new avenues of research and led to the development of targeted therapies, such as the JAK1/2 inhibitor ruxolitinib, for patients with MPN [7,8].

 

Epidemiology

PV and ET are typically diagnosed in the fifth to seventh decade of life [9]. Although these disorders are generally associated with a long clinical course, survival of patients with PV or ET may be shorter than that of the general population [10–13]. Estimating the incidence and prevalence of MPN is a challenge because most patients remain asymptomatic for long periods of time and do not seek medical attention [13]. The annual incidence rates of PV and ET are estimated at 0.01 to 2.61 and 0.21 to 2.53 per 100,000, respectively. PV occurs slightly more frequently in males, whereas ET has a predilection for females [14]. Given the long course and low mortality associated with these disorders, the prevalence rates of PV and ET are significantly higher than the respective incidence rates: up to 47 and 57 per 100,000, respectively [15–17].

Molecular Pathogenesis

In 2005 researchers discovered a gain-of-function mutation of the JAK2 gene in nearly all patients with PV and more than half of those with ET and PMF [5,6,18,19]. JAK2 is a non-receptor tyrosine kinase that plays a central role in normal hematopoiesis. Substitution of a valine for a phenylalanine at codon 617 (ie, V617F) leads to its constitutive activation and signaling through the JAK-STAT pathway [5,6,18,19]. More rarely (and exclusively in patients with PV), JAK2 mutations involve exon 12 [20–22]. The vast majority of JAK2-negative ET patients harbor mutations in either the myeloproliferative leukemia (MPL) gene, which encodes the thrombopoietin receptor [23–25], or the calreticulin (CALR) gene [26,27], which encodes for a chaperone protein that plays a role in cellular proliferation, differentiation, and apoptosis [28]. Both the MPL and CALR mutations ultimately result in the constitutive activation of the JAK-STAT pathway. Thus, JAK2, MPL, and CALR alterations are collectively referred to as driver mutations. Moreover, because these mutations affect the same oncogenic pathway (ie, JAK-STAT), they are almost always mutually exclusive in a given patient. Patients with ET (or myelofibrosis) who are wild-type for JAK2, MPL, and CALR are referred to as having “triple-negative” disease. Many recurrent non-driver mutations are also found in patients with MPN. These are not exclusive of each other (ie, patients may have many at the same time) and involve for example ten-eleven translocation-2 (TET2), additional sex combs like 1 (ASXL1), enhancer of zeste homolog 2 (EZH2), isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 and isocitrate dehydrogenase 2 (IDH1/2), and DNA methyltransferase 3A (DNMT3A) genes, among others [29]. The biologic and prognostic significance of these non-driver alterations remain to be fully defined in ET and PV.

 

 

Diagnostic Criteria

Diagnostic criteria for PV and ET according to the World Health Organization (WHO) classification [30] are summarized in Table 1. Criteria for the diagnosis of prefibrotic myelofibrosis are included as well since this entity was formally recognized as separate from ET and part of the PMF spectrum in the 2016 WHO classification of myeloid tumors [30]. Clinically, both PV and ET generally remain asymptomatic for a long time. PV tends to be more symptomatic than ET and can present with debilitating constitutional symptoms (fatigue, night sweats, and weight loss), microvascular symptoms (headache, lightheadedness, acral paresthesias, erythromelalgia, atypical chest pain, and pruritus) [31], or macrovascular accidents (larger vein thrombosis, stroke, or myocardial ischemia) [32]. ET is often diagnosed incidentally, but patients can suffer from similar general symptoms and vascular complications. Causes of secondary absolute erythrocytosis (altitude, chronic hypoxemia, heavy smoking, cardiomyopathy, use of corticosteroids, erythropoietin, or other anabolic hormones, familial or congenital forms) or thrombocytosis (iron deficiency, acute blood loss, trauma or injury, acute coronary syndrome, systemic autoimmune disorders, chronic kidney failure, other malignancies, splenectomy) should be considered and appropriately excluded. Once the diagnosis is made, symptom assessment tools such as the Myeloproliferative Neoplasm Symptom Assessment Form (MPN-SAF) [33] or the abbreviated version, the MPN-SAF Total Symptom Score (MPN-SAF TSS) [34], are generally used to assess patients’ symptom burden and response to treatment in everyday practice.

World Health Organization Diagnostic Criteria for Polycythemia Vera, Essential Thrombocythemia, and Prefibrotic Myelofibrosis

Risk Stratification

Thrombohemorrhagic events, evolution into myelofibrosis, and leukemic transformation (LT) are the most serious complications in the course of PV or ET. Only thrombohemorrhagic events are, at least partially, preventable. Arterial or venous thrombotic complications are observed at rates of 1.8 to 10.9 per 100 patient-years in PV (arterial thrombosis being more common than venous) and 0.74 to 7.7 per 100 patient-years in ET, depending on the risk group [35] and the presence of other factors (see below).

The risk stratification of patients with PV is based on 2 factors: age ≥ 60 years and prior history of thrombosis. If either is present, the patient is assigned to the high-risk category, whereas if none is present the patient is considered at low risk [36]. In addition, high hematocrit [37] and high white blood cell (WBC) count [38], but not thrombocytosis, have been associated with the development of vascular complications. In one study, the risk of new arterial thrombosis was increased by the presence of leukoerythroblastosis, hypertension, and prior arterial thrombosis, while karyotypic abnormalities and prior venous thrombosis were predictors of new venous thrombosis [39]. Another emerging risk factor for thrombosis in patients with PV is high JAK2 allele burden (ie, the normal-to-mutated gene product ratio), although the evidence supporting this conclusion is equivocal [40].

Traditionally, in ET patients, the thrombotic risk was assessed using the same 2 factors (age ≥ 60 years and prior history of thrombosis), separating patients into low- and high-risk groups. However, the prognostication of ET patients has been refined recently with the identification of new relevant factors. In particular, the impact of JAK2 mutations on thrombotic risk has been thoroughly studied. Clinically, the presence of JAK2V617F is associated with older age, higher hemoglobin and hematocrit, lower platelet counts, more frequent need for cytoreductive treatment, and greater tendency to evolve into PV (a rare event) [41,42]. Many [41,43–46], but not all [47–51], studies suggested a correlation between JAK2 mutation and risk of both arterial and venous thrombosis. Although infrequent, a JAK2V617F homozygous state (ie, the mutation is present in both alleles) might confer an even higher thrombotic risk [52]. Moreover, the impact of the JAK2 mutation on vascular events persists over time [53], particularly in patients with high or unstable mutation burden [54]. Based on JAK2V617F’s influence on the thrombotic risk of ET patients, a new prognostic score was proposed, the International Prognostic Score for ET (IPSET)-thrombosis (Table 2). The revised version of this model is currently endorsed by the National Comprehensive Cancer Network and divides patients into 4 risk groups: high, intermediate, low, and very low. Treatment recommendations vary according to the risk group (as described below) [55].

Revised International Prognostic Score of Thrombosis for Essential Thrombocythemia (IPSET-thrombosis)

Other thrombotic risk factors have been identified, but deemed not significant enough to be included in the model. Cardiovascular risk factors (hypercholesterolemia, hypertension, smoking, diabetes mellitus) can increase the risk of vascular events [56–59], as can splenomegaly [60] and baseline or persistent leukocytosis [61–63]. Thrombocytosis has been correlated with thrombotic risk in some studies [64–68], whereas others did not support this conclusion and/or suggested a lower rate of thrombosis and, in some cases, increased risk of bleeding in ET patients with platelet counts greater than 1000 × 103/μL (due to acquired von Willebrand syndrome) [51,61,63,68,69].

 

 

CALR mutations tend to occur in younger males with lower hemoglobin and WBC count, higher platelet count, and greater marrow megakaryocytic predominance, as compared to JAK2 mutations [26,27,70–72]. The associated incidence of thrombosis was less than 10% at 15 years in patients with CALR mutations, lower than the incidence reported for ET patients with JAK2V617F mutations [73]. The presence of the mutation per se does not appear to affect the thrombotic risk [74–76]. Information on the thrombotic risk associated with MPL mutations or a triple-negative state is scarce. In both instances, however, the risk appears to be lower than with the JAK2 mutation [73,77–79].

Venous thromboembolism (VTE) in patients with PV or ET may occur at unusual sites, such as the splanchnic or cerebral venous systems [80]. Risk factors for unusual VTE include younger age [81], female gender (especially with concomitant use of oral contraceptive pills) [82], and splenomegaly/splenectomy [83]. JAK2 mutation has also been associated with thrombosis at unusual sites. However, the prevalence of MPN or JAK2V617F in patients presenting with splanchnic VTE has varied [80]. In addition, MPN may be occult (ie, no clinical or laboratory abnormalities) in around 15% of patients [84]. Screening for JAK2V617F and underlying MPN is recommended in patients presenting with isolated unexplained splanchnic VTE. Treatment entails long-term anticoagulation therapy. JAK2V617F screening in patients with nonsplanchnic VTE is not recommended, as its prevalence in this group is low (< 3%) [85,86].

Risk-Adapted Therapy

Low-Risk PV

All patients with PV should receive counseling to mitigate cardiovascular risk factors, including smoking cessation, lifestyle modifications, and lipid-lowering therapy, as indicated. Furthermore, all PV patients should receive acetylsalicylic acid (ASA) to decrease their risk for thrombosis and control vasomotor symptoms [55,87]. Aspirin 81 to 100 mg daily is the preferred regimen because it provides adequate antithrombotic effect without the associated bleeding risk of higher-dose aspirin [88]. Low-risk PV patients should also receive periodic phlebotomies to reduce and maintain their hematocrit below 45%. This recommendation is based on the results of the Cytoreductive Therapy in Polycythemia Vera (CYTO PV) randomized controlled trial. In that study, patients receiving more intense therapy to maintain the hematocrit below 45% had a lower incidence of cardiovascular-related deaths or major thrombotic events than those with hematocrit goals of 45% to 50% (2.7% versus 9.8%) [89]. Cytoreduction is an option for low-risk patients who do not tolerate phlebotomy or require frequent phlebotomy, or who have disease-related bleeding, severe symptoms, symptomatic splenomegaly, or progressive leukocytosis [38].

 

High-Risk PV

Patients older than 60 years and/or with a history of thrombosis should be considered for cytoreductive therapy in addition to the above measures. Frontline cytoreductive therapies include hydroxyurea or interferon (IFN)-alfa [87]. Hydroxyurea is a potent ribonucleotide reductase inhibitor that interferes with DNA repair and is the treatment of choice for most high-risk patients with PV [90]. In a small trial, hydroxyurea reduced the risk of thrombosis compared with historical controls treated with phlebotomy alone [91]. Hydroxyurea is generally well tolerated; common side effects include cytopenias, nail changes, and mucosal and/or skin ulcers. Although never formally proven to be leukemogenic, this agent should be used with caution in younger patients [87]. Indeed, in the original study, the rates of transformation were 5.9% and 1.5% for patients receiving hydroxyurea and phlebotomy alone [92], respectively, although an independent role for hydroxyurea in LT was not supported in the much larger European Collaboration on Low-dose Aspirin in Polycythemia Vera (ECLAP) study [93]. Approximately 70% of patients will have a sustained response to hydroxyurea [94], while the remaining patients become resistant to or intolerant of the drug. Resistant individuals have a higher risk of progression to acute leukemia and death [95].

IFN-alfa is a pleiotropic antitumor agent that has found application in many types of malignancies [96] and is sometimes employed as treatment for patients with newly diagnosed high-risk PV. Early studies showed responses in up to 100% of cases [97,98], albeit at the expense of a high discontinuation rate due to adverse events, such as flu-like symptoms, fatigue, and neuropsychiatric manifestations [99]. A newer formulation of the drug obtained by adding a polyethylene glycol (PEG) moiety to the native IFN-alfa molecule (PEG-IFN alfa) was shown to have a longer half-life, greater stability, less immunogenicity, and, potentially, better tolerability [100]. Pilot phase 2 trials of PEG-IFN-alfa-2a demonstrated its remarkable activity, with symptomatic and hematologic responses seen in most patients (which, in some cases, persisted beyond discontinuation), and reasonable tolerability, with long-term discontinuation rates of 20% to 30% [101–103]. In some patients, JAK2V617F became undetectable over time [104]. Results of 2 ongoing trials, MDP-RC111 (single-arm study, PEG-IFN-alfa-2a in high-risk PV or ET [NCT01259817]) and MPD-RC112 (randomized controlled trial, PEG-IFN-alfa-2a versus hydroxyurea in the same population [NCT01258856]), will shed light on the role of PEG-IFN-alfa in the management of patients with high-risk PV or ET. In two phase 2 studies of PEG-IFN-alfa-2b, complete responses were seen in 70% to 100% of patients and discontinuation occurred in around a third of cases [105,106]. A new, longer-acting formulation of PEG-IFN-alfa-2a (peg-proline INF-alfa-2b, AOP2014) is also undergoing clinical development [107,108].

 

 

The approach to treatment of PV based on thrombotic risk level is illustrated in Figure 1.

Polycythemia vera (PV) treatment algorithm. AML, acute myeloid leukemia; MF, myelofibrosis.

Very Low- and Low-Risk ET

Individuals with ET should undergo rigorous cardiovascular risk management and generally receive ASA to decrease their thrombotic risk and improve symptom control. Antiplatelet therapy may not be warranted in patients with documented acquired von Willebrand syndrome, with or without extreme thrombocytosis, or in those in the very low-risk category according to the IPSET-thrombosis model [55,87]. The risk/benefit ratio of antiplatelet agents in patients with ET at different thrombotic risk levels was assessed in poor-quality studies and thus remains highly uncertain. Platelet-lowering agents are sometimes recommended in patients with low-risk disease who have platelet counts ≥ 1500 × 103/μL, due to the potential risk of acquired von Willebrand syndrome and a risk of bleeding (this would require stopping ASA) [109]. Cytoreduction may also be used in low-risk patients with progressive symptoms despite ASA, symptomatic or progressive splenomegaly, and progressive leukocytosis.

Intermediate-Risk ET

This category includes patients older than 60 years, but without thrombosis or JAK2 mutations. These individuals would have been considered high risk (and thus candidates for cytoreductive therapy) according to the traditional risk stratification. Guidelines currently recommend ASA as the sole therapy for these patients, while reserving cytoreduction for those who experience thrombosis (ie, become high-risk) or have uncontrolled vasomotor or general symptoms, symptomatic splenomegaly, symptomatic thrombocytosis, or progressive leukocytosis.

 

High-Risk ET

For patients with ET in need of cytoreductive therapy (ie, those with prior thrombosis or older than 60 years with a JAK2V617F mutation), first-line options include hydroxyurea, IFN, and anagrelide. Hydroxyurea remains the treatment of choice in most patients [110]. In a seminal study, 114 patients with ET were randomly assigned to either observation or hydroxyurea treatment with the goal of maintaining the platelet count below 600 × 103/μL. At a median follow-up of 27 months, patients in the hydroxyurea group had a lower thrombosis rate (3.6% versus 24%, P = 0.003) and longer thrombosis-free survival, regardless of the use of antiplatelet drugs [64].

Anagrelide, a selective inhibitor of megakaryocytic differentiation and proliferation, was compared with hydroxyurea in patients with ET in 2 randomized trials. In the first (n = 809), the group receiving anagrelide had a higher risk of arterial thrombosis, major bleeding, and fibrotic evolution, but lower incidence of venous thrombosis. Hydroxyurea was better tolerated, mainly due to anagrelide-related cardiovascular adverse events [111]. As a result of this study, hydroxyurea is often preferred to anagrelide as frontline therapy for patients with newly diagnosed high-risk ET. In the second, more recent study (n = 259), however, the 2 agents proved equivalent in terms of major or minor arterial or venous thrombosis, as well as discontinuation rate [112]. The discrepancy between the 2 trials may be partly explained by the different ET diagnostic criteria used, with the latter only enrolling patients with WHO-defined true ET and the former utilizing Polycythemia Vera Study Group-ET diagnostic criteria that included patients with increases in other blood counts or varying degrees of marrow fibrosis.

 

 

Essential thrombocythemia (ET) treatment algorithm. AML, acute myeloid leukemia; MF, myelofibrosis.

Interferons were studied in ET in parallel with PV. PEG-IFN-alfa-2a proved effective in patients with ET, with responses observed in 80% of patients [103]. PEG-IFN- alfa-2b produced similar results, with responses in 70% to 90% of patients in small studies and discontinuation observed in 20% to 38% of cases [105,106,113]. Because the very long-term leukemogenic potential of hydroxyurea has remained somewhat uncertain, anagrelide or IFN might be preferable choices in younger patients.

The approach to treatment of ET based on thrombotic risk level is illustrated in Figure 2.

Assessing Response to Therapy

ELN and IWG-MNRT Treatment Response Criteria (2013)

For both patients with PV and ET the endpoint of treatment set forth for clinical trials has been the achievement of a clinicohematologic response. However, studies have failed to show a correlation between response and reduction of the thrombohemorrhagic risk [114]. Therefore, proposed clinical trial response criteria were revised to include absence of hemorrhagic or thrombotic events as part of the definition of response (Table 3) [94].

Approach to Patients Refractory to or Intolerant of First-line Therapy

According to the European LeukemiaNet recommendations, an inadequate response to hydroxyurea in patients with PV (or myelofibrosis) is defined as a need for phlebotomy to maintain the hematocrit below < 45%, the platelet count > 400 × 103/μL, and a WBC count > 10,000/μL, or failure to reduce splenomegaly > 10 cm by > 50% at a dose of ≥ 2 g/day or maximum tolerated dose. Historically, treatment options for patients with PV or ET who failed first-line therapy (most commonly hydroxyurea) have included alkylating agents, such as busulfan, chlorambucil, pipobroman, and phosphorus (P)-32. However, the use of these drugs is limited by the associated risk of LT [93,115,116]. IFN (or anagrelide for ET) is often considered in patients previously treated with hydroxyurea, and vice versa.

 

Ruxolitinib is a JAK1 and JAK2 inhibitor currently approved for the treatment of PV patients refractory to or intolerant of hydroxyurea [7]. Following promising results of a phase 2 trial [117], ruxolitinib 10 mg twice daily was compared with best available therapy in the pivotal RESPONSE trial (n = 222). Ruxolitinib proved superior in achieving hematocrit control, reduction of spleen volume, and improvement of symptoms. Grade 3-4 hematologic toxicity was infrequent and similar in the 2 arms [118]. In addition, longer follow-up of that study suggested a lower rate of thrombotic events in patients receiving ruxolitinib (1.8 versus 8.2 per 100 patient-years) [119]. In a similarly designed randomized phase 3 study in PV patients without splenomegaly (RESPONSE-2), more patients in the ruxolitinib arm had hematocrit reduction without an increase in toxicity. Based on the results of these studies, ruxolitinib can be considered a standard of care for second-line therapy in this post-hydroxyurea patient population [120]. Ruxolitinib is also being tested in patients with high-risk ET who have become resistant to, or were intolerant of hydroxyurea, but currently has no approved indication in this setting [121,122]. Common side effects of ruxolitinib include cytopenias (especially anemia), increased risk of infections, hyperlipidemia, and increased risk of non-melanoma skin cancer.

 

 

Novel agents that have been studied in patients with PV and ET are histone deacetylase inhibitors, murine double minute 2 (MDM2, or HDM2 for their human counterpart) inhibitors (which restore the function of p53), Bcl-2 homology domain 3 mimetics such as navitoclax and venetoclax, and, for patients with ET, the telomerase inhibitor imetelstat [123].

Disease Evolution

Post-PV/Post-ET Myelofibrosis

Diagnostic criteria for post-PV and post-ET myelofibrosis are outlined in Table 4. Fibrotic transformation represents a natural evolution of the clinical course of PV or ET. It occurs in up to 15% and 9% of patients with PV and ET, respectively, in western countries [124]. The true percentage of ET patients who develop myelofibrosis is confounded by the inclusion of prefibrotic myelofibrosis cases in earlier series. The survival of patients who develop myelofibrosis is shortened compared to those who do not. In patients with PV, risk factors for myelofibrosis evolution include advanced age, leukocytosis, JAK2V617F homozygosity or higher allele burden, and hydroxyurea therapy. Once post-PV myelofibrosis has occurred, hemoglobin < 10 g/dL, platelet count < 100 × 103/μL, and WBC count > 30,000/μL are associated with worse outcomes [125]. In patients with ET, risk factors for myelofibrosis transformation include age, anemia, bone marrow hypercellularity and increased reticulin, increased lactate dehydrogenase, leukocytosis, and male gender. The management of post-PV/post-ET myelofibrosis recapitulates that of PMF.

Diagnostic Criteria for Post-Polycythemia Vera and Post-Essential Thrombocythemia Myelofibrosis

Leukemic Transformation

The presence of more than 20% blasts in peripheral blood or bone marrow in a patient with MPN defines LT. This occurs in up to 5% to 10% of patients and may or may not be preceded by a myelofibrosis phase [126]. In cases of extramedullary transformation, a lower percentage of blasts can be seen in the bone marrow compared to the peripheral blood. The pathogenesis of LT has remained elusive, but it is believed to be associated with genetic instability, which facilitates the acquisition of additional mutations, including those of TET2, ASXL1, EZH2 DNMT3, IDH1/2, and TP53 [127].

Clinical risk factors for LT include advanced age, karyotypic abnormalities, prior therapy with alkylating agents or P-32, splenectomy, increased peripheral blood or bone marrow blasts, leukocytosis, anemia, thrombocytopenia, and cytogenetic abnormalities. Hydroxyurea, IFN, and ruxolitinib have not been shown to have leukemogenic potential thus far. Prognosis of LT is uniformly poor and patient survival rarely exceeds 6 months.

There is no standard of care for MPN LT. Treatment options range from low-intensity regimens to more aggressive AML-type induction chemotherapy. No strategy appears clearly superior to others [128]. Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation is the only therapy that provides clinically meaningful benefit to patients [129], but it is applicable only to a minority of patients with chemosensitive disease and good performance status [130]. Notable experimental approaches to MPN LT include hypomethylating agents, such as decitabine [131] or azacytidine [132], with or without ruxolitinib [133–135].

 

 

Conclusion

PV and ET are rare, chronic myeloid disorders. Patients typically experience a long clinical course and enjoy near-normal quality of life if properly managed. The 2 most important life-limiting complications of PV and ET are thrombohemorrhagic events and myelofibrosis/AML transformation. Vascular events are at least in part preventable with counseling on risk factors, phlebotomy (for patients with PV), antiplatelet therapy, and cytoreduction with hydroxyurea, IFNs, or anagrelide (for patients with ET). In addition, ruxolitinib was recently approved for PV patients after hydroxyurea failure. PV/ET transformation in myelofibrosis or AML is part of the natural history of the disease and no therapy has been shown to prevent it. Treatment follows recommendations set forth for PMF and AML, but results are generally poorer and novel strategies are needed to improve outcomes.

Corresponding author: Lorenzo Falchi, MD, Columbia University Medical Center, New York, NY.

Financial disclosures: None.

References

1. Swerdlow SH, Campo E, Harris NL, et al. WHO classification of tumours of haematopoietic and lymphoid tissues. 4th ed. Lyon: IARC; 2008.

2. Alvarez-Larran A, Pereira A, Arellano-Rodrigo E, et al. Cytoreduction plus low-dose aspirin versus cytoreduction alone as primary prophylaxis of thrombosis in patients with high-risk essential thrombocythaemia: an observational study. Br J Haematol 2013;161:865–71.

3. Tefferi A. Polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: 2013 update on diagnosis, risk-stratification, and management. Am J Hematol 2013;88:507–16.

4. Michiels JJ, Berneman Z, Schroyens W, et al. Platelet-mediated erythromelalgic, cerebral, ocular and coronary microvascular ischemic and thrombotic manifestations in patients with essential thrombocythemia and polycythemia vera: a distinct aspirin-responsive and coumadin-resistant arterial thrombophilia. Platelets 2006;17:528–44.

5. James C, Ugo V, Couedic J-PL, et al. A unique clonal JAK2 mutation leading to constitutive signalling causes polycythaemia vera. Nature 2005;434:1144–8.

6. Kralovics R, Passamonti F, Buser A, et al. A gain-of-function mutation of JAK2 in myeloproliferative disorders.N Engl J Med 2005;352:1779–90.

7. Verstovsek S, Mesa R, Gotlib J, et al. A double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of ruxolitinib for myelofibrosis. N Engl J Med 2012;366:799–807.

8. Harrison C, Kiladjian J, Al-Ali H, et al. JAK Inhibition with ruxolitinib versus best available therapy for myelofibrosis.N Engl J Med 2012;366:787–98.

9. Berglund S, Zettervall O. Incidence of polycythemia vera in a defined population. Eur J Haematol 1992;48:20–6.

10. Rozman C, Giralt M, Feliu E, et al. Life expectancy of patients with chronic nonleukemic myeloproliferative disorders. Cancer 1991;67:2658–63.

11. Passamonti F, Rumi E, Pungolino E, et al. Life expectancy and prognostic factors for survival in patients with polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia. Am J Med 2004;117:755–61.

12. Hultcrantz M, Kristinsson SY, Andersson TM, et al. Patterns of survival among patients with myeloproliferative neoplasms diagnosed in Sweden from 1973 to 2008: a population-based study. J Clin Oncol 2012;30:2995–3001.

13. Wolanskyj AP, Schwager SM, et al. Essential thrombocythemia beyond the first decade: life expectancy, long-term complication rates, and prognostic factors. Mayo Clin Proc 2006;81:159–66.

14. Srour SA, Devesa SS, Morton LM, et al. Incidence and patient survival of myeloproliferative neoplasms and myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms in the United States, 2001-12. Br J Haematol 2016;174:382–96.

15. Titmarsh GJ, Duncombe AS, McMullin MF, et al. How common are myeloproliferative neoplasms? A systematic review and meta-analysis. Am J Hematol 2014;89:581–7.

16. Moulard O, Mehta J, Fryzek J, et al. Epidemiology of myelofibrosis, essential thrombocythemia, and polycythemia vera in the European Union. Eur J Haematol 2014;92:289–97.

17. Stein BL, Gotlib J, Arcasoy M, et al. Historical views, conventional approaches, and evolving management strategies for myeloproliferative neoplasms. J Natl Compr Canc Netw 2015;13:424–34.

18. Levine RL, Wadleigh M, Cools J, et al. Activating mutation in the tyrosine kinase JAK2 in polycythemia vera, essential thrombocythemia, and myeloid metaplasia with myelofibrosis. Cancer Cell 2005;7:387–97.

19. Baxter EJ, Scott LM, Campbell PJ, et al. Acquired mutation of the tyrosine kinase JAK2 in human myeloproliferative disorders. Lancet 2005;365:1054–61.

20. Scott LM, Tong W, Levine RL, et al. JAK2 exon 12 mutations in polycythemia vera and idiopathic erythrocytosis. N Engl J Med 2007;356:459–68.

21. Pardanani A, Lasho TL, Finke C, et al. Prevalence and clinicopathologic correlates of JAK2 exon 12 mutations in JAK2V617F-negative polycythemia vera. Leukemia 2007;21:1960–3.

22. Passamonti F, Elena C, Schnittger S, et al. Molecular and clinical features of the myeloproliferative neoplasm associated with JAK2 exon 12 mutations. Blood 2011;117:2813–6.

23. Abe M, Suzuki K, Inagaki O, et al. A novel MPL point mutation resulting in thrombopoietin-independent activation. Leukemia 2002;16:1500–6.

24. Pikman Y, Lee BH, Mercher T, et al. MPLW515L is a novel somatic activating mutation in myelofibrosis with myeloid metaplasia. PLoS Med 2006;3:e270.

25. Pardanani AD, Levine RL, Lasho T, et al. MPL515 mutations in myeloproliferative and other myeloid disorders: a study of 1182 patients. Blood 2006;108:3472–6.

26. Nangalia J, Massie CE, Baxter EJ, et al. Somatic CALR mutations in myeloproliferative neoplasms with nonmutated JAK2. N Engl J Med 2013;369:2391–405.

27. Klampfl T, Gisslinger H, Harutyunyan AS, et al. Somatic mutations of calreticulin in myeloproliferative neoplasms. N Engl J Med 2013;369:2379–90.

28. Wang WA, Groenendyk J, Michalak M. Calreticulin signaling in health and disease. Int J Biochem Cell Biol 2012;44:842–6.

29. Saeidi K. Myeloproliferative neoplasms: Current molecular biology and genetics. Crit Rev Oncol Hematol 2016;98:375–89.

30. Arber DA, Orazi A, Hasserjian R, et al. The 2016 revision to the World Health Organization classification of myeloid neoplasms and acute leukemia. Blood 2016;127: 2391–405.

31. Mesa RA, Niblack J, Wadleigh M, et al. The burden of fatigue and quality of life in myeloproliferative disorders (MPDs): an international Internet-based survey of 1179 MPD patients. Cancer 2007;109:68–76.

32. Marchioli R, Finazzi G, Landolfi R, et al. Vascular and neoplastic risk in a large cohort of patients with polycythemia vera. J Clin Oncol 2005;23:2224–32.

33. Scherber R, Dueck AC, Johansson P, et al. The Myeloproliferative Neoplasm Symptom Assessment Form (MPN-SAF): international prospective validation and reliability trial in 402 patients. Blood 2011;118:401–8.

34. Emanuel RM, Dueck AC, Geyer HL, et al. Myeloproliferative neoplasm (MPN) symptom assessment form total symptom score: prospective international assessment of an abbreviated symptom burden scoring system among patients with MPNs. J Clin Oncol 2012;30:4098–103.

35. Casini A, Fontana P, Lecompte TP. Thrombotic complications of myeloproliferative neoplasms: risk assessment and risk-guided management. J Thromb Haemost 2013;11:1215–27.

36. Barbui T, Finazzi G, Falanga A. Myeloproliferative neoplasms and thrombosis. Blood 2013;122:2176-–84.

37. Pearson TC, Wetherley-Mein G. Vascular occlusive episodes and venous haematocrit in primary myeloproliferative polychytemia. Lancet 1978;2:1219–22.

38. Landolfi R, Di Gennaro L, Barbui T, et al. Leukocytosis as a major thrombotic risk factor in patients with polycythemia vera. Blood 2007;109:2446–52.

39. Tefferi A, Rumi E, Finazzi G, et al. Survival and prognosis among 1545 patients with contemporary polycythemia vera: an international study. Leukemia 2013;27:1874–81.

40. Barbui T, Falanga A. Molecular biomarkers of thrombosis in myeloproliferative neoplasms. Thromb Res 2016;140 Suppl 1:S71–75.

41. Campbell PJ, Scott LM, Buck G, et al. Definition of subtypes of essential thrombocythaemia and relation to polycythaemia vera based on JAK2 V617F mutation status: a prospective study. Lancet 2005;366:1945–53.

42. Tefferi A, Guglielmelli P, Larson DR, et al. Long-term survival and blast transformation in molecularly annotated essential thrombocythemia, polycythemia vera, and myelofibrosis. Blood 2014;124:2507–13.

43. Qin Y, Wang X, Zhao C, et al. The impact of JAK2V617F mutation on different types of thrombosis risk in patients with essential thrombocythemia: a meta-analysis. Int J Hematol 2015;102:170–80.

44. Ziakas PD. Effect of JAK2 V617F on thrombotic risk in patients with essential thrombocythemia: measuring the uncertain. Haematologica 2008;93:1412–4.

45. Lussana F, Dentali F, Abbate R, et al. Screening for thrombophilia and antithrombotic prophylaxis in pregnancy: Guidelines of the Italian Society for Haemostasis and Thrombosis (SISET). Thromb Res 2009;124: e19–25.

46. Dahabreh IJ, Zoi K, Giannouli S, et al. Is JAK2 V617F mutation more than a diagnostic index? A meta-analysis of clinical outcomes in essential thrombocythemia. Leuk Res 2009;33:67–73.

47. Cho YU, Chi HS, Lee EH, et al. Comparison of clinicopathologic findings according to JAK2 V617F mutation in patients with essential thrombocythemia. Int J Hematol 2009;89:39–44.

48. Wolanskyj AP, Lasho TL, Schwager SM, et al. JAK2 mutation in essential thrombocythaemia: clinical associations and long-term prognostic relevance. Br J Haematol 2005;131:208–13.

49. Antonioli E, Guglielmelli P, Pancrazzi A, et al. Clinical implications of the JAK2 V617F mutation in essential thrombocythemia. Leukemia 2005;19:1847–9.

50. Palandri F, Catani L, Testoni N, et al. Long-term follow-up of 386 consecutive patients with essential thrombocythemia: safety of cytoreductive therapy. Am J Hematol 2009;84:215–20.

51. Chim CS, Sim JP, Chan CC, et al. Impact of JAK2V617F mutation on thrombosis and myeloid transformation in essential thrombocythemia: a multivariate analysis by Cox regression in 141 patients. Hematology 2010;15: 187–92.

52. Vannucchi AM, Antonioli E, Guglielmelli P, et al. Clinical profile of homozygous JAK2 617V>F mutation in patients with polycythemia vera or essential thrombocythemia. Blood 2007;110:840–6.

53. Carobbio A, Finazzi G, Antonioli E, et al. JAK2V617F allele burden and thrombosis: a direct comparison in essential thrombocythemia and polycythemia vera. Exp Hematol 2009;37:1016–21.

54. Alvarez-Larran A, Bellosillo B, Pereira A, et al. JAK2V617F monitoring in polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: clinical usefulness for predicting myelofibrotic transformation and thrombotic events. Am J Hematol 2014;89:517–23.

55. Barbui T, Vannucchi AM, Buxhofer-Ausch V, et al. Practice-relevant revision of IPSET-thrombosis based on 1019 patients with WHO-defined essential thrombocythemia. Blood Cancer J 2015;5:e369.

56. Carobbio A, Thiele J, Passamonti F, et al. Risk factors for arterial and venous thrombosis in WHO-defined essential thrombocythemia: an international study of 891 patients. Blood 2011;117:5857–9.

57. Alvarez-Larran A, Cervantes F, Bellosillo B, et al. Essential thrombocythemia in young individuals: frequency and risk factors for vascular events and evolution to myelofibrosis in 126 patients. Leukemia 2007;21:1218–23.

58. Jantunen R, Juvonen E, Ikkala E, et al. The predictive value of vascular risk factors and gender for the development of thrombotic complications in essential thrombocythemia. Ann Hematol 2001;80:74–8.

59. Besses C, Cervantes F, Pereira A, et al. Major vascular complications in essential thrombocythemia: a study of the predictive factors in a series of 148 patients. Leukemia 1999;13:150–4.

60. Haider M, Gangat N, Hanson C, Tefferi A. Splenomegaly and thrombosis risk in essential thrombocythemia: the mayo clinic experience. Am J Hematol 2016;91: E296–297.

61. Carobbio A, Finazzi G, Antonioli E, et al. Thrombocytosis and leukocytosis interaction in vascular complications of essential thrombocythemia. Blood 2008;112:3135–7.

62. Palandri F, Polverelli N, Catani L, et al. Impact of leukocytosis on thrombotic risk and survival in 532 patients with essential thrombocythemia: a retrospective study. Ann Hematol 2011;90:933–8.

63. Campbell PJ, MacLean C, Beer PA, et al. Correlation of blood counts with vascular complications in essential thrombocythemia: analysis of the prospective PT1 cohort. Blood 2012;120:1409–11.

64. Cortelazzo S, Finazzi G, Ruggeri M, et al. Hydroxyurea for patients with essential thrombocythemia and a high risk of thrombosis. N Engl J Med 1995;332:1132–6.

65. van Genderen PJ, Mulder PG, Waleboer M, et al. Prevention and treatment of thrombotic complications in essential thrombocythaemia: efficacy and safety of aspirin. Br J Haematol 1997;97:179–84.

66. Storen EC, Tefferi A. Long-term use of anagrelide in young patients with essential thrombocythemia. Blood 2001;97:863–6.

67. De Stefano V, Za T, Rossi E, et al. Recurrent thrombosis in patients with polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: incidence, risk factors, and effect of treatments. Haematologica 2008;93:372–80.

68. Alvarez-Larran A, Cervantes F, Pereira A, et al. Observation versus antiplatelet therapy as primary prophylaxis for thrombosis in low-risk essential thrombocythemia. Blood 2010;116:1205–10.

69. Palandri F, Polverelli N, Catani L, et al. Bleeding in essential thrombocythaemia: a retrospective analysis on 565 patients. Br J Haematol 2012;156:281–4.

70. Rotunno G, Mannarelli C, Guglielmelli P, et al. Impact of calreticulin mutations on clinical and hematological phenotype and outcome in essential thrombocythemia. Blood 2014;123:1552–5.

71. Tefferi A, Wassie EA, Lasho TL, et al. Calreticulin mutations and long-term survival in essential thrombocythemia. Leukemia 2014;28:2300–3.

72. Rumi E, Pietra D, Ferretti V, et al. JAK2 or CALR mutation status defines subtypes of essential thrombocythemia with substantially different clinical course and outcomes. Blood 2014;123:1544–51.

73. Palandri F, Latagliata R, Polverelli N, et al. Mutations and long-term outcome of 217 young patients with essential thrombocythemia or early primary myelofibrosis. Leukemia 2015;29:1344–9.

74. Fu R, Xuan M, Zhou Y, et al. Analysis of calreticulin mutations in Chinese patients with essential thrombocythemia: clinical implications in diagnosis, prognosis and treatment. Leukemia 2014;28:1912–4.

75. Tefferi A, Wassie EA, Guglielmelli P, et al. Type 1 versus Type 2 calreticulin mutations in essential thrombocythemia: a collaborative study of 1027 patients. Am J Hematol 2014;89:E121–4.

76. Pietra D, Rumi E, Ferretti VV, et al. Differential clinical effects of different mutation subtypes in CALR-mutant myeloproliferative neoplasms. Leukemia 2016;30: 431–8.

77. Rumi E, Pietra D, Guglielmelli P, et al. Acquired copy-neutral loss of heterozygosity of chromosome 1p as a molecular event associated with marrow fibrosis in MPL-mutated myeloproliferative neoplasms. Blood 2013;121:4388–95.

78. Beer PA, Campbell PJ, Scott LM, et al. MPL mutations in myeloproliferative disorders: analysis of the PT-1 cohort. Blood 2008;112:141–9.

79. Gangat N, Wassie EA, Lasho TL, et al. Mutations and thrombosis in essential thrombocythemia: prognostic interaction with age and thrombosis history. Eur J Haematol 2015;94:31–6.

80. Sekhar M, McVinnie K, Burroughs AK. Splanchnic vein thrombosis in myeloproliferative neoplasms. Br J Haematol 2013;162:730–47.

81. Stein BL, Saraf S, Sobol U, et al. Age-related differences in disease characteristics and clinical outcomes in polycythemia vera. Leuk Lymph 2013;54:1989–95.

82. Landolfi R, Di Gennaro L, Nicolazzi MA, et al. Polycythemia vera: gender-related phenotypic differences. Intern Emerg Med 2012;7:509–15.

83. Winslow ER, Brunt LM, Drebin JA, et al. Portal vein thrombosis after splenectomy. Am J Surg 2002;184:631–6.

84. Smalberg JH, Arends LR, Valla DC, et al. Myeloproliferative neoplasms in Budd-Chiari syndrome and portal vein thrombosis: a meta-analysis. Blood 2012;120:4921–8.

85. Dentali F, Squizzato A, Brivio L, et al. JAK2V617F mutation for the early diagnosis of Ph- myeloproliferative neoplasms in patients with venous thromboembolism: a meta-analysis. Blood 2009;113:5617–23.

86. Pardanani A, Lasho TL, Hussein K, et al. JAK2V617F mutation screening as part of the hypercoagulable work-up in the absence of splanchnic venous thrombosis or overt myeloproliferative neoplasm: assessment of value in a series of 664 consecutive patients. Mayo Clin Proc 2008;83:457–9.

87. Barbui T, Barosi G, Birgegard G, et al. Philadelphia-negative classical myeloproliferative neoplasms: critical concepts and management recommendations from European LeukemiaNet. J Clin Oncol 2011;29:761–70.

88. Landolfi R, Marchioli R, Kutti J, et al. Efficacy and safety of low-dose aspirin in polycythemia vera. N Engl J Med 2004;350:114–24.

89. Marchioli R, Finazzi G, Specchia G, et al. Cardiovascular events and intensity of treatment in polycythemia vera. N Engl J Med 2013;368:22–33.

90. Kiladjian JJ, Chevret S, Dosquet C, et al. Treatment of polycythemia vera with hydroxyurea and pipobroman: final results of a randomized trial initiated in 1980. J Clin Oncol 2011;29:3907–13.

91. Kaplan ME, Mack K, Goldberg JD, et al. Long-term management of polycythemia vera with hydroxyurea: a progress report. Semin Hematol 1986;23:167–71.

92. Fruchtman SM, Mack K, Kaplan ME, et al. From efficacy to safety: a Polycythemia Vera Study group report on hydroxyurea in patients with polycythemia vera. Semin Hematol 1997;34:17–23.

93. Finazzi G, Caruso V, Marchioli R, et al. Acute leukemia in polycythemia vera: an analysis of 1638 patients enrolled in a prospective observational study. Blood 2005;105: 2664–70.

94. Barosi G, Mesa R, Finazzi G, et al. Revised response criteria for polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: an ELN and IWG-MRT consensus project. Blood 2013;121:4778–81.

95. Alvarez-Larran A, Pereira A, Cervantes F, et al. Assessment and prognostic value of the European LeukemiaNet criteria for clinicohematologic response, resistance, and intolerance to hydroxyurea in polycythemia vera. Blood 2012;119:1363–9.

96. Stein BL, Tiu RV. Biological rationale and clinical use of interferon in the classical BCR-ABL-negative myeloproliferative neoplasms. J Interferon Cytokine Res 2013;33: 145–53.

97. Ludwig H, Cortelezzi A, Van Camp BG, et al. Treatment with recombinant interferon-alpha-2C: multiple myeloma and thrombocythaemia in myeloproliferative diseases. Oncology 1985;42 Suppl 1:19–25.

98. Silver RT. Long-term effects of the treatment of polycythemia vera with recombinant interferon-alpha. Cancer 2006;107:451–8.

99. Kiladjian JJ, Mesa RA, Hoffman R. The renaissance of interferon therapy for the treatment of myeloid malignancies. Blood 2011;117:4706–15.

100. Veronese FM, Mero A. The impact of PEGylation on biological therapies. BioDrugs 2008;22:315–29.

101. Kiladjian JJ, Cassinat B, Chevret S, et al. Pegylated interferon-alfa-2a induces complete hematologic and molecular responses with low toxicity in polycythemia vera. Blood 2008;112:3065–72.

102. Turlure P, Cambier N, Roussel M, et al. Complete hematological, molecular and histological remissions without cytoreductive treatment lasting after pegylated-interferon {alpha}-2a (peg-IFN{alpha}-2a) therapy in polycythemia vera (PV): long term results of a phase 2 trial [abstract]. Blood 2011;118(21). Abstract 280.

103. Quintas-Cardama A, Kantarjian H, Manshouri T, et al. Pegylated interferon alfa-2a yields high rates of hematologic and molecular response in patients with advanced essential thrombocythemia and polycythemia vera. J Clin Oncol 2009;27:5418–24.

104. Quintas-Cardama A, Abdel-Wahab O, Manshouri T, et al. Molecular analysis of patients with polycythemia vera or essential thrombocythemia receiving pegylated interferon a-2a. Blood 2013;122:893–901.

105. Samuelsson J, Hasselbalch H, Bruserud O, et al. A phase II trial of pegylated interferon alpha-2b therapy for polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: feasibility, clinical and biologic effects, and impact on quality of life. Cancer 2006;106:2397–405.

106. Jabbour E, Kantarjian H, Cortes J, et al. PEG-IFN-alpha-2b therapy in BCR-ABL-negative myeloproliferative disorders: final result of a phase 2 study. Cancer 2007; 110:2012–18.

107. Them NC, Bagienski K, Berg T, et al. Molecular responses and chromosomal aberrations in patients with polycythemia vera treated with peg-proline-interferon alpha-2b. Am J Hematol 2015;90:288–94.

108. Gisslinger H, Klade C, Georgiev P, et al. Final results from PROUD-PV a randomized controlled phase 3 trial comparing ropeginterferon alfa-2b to hydroxyurea in polycythemia vera patients [abstract]. Blood 2016;128(suppl 22). Abstract 475.

109. van Genderen PJ, van Vliet HH, Prins FJ, et al. Excessive prolongation of the bleeding time by aspirin in essential thrombocythemia is related to a decrease of large von Willebrand factor multimers in plasma. Ann Hematol 1997;75:215–20.

110. Cortelazzo S, Finazzi G, Ruggeri M, et al. Hydroxyurea for patients with essential thrombocythemia and a high risk of thrombosis. N Engl J Med 1995;332:1132–7.

111. Harrison CN, Campbell PJ, Buck G, et al. Hydroxyurea compared with anagrelide in high-risk essential thrombocythemia. N Engl J Med 2005;353:33–45.

112. Gisslinger H, Gotic M, Holowiecki J, et al. Anagrelide compared with hydroxyurea in WHO-classified essential thrombocythemia: the ANAHYDRET Study, a randomized controlled trial. Blood 2013;121:1720–8.

113. Alvarado Y, Cortes J, Verstovsek S, et al. Pilot study of pegylated interferon-alpha 2b in patients with essential thrombocythemia. Cancer Chemother Pharmacol 2003;51:81–6.

114. Barosi G, Tefferi A, Barbui T, ad hoc committee ‘Definition of clinically relevant outcomes for contemporarily clinical trials in Ph-neg M. Do current response criteria in classical Ph-negative myeloproliferative neoplasms capture benefit for patients? Leukemia 2012;26:1148–9.

115. Bjorkholm M, Derolf AR, Hultcrantz M, et al. Treatment-related risk factors for transformation to acute myeloid leukemia and myelodysplastic syndromes in myeloproliferative neoplasms. J Clin Oncol 2011;29:2410–5.

116. Alvarez-Larran A, Martinez-Aviles L, Hernandez-Boluda JC, et al. Busulfan in patients with polycythemia vera or essential thrombocythemia refractory or intolerant to hydroxyurea. Ann Hematol 2014;93:2037–43.

117. Verstovsek S, Passamonti F, Rambaldi A, et al. A phase 2 study of ruxolitinib, an oral JAK1 and JAK2 Inhibitor, in patients with advanced polycythemia vera who are refractory or intolerant to hydroxyurea. Cancer 2014;120: 513–20.

118. Vannucchi AM, Kiladjian JJ, Griesshammer M, et al. Ruxolitinib in polycythemia vera resistant to or intolerant of hydroxyurea. N Engl J Med 2015; 372:426–35.

119. Verstovsek S, Vannucchi AM, Griesshammer M, et al. Ruxolitinib versus best available therapy in patients with polycythemia vera: 80-week follow-up from the RESPONSE trial. Haematologica 2016;101:821–9.

120. Passamonti F, Griesshammer M, Palandri F, et al. Ruxolitinib for the treatment of inadequately controlled polycythaemia vera without splenomegaly (RESPONSE-2): a randomised, open-label, phase 3b study. Lancet Oncol 2017;18:88–99.

121. Verstovsek S, Passamonti F, Rambaldi A, et al. Long-term results from a phase II open-label study of ruxolitinib in patients with essential thrombocythemia refractory to or intolerant of hydroxyurea [abstract]. Blood 2014;124. Abstract 1847.

122. Harrison CN, Mead AJ, Panchal A, et al. Ruxolitinib versus best available therapy for ET intolerant or resistant to hydroxycarbamide in a randomized trial. Blood 2017 Aug 9. pii: blood-2017-05-785790 .

123. Bose P, Verstovsek S. Drug development pipeline for myeloproliferative neoplasms: potential future impact on guidelines and management. J Natl Compr Canc Netw 2016;14:1613–24.

124. Cerquozzi S, Teffieri A. Blast transformation and fibrotic progression in polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: a literature review of incidence and risk factors. Blood Cancer J 2015;Nov 13;5:e366.

125. Passamonti F, Rumi E, Caramella M, et al. A dynamic prognostic model to predict survival in post-polycythemia vera myelofibrosis. Blood 2008;111:3383–7.

126. Mesa RA, Verstovsek S, Cervantes F, et al. Primary myelofibrosis (PMF), post polycythemia vera myelofibrosis (post- PV MF), post essential thrombocythemia myelofibrosis (post-ET MF), blast phase PMF (PMF-BP): Consensus on terminology by the international working group for myelofibrosis research and treatment (IWG-MRT). Leuk Res 2007;31:737–40.

127. Rampal R, Mascarenhas J. Pathogenesis and management of acute myeloid leukemia that has evolved from a myeloproliferative neoplasm. Curr Opin Hematol 2014;21:65–71.

128. Chihara D, Kantarjian HM, Newberry KJ, et al. Survival outcome of patients with acute myeloid leukemia transformed from myeloproliferative neoplasms [abstract]. Blood 2016;128. Abstract 1940.

129. Tam CS, Nussenzveig RM, Popat U, et al. The natural history and treatment outcome of blast phase BCR-ABL-myeloproliferative neoplasms. Blood 2008;112:1628–37.

130. Kundranda MN, Tibes R, Mesa RA. Transformation of a chronic myeloproliferative neoplasm to acute myelogenous leukemia: does anything work? Curr Hematol Malig Rep 2012;7:78–86.

131. Badar T, Kantarjian HM, Ravandi F, et al. Therapeutic benefit of decitabine, a hypomethylating agent, in patients with high-risk primary myelofibrosis and myeloproliferative neoplasm in accelerated or blastic/acute myeloid leukemia phase. Leuk Res 2015;39:950–6.

132. Thepot S, Itzykson R, Seegers V, et al. Treatment of progression of Philadelphia-negative myeloproliferative neoplasms to myelodysplastic syndrome or acute myeloid leukemia by azacitidine: a report on 54 cases on the behalf of the Groupe Francophone des Myelodysplasies (GFM). Blood 2010;116:3735–42.

133. Pemmaraju N, Kantarjian H, Kadia T, et al. A phase I/II study of the Janus kinase (JAK)1 and 2 inhibitor ruxolitinib in patients with relapsed or refractory acute myeloid leukemia. Clin Lymphoma Myeloma Leuk 2015;15:171–6.

134. Rampal RK, Mascarenhas JO, Kosiorek HE, et al. Safety and efficacy of combined ruxolitinib and decitabine in patients with blast-phase MPN and post-MPN AML: results of a phase I study (Myeloproliferative Disorders Research Consortium 109 trial) [abstract]. Blood 2016;128. Abstract 1124.

135. Bose P, Verstovsek S, Gasior Y, et al. Phase I/II study of ruxolitinib (RUX) with decitabine (DAC) in patients with post-myeloproliferative neoplasm acute myeloid leukemia (post-MPN AML): phase I results [abstract]. Blood 2016;128. Abstract 4262.

Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - 25(8)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
371-384
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

From the Columbia University Medical Center, New York, NY (Dr. Falchi), and the University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX (Dr. Verstovsek).

ABSTRACT

  • Objective: To review the clinical aspects and current practices in the management of polycythemia vera (PV) and essential thrombocythemia (ET).
  • Methods: Review of the literature.
  • Results: PV and ET are rare chronic myeloid disorders. The 2 most important life-limiting complications of PV and ET are thrombohemorrhagic events and myelofibrosis/acute myeloid leukemia (AML) transformation. Vascular events are at least in part preventable with counseling on risk factors, phlebotomy (for patients with PV), antiplatelet therapy, and cytoreduction with hydroxyurea, interferons, or anagrelide (for patients with ET). Ruxolitinib was recently approved for PV after hydroxyurea failure. PV/ET transformation into myelofibrosis or AML is part of the natural history of the disease and no therapy has been shown to prevent it. Treatment of leukemic transformation of myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN LT) follows recommendations set forth for primary myelofibrosis and AML.
  • Conclusion: With appropriate management, patients with PV and ET typically enjoy a long survival and near-normal quality of life. Transformation into myelofibrosis or AML cannot be prevented by current therapies, however. Treatment results with MPN LT are generally poor and novel strategies are needed to improve outcomes.

Key words: myeloproliferative neoplasms; myelofibrosis; leukemic transformation.

Polycythemia vera (PV) and essential thrombocythemia (ET), along with primary myelofibrosis (PMF), belong to the group of Philadelphia-negative myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN). All these malignancies arise from the clonal proliferation of an aberrant hematopoietic stem cell, but are characterized by distinct clinical phenotypes [1,2]. Although the clinical course of PV and ET is indolent, it can be complicated by thrombohemorrhagic episodes and/or evolution into myelofibrosis and/or acute myeloid leukemia (AML) [3]. Since vascular events are the most frequent life-threatening complications of PV and ET, therapeutic strategies are aimed at reducing this risk. Treatment may also help control other symptoms associated with the disease [4]. No therapy has been shown to prevent evolution of PV or ET into myelofibrosis or AML. The discovery of the Janus kinase 2 (JAK2)/V617F mutation in most patients with PV and over half of those with ET (and PMF) [5,6] has opened new avenues of research and led to the development of targeted therapies, such as the JAK1/2 inhibitor ruxolitinib, for patients with MPN [7,8].

 

Epidemiology

PV and ET are typically diagnosed in the fifth to seventh decade of life [9]. Although these disorders are generally associated with a long clinical course, survival of patients with PV or ET may be shorter than that of the general population [10–13]. Estimating the incidence and prevalence of MPN is a challenge because most patients remain asymptomatic for long periods of time and do not seek medical attention [13]. The annual incidence rates of PV and ET are estimated at 0.01 to 2.61 and 0.21 to 2.53 per 100,000, respectively. PV occurs slightly more frequently in males, whereas ET has a predilection for females [14]. Given the long course and low mortality associated with these disorders, the prevalence rates of PV and ET are significantly higher than the respective incidence rates: up to 47 and 57 per 100,000, respectively [15–17].

Molecular Pathogenesis

In 2005 researchers discovered a gain-of-function mutation of the JAK2 gene in nearly all patients with PV and more than half of those with ET and PMF [5,6,18,19]. JAK2 is a non-receptor tyrosine kinase that plays a central role in normal hematopoiesis. Substitution of a valine for a phenylalanine at codon 617 (ie, V617F) leads to its constitutive activation and signaling through the JAK-STAT pathway [5,6,18,19]. More rarely (and exclusively in patients with PV), JAK2 mutations involve exon 12 [20–22]. The vast majority of JAK2-negative ET patients harbor mutations in either the myeloproliferative leukemia (MPL) gene, which encodes the thrombopoietin receptor [23–25], or the calreticulin (CALR) gene [26,27], which encodes for a chaperone protein that plays a role in cellular proliferation, differentiation, and apoptosis [28]. Both the MPL and CALR mutations ultimately result in the constitutive activation of the JAK-STAT pathway. Thus, JAK2, MPL, and CALR alterations are collectively referred to as driver mutations. Moreover, because these mutations affect the same oncogenic pathway (ie, JAK-STAT), they are almost always mutually exclusive in a given patient. Patients with ET (or myelofibrosis) who are wild-type for JAK2, MPL, and CALR are referred to as having “triple-negative” disease. Many recurrent non-driver mutations are also found in patients with MPN. These are not exclusive of each other (ie, patients may have many at the same time) and involve for example ten-eleven translocation-2 (TET2), additional sex combs like 1 (ASXL1), enhancer of zeste homolog 2 (EZH2), isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 and isocitrate dehydrogenase 2 (IDH1/2), and DNA methyltransferase 3A (DNMT3A) genes, among others [29]. The biologic and prognostic significance of these non-driver alterations remain to be fully defined in ET and PV.

 

 

Diagnostic Criteria

Diagnostic criteria for PV and ET according to the World Health Organization (WHO) classification [30] are summarized in Table 1. Criteria for the diagnosis of prefibrotic myelofibrosis are included as well since this entity was formally recognized as separate from ET and part of the PMF spectrum in the 2016 WHO classification of myeloid tumors [30]. Clinically, both PV and ET generally remain asymptomatic for a long time. PV tends to be more symptomatic than ET and can present with debilitating constitutional symptoms (fatigue, night sweats, and weight loss), microvascular symptoms (headache, lightheadedness, acral paresthesias, erythromelalgia, atypical chest pain, and pruritus) [31], or macrovascular accidents (larger vein thrombosis, stroke, or myocardial ischemia) [32]. ET is often diagnosed incidentally, but patients can suffer from similar general symptoms and vascular complications. Causes of secondary absolute erythrocytosis (altitude, chronic hypoxemia, heavy smoking, cardiomyopathy, use of corticosteroids, erythropoietin, or other anabolic hormones, familial or congenital forms) or thrombocytosis (iron deficiency, acute blood loss, trauma or injury, acute coronary syndrome, systemic autoimmune disorders, chronic kidney failure, other malignancies, splenectomy) should be considered and appropriately excluded. Once the diagnosis is made, symptom assessment tools such as the Myeloproliferative Neoplasm Symptom Assessment Form (MPN-SAF) [33] or the abbreviated version, the MPN-SAF Total Symptom Score (MPN-SAF TSS) [34], are generally used to assess patients’ symptom burden and response to treatment in everyday practice.

World Health Organization Diagnostic Criteria for Polycythemia Vera, Essential Thrombocythemia, and Prefibrotic Myelofibrosis

Risk Stratification

Thrombohemorrhagic events, evolution into myelofibrosis, and leukemic transformation (LT) are the most serious complications in the course of PV or ET. Only thrombohemorrhagic events are, at least partially, preventable. Arterial or venous thrombotic complications are observed at rates of 1.8 to 10.9 per 100 patient-years in PV (arterial thrombosis being more common than venous) and 0.74 to 7.7 per 100 patient-years in ET, depending on the risk group [35] and the presence of other factors (see below).

The risk stratification of patients with PV is based on 2 factors: age ≥ 60 years and prior history of thrombosis. If either is present, the patient is assigned to the high-risk category, whereas if none is present the patient is considered at low risk [36]. In addition, high hematocrit [37] and high white blood cell (WBC) count [38], but not thrombocytosis, have been associated with the development of vascular complications. In one study, the risk of new arterial thrombosis was increased by the presence of leukoerythroblastosis, hypertension, and prior arterial thrombosis, while karyotypic abnormalities and prior venous thrombosis were predictors of new venous thrombosis [39]. Another emerging risk factor for thrombosis in patients with PV is high JAK2 allele burden (ie, the normal-to-mutated gene product ratio), although the evidence supporting this conclusion is equivocal [40].

Traditionally, in ET patients, the thrombotic risk was assessed using the same 2 factors (age ≥ 60 years and prior history of thrombosis), separating patients into low- and high-risk groups. However, the prognostication of ET patients has been refined recently with the identification of new relevant factors. In particular, the impact of JAK2 mutations on thrombotic risk has been thoroughly studied. Clinically, the presence of JAK2V617F is associated with older age, higher hemoglobin and hematocrit, lower platelet counts, more frequent need for cytoreductive treatment, and greater tendency to evolve into PV (a rare event) [41,42]. Many [41,43–46], but not all [47–51], studies suggested a correlation between JAK2 mutation and risk of both arterial and venous thrombosis. Although infrequent, a JAK2V617F homozygous state (ie, the mutation is present in both alleles) might confer an even higher thrombotic risk [52]. Moreover, the impact of the JAK2 mutation on vascular events persists over time [53], particularly in patients with high or unstable mutation burden [54]. Based on JAK2V617F’s influence on the thrombotic risk of ET patients, a new prognostic score was proposed, the International Prognostic Score for ET (IPSET)-thrombosis (Table 2). The revised version of this model is currently endorsed by the National Comprehensive Cancer Network and divides patients into 4 risk groups: high, intermediate, low, and very low. Treatment recommendations vary according to the risk group (as described below) [55].

Revised International Prognostic Score of Thrombosis for Essential Thrombocythemia (IPSET-thrombosis)

Other thrombotic risk factors have been identified, but deemed not significant enough to be included in the model. Cardiovascular risk factors (hypercholesterolemia, hypertension, smoking, diabetes mellitus) can increase the risk of vascular events [56–59], as can splenomegaly [60] and baseline or persistent leukocytosis [61–63]. Thrombocytosis has been correlated with thrombotic risk in some studies [64–68], whereas others did not support this conclusion and/or suggested a lower rate of thrombosis and, in some cases, increased risk of bleeding in ET patients with platelet counts greater than 1000 × 103/μL (due to acquired von Willebrand syndrome) [51,61,63,68,69].

 

 

CALR mutations tend to occur in younger males with lower hemoglobin and WBC count, higher platelet count, and greater marrow megakaryocytic predominance, as compared to JAK2 mutations [26,27,70–72]. The associated incidence of thrombosis was less than 10% at 15 years in patients with CALR mutations, lower than the incidence reported for ET patients with JAK2V617F mutations [73]. The presence of the mutation per se does not appear to affect the thrombotic risk [74–76]. Information on the thrombotic risk associated with MPL mutations or a triple-negative state is scarce. In both instances, however, the risk appears to be lower than with the JAK2 mutation [73,77–79].

Venous thromboembolism (VTE) in patients with PV or ET may occur at unusual sites, such as the splanchnic or cerebral venous systems [80]. Risk factors for unusual VTE include younger age [81], female gender (especially with concomitant use of oral contraceptive pills) [82], and splenomegaly/splenectomy [83]. JAK2 mutation has also been associated with thrombosis at unusual sites. However, the prevalence of MPN or JAK2V617F in patients presenting with splanchnic VTE has varied [80]. In addition, MPN may be occult (ie, no clinical or laboratory abnormalities) in around 15% of patients [84]. Screening for JAK2V617F and underlying MPN is recommended in patients presenting with isolated unexplained splanchnic VTE. Treatment entails long-term anticoagulation therapy. JAK2V617F screening in patients with nonsplanchnic VTE is not recommended, as its prevalence in this group is low (< 3%) [85,86].

Risk-Adapted Therapy

Low-Risk PV

All patients with PV should receive counseling to mitigate cardiovascular risk factors, including smoking cessation, lifestyle modifications, and lipid-lowering therapy, as indicated. Furthermore, all PV patients should receive acetylsalicylic acid (ASA) to decrease their risk for thrombosis and control vasomotor symptoms [55,87]. Aspirin 81 to 100 mg daily is the preferred regimen because it provides adequate antithrombotic effect without the associated bleeding risk of higher-dose aspirin [88]. Low-risk PV patients should also receive periodic phlebotomies to reduce and maintain their hematocrit below 45%. This recommendation is based on the results of the Cytoreductive Therapy in Polycythemia Vera (CYTO PV) randomized controlled trial. In that study, patients receiving more intense therapy to maintain the hematocrit below 45% had a lower incidence of cardiovascular-related deaths or major thrombotic events than those with hematocrit goals of 45% to 50% (2.7% versus 9.8%) [89]. Cytoreduction is an option for low-risk patients who do not tolerate phlebotomy or require frequent phlebotomy, or who have disease-related bleeding, severe symptoms, symptomatic splenomegaly, or progressive leukocytosis [38].

 

High-Risk PV

Patients older than 60 years and/or with a history of thrombosis should be considered for cytoreductive therapy in addition to the above measures. Frontline cytoreductive therapies include hydroxyurea or interferon (IFN)-alfa [87]. Hydroxyurea is a potent ribonucleotide reductase inhibitor that interferes with DNA repair and is the treatment of choice for most high-risk patients with PV [90]. In a small trial, hydroxyurea reduced the risk of thrombosis compared with historical controls treated with phlebotomy alone [91]. Hydroxyurea is generally well tolerated; common side effects include cytopenias, nail changes, and mucosal and/or skin ulcers. Although never formally proven to be leukemogenic, this agent should be used with caution in younger patients [87]. Indeed, in the original study, the rates of transformation were 5.9% and 1.5% for patients receiving hydroxyurea and phlebotomy alone [92], respectively, although an independent role for hydroxyurea in LT was not supported in the much larger European Collaboration on Low-dose Aspirin in Polycythemia Vera (ECLAP) study [93]. Approximately 70% of patients will have a sustained response to hydroxyurea [94], while the remaining patients become resistant to or intolerant of the drug. Resistant individuals have a higher risk of progression to acute leukemia and death [95].

IFN-alfa is a pleiotropic antitumor agent that has found application in many types of malignancies [96] and is sometimes employed as treatment for patients with newly diagnosed high-risk PV. Early studies showed responses in up to 100% of cases [97,98], albeit at the expense of a high discontinuation rate due to adverse events, such as flu-like symptoms, fatigue, and neuropsychiatric manifestations [99]. A newer formulation of the drug obtained by adding a polyethylene glycol (PEG) moiety to the native IFN-alfa molecule (PEG-IFN alfa) was shown to have a longer half-life, greater stability, less immunogenicity, and, potentially, better tolerability [100]. Pilot phase 2 trials of PEG-IFN-alfa-2a demonstrated its remarkable activity, with symptomatic and hematologic responses seen in most patients (which, in some cases, persisted beyond discontinuation), and reasonable tolerability, with long-term discontinuation rates of 20% to 30% [101–103]. In some patients, JAK2V617F became undetectable over time [104]. Results of 2 ongoing trials, MDP-RC111 (single-arm study, PEG-IFN-alfa-2a in high-risk PV or ET [NCT01259817]) and MPD-RC112 (randomized controlled trial, PEG-IFN-alfa-2a versus hydroxyurea in the same population [NCT01258856]), will shed light on the role of PEG-IFN-alfa in the management of patients with high-risk PV or ET. In two phase 2 studies of PEG-IFN-alfa-2b, complete responses were seen in 70% to 100% of patients and discontinuation occurred in around a third of cases [105,106]. A new, longer-acting formulation of PEG-IFN-alfa-2a (peg-proline INF-alfa-2b, AOP2014) is also undergoing clinical development [107,108].

 

 

The approach to treatment of PV based on thrombotic risk level is illustrated in Figure 1.

Polycythemia vera (PV) treatment algorithm. AML, acute myeloid leukemia; MF, myelofibrosis.

Very Low- and Low-Risk ET

Individuals with ET should undergo rigorous cardiovascular risk management and generally receive ASA to decrease their thrombotic risk and improve symptom control. Antiplatelet therapy may not be warranted in patients with documented acquired von Willebrand syndrome, with or without extreme thrombocytosis, or in those in the very low-risk category according to the IPSET-thrombosis model [55,87]. The risk/benefit ratio of antiplatelet agents in patients with ET at different thrombotic risk levels was assessed in poor-quality studies and thus remains highly uncertain. Platelet-lowering agents are sometimes recommended in patients with low-risk disease who have platelet counts ≥ 1500 × 103/μL, due to the potential risk of acquired von Willebrand syndrome and a risk of bleeding (this would require stopping ASA) [109]. Cytoreduction may also be used in low-risk patients with progressive symptoms despite ASA, symptomatic or progressive splenomegaly, and progressive leukocytosis.

Intermediate-Risk ET

This category includes patients older than 60 years, but without thrombosis or JAK2 mutations. These individuals would have been considered high risk (and thus candidates for cytoreductive therapy) according to the traditional risk stratification. Guidelines currently recommend ASA as the sole therapy for these patients, while reserving cytoreduction for those who experience thrombosis (ie, become high-risk) or have uncontrolled vasomotor or general symptoms, symptomatic splenomegaly, symptomatic thrombocytosis, or progressive leukocytosis.

 

High-Risk ET

For patients with ET in need of cytoreductive therapy (ie, those with prior thrombosis or older than 60 years with a JAK2V617F mutation), first-line options include hydroxyurea, IFN, and anagrelide. Hydroxyurea remains the treatment of choice in most patients [110]. In a seminal study, 114 patients with ET were randomly assigned to either observation or hydroxyurea treatment with the goal of maintaining the platelet count below 600 × 103/μL. At a median follow-up of 27 months, patients in the hydroxyurea group had a lower thrombosis rate (3.6% versus 24%, P = 0.003) and longer thrombosis-free survival, regardless of the use of antiplatelet drugs [64].

Anagrelide, a selective inhibitor of megakaryocytic differentiation and proliferation, was compared with hydroxyurea in patients with ET in 2 randomized trials. In the first (n = 809), the group receiving anagrelide had a higher risk of arterial thrombosis, major bleeding, and fibrotic evolution, but lower incidence of venous thrombosis. Hydroxyurea was better tolerated, mainly due to anagrelide-related cardiovascular adverse events [111]. As a result of this study, hydroxyurea is often preferred to anagrelide as frontline therapy for patients with newly diagnosed high-risk ET. In the second, more recent study (n = 259), however, the 2 agents proved equivalent in terms of major or minor arterial or venous thrombosis, as well as discontinuation rate [112]. The discrepancy between the 2 trials may be partly explained by the different ET diagnostic criteria used, with the latter only enrolling patients with WHO-defined true ET and the former utilizing Polycythemia Vera Study Group-ET diagnostic criteria that included patients with increases in other blood counts or varying degrees of marrow fibrosis.

 

 

Essential thrombocythemia (ET) treatment algorithm. AML, acute myeloid leukemia; MF, myelofibrosis.

Interferons were studied in ET in parallel with PV. PEG-IFN-alfa-2a proved effective in patients with ET, with responses observed in 80% of patients [103]. PEG-IFN- alfa-2b produced similar results, with responses in 70% to 90% of patients in small studies and discontinuation observed in 20% to 38% of cases [105,106,113]. Because the very long-term leukemogenic potential of hydroxyurea has remained somewhat uncertain, anagrelide or IFN might be preferable choices in younger patients.

The approach to treatment of ET based on thrombotic risk level is illustrated in Figure 2.

Assessing Response to Therapy

ELN and IWG-MNRT Treatment Response Criteria (2013)

For both patients with PV and ET the endpoint of treatment set forth for clinical trials has been the achievement of a clinicohematologic response. However, studies have failed to show a correlation between response and reduction of the thrombohemorrhagic risk [114]. Therefore, proposed clinical trial response criteria were revised to include absence of hemorrhagic or thrombotic events as part of the definition of response (Table 3) [94].

Approach to Patients Refractory to or Intolerant of First-line Therapy

According to the European LeukemiaNet recommendations, an inadequate response to hydroxyurea in patients with PV (or myelofibrosis) is defined as a need for phlebotomy to maintain the hematocrit below < 45%, the platelet count > 400 × 103/μL, and a WBC count > 10,000/μL, or failure to reduce splenomegaly > 10 cm by > 50% at a dose of ≥ 2 g/day or maximum tolerated dose. Historically, treatment options for patients with PV or ET who failed first-line therapy (most commonly hydroxyurea) have included alkylating agents, such as busulfan, chlorambucil, pipobroman, and phosphorus (P)-32. However, the use of these drugs is limited by the associated risk of LT [93,115,116]. IFN (or anagrelide for ET) is often considered in patients previously treated with hydroxyurea, and vice versa.

 

Ruxolitinib is a JAK1 and JAK2 inhibitor currently approved for the treatment of PV patients refractory to or intolerant of hydroxyurea [7]. Following promising results of a phase 2 trial [117], ruxolitinib 10 mg twice daily was compared with best available therapy in the pivotal RESPONSE trial (n = 222). Ruxolitinib proved superior in achieving hematocrit control, reduction of spleen volume, and improvement of symptoms. Grade 3-4 hematologic toxicity was infrequent and similar in the 2 arms [118]. In addition, longer follow-up of that study suggested a lower rate of thrombotic events in patients receiving ruxolitinib (1.8 versus 8.2 per 100 patient-years) [119]. In a similarly designed randomized phase 3 study in PV patients without splenomegaly (RESPONSE-2), more patients in the ruxolitinib arm had hematocrit reduction without an increase in toxicity. Based on the results of these studies, ruxolitinib can be considered a standard of care for second-line therapy in this post-hydroxyurea patient population [120]. Ruxolitinib is also being tested in patients with high-risk ET who have become resistant to, or were intolerant of hydroxyurea, but currently has no approved indication in this setting [121,122]. Common side effects of ruxolitinib include cytopenias (especially anemia), increased risk of infections, hyperlipidemia, and increased risk of non-melanoma skin cancer.

 

 

Novel agents that have been studied in patients with PV and ET are histone deacetylase inhibitors, murine double minute 2 (MDM2, or HDM2 for their human counterpart) inhibitors (which restore the function of p53), Bcl-2 homology domain 3 mimetics such as navitoclax and venetoclax, and, for patients with ET, the telomerase inhibitor imetelstat [123].

Disease Evolution

Post-PV/Post-ET Myelofibrosis

Diagnostic criteria for post-PV and post-ET myelofibrosis are outlined in Table 4. Fibrotic transformation represents a natural evolution of the clinical course of PV or ET. It occurs in up to 15% and 9% of patients with PV and ET, respectively, in western countries [124]. The true percentage of ET patients who develop myelofibrosis is confounded by the inclusion of prefibrotic myelofibrosis cases in earlier series. The survival of patients who develop myelofibrosis is shortened compared to those who do not. In patients with PV, risk factors for myelofibrosis evolution include advanced age, leukocytosis, JAK2V617F homozygosity or higher allele burden, and hydroxyurea therapy. Once post-PV myelofibrosis has occurred, hemoglobin < 10 g/dL, platelet count < 100 × 103/μL, and WBC count > 30,000/μL are associated with worse outcomes [125]. In patients with ET, risk factors for myelofibrosis transformation include age, anemia, bone marrow hypercellularity and increased reticulin, increased lactate dehydrogenase, leukocytosis, and male gender. The management of post-PV/post-ET myelofibrosis recapitulates that of PMF.

Diagnostic Criteria for Post-Polycythemia Vera and Post-Essential Thrombocythemia Myelofibrosis

Leukemic Transformation

The presence of more than 20% blasts in peripheral blood or bone marrow in a patient with MPN defines LT. This occurs in up to 5% to 10% of patients and may or may not be preceded by a myelofibrosis phase [126]. In cases of extramedullary transformation, a lower percentage of blasts can be seen in the bone marrow compared to the peripheral blood. The pathogenesis of LT has remained elusive, but it is believed to be associated with genetic instability, which facilitates the acquisition of additional mutations, including those of TET2, ASXL1, EZH2 DNMT3, IDH1/2, and TP53 [127].

Clinical risk factors for LT include advanced age, karyotypic abnormalities, prior therapy with alkylating agents or P-32, splenectomy, increased peripheral blood or bone marrow blasts, leukocytosis, anemia, thrombocytopenia, and cytogenetic abnormalities. Hydroxyurea, IFN, and ruxolitinib have not been shown to have leukemogenic potential thus far. Prognosis of LT is uniformly poor and patient survival rarely exceeds 6 months.

There is no standard of care for MPN LT. Treatment options range from low-intensity regimens to more aggressive AML-type induction chemotherapy. No strategy appears clearly superior to others [128]. Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation is the only therapy that provides clinically meaningful benefit to patients [129], but it is applicable only to a minority of patients with chemosensitive disease and good performance status [130]. Notable experimental approaches to MPN LT include hypomethylating agents, such as decitabine [131] or azacytidine [132], with or without ruxolitinib [133–135].

 

 

Conclusion

PV and ET are rare, chronic myeloid disorders. Patients typically experience a long clinical course and enjoy near-normal quality of life if properly managed. The 2 most important life-limiting complications of PV and ET are thrombohemorrhagic events and myelofibrosis/AML transformation. Vascular events are at least in part preventable with counseling on risk factors, phlebotomy (for patients with PV), antiplatelet therapy, and cytoreduction with hydroxyurea, IFNs, or anagrelide (for patients with ET). In addition, ruxolitinib was recently approved for PV patients after hydroxyurea failure. PV/ET transformation in myelofibrosis or AML is part of the natural history of the disease and no therapy has been shown to prevent it. Treatment follows recommendations set forth for PMF and AML, but results are generally poorer and novel strategies are needed to improve outcomes.

Corresponding author: Lorenzo Falchi, MD, Columbia University Medical Center, New York, NY.

Financial disclosures: None.

From the Columbia University Medical Center, New York, NY (Dr. Falchi), and the University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX (Dr. Verstovsek).

ABSTRACT

  • Objective: To review the clinical aspects and current practices in the management of polycythemia vera (PV) and essential thrombocythemia (ET).
  • Methods: Review of the literature.
  • Results: PV and ET are rare chronic myeloid disorders. The 2 most important life-limiting complications of PV and ET are thrombohemorrhagic events and myelofibrosis/acute myeloid leukemia (AML) transformation. Vascular events are at least in part preventable with counseling on risk factors, phlebotomy (for patients with PV), antiplatelet therapy, and cytoreduction with hydroxyurea, interferons, or anagrelide (for patients with ET). Ruxolitinib was recently approved for PV after hydroxyurea failure. PV/ET transformation into myelofibrosis or AML is part of the natural history of the disease and no therapy has been shown to prevent it. Treatment of leukemic transformation of myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN LT) follows recommendations set forth for primary myelofibrosis and AML.
  • Conclusion: With appropriate management, patients with PV and ET typically enjoy a long survival and near-normal quality of life. Transformation into myelofibrosis or AML cannot be prevented by current therapies, however. Treatment results with MPN LT are generally poor and novel strategies are needed to improve outcomes.

Key words: myeloproliferative neoplasms; myelofibrosis; leukemic transformation.

Polycythemia vera (PV) and essential thrombocythemia (ET), along with primary myelofibrosis (PMF), belong to the group of Philadelphia-negative myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPN). All these malignancies arise from the clonal proliferation of an aberrant hematopoietic stem cell, but are characterized by distinct clinical phenotypes [1,2]. Although the clinical course of PV and ET is indolent, it can be complicated by thrombohemorrhagic episodes and/or evolution into myelofibrosis and/or acute myeloid leukemia (AML) [3]. Since vascular events are the most frequent life-threatening complications of PV and ET, therapeutic strategies are aimed at reducing this risk. Treatment may also help control other symptoms associated with the disease [4]. No therapy has been shown to prevent evolution of PV or ET into myelofibrosis or AML. The discovery of the Janus kinase 2 (JAK2)/V617F mutation in most patients with PV and over half of those with ET (and PMF) [5,6] has opened new avenues of research and led to the development of targeted therapies, such as the JAK1/2 inhibitor ruxolitinib, for patients with MPN [7,8].

 

Epidemiology

PV and ET are typically diagnosed in the fifth to seventh decade of life [9]. Although these disorders are generally associated with a long clinical course, survival of patients with PV or ET may be shorter than that of the general population [10–13]. Estimating the incidence and prevalence of MPN is a challenge because most patients remain asymptomatic for long periods of time and do not seek medical attention [13]. The annual incidence rates of PV and ET are estimated at 0.01 to 2.61 and 0.21 to 2.53 per 100,000, respectively. PV occurs slightly more frequently in males, whereas ET has a predilection for females [14]. Given the long course and low mortality associated with these disorders, the prevalence rates of PV and ET are significantly higher than the respective incidence rates: up to 47 and 57 per 100,000, respectively [15–17].

Molecular Pathogenesis

In 2005 researchers discovered a gain-of-function mutation of the JAK2 gene in nearly all patients with PV and more than half of those with ET and PMF [5,6,18,19]. JAK2 is a non-receptor tyrosine kinase that plays a central role in normal hematopoiesis. Substitution of a valine for a phenylalanine at codon 617 (ie, V617F) leads to its constitutive activation and signaling through the JAK-STAT pathway [5,6,18,19]. More rarely (and exclusively in patients with PV), JAK2 mutations involve exon 12 [20–22]. The vast majority of JAK2-negative ET patients harbor mutations in either the myeloproliferative leukemia (MPL) gene, which encodes the thrombopoietin receptor [23–25], or the calreticulin (CALR) gene [26,27], which encodes for a chaperone protein that plays a role in cellular proliferation, differentiation, and apoptosis [28]. Both the MPL and CALR mutations ultimately result in the constitutive activation of the JAK-STAT pathway. Thus, JAK2, MPL, and CALR alterations are collectively referred to as driver mutations. Moreover, because these mutations affect the same oncogenic pathway (ie, JAK-STAT), they are almost always mutually exclusive in a given patient. Patients with ET (or myelofibrosis) who are wild-type for JAK2, MPL, and CALR are referred to as having “triple-negative” disease. Many recurrent non-driver mutations are also found in patients with MPN. These are not exclusive of each other (ie, patients may have many at the same time) and involve for example ten-eleven translocation-2 (TET2), additional sex combs like 1 (ASXL1), enhancer of zeste homolog 2 (EZH2), isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 and isocitrate dehydrogenase 2 (IDH1/2), and DNA methyltransferase 3A (DNMT3A) genes, among others [29]. The biologic and prognostic significance of these non-driver alterations remain to be fully defined in ET and PV.

 

 

Diagnostic Criteria

Diagnostic criteria for PV and ET according to the World Health Organization (WHO) classification [30] are summarized in Table 1. Criteria for the diagnosis of prefibrotic myelofibrosis are included as well since this entity was formally recognized as separate from ET and part of the PMF spectrum in the 2016 WHO classification of myeloid tumors [30]. Clinically, both PV and ET generally remain asymptomatic for a long time. PV tends to be more symptomatic than ET and can present with debilitating constitutional symptoms (fatigue, night sweats, and weight loss), microvascular symptoms (headache, lightheadedness, acral paresthesias, erythromelalgia, atypical chest pain, and pruritus) [31], or macrovascular accidents (larger vein thrombosis, stroke, or myocardial ischemia) [32]. ET is often diagnosed incidentally, but patients can suffer from similar general symptoms and vascular complications. Causes of secondary absolute erythrocytosis (altitude, chronic hypoxemia, heavy smoking, cardiomyopathy, use of corticosteroids, erythropoietin, or other anabolic hormones, familial or congenital forms) or thrombocytosis (iron deficiency, acute blood loss, trauma or injury, acute coronary syndrome, systemic autoimmune disorders, chronic kidney failure, other malignancies, splenectomy) should be considered and appropriately excluded. Once the diagnosis is made, symptom assessment tools such as the Myeloproliferative Neoplasm Symptom Assessment Form (MPN-SAF) [33] or the abbreviated version, the MPN-SAF Total Symptom Score (MPN-SAF TSS) [34], are generally used to assess patients’ symptom burden and response to treatment in everyday practice.

World Health Organization Diagnostic Criteria for Polycythemia Vera, Essential Thrombocythemia, and Prefibrotic Myelofibrosis

Risk Stratification

Thrombohemorrhagic events, evolution into myelofibrosis, and leukemic transformation (LT) are the most serious complications in the course of PV or ET. Only thrombohemorrhagic events are, at least partially, preventable. Arterial or venous thrombotic complications are observed at rates of 1.8 to 10.9 per 100 patient-years in PV (arterial thrombosis being more common than venous) and 0.74 to 7.7 per 100 patient-years in ET, depending on the risk group [35] and the presence of other factors (see below).

The risk stratification of patients with PV is based on 2 factors: age ≥ 60 years and prior history of thrombosis. If either is present, the patient is assigned to the high-risk category, whereas if none is present the patient is considered at low risk [36]. In addition, high hematocrit [37] and high white blood cell (WBC) count [38], but not thrombocytosis, have been associated with the development of vascular complications. In one study, the risk of new arterial thrombosis was increased by the presence of leukoerythroblastosis, hypertension, and prior arterial thrombosis, while karyotypic abnormalities and prior venous thrombosis were predictors of new venous thrombosis [39]. Another emerging risk factor for thrombosis in patients with PV is high JAK2 allele burden (ie, the normal-to-mutated gene product ratio), although the evidence supporting this conclusion is equivocal [40].

Traditionally, in ET patients, the thrombotic risk was assessed using the same 2 factors (age ≥ 60 years and prior history of thrombosis), separating patients into low- and high-risk groups. However, the prognostication of ET patients has been refined recently with the identification of new relevant factors. In particular, the impact of JAK2 mutations on thrombotic risk has been thoroughly studied. Clinically, the presence of JAK2V617F is associated with older age, higher hemoglobin and hematocrit, lower platelet counts, more frequent need for cytoreductive treatment, and greater tendency to evolve into PV (a rare event) [41,42]. Many [41,43–46], but not all [47–51], studies suggested a correlation between JAK2 mutation and risk of both arterial and venous thrombosis. Although infrequent, a JAK2V617F homozygous state (ie, the mutation is present in both alleles) might confer an even higher thrombotic risk [52]. Moreover, the impact of the JAK2 mutation on vascular events persists over time [53], particularly in patients with high or unstable mutation burden [54]. Based on JAK2V617F’s influence on the thrombotic risk of ET patients, a new prognostic score was proposed, the International Prognostic Score for ET (IPSET)-thrombosis (Table 2). The revised version of this model is currently endorsed by the National Comprehensive Cancer Network and divides patients into 4 risk groups: high, intermediate, low, and very low. Treatment recommendations vary according to the risk group (as described below) [55].

Revised International Prognostic Score of Thrombosis for Essential Thrombocythemia (IPSET-thrombosis)

Other thrombotic risk factors have been identified, but deemed not significant enough to be included in the model. Cardiovascular risk factors (hypercholesterolemia, hypertension, smoking, diabetes mellitus) can increase the risk of vascular events [56–59], as can splenomegaly [60] and baseline or persistent leukocytosis [61–63]. Thrombocytosis has been correlated with thrombotic risk in some studies [64–68], whereas others did not support this conclusion and/or suggested a lower rate of thrombosis and, in some cases, increased risk of bleeding in ET patients with platelet counts greater than 1000 × 103/μL (due to acquired von Willebrand syndrome) [51,61,63,68,69].

 

 

CALR mutations tend to occur in younger males with lower hemoglobin and WBC count, higher platelet count, and greater marrow megakaryocytic predominance, as compared to JAK2 mutations [26,27,70–72]. The associated incidence of thrombosis was less than 10% at 15 years in patients with CALR mutations, lower than the incidence reported for ET patients with JAK2V617F mutations [73]. The presence of the mutation per se does not appear to affect the thrombotic risk [74–76]. Information on the thrombotic risk associated with MPL mutations or a triple-negative state is scarce. In both instances, however, the risk appears to be lower than with the JAK2 mutation [73,77–79].

Venous thromboembolism (VTE) in patients with PV or ET may occur at unusual sites, such as the splanchnic or cerebral venous systems [80]. Risk factors for unusual VTE include younger age [81], female gender (especially with concomitant use of oral contraceptive pills) [82], and splenomegaly/splenectomy [83]. JAK2 mutation has also been associated with thrombosis at unusual sites. However, the prevalence of MPN or JAK2V617F in patients presenting with splanchnic VTE has varied [80]. In addition, MPN may be occult (ie, no clinical or laboratory abnormalities) in around 15% of patients [84]. Screening for JAK2V617F and underlying MPN is recommended in patients presenting with isolated unexplained splanchnic VTE. Treatment entails long-term anticoagulation therapy. JAK2V617F screening in patients with nonsplanchnic VTE is not recommended, as its prevalence in this group is low (< 3%) [85,86].

Risk-Adapted Therapy

Low-Risk PV

All patients with PV should receive counseling to mitigate cardiovascular risk factors, including smoking cessation, lifestyle modifications, and lipid-lowering therapy, as indicated. Furthermore, all PV patients should receive acetylsalicylic acid (ASA) to decrease their risk for thrombosis and control vasomotor symptoms [55,87]. Aspirin 81 to 100 mg daily is the preferred regimen because it provides adequate antithrombotic effect without the associated bleeding risk of higher-dose aspirin [88]. Low-risk PV patients should also receive periodic phlebotomies to reduce and maintain their hematocrit below 45%. This recommendation is based on the results of the Cytoreductive Therapy in Polycythemia Vera (CYTO PV) randomized controlled trial. In that study, patients receiving more intense therapy to maintain the hematocrit below 45% had a lower incidence of cardiovascular-related deaths or major thrombotic events than those with hematocrit goals of 45% to 50% (2.7% versus 9.8%) [89]. Cytoreduction is an option for low-risk patients who do not tolerate phlebotomy or require frequent phlebotomy, or who have disease-related bleeding, severe symptoms, symptomatic splenomegaly, or progressive leukocytosis [38].

 

High-Risk PV

Patients older than 60 years and/or with a history of thrombosis should be considered for cytoreductive therapy in addition to the above measures. Frontline cytoreductive therapies include hydroxyurea or interferon (IFN)-alfa [87]. Hydroxyurea is a potent ribonucleotide reductase inhibitor that interferes with DNA repair and is the treatment of choice for most high-risk patients with PV [90]. In a small trial, hydroxyurea reduced the risk of thrombosis compared with historical controls treated with phlebotomy alone [91]. Hydroxyurea is generally well tolerated; common side effects include cytopenias, nail changes, and mucosal and/or skin ulcers. Although never formally proven to be leukemogenic, this agent should be used with caution in younger patients [87]. Indeed, in the original study, the rates of transformation were 5.9% and 1.5% for patients receiving hydroxyurea and phlebotomy alone [92], respectively, although an independent role for hydroxyurea in LT was not supported in the much larger European Collaboration on Low-dose Aspirin in Polycythemia Vera (ECLAP) study [93]. Approximately 70% of patients will have a sustained response to hydroxyurea [94], while the remaining patients become resistant to or intolerant of the drug. Resistant individuals have a higher risk of progression to acute leukemia and death [95].

IFN-alfa is a pleiotropic antitumor agent that has found application in many types of malignancies [96] and is sometimes employed as treatment for patients with newly diagnosed high-risk PV. Early studies showed responses in up to 100% of cases [97,98], albeit at the expense of a high discontinuation rate due to adverse events, such as flu-like symptoms, fatigue, and neuropsychiatric manifestations [99]. A newer formulation of the drug obtained by adding a polyethylene glycol (PEG) moiety to the native IFN-alfa molecule (PEG-IFN alfa) was shown to have a longer half-life, greater stability, less immunogenicity, and, potentially, better tolerability [100]. Pilot phase 2 trials of PEG-IFN-alfa-2a demonstrated its remarkable activity, with symptomatic and hematologic responses seen in most patients (which, in some cases, persisted beyond discontinuation), and reasonable tolerability, with long-term discontinuation rates of 20% to 30% [101–103]. In some patients, JAK2V617F became undetectable over time [104]. Results of 2 ongoing trials, MDP-RC111 (single-arm study, PEG-IFN-alfa-2a in high-risk PV or ET [NCT01259817]) and MPD-RC112 (randomized controlled trial, PEG-IFN-alfa-2a versus hydroxyurea in the same population [NCT01258856]), will shed light on the role of PEG-IFN-alfa in the management of patients with high-risk PV or ET. In two phase 2 studies of PEG-IFN-alfa-2b, complete responses were seen in 70% to 100% of patients and discontinuation occurred in around a third of cases [105,106]. A new, longer-acting formulation of PEG-IFN-alfa-2a (peg-proline INF-alfa-2b, AOP2014) is also undergoing clinical development [107,108].

 

 

The approach to treatment of PV based on thrombotic risk level is illustrated in Figure 1.

Polycythemia vera (PV) treatment algorithm. AML, acute myeloid leukemia; MF, myelofibrosis.

Very Low- and Low-Risk ET

Individuals with ET should undergo rigorous cardiovascular risk management and generally receive ASA to decrease their thrombotic risk and improve symptom control. Antiplatelet therapy may not be warranted in patients with documented acquired von Willebrand syndrome, with or without extreme thrombocytosis, or in those in the very low-risk category according to the IPSET-thrombosis model [55,87]. The risk/benefit ratio of antiplatelet agents in patients with ET at different thrombotic risk levels was assessed in poor-quality studies and thus remains highly uncertain. Platelet-lowering agents are sometimes recommended in patients with low-risk disease who have platelet counts ≥ 1500 × 103/μL, due to the potential risk of acquired von Willebrand syndrome and a risk of bleeding (this would require stopping ASA) [109]. Cytoreduction may also be used in low-risk patients with progressive symptoms despite ASA, symptomatic or progressive splenomegaly, and progressive leukocytosis.

Intermediate-Risk ET

This category includes patients older than 60 years, but without thrombosis or JAK2 mutations. These individuals would have been considered high risk (and thus candidates for cytoreductive therapy) according to the traditional risk stratification. Guidelines currently recommend ASA as the sole therapy for these patients, while reserving cytoreduction for those who experience thrombosis (ie, become high-risk) or have uncontrolled vasomotor or general symptoms, symptomatic splenomegaly, symptomatic thrombocytosis, or progressive leukocytosis.

 

High-Risk ET

For patients with ET in need of cytoreductive therapy (ie, those with prior thrombosis or older than 60 years with a JAK2V617F mutation), first-line options include hydroxyurea, IFN, and anagrelide. Hydroxyurea remains the treatment of choice in most patients [110]. In a seminal study, 114 patients with ET were randomly assigned to either observation or hydroxyurea treatment with the goal of maintaining the platelet count below 600 × 103/μL. At a median follow-up of 27 months, patients in the hydroxyurea group had a lower thrombosis rate (3.6% versus 24%, P = 0.003) and longer thrombosis-free survival, regardless of the use of antiplatelet drugs [64].

Anagrelide, a selective inhibitor of megakaryocytic differentiation and proliferation, was compared with hydroxyurea in patients with ET in 2 randomized trials. In the first (n = 809), the group receiving anagrelide had a higher risk of arterial thrombosis, major bleeding, and fibrotic evolution, but lower incidence of venous thrombosis. Hydroxyurea was better tolerated, mainly due to anagrelide-related cardiovascular adverse events [111]. As a result of this study, hydroxyurea is often preferred to anagrelide as frontline therapy for patients with newly diagnosed high-risk ET. In the second, more recent study (n = 259), however, the 2 agents proved equivalent in terms of major or minor arterial or venous thrombosis, as well as discontinuation rate [112]. The discrepancy between the 2 trials may be partly explained by the different ET diagnostic criteria used, with the latter only enrolling patients with WHO-defined true ET and the former utilizing Polycythemia Vera Study Group-ET diagnostic criteria that included patients with increases in other blood counts or varying degrees of marrow fibrosis.

 

 

Essential thrombocythemia (ET) treatment algorithm. AML, acute myeloid leukemia; MF, myelofibrosis.

Interferons were studied in ET in parallel with PV. PEG-IFN-alfa-2a proved effective in patients with ET, with responses observed in 80% of patients [103]. PEG-IFN- alfa-2b produced similar results, with responses in 70% to 90% of patients in small studies and discontinuation observed in 20% to 38% of cases [105,106,113]. Because the very long-term leukemogenic potential of hydroxyurea has remained somewhat uncertain, anagrelide or IFN might be preferable choices in younger patients.

The approach to treatment of ET based on thrombotic risk level is illustrated in Figure 2.

Assessing Response to Therapy

ELN and IWG-MNRT Treatment Response Criteria (2013)

For both patients with PV and ET the endpoint of treatment set forth for clinical trials has been the achievement of a clinicohematologic response. However, studies have failed to show a correlation between response and reduction of the thrombohemorrhagic risk [114]. Therefore, proposed clinical trial response criteria were revised to include absence of hemorrhagic or thrombotic events as part of the definition of response (Table 3) [94].

Approach to Patients Refractory to or Intolerant of First-line Therapy

According to the European LeukemiaNet recommendations, an inadequate response to hydroxyurea in patients with PV (or myelofibrosis) is defined as a need for phlebotomy to maintain the hematocrit below < 45%, the platelet count > 400 × 103/μL, and a WBC count > 10,000/μL, or failure to reduce splenomegaly > 10 cm by > 50% at a dose of ≥ 2 g/day or maximum tolerated dose. Historically, treatment options for patients with PV or ET who failed first-line therapy (most commonly hydroxyurea) have included alkylating agents, such as busulfan, chlorambucil, pipobroman, and phosphorus (P)-32. However, the use of these drugs is limited by the associated risk of LT [93,115,116]. IFN (or anagrelide for ET) is often considered in patients previously treated with hydroxyurea, and vice versa.

 

Ruxolitinib is a JAK1 and JAK2 inhibitor currently approved for the treatment of PV patients refractory to or intolerant of hydroxyurea [7]. Following promising results of a phase 2 trial [117], ruxolitinib 10 mg twice daily was compared with best available therapy in the pivotal RESPONSE trial (n = 222). Ruxolitinib proved superior in achieving hematocrit control, reduction of spleen volume, and improvement of symptoms. Grade 3-4 hematologic toxicity was infrequent and similar in the 2 arms [118]. In addition, longer follow-up of that study suggested a lower rate of thrombotic events in patients receiving ruxolitinib (1.8 versus 8.2 per 100 patient-years) [119]. In a similarly designed randomized phase 3 study in PV patients without splenomegaly (RESPONSE-2), more patients in the ruxolitinib arm had hematocrit reduction without an increase in toxicity. Based on the results of these studies, ruxolitinib can be considered a standard of care for second-line therapy in this post-hydroxyurea patient population [120]. Ruxolitinib is also being tested in patients with high-risk ET who have become resistant to, or were intolerant of hydroxyurea, but currently has no approved indication in this setting [121,122]. Common side effects of ruxolitinib include cytopenias (especially anemia), increased risk of infections, hyperlipidemia, and increased risk of non-melanoma skin cancer.

 

 

Novel agents that have been studied in patients with PV and ET are histone deacetylase inhibitors, murine double minute 2 (MDM2, or HDM2 for their human counterpart) inhibitors (which restore the function of p53), Bcl-2 homology domain 3 mimetics such as navitoclax and venetoclax, and, for patients with ET, the telomerase inhibitor imetelstat [123].

Disease Evolution

Post-PV/Post-ET Myelofibrosis

Diagnostic criteria for post-PV and post-ET myelofibrosis are outlined in Table 4. Fibrotic transformation represents a natural evolution of the clinical course of PV or ET. It occurs in up to 15% and 9% of patients with PV and ET, respectively, in western countries [124]. The true percentage of ET patients who develop myelofibrosis is confounded by the inclusion of prefibrotic myelofibrosis cases in earlier series. The survival of patients who develop myelofibrosis is shortened compared to those who do not. In patients with PV, risk factors for myelofibrosis evolution include advanced age, leukocytosis, JAK2V617F homozygosity or higher allele burden, and hydroxyurea therapy. Once post-PV myelofibrosis has occurred, hemoglobin < 10 g/dL, platelet count < 100 × 103/μL, and WBC count > 30,000/μL are associated with worse outcomes [125]. In patients with ET, risk factors for myelofibrosis transformation include age, anemia, bone marrow hypercellularity and increased reticulin, increased lactate dehydrogenase, leukocytosis, and male gender. The management of post-PV/post-ET myelofibrosis recapitulates that of PMF.

Diagnostic Criteria for Post-Polycythemia Vera and Post-Essential Thrombocythemia Myelofibrosis

Leukemic Transformation

The presence of more than 20% blasts in peripheral blood or bone marrow in a patient with MPN defines LT. This occurs in up to 5% to 10% of patients and may or may not be preceded by a myelofibrosis phase [126]. In cases of extramedullary transformation, a lower percentage of blasts can be seen in the bone marrow compared to the peripheral blood. The pathogenesis of LT has remained elusive, but it is believed to be associated with genetic instability, which facilitates the acquisition of additional mutations, including those of TET2, ASXL1, EZH2 DNMT3, IDH1/2, and TP53 [127].

Clinical risk factors for LT include advanced age, karyotypic abnormalities, prior therapy with alkylating agents or P-32, splenectomy, increased peripheral blood or bone marrow blasts, leukocytosis, anemia, thrombocytopenia, and cytogenetic abnormalities. Hydroxyurea, IFN, and ruxolitinib have not been shown to have leukemogenic potential thus far. Prognosis of LT is uniformly poor and patient survival rarely exceeds 6 months.

There is no standard of care for MPN LT. Treatment options range from low-intensity regimens to more aggressive AML-type induction chemotherapy. No strategy appears clearly superior to others [128]. Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation is the only therapy that provides clinically meaningful benefit to patients [129], but it is applicable only to a minority of patients with chemosensitive disease and good performance status [130]. Notable experimental approaches to MPN LT include hypomethylating agents, such as decitabine [131] or azacytidine [132], with or without ruxolitinib [133–135].

 

 

Conclusion

PV and ET are rare, chronic myeloid disorders. Patients typically experience a long clinical course and enjoy near-normal quality of life if properly managed. The 2 most important life-limiting complications of PV and ET are thrombohemorrhagic events and myelofibrosis/AML transformation. Vascular events are at least in part preventable with counseling on risk factors, phlebotomy (for patients with PV), antiplatelet therapy, and cytoreduction with hydroxyurea, IFNs, or anagrelide (for patients with ET). In addition, ruxolitinib was recently approved for PV patients after hydroxyurea failure. PV/ET transformation in myelofibrosis or AML is part of the natural history of the disease and no therapy has been shown to prevent it. Treatment follows recommendations set forth for PMF and AML, but results are generally poorer and novel strategies are needed to improve outcomes.

Corresponding author: Lorenzo Falchi, MD, Columbia University Medical Center, New York, NY.

Financial disclosures: None.

References

1. Swerdlow SH, Campo E, Harris NL, et al. WHO classification of tumours of haematopoietic and lymphoid tissues. 4th ed. Lyon: IARC; 2008.

2. Alvarez-Larran A, Pereira A, Arellano-Rodrigo E, et al. Cytoreduction plus low-dose aspirin versus cytoreduction alone as primary prophylaxis of thrombosis in patients with high-risk essential thrombocythaemia: an observational study. Br J Haematol 2013;161:865–71.

3. Tefferi A. Polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: 2013 update on diagnosis, risk-stratification, and management. Am J Hematol 2013;88:507–16.

4. Michiels JJ, Berneman Z, Schroyens W, et al. Platelet-mediated erythromelalgic, cerebral, ocular and coronary microvascular ischemic and thrombotic manifestations in patients with essential thrombocythemia and polycythemia vera: a distinct aspirin-responsive and coumadin-resistant arterial thrombophilia. Platelets 2006;17:528–44.

5. James C, Ugo V, Couedic J-PL, et al. A unique clonal JAK2 mutation leading to constitutive signalling causes polycythaemia vera. Nature 2005;434:1144–8.

6. Kralovics R, Passamonti F, Buser A, et al. A gain-of-function mutation of JAK2 in myeloproliferative disorders.N Engl J Med 2005;352:1779–90.

7. Verstovsek S, Mesa R, Gotlib J, et al. A double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of ruxolitinib for myelofibrosis. N Engl J Med 2012;366:799–807.

8. Harrison C, Kiladjian J, Al-Ali H, et al. JAK Inhibition with ruxolitinib versus best available therapy for myelofibrosis.N Engl J Med 2012;366:787–98.

9. Berglund S, Zettervall O. Incidence of polycythemia vera in a defined population. Eur J Haematol 1992;48:20–6.

10. Rozman C, Giralt M, Feliu E, et al. Life expectancy of patients with chronic nonleukemic myeloproliferative disorders. Cancer 1991;67:2658–63.

11. Passamonti F, Rumi E, Pungolino E, et al. Life expectancy and prognostic factors for survival in patients with polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia. Am J Med 2004;117:755–61.

12. Hultcrantz M, Kristinsson SY, Andersson TM, et al. Patterns of survival among patients with myeloproliferative neoplasms diagnosed in Sweden from 1973 to 2008: a population-based study. J Clin Oncol 2012;30:2995–3001.

13. Wolanskyj AP, Schwager SM, et al. Essential thrombocythemia beyond the first decade: life expectancy, long-term complication rates, and prognostic factors. Mayo Clin Proc 2006;81:159–66.

14. Srour SA, Devesa SS, Morton LM, et al. Incidence and patient survival of myeloproliferative neoplasms and myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms in the United States, 2001-12. Br J Haematol 2016;174:382–96.

15. Titmarsh GJ, Duncombe AS, McMullin MF, et al. How common are myeloproliferative neoplasms? A systematic review and meta-analysis. Am J Hematol 2014;89:581–7.

16. Moulard O, Mehta J, Fryzek J, et al. Epidemiology of myelofibrosis, essential thrombocythemia, and polycythemia vera in the European Union. Eur J Haematol 2014;92:289–97.

17. Stein BL, Gotlib J, Arcasoy M, et al. Historical views, conventional approaches, and evolving management strategies for myeloproliferative neoplasms. J Natl Compr Canc Netw 2015;13:424–34.

18. Levine RL, Wadleigh M, Cools J, et al. Activating mutation in the tyrosine kinase JAK2 in polycythemia vera, essential thrombocythemia, and myeloid metaplasia with myelofibrosis. Cancer Cell 2005;7:387–97.

19. Baxter EJ, Scott LM, Campbell PJ, et al. Acquired mutation of the tyrosine kinase JAK2 in human myeloproliferative disorders. Lancet 2005;365:1054–61.

20. Scott LM, Tong W, Levine RL, et al. JAK2 exon 12 mutations in polycythemia vera and idiopathic erythrocytosis. N Engl J Med 2007;356:459–68.

21. Pardanani A, Lasho TL, Finke C, et al. Prevalence and clinicopathologic correlates of JAK2 exon 12 mutations in JAK2V617F-negative polycythemia vera. Leukemia 2007;21:1960–3.

22. Passamonti F, Elena C, Schnittger S, et al. Molecular and clinical features of the myeloproliferative neoplasm associated with JAK2 exon 12 mutations. Blood 2011;117:2813–6.

23. Abe M, Suzuki K, Inagaki O, et al. A novel MPL point mutation resulting in thrombopoietin-independent activation. Leukemia 2002;16:1500–6.

24. Pikman Y, Lee BH, Mercher T, et al. MPLW515L is a novel somatic activating mutation in myelofibrosis with myeloid metaplasia. PLoS Med 2006;3:e270.

25. Pardanani AD, Levine RL, Lasho T, et al. MPL515 mutations in myeloproliferative and other myeloid disorders: a study of 1182 patients. Blood 2006;108:3472–6.

26. Nangalia J, Massie CE, Baxter EJ, et al. Somatic CALR mutations in myeloproliferative neoplasms with nonmutated JAK2. N Engl J Med 2013;369:2391–405.

27. Klampfl T, Gisslinger H, Harutyunyan AS, et al. Somatic mutations of calreticulin in myeloproliferative neoplasms. N Engl J Med 2013;369:2379–90.

28. Wang WA, Groenendyk J, Michalak M. Calreticulin signaling in health and disease. Int J Biochem Cell Biol 2012;44:842–6.

29. Saeidi K. Myeloproliferative neoplasms: Current molecular biology and genetics. Crit Rev Oncol Hematol 2016;98:375–89.

30. Arber DA, Orazi A, Hasserjian R, et al. The 2016 revision to the World Health Organization classification of myeloid neoplasms and acute leukemia. Blood 2016;127: 2391–405.

31. Mesa RA, Niblack J, Wadleigh M, et al. The burden of fatigue and quality of life in myeloproliferative disorders (MPDs): an international Internet-based survey of 1179 MPD patients. Cancer 2007;109:68–76.

32. Marchioli R, Finazzi G, Landolfi R, et al. Vascular and neoplastic risk in a large cohort of patients with polycythemia vera. J Clin Oncol 2005;23:2224–32.

33. Scherber R, Dueck AC, Johansson P, et al. The Myeloproliferative Neoplasm Symptom Assessment Form (MPN-SAF): international prospective validation and reliability trial in 402 patients. Blood 2011;118:401–8.

34. Emanuel RM, Dueck AC, Geyer HL, et al. Myeloproliferative neoplasm (MPN) symptom assessment form total symptom score: prospective international assessment of an abbreviated symptom burden scoring system among patients with MPNs. J Clin Oncol 2012;30:4098–103.

35. Casini A, Fontana P, Lecompte TP. Thrombotic complications of myeloproliferative neoplasms: risk assessment and risk-guided management. J Thromb Haemost 2013;11:1215–27.

36. Barbui T, Finazzi G, Falanga A. Myeloproliferative neoplasms and thrombosis. Blood 2013;122:2176-–84.

37. Pearson TC, Wetherley-Mein G. Vascular occlusive episodes and venous haematocrit in primary myeloproliferative polychytemia. Lancet 1978;2:1219–22.

38. Landolfi R, Di Gennaro L, Barbui T, et al. Leukocytosis as a major thrombotic risk factor in patients with polycythemia vera. Blood 2007;109:2446–52.

39. Tefferi A, Rumi E, Finazzi G, et al. Survival and prognosis among 1545 patients with contemporary polycythemia vera: an international study. Leukemia 2013;27:1874–81.

40. Barbui T, Falanga A. Molecular biomarkers of thrombosis in myeloproliferative neoplasms. Thromb Res 2016;140 Suppl 1:S71–75.

41. Campbell PJ, Scott LM, Buck G, et al. Definition of subtypes of essential thrombocythaemia and relation to polycythaemia vera based on JAK2 V617F mutation status: a prospective study. Lancet 2005;366:1945–53.

42. Tefferi A, Guglielmelli P, Larson DR, et al. Long-term survival and blast transformation in molecularly annotated essential thrombocythemia, polycythemia vera, and myelofibrosis. Blood 2014;124:2507–13.

43. Qin Y, Wang X, Zhao C, et al. The impact of JAK2V617F mutation on different types of thrombosis risk in patients with essential thrombocythemia: a meta-analysis. Int J Hematol 2015;102:170–80.

44. Ziakas PD. Effect of JAK2 V617F on thrombotic risk in patients with essential thrombocythemia: measuring the uncertain. Haematologica 2008;93:1412–4.

45. Lussana F, Dentali F, Abbate R, et al. Screening for thrombophilia and antithrombotic prophylaxis in pregnancy: Guidelines of the Italian Society for Haemostasis and Thrombosis (SISET). Thromb Res 2009;124: e19–25.

46. Dahabreh IJ, Zoi K, Giannouli S, et al. Is JAK2 V617F mutation more than a diagnostic index? A meta-analysis of clinical outcomes in essential thrombocythemia. Leuk Res 2009;33:67–73.

47. Cho YU, Chi HS, Lee EH, et al. Comparison of clinicopathologic findings according to JAK2 V617F mutation in patients with essential thrombocythemia. Int J Hematol 2009;89:39–44.

48. Wolanskyj AP, Lasho TL, Schwager SM, et al. JAK2 mutation in essential thrombocythaemia: clinical associations and long-term prognostic relevance. Br J Haematol 2005;131:208–13.

49. Antonioli E, Guglielmelli P, Pancrazzi A, et al. Clinical implications of the JAK2 V617F mutation in essential thrombocythemia. Leukemia 2005;19:1847–9.

50. Palandri F, Catani L, Testoni N, et al. Long-term follow-up of 386 consecutive patients with essential thrombocythemia: safety of cytoreductive therapy. Am J Hematol 2009;84:215–20.

51. Chim CS, Sim JP, Chan CC, et al. Impact of JAK2V617F mutation on thrombosis and myeloid transformation in essential thrombocythemia: a multivariate analysis by Cox regression in 141 patients. Hematology 2010;15: 187–92.

52. Vannucchi AM, Antonioli E, Guglielmelli P, et al. Clinical profile of homozygous JAK2 617V>F mutation in patients with polycythemia vera or essential thrombocythemia. Blood 2007;110:840–6.

53. Carobbio A, Finazzi G, Antonioli E, et al. JAK2V617F allele burden and thrombosis: a direct comparison in essential thrombocythemia and polycythemia vera. Exp Hematol 2009;37:1016–21.

54. Alvarez-Larran A, Bellosillo B, Pereira A, et al. JAK2V617F monitoring in polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: clinical usefulness for predicting myelofibrotic transformation and thrombotic events. Am J Hematol 2014;89:517–23.

55. Barbui T, Vannucchi AM, Buxhofer-Ausch V, et al. Practice-relevant revision of IPSET-thrombosis based on 1019 patients with WHO-defined essential thrombocythemia. Blood Cancer J 2015;5:e369.

56. Carobbio A, Thiele J, Passamonti F, et al. Risk factors for arterial and venous thrombosis in WHO-defined essential thrombocythemia: an international study of 891 patients. Blood 2011;117:5857–9.

57. Alvarez-Larran A, Cervantes F, Bellosillo B, et al. Essential thrombocythemia in young individuals: frequency and risk factors for vascular events and evolution to myelofibrosis in 126 patients. Leukemia 2007;21:1218–23.

58. Jantunen R, Juvonen E, Ikkala E, et al. The predictive value of vascular risk factors and gender for the development of thrombotic complications in essential thrombocythemia. Ann Hematol 2001;80:74–8.

59. Besses C, Cervantes F, Pereira A, et al. Major vascular complications in essential thrombocythemia: a study of the predictive factors in a series of 148 patients. Leukemia 1999;13:150–4.

60. Haider M, Gangat N, Hanson C, Tefferi A. Splenomegaly and thrombosis risk in essential thrombocythemia: the mayo clinic experience. Am J Hematol 2016;91: E296–297.

61. Carobbio A, Finazzi G, Antonioli E, et al. Thrombocytosis and leukocytosis interaction in vascular complications of essential thrombocythemia. Blood 2008;112:3135–7.

62. Palandri F, Polverelli N, Catani L, et al. Impact of leukocytosis on thrombotic risk and survival in 532 patients with essential thrombocythemia: a retrospective study. Ann Hematol 2011;90:933–8.

63. Campbell PJ, MacLean C, Beer PA, et al. Correlation of blood counts with vascular complications in essential thrombocythemia: analysis of the prospective PT1 cohort. Blood 2012;120:1409–11.

64. Cortelazzo S, Finazzi G, Ruggeri M, et al. Hydroxyurea for patients with essential thrombocythemia and a high risk of thrombosis. N Engl J Med 1995;332:1132–6.

65. van Genderen PJ, Mulder PG, Waleboer M, et al. Prevention and treatment of thrombotic complications in essential thrombocythaemia: efficacy and safety of aspirin. Br J Haematol 1997;97:179–84.

66. Storen EC, Tefferi A. Long-term use of anagrelide in young patients with essential thrombocythemia. Blood 2001;97:863–6.

67. De Stefano V, Za T, Rossi E, et al. Recurrent thrombosis in patients with polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: incidence, risk factors, and effect of treatments. Haematologica 2008;93:372–80.

68. Alvarez-Larran A, Cervantes F, Pereira A, et al. Observation versus antiplatelet therapy as primary prophylaxis for thrombosis in low-risk essential thrombocythemia. Blood 2010;116:1205–10.

69. Palandri F, Polverelli N, Catani L, et al. Bleeding in essential thrombocythaemia: a retrospective analysis on 565 patients. Br J Haematol 2012;156:281–4.

70. Rotunno G, Mannarelli C, Guglielmelli P, et al. Impact of calreticulin mutations on clinical and hematological phenotype and outcome in essential thrombocythemia. Blood 2014;123:1552–5.

71. Tefferi A, Wassie EA, Lasho TL, et al. Calreticulin mutations and long-term survival in essential thrombocythemia. Leukemia 2014;28:2300–3.

72. Rumi E, Pietra D, Ferretti V, et al. JAK2 or CALR mutation status defines subtypes of essential thrombocythemia with substantially different clinical course and outcomes. Blood 2014;123:1544–51.

73. Palandri F, Latagliata R, Polverelli N, et al. Mutations and long-term outcome of 217 young patients with essential thrombocythemia or early primary myelofibrosis. Leukemia 2015;29:1344–9.

74. Fu R, Xuan M, Zhou Y, et al. Analysis of calreticulin mutations in Chinese patients with essential thrombocythemia: clinical implications in diagnosis, prognosis and treatment. Leukemia 2014;28:1912–4.

75. Tefferi A, Wassie EA, Guglielmelli P, et al. Type 1 versus Type 2 calreticulin mutations in essential thrombocythemia: a collaborative study of 1027 patients. Am J Hematol 2014;89:E121–4.

76. Pietra D, Rumi E, Ferretti VV, et al. Differential clinical effects of different mutation subtypes in CALR-mutant myeloproliferative neoplasms. Leukemia 2016;30: 431–8.

77. Rumi E, Pietra D, Guglielmelli P, et al. Acquired copy-neutral loss of heterozygosity of chromosome 1p as a molecular event associated with marrow fibrosis in MPL-mutated myeloproliferative neoplasms. Blood 2013;121:4388–95.

78. Beer PA, Campbell PJ, Scott LM, et al. MPL mutations in myeloproliferative disorders: analysis of the PT-1 cohort. Blood 2008;112:141–9.

79. Gangat N, Wassie EA, Lasho TL, et al. Mutations and thrombosis in essential thrombocythemia: prognostic interaction with age and thrombosis history. Eur J Haematol 2015;94:31–6.

80. Sekhar M, McVinnie K, Burroughs AK. Splanchnic vein thrombosis in myeloproliferative neoplasms. Br J Haematol 2013;162:730–47.

81. Stein BL, Saraf S, Sobol U, et al. Age-related differences in disease characteristics and clinical outcomes in polycythemia vera. Leuk Lymph 2013;54:1989–95.

82. Landolfi R, Di Gennaro L, Nicolazzi MA, et al. Polycythemia vera: gender-related phenotypic differences. Intern Emerg Med 2012;7:509–15.

83. Winslow ER, Brunt LM, Drebin JA, et al. Portal vein thrombosis after splenectomy. Am J Surg 2002;184:631–6.

84. Smalberg JH, Arends LR, Valla DC, et al. Myeloproliferative neoplasms in Budd-Chiari syndrome and portal vein thrombosis: a meta-analysis. Blood 2012;120:4921–8.

85. Dentali F, Squizzato A, Brivio L, et al. JAK2V617F mutation for the early diagnosis of Ph- myeloproliferative neoplasms in patients with venous thromboembolism: a meta-analysis. Blood 2009;113:5617–23.

86. Pardanani A, Lasho TL, Hussein K, et al. JAK2V617F mutation screening as part of the hypercoagulable work-up in the absence of splanchnic venous thrombosis or overt myeloproliferative neoplasm: assessment of value in a series of 664 consecutive patients. Mayo Clin Proc 2008;83:457–9.

87. Barbui T, Barosi G, Birgegard G, et al. Philadelphia-negative classical myeloproliferative neoplasms: critical concepts and management recommendations from European LeukemiaNet. J Clin Oncol 2011;29:761–70.

88. Landolfi R, Marchioli R, Kutti J, et al. Efficacy and safety of low-dose aspirin in polycythemia vera. N Engl J Med 2004;350:114–24.

89. Marchioli R, Finazzi G, Specchia G, et al. Cardiovascular events and intensity of treatment in polycythemia vera. N Engl J Med 2013;368:22–33.

90. Kiladjian JJ, Chevret S, Dosquet C, et al. Treatment of polycythemia vera with hydroxyurea and pipobroman: final results of a randomized trial initiated in 1980. J Clin Oncol 2011;29:3907–13.

91. Kaplan ME, Mack K, Goldberg JD, et al. Long-term management of polycythemia vera with hydroxyurea: a progress report. Semin Hematol 1986;23:167–71.

92. Fruchtman SM, Mack K, Kaplan ME, et al. From efficacy to safety: a Polycythemia Vera Study group report on hydroxyurea in patients with polycythemia vera. Semin Hematol 1997;34:17–23.

93. Finazzi G, Caruso V, Marchioli R, et al. Acute leukemia in polycythemia vera: an analysis of 1638 patients enrolled in a prospective observational study. Blood 2005;105: 2664–70.

94. Barosi G, Mesa R, Finazzi G, et al. Revised response criteria for polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: an ELN and IWG-MRT consensus project. Blood 2013;121:4778–81.

95. Alvarez-Larran A, Pereira A, Cervantes F, et al. Assessment and prognostic value of the European LeukemiaNet criteria for clinicohematologic response, resistance, and intolerance to hydroxyurea in polycythemia vera. Blood 2012;119:1363–9.

96. Stein BL, Tiu RV. Biological rationale and clinical use of interferon in the classical BCR-ABL-negative myeloproliferative neoplasms. J Interferon Cytokine Res 2013;33: 145–53.

97. Ludwig H, Cortelezzi A, Van Camp BG, et al. Treatment with recombinant interferon-alpha-2C: multiple myeloma and thrombocythaemia in myeloproliferative diseases. Oncology 1985;42 Suppl 1:19–25.

98. Silver RT. Long-term effects of the treatment of polycythemia vera with recombinant interferon-alpha. Cancer 2006;107:451–8.

99. Kiladjian JJ, Mesa RA, Hoffman R. The renaissance of interferon therapy for the treatment of myeloid malignancies. Blood 2011;117:4706–15.

100. Veronese FM, Mero A. The impact of PEGylation on biological therapies. BioDrugs 2008;22:315–29.

101. Kiladjian JJ, Cassinat B, Chevret S, et al. Pegylated interferon-alfa-2a induces complete hematologic and molecular responses with low toxicity in polycythemia vera. Blood 2008;112:3065–72.

102. Turlure P, Cambier N, Roussel M, et al. Complete hematological, molecular and histological remissions without cytoreductive treatment lasting after pegylated-interferon {alpha}-2a (peg-IFN{alpha}-2a) therapy in polycythemia vera (PV): long term results of a phase 2 trial [abstract]. Blood 2011;118(21). Abstract 280.

103. Quintas-Cardama A, Kantarjian H, Manshouri T, et al. Pegylated interferon alfa-2a yields high rates of hematologic and molecular response in patients with advanced essential thrombocythemia and polycythemia vera. J Clin Oncol 2009;27:5418–24.

104. Quintas-Cardama A, Abdel-Wahab O, Manshouri T, et al. Molecular analysis of patients with polycythemia vera or essential thrombocythemia receiving pegylated interferon a-2a. Blood 2013;122:893–901.

105. Samuelsson J, Hasselbalch H, Bruserud O, et al. A phase II trial of pegylated interferon alpha-2b therapy for polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: feasibility, clinical and biologic effects, and impact on quality of life. Cancer 2006;106:2397–405.

106. Jabbour E, Kantarjian H, Cortes J, et al. PEG-IFN-alpha-2b therapy in BCR-ABL-negative myeloproliferative disorders: final result of a phase 2 study. Cancer 2007; 110:2012–18.

107. Them NC, Bagienski K, Berg T, et al. Molecular responses and chromosomal aberrations in patients with polycythemia vera treated with peg-proline-interferon alpha-2b. Am J Hematol 2015;90:288–94.

108. Gisslinger H, Klade C, Georgiev P, et al. Final results from PROUD-PV a randomized controlled phase 3 trial comparing ropeginterferon alfa-2b to hydroxyurea in polycythemia vera patients [abstract]. Blood 2016;128(suppl 22). Abstract 475.

109. van Genderen PJ, van Vliet HH, Prins FJ, et al. Excessive prolongation of the bleeding time by aspirin in essential thrombocythemia is related to a decrease of large von Willebrand factor multimers in plasma. Ann Hematol 1997;75:215–20.

110. Cortelazzo S, Finazzi G, Ruggeri M, et al. Hydroxyurea for patients with essential thrombocythemia and a high risk of thrombosis. N Engl J Med 1995;332:1132–7.

111. Harrison CN, Campbell PJ, Buck G, et al. Hydroxyurea compared with anagrelide in high-risk essential thrombocythemia. N Engl J Med 2005;353:33–45.

112. Gisslinger H, Gotic M, Holowiecki J, et al. Anagrelide compared with hydroxyurea in WHO-classified essential thrombocythemia: the ANAHYDRET Study, a randomized controlled trial. Blood 2013;121:1720–8.

113. Alvarado Y, Cortes J, Verstovsek S, et al. Pilot study of pegylated interferon-alpha 2b in patients with essential thrombocythemia. Cancer Chemother Pharmacol 2003;51:81–6.

114. Barosi G, Tefferi A, Barbui T, ad hoc committee ‘Definition of clinically relevant outcomes for contemporarily clinical trials in Ph-neg M. Do current response criteria in classical Ph-negative myeloproliferative neoplasms capture benefit for patients? Leukemia 2012;26:1148–9.

115. Bjorkholm M, Derolf AR, Hultcrantz M, et al. Treatment-related risk factors for transformation to acute myeloid leukemia and myelodysplastic syndromes in myeloproliferative neoplasms. J Clin Oncol 2011;29:2410–5.

116. Alvarez-Larran A, Martinez-Aviles L, Hernandez-Boluda JC, et al. Busulfan in patients with polycythemia vera or essential thrombocythemia refractory or intolerant to hydroxyurea. Ann Hematol 2014;93:2037–43.

117. Verstovsek S, Passamonti F, Rambaldi A, et al. A phase 2 study of ruxolitinib, an oral JAK1 and JAK2 Inhibitor, in patients with advanced polycythemia vera who are refractory or intolerant to hydroxyurea. Cancer 2014;120: 513–20.

118. Vannucchi AM, Kiladjian JJ, Griesshammer M, et al. Ruxolitinib in polycythemia vera resistant to or intolerant of hydroxyurea. N Engl J Med 2015; 372:426–35.

119. Verstovsek S, Vannucchi AM, Griesshammer M, et al. Ruxolitinib versus best available therapy in patients with polycythemia vera: 80-week follow-up from the RESPONSE trial. Haematologica 2016;101:821–9.

120. Passamonti F, Griesshammer M, Palandri F, et al. Ruxolitinib for the treatment of inadequately controlled polycythaemia vera without splenomegaly (RESPONSE-2): a randomised, open-label, phase 3b study. Lancet Oncol 2017;18:88–99.

121. Verstovsek S, Passamonti F, Rambaldi A, et al. Long-term results from a phase II open-label study of ruxolitinib in patients with essential thrombocythemia refractory to or intolerant of hydroxyurea [abstract]. Blood 2014;124. Abstract 1847.

122. Harrison CN, Mead AJ, Panchal A, et al. Ruxolitinib versus best available therapy for ET intolerant or resistant to hydroxycarbamide in a randomized trial. Blood 2017 Aug 9. pii: blood-2017-05-785790 .

123. Bose P, Verstovsek S. Drug development pipeline for myeloproliferative neoplasms: potential future impact on guidelines and management. J Natl Compr Canc Netw 2016;14:1613–24.

124. Cerquozzi S, Teffieri A. Blast transformation and fibrotic progression in polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: a literature review of incidence and risk factors. Blood Cancer J 2015;Nov 13;5:e366.

125. Passamonti F, Rumi E, Caramella M, et al. A dynamic prognostic model to predict survival in post-polycythemia vera myelofibrosis. Blood 2008;111:3383–7.

126. Mesa RA, Verstovsek S, Cervantes F, et al. Primary myelofibrosis (PMF), post polycythemia vera myelofibrosis (post- PV MF), post essential thrombocythemia myelofibrosis (post-ET MF), blast phase PMF (PMF-BP): Consensus on terminology by the international working group for myelofibrosis research and treatment (IWG-MRT). Leuk Res 2007;31:737–40.

127. Rampal R, Mascarenhas J. Pathogenesis and management of acute myeloid leukemia that has evolved from a myeloproliferative neoplasm. Curr Opin Hematol 2014;21:65–71.

128. Chihara D, Kantarjian HM, Newberry KJ, et al. Survival outcome of patients with acute myeloid leukemia transformed from myeloproliferative neoplasms [abstract]. Blood 2016;128. Abstract 1940.

129. Tam CS, Nussenzveig RM, Popat U, et al. The natural history and treatment outcome of blast phase BCR-ABL-myeloproliferative neoplasms. Blood 2008;112:1628–37.

130. Kundranda MN, Tibes R, Mesa RA. Transformation of a chronic myeloproliferative neoplasm to acute myelogenous leukemia: does anything work? Curr Hematol Malig Rep 2012;7:78–86.

131. Badar T, Kantarjian HM, Ravandi F, et al. Therapeutic benefit of decitabine, a hypomethylating agent, in patients with high-risk primary myelofibrosis and myeloproliferative neoplasm in accelerated or blastic/acute myeloid leukemia phase. Leuk Res 2015;39:950–6.

132. Thepot S, Itzykson R, Seegers V, et al. Treatment of progression of Philadelphia-negative myeloproliferative neoplasms to myelodysplastic syndrome or acute myeloid leukemia by azacitidine: a report on 54 cases on the behalf of the Groupe Francophone des Myelodysplasies (GFM). Blood 2010;116:3735–42.

133. Pemmaraju N, Kantarjian H, Kadia T, et al. A phase I/II study of the Janus kinase (JAK)1 and 2 inhibitor ruxolitinib in patients with relapsed or refractory acute myeloid leukemia. Clin Lymphoma Myeloma Leuk 2015;15:171–6.

134. Rampal RK, Mascarenhas JO, Kosiorek HE, et al. Safety and efficacy of combined ruxolitinib and decitabine in patients with blast-phase MPN and post-MPN AML: results of a phase I study (Myeloproliferative Disorders Research Consortium 109 trial) [abstract]. Blood 2016;128. Abstract 1124.

135. Bose P, Verstovsek S, Gasior Y, et al. Phase I/II study of ruxolitinib (RUX) with decitabine (DAC) in patients with post-myeloproliferative neoplasm acute myeloid leukemia (post-MPN AML): phase I results [abstract]. Blood 2016;128. Abstract 4262.

References

1. Swerdlow SH, Campo E, Harris NL, et al. WHO classification of tumours of haematopoietic and lymphoid tissues. 4th ed. Lyon: IARC; 2008.

2. Alvarez-Larran A, Pereira A, Arellano-Rodrigo E, et al. Cytoreduction plus low-dose aspirin versus cytoreduction alone as primary prophylaxis of thrombosis in patients with high-risk essential thrombocythaemia: an observational study. Br J Haematol 2013;161:865–71.

3. Tefferi A. Polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: 2013 update on diagnosis, risk-stratification, and management. Am J Hematol 2013;88:507–16.

4. Michiels JJ, Berneman Z, Schroyens W, et al. Platelet-mediated erythromelalgic, cerebral, ocular and coronary microvascular ischemic and thrombotic manifestations in patients with essential thrombocythemia and polycythemia vera: a distinct aspirin-responsive and coumadin-resistant arterial thrombophilia. Platelets 2006;17:528–44.

5. James C, Ugo V, Couedic J-PL, et al. A unique clonal JAK2 mutation leading to constitutive signalling causes polycythaemia vera. Nature 2005;434:1144–8.

6. Kralovics R, Passamonti F, Buser A, et al. A gain-of-function mutation of JAK2 in myeloproliferative disorders.N Engl J Med 2005;352:1779–90.

7. Verstovsek S, Mesa R, Gotlib J, et al. A double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of ruxolitinib for myelofibrosis. N Engl J Med 2012;366:799–807.

8. Harrison C, Kiladjian J, Al-Ali H, et al. JAK Inhibition with ruxolitinib versus best available therapy for myelofibrosis.N Engl J Med 2012;366:787–98.

9. Berglund S, Zettervall O. Incidence of polycythemia vera in a defined population. Eur J Haematol 1992;48:20–6.

10. Rozman C, Giralt M, Feliu E, et al. Life expectancy of patients with chronic nonleukemic myeloproliferative disorders. Cancer 1991;67:2658–63.

11. Passamonti F, Rumi E, Pungolino E, et al. Life expectancy and prognostic factors for survival in patients with polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia. Am J Med 2004;117:755–61.

12. Hultcrantz M, Kristinsson SY, Andersson TM, et al. Patterns of survival among patients with myeloproliferative neoplasms diagnosed in Sweden from 1973 to 2008: a population-based study. J Clin Oncol 2012;30:2995–3001.

13. Wolanskyj AP, Schwager SM, et al. Essential thrombocythemia beyond the first decade: life expectancy, long-term complication rates, and prognostic factors. Mayo Clin Proc 2006;81:159–66.

14. Srour SA, Devesa SS, Morton LM, et al. Incidence and patient survival of myeloproliferative neoplasms and myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms in the United States, 2001-12. Br J Haematol 2016;174:382–96.

15. Titmarsh GJ, Duncombe AS, McMullin MF, et al. How common are myeloproliferative neoplasms? A systematic review and meta-analysis. Am J Hematol 2014;89:581–7.

16. Moulard O, Mehta J, Fryzek J, et al. Epidemiology of myelofibrosis, essential thrombocythemia, and polycythemia vera in the European Union. Eur J Haematol 2014;92:289–97.

17. Stein BL, Gotlib J, Arcasoy M, et al. Historical views, conventional approaches, and evolving management strategies for myeloproliferative neoplasms. J Natl Compr Canc Netw 2015;13:424–34.

18. Levine RL, Wadleigh M, Cools J, et al. Activating mutation in the tyrosine kinase JAK2 in polycythemia vera, essential thrombocythemia, and myeloid metaplasia with myelofibrosis. Cancer Cell 2005;7:387–97.

19. Baxter EJ, Scott LM, Campbell PJ, et al. Acquired mutation of the tyrosine kinase JAK2 in human myeloproliferative disorders. Lancet 2005;365:1054–61.

20. Scott LM, Tong W, Levine RL, et al. JAK2 exon 12 mutations in polycythemia vera and idiopathic erythrocytosis. N Engl J Med 2007;356:459–68.

21. Pardanani A, Lasho TL, Finke C, et al. Prevalence and clinicopathologic correlates of JAK2 exon 12 mutations in JAK2V617F-negative polycythemia vera. Leukemia 2007;21:1960–3.

22. Passamonti F, Elena C, Schnittger S, et al. Molecular and clinical features of the myeloproliferative neoplasm associated with JAK2 exon 12 mutations. Blood 2011;117:2813–6.

23. Abe M, Suzuki K, Inagaki O, et al. A novel MPL point mutation resulting in thrombopoietin-independent activation. Leukemia 2002;16:1500–6.

24. Pikman Y, Lee BH, Mercher T, et al. MPLW515L is a novel somatic activating mutation in myelofibrosis with myeloid metaplasia. PLoS Med 2006;3:e270.

25. Pardanani AD, Levine RL, Lasho T, et al. MPL515 mutations in myeloproliferative and other myeloid disorders: a study of 1182 patients. Blood 2006;108:3472–6.

26. Nangalia J, Massie CE, Baxter EJ, et al. Somatic CALR mutations in myeloproliferative neoplasms with nonmutated JAK2. N Engl J Med 2013;369:2391–405.

27. Klampfl T, Gisslinger H, Harutyunyan AS, et al. Somatic mutations of calreticulin in myeloproliferative neoplasms. N Engl J Med 2013;369:2379–90.

28. Wang WA, Groenendyk J, Michalak M. Calreticulin signaling in health and disease. Int J Biochem Cell Biol 2012;44:842–6.

29. Saeidi K. Myeloproliferative neoplasms: Current molecular biology and genetics. Crit Rev Oncol Hematol 2016;98:375–89.

30. Arber DA, Orazi A, Hasserjian R, et al. The 2016 revision to the World Health Organization classification of myeloid neoplasms and acute leukemia. Blood 2016;127: 2391–405.

31. Mesa RA, Niblack J, Wadleigh M, et al. The burden of fatigue and quality of life in myeloproliferative disorders (MPDs): an international Internet-based survey of 1179 MPD patients. Cancer 2007;109:68–76.

32. Marchioli R, Finazzi G, Landolfi R, et al. Vascular and neoplastic risk in a large cohort of patients with polycythemia vera. J Clin Oncol 2005;23:2224–32.

33. Scherber R, Dueck AC, Johansson P, et al. The Myeloproliferative Neoplasm Symptom Assessment Form (MPN-SAF): international prospective validation and reliability trial in 402 patients. Blood 2011;118:401–8.

34. Emanuel RM, Dueck AC, Geyer HL, et al. Myeloproliferative neoplasm (MPN) symptom assessment form total symptom score: prospective international assessment of an abbreviated symptom burden scoring system among patients with MPNs. J Clin Oncol 2012;30:4098–103.

35. Casini A, Fontana P, Lecompte TP. Thrombotic complications of myeloproliferative neoplasms: risk assessment and risk-guided management. J Thromb Haemost 2013;11:1215–27.

36. Barbui T, Finazzi G, Falanga A. Myeloproliferative neoplasms and thrombosis. Blood 2013;122:2176-–84.

37. Pearson TC, Wetherley-Mein G. Vascular occlusive episodes and venous haematocrit in primary myeloproliferative polychytemia. Lancet 1978;2:1219–22.

38. Landolfi R, Di Gennaro L, Barbui T, et al. Leukocytosis as a major thrombotic risk factor in patients with polycythemia vera. Blood 2007;109:2446–52.

39. Tefferi A, Rumi E, Finazzi G, et al. Survival and prognosis among 1545 patients with contemporary polycythemia vera: an international study. Leukemia 2013;27:1874–81.

40. Barbui T, Falanga A. Molecular biomarkers of thrombosis in myeloproliferative neoplasms. Thromb Res 2016;140 Suppl 1:S71–75.

41. Campbell PJ, Scott LM, Buck G, et al. Definition of subtypes of essential thrombocythaemia and relation to polycythaemia vera based on JAK2 V617F mutation status: a prospective study. Lancet 2005;366:1945–53.

42. Tefferi A, Guglielmelli P, Larson DR, et al. Long-term survival and blast transformation in molecularly annotated essential thrombocythemia, polycythemia vera, and myelofibrosis. Blood 2014;124:2507–13.

43. Qin Y, Wang X, Zhao C, et al. The impact of JAK2V617F mutation on different types of thrombosis risk in patients with essential thrombocythemia: a meta-analysis. Int J Hematol 2015;102:170–80.

44. Ziakas PD. Effect of JAK2 V617F on thrombotic risk in patients with essential thrombocythemia: measuring the uncertain. Haematologica 2008;93:1412–4.

45. Lussana F, Dentali F, Abbate R, et al. Screening for thrombophilia and antithrombotic prophylaxis in pregnancy: Guidelines of the Italian Society for Haemostasis and Thrombosis (SISET). Thromb Res 2009;124: e19–25.

46. Dahabreh IJ, Zoi K, Giannouli S, et al. Is JAK2 V617F mutation more than a diagnostic index? A meta-analysis of clinical outcomes in essential thrombocythemia. Leuk Res 2009;33:67–73.

47. Cho YU, Chi HS, Lee EH, et al. Comparison of clinicopathologic findings according to JAK2 V617F mutation in patients with essential thrombocythemia. Int J Hematol 2009;89:39–44.

48. Wolanskyj AP, Lasho TL, Schwager SM, et al. JAK2 mutation in essential thrombocythaemia: clinical associations and long-term prognostic relevance. Br J Haematol 2005;131:208–13.

49. Antonioli E, Guglielmelli P, Pancrazzi A, et al. Clinical implications of the JAK2 V617F mutation in essential thrombocythemia. Leukemia 2005;19:1847–9.

50. Palandri F, Catani L, Testoni N, et al. Long-term follow-up of 386 consecutive patients with essential thrombocythemia: safety of cytoreductive therapy. Am J Hematol 2009;84:215–20.

51. Chim CS, Sim JP, Chan CC, et al. Impact of JAK2V617F mutation on thrombosis and myeloid transformation in essential thrombocythemia: a multivariate analysis by Cox regression in 141 patients. Hematology 2010;15: 187–92.

52. Vannucchi AM, Antonioli E, Guglielmelli P, et al. Clinical profile of homozygous JAK2 617V>F mutation in patients with polycythemia vera or essential thrombocythemia. Blood 2007;110:840–6.

53. Carobbio A, Finazzi G, Antonioli E, et al. JAK2V617F allele burden and thrombosis: a direct comparison in essential thrombocythemia and polycythemia vera. Exp Hematol 2009;37:1016–21.

54. Alvarez-Larran A, Bellosillo B, Pereira A, et al. JAK2V617F monitoring in polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: clinical usefulness for predicting myelofibrotic transformation and thrombotic events. Am J Hematol 2014;89:517–23.

55. Barbui T, Vannucchi AM, Buxhofer-Ausch V, et al. Practice-relevant revision of IPSET-thrombosis based on 1019 patients with WHO-defined essential thrombocythemia. Blood Cancer J 2015;5:e369.

56. Carobbio A, Thiele J, Passamonti F, et al. Risk factors for arterial and venous thrombosis in WHO-defined essential thrombocythemia: an international study of 891 patients. Blood 2011;117:5857–9.

57. Alvarez-Larran A, Cervantes F, Bellosillo B, et al. Essential thrombocythemia in young individuals: frequency and risk factors for vascular events and evolution to myelofibrosis in 126 patients. Leukemia 2007;21:1218–23.

58. Jantunen R, Juvonen E, Ikkala E, et al. The predictive value of vascular risk factors and gender for the development of thrombotic complications in essential thrombocythemia. Ann Hematol 2001;80:74–8.

59. Besses C, Cervantes F, Pereira A, et al. Major vascular complications in essential thrombocythemia: a study of the predictive factors in a series of 148 patients. Leukemia 1999;13:150–4.

60. Haider M, Gangat N, Hanson C, Tefferi A. Splenomegaly and thrombosis risk in essential thrombocythemia: the mayo clinic experience. Am J Hematol 2016;91: E296–297.

61. Carobbio A, Finazzi G, Antonioli E, et al. Thrombocytosis and leukocytosis interaction in vascular complications of essential thrombocythemia. Blood 2008;112:3135–7.

62. Palandri F, Polverelli N, Catani L, et al. Impact of leukocytosis on thrombotic risk and survival in 532 patients with essential thrombocythemia: a retrospective study. Ann Hematol 2011;90:933–8.

63. Campbell PJ, MacLean C, Beer PA, et al. Correlation of blood counts with vascular complications in essential thrombocythemia: analysis of the prospective PT1 cohort. Blood 2012;120:1409–11.

64. Cortelazzo S, Finazzi G, Ruggeri M, et al. Hydroxyurea for patients with essential thrombocythemia and a high risk of thrombosis. N Engl J Med 1995;332:1132–6.

65. van Genderen PJ, Mulder PG, Waleboer M, et al. Prevention and treatment of thrombotic complications in essential thrombocythaemia: efficacy and safety of aspirin. Br J Haematol 1997;97:179–84.

66. Storen EC, Tefferi A. Long-term use of anagrelide in young patients with essential thrombocythemia. Blood 2001;97:863–6.

67. De Stefano V, Za T, Rossi E, et al. Recurrent thrombosis in patients with polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: incidence, risk factors, and effect of treatments. Haematologica 2008;93:372–80.

68. Alvarez-Larran A, Cervantes F, Pereira A, et al. Observation versus antiplatelet therapy as primary prophylaxis for thrombosis in low-risk essential thrombocythemia. Blood 2010;116:1205–10.

69. Palandri F, Polverelli N, Catani L, et al. Bleeding in essential thrombocythaemia: a retrospective analysis on 565 patients. Br J Haematol 2012;156:281–4.

70. Rotunno G, Mannarelli C, Guglielmelli P, et al. Impact of calreticulin mutations on clinical and hematological phenotype and outcome in essential thrombocythemia. Blood 2014;123:1552–5.

71. Tefferi A, Wassie EA, Lasho TL, et al. Calreticulin mutations and long-term survival in essential thrombocythemia. Leukemia 2014;28:2300–3.

72. Rumi E, Pietra D, Ferretti V, et al. JAK2 or CALR mutation status defines subtypes of essential thrombocythemia with substantially different clinical course and outcomes. Blood 2014;123:1544–51.

73. Palandri F, Latagliata R, Polverelli N, et al. Mutations and long-term outcome of 217 young patients with essential thrombocythemia or early primary myelofibrosis. Leukemia 2015;29:1344–9.

74. Fu R, Xuan M, Zhou Y, et al. Analysis of calreticulin mutations in Chinese patients with essential thrombocythemia: clinical implications in diagnosis, prognosis and treatment. Leukemia 2014;28:1912–4.

75. Tefferi A, Wassie EA, Guglielmelli P, et al. Type 1 versus Type 2 calreticulin mutations in essential thrombocythemia: a collaborative study of 1027 patients. Am J Hematol 2014;89:E121–4.

76. Pietra D, Rumi E, Ferretti VV, et al. Differential clinical effects of different mutation subtypes in CALR-mutant myeloproliferative neoplasms. Leukemia 2016;30: 431–8.

77. Rumi E, Pietra D, Guglielmelli P, et al. Acquired copy-neutral loss of heterozygosity of chromosome 1p as a molecular event associated with marrow fibrosis in MPL-mutated myeloproliferative neoplasms. Blood 2013;121:4388–95.

78. Beer PA, Campbell PJ, Scott LM, et al. MPL mutations in myeloproliferative disorders: analysis of the PT-1 cohort. Blood 2008;112:141–9.

79. Gangat N, Wassie EA, Lasho TL, et al. Mutations and thrombosis in essential thrombocythemia: prognostic interaction with age and thrombosis history. Eur J Haematol 2015;94:31–6.

80. Sekhar M, McVinnie K, Burroughs AK. Splanchnic vein thrombosis in myeloproliferative neoplasms. Br J Haematol 2013;162:730–47.

81. Stein BL, Saraf S, Sobol U, et al. Age-related differences in disease characteristics and clinical outcomes in polycythemia vera. Leuk Lymph 2013;54:1989–95.

82. Landolfi R, Di Gennaro L, Nicolazzi MA, et al. Polycythemia vera: gender-related phenotypic differences. Intern Emerg Med 2012;7:509–15.

83. Winslow ER, Brunt LM, Drebin JA, et al. Portal vein thrombosis after splenectomy. Am J Surg 2002;184:631–6.

84. Smalberg JH, Arends LR, Valla DC, et al. Myeloproliferative neoplasms in Budd-Chiari syndrome and portal vein thrombosis: a meta-analysis. Blood 2012;120:4921–8.

85. Dentali F, Squizzato A, Brivio L, et al. JAK2V617F mutation for the early diagnosis of Ph- myeloproliferative neoplasms in patients with venous thromboembolism: a meta-analysis. Blood 2009;113:5617–23.

86. Pardanani A, Lasho TL, Hussein K, et al. JAK2V617F mutation screening as part of the hypercoagulable work-up in the absence of splanchnic venous thrombosis or overt myeloproliferative neoplasm: assessment of value in a series of 664 consecutive patients. Mayo Clin Proc 2008;83:457–9.

87. Barbui T, Barosi G, Birgegard G, et al. Philadelphia-negative classical myeloproliferative neoplasms: critical concepts and management recommendations from European LeukemiaNet. J Clin Oncol 2011;29:761–70.

88. Landolfi R, Marchioli R, Kutti J, et al. Efficacy and safety of low-dose aspirin in polycythemia vera. N Engl J Med 2004;350:114–24.

89. Marchioli R, Finazzi G, Specchia G, et al. Cardiovascular events and intensity of treatment in polycythemia vera. N Engl J Med 2013;368:22–33.

90. Kiladjian JJ, Chevret S, Dosquet C, et al. Treatment of polycythemia vera with hydroxyurea and pipobroman: final results of a randomized trial initiated in 1980. J Clin Oncol 2011;29:3907–13.

91. Kaplan ME, Mack K, Goldberg JD, et al. Long-term management of polycythemia vera with hydroxyurea: a progress report. Semin Hematol 1986;23:167–71.

92. Fruchtman SM, Mack K, Kaplan ME, et al. From efficacy to safety: a Polycythemia Vera Study group report on hydroxyurea in patients with polycythemia vera. Semin Hematol 1997;34:17–23.

93. Finazzi G, Caruso V, Marchioli R, et al. Acute leukemia in polycythemia vera: an analysis of 1638 patients enrolled in a prospective observational study. Blood 2005;105: 2664–70.

94. Barosi G, Mesa R, Finazzi G, et al. Revised response criteria for polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: an ELN and IWG-MRT consensus project. Blood 2013;121:4778–81.

95. Alvarez-Larran A, Pereira A, Cervantes F, et al. Assessment and prognostic value of the European LeukemiaNet criteria for clinicohematologic response, resistance, and intolerance to hydroxyurea in polycythemia vera. Blood 2012;119:1363–9.

96. Stein BL, Tiu RV. Biological rationale and clinical use of interferon in the classical BCR-ABL-negative myeloproliferative neoplasms. J Interferon Cytokine Res 2013;33: 145–53.

97. Ludwig H, Cortelezzi A, Van Camp BG, et al. Treatment with recombinant interferon-alpha-2C: multiple myeloma and thrombocythaemia in myeloproliferative diseases. Oncology 1985;42 Suppl 1:19–25.

98. Silver RT. Long-term effects of the treatment of polycythemia vera with recombinant interferon-alpha. Cancer 2006;107:451–8.

99. Kiladjian JJ, Mesa RA, Hoffman R. The renaissance of interferon therapy for the treatment of myeloid malignancies. Blood 2011;117:4706–15.

100. Veronese FM, Mero A. The impact of PEGylation on biological therapies. BioDrugs 2008;22:315–29.

101. Kiladjian JJ, Cassinat B, Chevret S, et al. Pegylated interferon-alfa-2a induces complete hematologic and molecular responses with low toxicity in polycythemia vera. Blood 2008;112:3065–72.

102. Turlure P, Cambier N, Roussel M, et al. Complete hematological, molecular and histological remissions without cytoreductive treatment lasting after pegylated-interferon {alpha}-2a (peg-IFN{alpha}-2a) therapy in polycythemia vera (PV): long term results of a phase 2 trial [abstract]. Blood 2011;118(21). Abstract 280.

103. Quintas-Cardama A, Kantarjian H, Manshouri T, et al. Pegylated interferon alfa-2a yields high rates of hematologic and molecular response in patients with advanced essential thrombocythemia and polycythemia vera. J Clin Oncol 2009;27:5418–24.

104. Quintas-Cardama A, Abdel-Wahab O, Manshouri T, et al. Molecular analysis of patients with polycythemia vera or essential thrombocythemia receiving pegylated interferon a-2a. Blood 2013;122:893–901.

105. Samuelsson J, Hasselbalch H, Bruserud O, et al. A phase II trial of pegylated interferon alpha-2b therapy for polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: feasibility, clinical and biologic effects, and impact on quality of life. Cancer 2006;106:2397–405.

106. Jabbour E, Kantarjian H, Cortes J, et al. PEG-IFN-alpha-2b therapy in BCR-ABL-negative myeloproliferative disorders: final result of a phase 2 study. Cancer 2007; 110:2012–18.

107. Them NC, Bagienski K, Berg T, et al. Molecular responses and chromosomal aberrations in patients with polycythemia vera treated with peg-proline-interferon alpha-2b. Am J Hematol 2015;90:288–94.

108. Gisslinger H, Klade C, Georgiev P, et al. Final results from PROUD-PV a randomized controlled phase 3 trial comparing ropeginterferon alfa-2b to hydroxyurea in polycythemia vera patients [abstract]. Blood 2016;128(suppl 22). Abstract 475.

109. van Genderen PJ, van Vliet HH, Prins FJ, et al. Excessive prolongation of the bleeding time by aspirin in essential thrombocythemia is related to a decrease of large von Willebrand factor multimers in plasma. Ann Hematol 1997;75:215–20.

110. Cortelazzo S, Finazzi G, Ruggeri M, et al. Hydroxyurea for patients with essential thrombocythemia and a high risk of thrombosis. N Engl J Med 1995;332:1132–7.

111. Harrison CN, Campbell PJ, Buck G, et al. Hydroxyurea compared with anagrelide in high-risk essential thrombocythemia. N Engl J Med 2005;353:33–45.

112. Gisslinger H, Gotic M, Holowiecki J, et al. Anagrelide compared with hydroxyurea in WHO-classified essential thrombocythemia: the ANAHYDRET Study, a randomized controlled trial. Blood 2013;121:1720–8.

113. Alvarado Y, Cortes J, Verstovsek S, et al. Pilot study of pegylated interferon-alpha 2b in patients with essential thrombocythemia. Cancer Chemother Pharmacol 2003;51:81–6.

114. Barosi G, Tefferi A, Barbui T, ad hoc committee ‘Definition of clinically relevant outcomes for contemporarily clinical trials in Ph-neg M. Do current response criteria in classical Ph-negative myeloproliferative neoplasms capture benefit for patients? Leukemia 2012;26:1148–9.

115. Bjorkholm M, Derolf AR, Hultcrantz M, et al. Treatment-related risk factors for transformation to acute myeloid leukemia and myelodysplastic syndromes in myeloproliferative neoplasms. J Clin Oncol 2011;29:2410–5.

116. Alvarez-Larran A, Martinez-Aviles L, Hernandez-Boluda JC, et al. Busulfan in patients with polycythemia vera or essential thrombocythemia refractory or intolerant to hydroxyurea. Ann Hematol 2014;93:2037–43.

117. Verstovsek S, Passamonti F, Rambaldi A, et al. A phase 2 study of ruxolitinib, an oral JAK1 and JAK2 Inhibitor, in patients with advanced polycythemia vera who are refractory or intolerant to hydroxyurea. Cancer 2014;120: 513–20.

118. Vannucchi AM, Kiladjian JJ, Griesshammer M, et al. Ruxolitinib in polycythemia vera resistant to or intolerant of hydroxyurea. N Engl J Med 2015; 372:426–35.

119. Verstovsek S, Vannucchi AM, Griesshammer M, et al. Ruxolitinib versus best available therapy in patients with polycythemia vera: 80-week follow-up from the RESPONSE trial. Haematologica 2016;101:821–9.

120. Passamonti F, Griesshammer M, Palandri F, et al. Ruxolitinib for the treatment of inadequately controlled polycythaemia vera without splenomegaly (RESPONSE-2): a randomised, open-label, phase 3b study. Lancet Oncol 2017;18:88–99.

121. Verstovsek S, Passamonti F, Rambaldi A, et al. Long-term results from a phase II open-label study of ruxolitinib in patients with essential thrombocythemia refractory to or intolerant of hydroxyurea [abstract]. Blood 2014;124. Abstract 1847.

122. Harrison CN, Mead AJ, Panchal A, et al. Ruxolitinib versus best available therapy for ET intolerant or resistant to hydroxycarbamide in a randomized trial. Blood 2017 Aug 9. pii: blood-2017-05-785790 .

123. Bose P, Verstovsek S. Drug development pipeline for myeloproliferative neoplasms: potential future impact on guidelines and management. J Natl Compr Canc Netw 2016;14:1613–24.

124. Cerquozzi S, Teffieri A. Blast transformation and fibrotic progression in polycythemia vera and essential thrombocythemia: a literature review of incidence and risk factors. Blood Cancer J 2015;Nov 13;5:e366.

125. Passamonti F, Rumi E, Caramella M, et al. A dynamic prognostic model to predict survival in post-polycythemia vera myelofibrosis. Blood 2008;111:3383–7.

126. Mesa RA, Verstovsek S, Cervantes F, et al. Primary myelofibrosis (PMF), post polycythemia vera myelofibrosis (post- PV MF), post essential thrombocythemia myelofibrosis (post-ET MF), blast phase PMF (PMF-BP): Consensus on terminology by the international working group for myelofibrosis research and treatment (IWG-MRT). Leuk Res 2007;31:737–40.

127. Rampal R, Mascarenhas J. Pathogenesis and management of acute myeloid leukemia that has evolved from a myeloproliferative neoplasm. Curr Opin Hematol 2014;21:65–71.

128. Chihara D, Kantarjian HM, Newberry KJ, et al. Survival outcome of patients with acute myeloid leukemia transformed from myeloproliferative neoplasms [abstract]. Blood 2016;128. Abstract 1940.

129. Tam CS, Nussenzveig RM, Popat U, et al. The natural history and treatment outcome of blast phase BCR-ABL-myeloproliferative neoplasms. Blood 2008;112:1628–37.

130. Kundranda MN, Tibes R, Mesa RA. Transformation of a chronic myeloproliferative neoplasm to acute myelogenous leukemia: does anything work? Curr Hematol Malig Rep 2012;7:78–86.

131. Badar T, Kantarjian HM, Ravandi F, et al. Therapeutic benefit of decitabine, a hypomethylating agent, in patients with high-risk primary myelofibrosis and myeloproliferative neoplasm in accelerated or blastic/acute myeloid leukemia phase. Leuk Res 2015;39:950–6.

132. Thepot S, Itzykson R, Seegers V, et al. Treatment of progression of Philadelphia-negative myeloproliferative neoplasms to myelodysplastic syndrome or acute myeloid leukemia by azacitidine: a report on 54 cases on the behalf of the Groupe Francophone des Myelodysplasies (GFM). Blood 2010;116:3735–42.

133. Pemmaraju N, Kantarjian H, Kadia T, et al. A phase I/II study of the Janus kinase (JAK)1 and 2 inhibitor ruxolitinib in patients with relapsed or refractory acute myeloid leukemia. Clin Lymphoma Myeloma Leuk 2015;15:171–6.

134. Rampal RK, Mascarenhas JO, Kosiorek HE, et al. Safety and efficacy of combined ruxolitinib and decitabine in patients with blast-phase MPN and post-MPN AML: results of a phase I study (Myeloproliferative Disorders Research Consortium 109 trial) [abstract]. Blood 2016;128. Abstract 1124.

135. Bose P, Verstovsek S, Gasior Y, et al. Phase I/II study of ruxolitinib (RUX) with decitabine (DAC) in patients with post-myeloproliferative neoplasm acute myeloid leukemia (post-MPN AML): phase I results [abstract]. Blood 2016;128. Abstract 4262.

Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - 25(8)
Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - 25(8)
Page Number
371-384
Page Number
371-384
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Polycythemia Vera and Essential Thrombocythemia
Display Headline
Polycythemia Vera and Essential Thrombocythemia
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

What is the Relation Between PTSD and Medical Conditions?

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 10/17/2018 - 09:03
Although the relation between posttraumatic stress disorder and inflammation remains unclear, it is evident that many people with PTSD have medical conditions that may be affected by their PTSD symptoms.

Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) develops after exposure to a traumatic event, which can involve witnessing the traumatic event or directly experiencing the trauma.1 The prevalence of PTSD in the general population is approximately 7% to 8%.1 However, not everyone who experiences trauma develops PTSD since the majority of men and women experience at least 1 traumatic event in their lifetimes but do not develop PTSD.1

In order to be diagnosed with PTSD, a patient must meet several criteria from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-5).2 The patient is required to have exposure to trauma, begin having a certain number of prespecified symptoms, and these symptoms must persist for at least a month.2 Symptoms of PTSD include re-experiencing the traumatic event, avoidance of stimuli associated with the trauma, negative cognitions and mood, and hyperarousal.3,4 The hyperarousal that is associated with PTSD has been theorized to be either a result of the trauma experienced or exacerbation of a pre-existing tendency.5 This can manifest in various ways, such as hypervigilance, exaggerated startle response, trouble sleeping, problems concentrating, or irritability.3,5 These symptoms can cause individuals with PTSD to have elevated levels of stress and to experience difficulties with completing everyday tasks.6

PTSD and Inflimmation-Related Medical Conditions

Posttraumatic stress disorder has been linked to various physical health problems. Studies have found that PTSD is often comorbid with cardiovascular, autoimmune, musculoskeletal, digestive, chronic pain and respiratory disorders.3,7-11 Inflammation may be a contributing factor in the associations between PTSD and these conditions.12-16 Studies have found that increases in pro-inflammatory cytokines and interferons are associated with PTSD, as well as changes in immune-related blood cells.12-16

Considering that PTSD has been linked to many medical conditions that have inflammatory components, especially cardiovascular disease, inflammatory markers may be early indicators of PTSD.12-16 Additionally, inflammatory markers such as cytokines and interferons can be targeted through medications, and potentially influence symptoms.13 However, the relation between PTSD and inflammation remains unclear. Associations between PTSD and inflammation-related medical conditions may be due to confounding variables, such as sociodemographic characteristics and health behaviors. Moreover, the list of inflammation-related medical conditions is long and there is no universal agreement of what conditions are related to inflammation.

We recently conducted an epidemiological study using a representative sample of residents living in New York City and found significant associations between PTSD and some inflammation-related medical conditions.8 We found that participants who had PTSD were more than 4 times more likely to report having had a heart attack or emphysema than were those without PTSD. In addition, participants with PTSD were 2 times more likely to report having hypercholesterolemia, insulin resistance, and angina than were those without PTSD. However, we also found that participants who had PTSD were less likely to develop other inflammation-related conditions like hypertension, type 1 diabetes mellitus, asthma, coronary heart disease, stroke, osteoporosis, and failing kidney.

Together, these associations suggest there is a strong link between PTSD and certain medical conditions, but the link may not be solely based on inflammation.8 Moreover, positive associations between PTSD and hypertension, asthma, and coronary heart disease disappeared when depression was controlled for. This finding points to depression as a major factor, consistent with previous findings that depression is associated with the development of various medical conditions and may be a stronger factor than PTSD.8

Nonetheless, findings concerning the increased risk for heart problems among adults with PTSD are striking and important given that heart disease is one of the main causes of death in the United States.9 Specifically, well over half a million people in the United States die of heart disease annually as the leading cause of death.17 Heart disease has been one of the top 2 leading causes of death for Americans since 1975.18  

In the veteran population, heart disease has also been found to be a leading cause of death, accounting for 20 percent of all deaths in veterans from 1993 to 2002.19 Posttraumatic stress disorder has been linked to a 55% increase in the chance of developing heart disease or dying from a heart-related medical problem.9 For example, data from the World Trade Center Registry showed that on average adults who developed PTSD from the 9/11 terrorist attack had a heightened risk for heart disease for 3 years after the event.9 Other studies of the U.S. veteran population have shown that veterans with PTSD are more likely to experience heart failure, myocardial infarction, and cardiac arrhythmia than other veterans.10,20

Veteran-Specific Issues

In the US veteran population, there is a higher prevalence of PTSD and physical health conditions when compared with the general population.21,21 The prevalence of combat-related PTSD in veterans ranges from 2% to 17%, compared with a 7% to 8% prevalence of PTSD in the general population.1,22 In a study of veterans who were seen in patient-aligned care teams (PACTs) > 1 year, 9.3% were diagnosed with PTSD and many of those with PTSD also had other medical conditions.21 It was found that 43% of veterans seen by PACTs with chronic pain had PTSD, 33% with hypertension had PTSD, and 32% with diabetes mellitus had PTSD.21 In another study of combat veterans it was found that those who were trauma-exposed had more physical health problems, regardless of the amount of time spent in combat.19 Consequentially, veterans with PTSD have been found to make more frequent visits to primary care and specialty medical care clinics. 21

Integrated healthcare has been a main service model for the Department of Veteran Affairs (VA) and several programs have been created to integrate mental health and primary care. For example, the VA primary care-mental health integration (PCMHI) program places mental health services within primary care services.21 Assessments of this program have demonstrated that it improves the screening of psychological disorders and preventive care of patients who have psychological disorders.21 Specifically, it has been found that contact with PCMHI diminishes risks for poor outcomes among psychiatric patients.21 Another program called SCAN-ECHO, provides specialized training for VA general practitioners on treating specific health conditions through a specialty care team and video conferencing.23 This VA program allows for patients in more remote locations to receive specialty care from generalists.23 While there has not yet been a focus in SCAN-ECHO on PTSD, this may be considered in the future as a way to better train primary care and mental health providers about PTSD and common comorbid medical conditions.

Through their professional experiences, VA practitioners have knowledge of the link between PTSD and various medical conditions. The VA has already implemented screening for PTSD in primary care clinics, but it is important for mental health providers and medical practitioners to continue educating themselves about medical comorbidities and the possible exacerbation of medical conditions due to PTSD.21 Some physical manifestations of PTSD symptoms, such as sleep disturbances, avoidance of crowds, or hypervigilance, can affect overall health. Hypervigilance can result in over-activation of stress pathways, which puts patients with PTSD at a heighted risk for medical conditions.11 Additionally, some of the cognitive symptoms of PTSD, such as sleep problems, may worsen current health problems. Therefore, further collaboration between primary care physicians and mental health providers is beneficial in treating clients that have PTSD.

 

Conclusion

Posttraumatic stress disorder is a prevalent condition among veterans that is often comorbid with other medical conditions, which may have important implications for VA healthcare teams.3 It can manifest both psychologically and physiologically, and can greatly affect a patient’s quality of life.3 Veterans with PTSD may be at increased risk for certain medical conditions, such as cardiovascular disease.9,10,20  However, preventive screenings for medical conditions linked to PTSD and regular health assessments may reduce these risks.21 The VA’s infrastructure of integrated medical and mental healthcare can help provide comprehensive care to the many veterans who have both PTSD and serious medical conditions.21 While the relation between PTSD and inflammation remains unclear, it is clear that many people with PTSD have medical conditions that may be affected by PTSD symptoms.

References

1. US Department of Veteran Affairs. How common is PTSD? https://www.ptsd.va.gov/public/PTSD-overview/basics/how-common-is-ptsd.asp. Updated October 3, 2016. Accessed September 14, 2018.

2. Pai A, Suris AM, North CS. Posttraumatic stress disorder in the DSM-5: controversy, change, and conceptual considerations. Behav Sci (Basel). 2017;7(1):pii E7.

3. Gupta MA. Review of somatic symptoms in post-traumatic stress disorder. Int Rev Psychiatry. 2013;25(1):86-99.

4. Tsai J, Harpaz-Rotem I, Armour C, Southwick SM, Krystal JH, Pietrzak RH. Dimensional structure of DSM-5 posttraumatic stress disorder symptoms: results from the National Health and Resilience in Veterans Study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2015;76(5):546-553.

5. Schalinski I, Elbert TR, Schauer M. Cardiac defense in response to imminent threat in women with multiple trauma and severe PTSD. Psychophysiology. 2013;50(7):691-700.

6. National Institute of Mental Health. Post-traumatic stress disorder. https://www.nimh.nih.gov/health/topics/post-traumatic-stress-disorder-ptsd/index.shtml. Updated February 2016. Accessed September 14, 2018.

7. Sledjeski EM, Speisman B, Dierker LC. Does number of lifetime traumas explain the relationship between PTSD and chronic medical conditions? Answers from the National Comorbidity Survey-Replication (NCS-R). J Behav Med. 2008;31(4):341-349.

8. Tsai J, Shen J. Exploring the link between posttraumatic stress disorder and inflammation-related medical conditions: an epidemiological examination. Psychiatr Q. 2017;88(4):909-916.

9. Tulloch H, Greenman PS, Tassé V. Post-traumatic stress disorder among cardiac patients: Prevalence, risk factors, and considerations for assessment and treatment. Behav Sci (Basel). 2014;5(1):27-40.

10. Britvić D, Antičević V, Kaliterna M, et al. Comorbidities with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) among combat veterans: 15 years postwar analysis. Int J Clin Health Psychol. 2015;15(2):81-92.

11. Pacella ML, Hruska B, Delahanty DL. The physical health consequences of PTSD and PTSD symptoms: a meta-analytic review. J Anxiety Disord. 2013;27(1):33-46.

12. Brouwers C, Wolf J, von Känel R. Inflammatory markers in PTSD. In: Martin CR, Preedy VR, Patel VB, eds. Comprehensive Guide to Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder.  Zürich, Switzerland: Springer; 2016:979-993.

13. Passos IC, Vasconcelos-Moreno MP, Costa LG, et al. Inflammatory markers in post-traumatic stress disorder: a systematic review, meta-analysis, and meta-regression. Lancet Psychiatry. 2015;2(11):1002-1012.

14. von Känel R, Begré S, Abbas CC, Saner H, Gander ML, Schmid JP. Inflammatory biomarkers in patients with posttraumatic stress disorder caused by myocardial infarction and the role of depressive symptoms. Neuroimmunomodulation. 2010;17(1):39-46.

15. Spitzer C, Barnow S, Völzke H, et al. Association of posttraumatic stress disorder with low-grade elevation of C-reactive protein: evidence from the general population. J Psychiatr Res. 2010;44(1):15-21.

16. Gola H, Engler H, Sommershof A, et al. Posttraumatic stress disorder is associated with an enhanced spontaneous production of pro-inflammatory cytokines by peripheral blood mononuclear cells. BMC Psychiatry. 2013;13:40.

17. Sidney S, Sorel ME, Quesenberry CP, et al. Comparative trends in heart disease, stroke, and all-cause mortality in the United States and a large integrated healthcare delivery system. Am J Med. 2018;131(7):829-836.e1.

18. US Department of Health and Human Service, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Health Statistics. Health, United States, 2016: with chartbook on long-term trends in health. https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/hus/hus16.pdf. Published May 2017. Accessed September 14, 2018.

19. Weiner J, Richmond TS, Conigliaro J, Wiebe DJ. Military veteran mortality following a survived suicide attempt. BMC Public Health. 2011;11:374.

20. Roy SS, Foraker RE, Girton RA, Mansfield AJ. Posttraumatic stress disorder and incident heart failure among a community-based sample of US veterans. Am J Public Health. 2015;105(4):757-763.

21. Trivedi RB, Post EP, Sun H, et al. Prevalence, comorbidity, and prognosis of mental health among US veterans. Am J Public Health. 2015;105(12):2564-2569.

22. Richardson LK, Frueh BC, Acierno R. Prevalence estimates of combat-related post-traumatic stress disorder: a critical review. Aust N Z J Psychiatry. 2010;44(1):4-19.

23. US Department of Veterans Affairs. In the spotlight: VA uses technology to provide rural veterans greater access to specialty care services. https://www.patientcare.va.gov/In_the_Spotlight.asp. Updated June 3, 2015. Accessed September 14, 2018.

Author and Disclosure Information

Jack Tsai is a Core Investigator at Veterans Affairs New England Mental Illness Research, Education, and Clinical Center in West Haven and an Associate Professor in the Department of Psychiatry, Yale School of Medicine in New Haven. Hayley Lindsey is a Research Assistant and graduate of Post University in Waterbury, all in Connecticut.

 

Author disclosures

The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer

The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 35(9)a
Publications
Topics
Page Number
[e-pub ahead of print]
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Jack Tsai is a Core Investigator at Veterans Affairs New England Mental Illness Research, Education, and Clinical Center in West Haven and an Associate Professor in the Department of Psychiatry, Yale School of Medicine in New Haven. Hayley Lindsey is a Research Assistant and graduate of Post University in Waterbury, all in Connecticut.

 

Author disclosures

The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer

The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Author and Disclosure Information

Jack Tsai is a Core Investigator at Veterans Affairs New England Mental Illness Research, Education, and Clinical Center in West Haven and an Associate Professor in the Department of Psychiatry, Yale School of Medicine in New Haven. Hayley Lindsey is a Research Assistant and graduate of Post University in Waterbury, all in Connecticut.

 

Author disclosures

The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest with regard to this article.

Disclaimer

The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Although the relation between posttraumatic stress disorder and inflammation remains unclear, it is evident that many people with PTSD have medical conditions that may be affected by their PTSD symptoms.
Although the relation between posttraumatic stress disorder and inflammation remains unclear, it is evident that many people with PTSD have medical conditions that may be affected by their PTSD symptoms.

Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) develops after exposure to a traumatic event, which can involve witnessing the traumatic event or directly experiencing the trauma.1 The prevalence of PTSD in the general population is approximately 7% to 8%.1 However, not everyone who experiences trauma develops PTSD since the majority of men and women experience at least 1 traumatic event in their lifetimes but do not develop PTSD.1

In order to be diagnosed with PTSD, a patient must meet several criteria from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-5).2 The patient is required to have exposure to trauma, begin having a certain number of prespecified symptoms, and these symptoms must persist for at least a month.2 Symptoms of PTSD include re-experiencing the traumatic event, avoidance of stimuli associated with the trauma, negative cognitions and mood, and hyperarousal.3,4 The hyperarousal that is associated with PTSD has been theorized to be either a result of the trauma experienced or exacerbation of a pre-existing tendency.5 This can manifest in various ways, such as hypervigilance, exaggerated startle response, trouble sleeping, problems concentrating, or irritability.3,5 These symptoms can cause individuals with PTSD to have elevated levels of stress and to experience difficulties with completing everyday tasks.6

PTSD and Inflimmation-Related Medical Conditions

Posttraumatic stress disorder has been linked to various physical health problems. Studies have found that PTSD is often comorbid with cardiovascular, autoimmune, musculoskeletal, digestive, chronic pain and respiratory disorders.3,7-11 Inflammation may be a contributing factor in the associations between PTSD and these conditions.12-16 Studies have found that increases in pro-inflammatory cytokines and interferons are associated with PTSD, as well as changes in immune-related blood cells.12-16

Considering that PTSD has been linked to many medical conditions that have inflammatory components, especially cardiovascular disease, inflammatory markers may be early indicators of PTSD.12-16 Additionally, inflammatory markers such as cytokines and interferons can be targeted through medications, and potentially influence symptoms.13 However, the relation between PTSD and inflammation remains unclear. Associations between PTSD and inflammation-related medical conditions may be due to confounding variables, such as sociodemographic characteristics and health behaviors. Moreover, the list of inflammation-related medical conditions is long and there is no universal agreement of what conditions are related to inflammation.

We recently conducted an epidemiological study using a representative sample of residents living in New York City and found significant associations between PTSD and some inflammation-related medical conditions.8 We found that participants who had PTSD were more than 4 times more likely to report having had a heart attack or emphysema than were those without PTSD. In addition, participants with PTSD were 2 times more likely to report having hypercholesterolemia, insulin resistance, and angina than were those without PTSD. However, we also found that participants who had PTSD were less likely to develop other inflammation-related conditions like hypertension, type 1 diabetes mellitus, asthma, coronary heart disease, stroke, osteoporosis, and failing kidney.

Together, these associations suggest there is a strong link between PTSD and certain medical conditions, but the link may not be solely based on inflammation.8 Moreover, positive associations between PTSD and hypertension, asthma, and coronary heart disease disappeared when depression was controlled for. This finding points to depression as a major factor, consistent with previous findings that depression is associated with the development of various medical conditions and may be a stronger factor than PTSD.8

Nonetheless, findings concerning the increased risk for heart problems among adults with PTSD are striking and important given that heart disease is one of the main causes of death in the United States.9 Specifically, well over half a million people in the United States die of heart disease annually as the leading cause of death.17 Heart disease has been one of the top 2 leading causes of death for Americans since 1975.18  

In the veteran population, heart disease has also been found to be a leading cause of death, accounting for 20 percent of all deaths in veterans from 1993 to 2002.19 Posttraumatic stress disorder has been linked to a 55% increase in the chance of developing heart disease or dying from a heart-related medical problem.9 For example, data from the World Trade Center Registry showed that on average adults who developed PTSD from the 9/11 terrorist attack had a heightened risk for heart disease for 3 years after the event.9 Other studies of the U.S. veteran population have shown that veterans with PTSD are more likely to experience heart failure, myocardial infarction, and cardiac arrhythmia than other veterans.10,20

Veteran-Specific Issues

In the US veteran population, there is a higher prevalence of PTSD and physical health conditions when compared with the general population.21,21 The prevalence of combat-related PTSD in veterans ranges from 2% to 17%, compared with a 7% to 8% prevalence of PTSD in the general population.1,22 In a study of veterans who were seen in patient-aligned care teams (PACTs) > 1 year, 9.3% were diagnosed with PTSD and many of those with PTSD also had other medical conditions.21 It was found that 43% of veterans seen by PACTs with chronic pain had PTSD, 33% with hypertension had PTSD, and 32% with diabetes mellitus had PTSD.21 In another study of combat veterans it was found that those who were trauma-exposed had more physical health problems, regardless of the amount of time spent in combat.19 Consequentially, veterans with PTSD have been found to make more frequent visits to primary care and specialty medical care clinics. 21

Integrated healthcare has been a main service model for the Department of Veteran Affairs (VA) and several programs have been created to integrate mental health and primary care. For example, the VA primary care-mental health integration (PCMHI) program places mental health services within primary care services.21 Assessments of this program have demonstrated that it improves the screening of psychological disorders and preventive care of patients who have psychological disorders.21 Specifically, it has been found that contact with PCMHI diminishes risks for poor outcomes among psychiatric patients.21 Another program called SCAN-ECHO, provides specialized training for VA general practitioners on treating specific health conditions through a specialty care team and video conferencing.23 This VA program allows for patients in more remote locations to receive specialty care from generalists.23 While there has not yet been a focus in SCAN-ECHO on PTSD, this may be considered in the future as a way to better train primary care and mental health providers about PTSD and common comorbid medical conditions.

Through their professional experiences, VA practitioners have knowledge of the link between PTSD and various medical conditions. The VA has already implemented screening for PTSD in primary care clinics, but it is important for mental health providers and medical practitioners to continue educating themselves about medical comorbidities and the possible exacerbation of medical conditions due to PTSD.21 Some physical manifestations of PTSD symptoms, such as sleep disturbances, avoidance of crowds, or hypervigilance, can affect overall health. Hypervigilance can result in over-activation of stress pathways, which puts patients with PTSD at a heighted risk for medical conditions.11 Additionally, some of the cognitive symptoms of PTSD, such as sleep problems, may worsen current health problems. Therefore, further collaboration between primary care physicians and mental health providers is beneficial in treating clients that have PTSD.

 

Conclusion

Posttraumatic stress disorder is a prevalent condition among veterans that is often comorbid with other medical conditions, which may have important implications for VA healthcare teams.3 It can manifest both psychologically and physiologically, and can greatly affect a patient’s quality of life.3 Veterans with PTSD may be at increased risk for certain medical conditions, such as cardiovascular disease.9,10,20  However, preventive screenings for medical conditions linked to PTSD and regular health assessments may reduce these risks.21 The VA’s infrastructure of integrated medical and mental healthcare can help provide comprehensive care to the many veterans who have both PTSD and serious medical conditions.21 While the relation between PTSD and inflammation remains unclear, it is clear that many people with PTSD have medical conditions that may be affected by PTSD symptoms.

Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) develops after exposure to a traumatic event, which can involve witnessing the traumatic event or directly experiencing the trauma.1 The prevalence of PTSD in the general population is approximately 7% to 8%.1 However, not everyone who experiences trauma develops PTSD since the majority of men and women experience at least 1 traumatic event in their lifetimes but do not develop PTSD.1

In order to be diagnosed with PTSD, a patient must meet several criteria from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-5).2 The patient is required to have exposure to trauma, begin having a certain number of prespecified symptoms, and these symptoms must persist for at least a month.2 Symptoms of PTSD include re-experiencing the traumatic event, avoidance of stimuli associated with the trauma, negative cognitions and mood, and hyperarousal.3,4 The hyperarousal that is associated with PTSD has been theorized to be either a result of the trauma experienced or exacerbation of a pre-existing tendency.5 This can manifest in various ways, such as hypervigilance, exaggerated startle response, trouble sleeping, problems concentrating, or irritability.3,5 These symptoms can cause individuals with PTSD to have elevated levels of stress and to experience difficulties with completing everyday tasks.6

PTSD and Inflimmation-Related Medical Conditions

Posttraumatic stress disorder has been linked to various physical health problems. Studies have found that PTSD is often comorbid with cardiovascular, autoimmune, musculoskeletal, digestive, chronic pain and respiratory disorders.3,7-11 Inflammation may be a contributing factor in the associations between PTSD and these conditions.12-16 Studies have found that increases in pro-inflammatory cytokines and interferons are associated with PTSD, as well as changes in immune-related blood cells.12-16

Considering that PTSD has been linked to many medical conditions that have inflammatory components, especially cardiovascular disease, inflammatory markers may be early indicators of PTSD.12-16 Additionally, inflammatory markers such as cytokines and interferons can be targeted through medications, and potentially influence symptoms.13 However, the relation between PTSD and inflammation remains unclear. Associations between PTSD and inflammation-related medical conditions may be due to confounding variables, such as sociodemographic characteristics and health behaviors. Moreover, the list of inflammation-related medical conditions is long and there is no universal agreement of what conditions are related to inflammation.

We recently conducted an epidemiological study using a representative sample of residents living in New York City and found significant associations between PTSD and some inflammation-related medical conditions.8 We found that participants who had PTSD were more than 4 times more likely to report having had a heart attack or emphysema than were those without PTSD. In addition, participants with PTSD were 2 times more likely to report having hypercholesterolemia, insulin resistance, and angina than were those without PTSD. However, we also found that participants who had PTSD were less likely to develop other inflammation-related conditions like hypertension, type 1 diabetes mellitus, asthma, coronary heart disease, stroke, osteoporosis, and failing kidney.

Together, these associations suggest there is a strong link between PTSD and certain medical conditions, but the link may not be solely based on inflammation.8 Moreover, positive associations between PTSD and hypertension, asthma, and coronary heart disease disappeared when depression was controlled for. This finding points to depression as a major factor, consistent with previous findings that depression is associated with the development of various medical conditions and may be a stronger factor than PTSD.8

Nonetheless, findings concerning the increased risk for heart problems among adults with PTSD are striking and important given that heart disease is one of the main causes of death in the United States.9 Specifically, well over half a million people in the United States die of heart disease annually as the leading cause of death.17 Heart disease has been one of the top 2 leading causes of death for Americans since 1975.18  

In the veteran population, heart disease has also been found to be a leading cause of death, accounting for 20 percent of all deaths in veterans from 1993 to 2002.19 Posttraumatic stress disorder has been linked to a 55% increase in the chance of developing heart disease or dying from a heart-related medical problem.9 For example, data from the World Trade Center Registry showed that on average adults who developed PTSD from the 9/11 terrorist attack had a heightened risk for heart disease for 3 years after the event.9 Other studies of the U.S. veteran population have shown that veterans with PTSD are more likely to experience heart failure, myocardial infarction, and cardiac arrhythmia than other veterans.10,20

Veteran-Specific Issues

In the US veteran population, there is a higher prevalence of PTSD and physical health conditions when compared with the general population.21,21 The prevalence of combat-related PTSD in veterans ranges from 2% to 17%, compared with a 7% to 8% prevalence of PTSD in the general population.1,22 In a study of veterans who were seen in patient-aligned care teams (PACTs) > 1 year, 9.3% were diagnosed with PTSD and many of those with PTSD also had other medical conditions.21 It was found that 43% of veterans seen by PACTs with chronic pain had PTSD, 33% with hypertension had PTSD, and 32% with diabetes mellitus had PTSD.21 In another study of combat veterans it was found that those who were trauma-exposed had more physical health problems, regardless of the amount of time spent in combat.19 Consequentially, veterans with PTSD have been found to make more frequent visits to primary care and specialty medical care clinics. 21

Integrated healthcare has been a main service model for the Department of Veteran Affairs (VA) and several programs have been created to integrate mental health and primary care. For example, the VA primary care-mental health integration (PCMHI) program places mental health services within primary care services.21 Assessments of this program have demonstrated that it improves the screening of psychological disorders and preventive care of patients who have psychological disorders.21 Specifically, it has been found that contact with PCMHI diminishes risks for poor outcomes among psychiatric patients.21 Another program called SCAN-ECHO, provides specialized training for VA general practitioners on treating specific health conditions through a specialty care team and video conferencing.23 This VA program allows for patients in more remote locations to receive specialty care from generalists.23 While there has not yet been a focus in SCAN-ECHO on PTSD, this may be considered in the future as a way to better train primary care and mental health providers about PTSD and common comorbid medical conditions.

Through their professional experiences, VA practitioners have knowledge of the link between PTSD and various medical conditions. The VA has already implemented screening for PTSD in primary care clinics, but it is important for mental health providers and medical practitioners to continue educating themselves about medical comorbidities and the possible exacerbation of medical conditions due to PTSD.21 Some physical manifestations of PTSD symptoms, such as sleep disturbances, avoidance of crowds, or hypervigilance, can affect overall health. Hypervigilance can result in over-activation of stress pathways, which puts patients with PTSD at a heighted risk for medical conditions.11 Additionally, some of the cognitive symptoms of PTSD, such as sleep problems, may worsen current health problems. Therefore, further collaboration between primary care physicians and mental health providers is beneficial in treating clients that have PTSD.

 

Conclusion

Posttraumatic stress disorder is a prevalent condition among veterans that is often comorbid with other medical conditions, which may have important implications for VA healthcare teams.3 It can manifest both psychologically and physiologically, and can greatly affect a patient’s quality of life.3 Veterans with PTSD may be at increased risk for certain medical conditions, such as cardiovascular disease.9,10,20  However, preventive screenings for medical conditions linked to PTSD and regular health assessments may reduce these risks.21 The VA’s infrastructure of integrated medical and mental healthcare can help provide comprehensive care to the many veterans who have both PTSD and serious medical conditions.21 While the relation between PTSD and inflammation remains unclear, it is clear that many people with PTSD have medical conditions that may be affected by PTSD symptoms.

References

1. US Department of Veteran Affairs. How common is PTSD? https://www.ptsd.va.gov/public/PTSD-overview/basics/how-common-is-ptsd.asp. Updated October 3, 2016. Accessed September 14, 2018.

2. Pai A, Suris AM, North CS. Posttraumatic stress disorder in the DSM-5: controversy, change, and conceptual considerations. Behav Sci (Basel). 2017;7(1):pii E7.

3. Gupta MA. Review of somatic symptoms in post-traumatic stress disorder. Int Rev Psychiatry. 2013;25(1):86-99.

4. Tsai J, Harpaz-Rotem I, Armour C, Southwick SM, Krystal JH, Pietrzak RH. Dimensional structure of DSM-5 posttraumatic stress disorder symptoms: results from the National Health and Resilience in Veterans Study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2015;76(5):546-553.

5. Schalinski I, Elbert TR, Schauer M. Cardiac defense in response to imminent threat in women with multiple trauma and severe PTSD. Psychophysiology. 2013;50(7):691-700.

6. National Institute of Mental Health. Post-traumatic stress disorder. https://www.nimh.nih.gov/health/topics/post-traumatic-stress-disorder-ptsd/index.shtml. Updated February 2016. Accessed September 14, 2018.

7. Sledjeski EM, Speisman B, Dierker LC. Does number of lifetime traumas explain the relationship between PTSD and chronic medical conditions? Answers from the National Comorbidity Survey-Replication (NCS-R). J Behav Med. 2008;31(4):341-349.

8. Tsai J, Shen J. Exploring the link between posttraumatic stress disorder and inflammation-related medical conditions: an epidemiological examination. Psychiatr Q. 2017;88(4):909-916.

9. Tulloch H, Greenman PS, Tassé V. Post-traumatic stress disorder among cardiac patients: Prevalence, risk factors, and considerations for assessment and treatment. Behav Sci (Basel). 2014;5(1):27-40.

10. Britvić D, Antičević V, Kaliterna M, et al. Comorbidities with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) among combat veterans: 15 years postwar analysis. Int J Clin Health Psychol. 2015;15(2):81-92.

11. Pacella ML, Hruska B, Delahanty DL. The physical health consequences of PTSD and PTSD symptoms: a meta-analytic review. J Anxiety Disord. 2013;27(1):33-46.

12. Brouwers C, Wolf J, von Känel R. Inflammatory markers in PTSD. In: Martin CR, Preedy VR, Patel VB, eds. Comprehensive Guide to Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder.  Zürich, Switzerland: Springer; 2016:979-993.

13. Passos IC, Vasconcelos-Moreno MP, Costa LG, et al. Inflammatory markers in post-traumatic stress disorder: a systematic review, meta-analysis, and meta-regression. Lancet Psychiatry. 2015;2(11):1002-1012.

14. von Känel R, Begré S, Abbas CC, Saner H, Gander ML, Schmid JP. Inflammatory biomarkers in patients with posttraumatic stress disorder caused by myocardial infarction and the role of depressive symptoms. Neuroimmunomodulation. 2010;17(1):39-46.

15. Spitzer C, Barnow S, Völzke H, et al. Association of posttraumatic stress disorder with low-grade elevation of C-reactive protein: evidence from the general population. J Psychiatr Res. 2010;44(1):15-21.

16. Gola H, Engler H, Sommershof A, et al. Posttraumatic stress disorder is associated with an enhanced spontaneous production of pro-inflammatory cytokines by peripheral blood mononuclear cells. BMC Psychiatry. 2013;13:40.

17. Sidney S, Sorel ME, Quesenberry CP, et al. Comparative trends in heart disease, stroke, and all-cause mortality in the United States and a large integrated healthcare delivery system. Am J Med. 2018;131(7):829-836.e1.

18. US Department of Health and Human Service, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Health Statistics. Health, United States, 2016: with chartbook on long-term trends in health. https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/hus/hus16.pdf. Published May 2017. Accessed September 14, 2018.

19. Weiner J, Richmond TS, Conigliaro J, Wiebe DJ. Military veteran mortality following a survived suicide attempt. BMC Public Health. 2011;11:374.

20. Roy SS, Foraker RE, Girton RA, Mansfield AJ. Posttraumatic stress disorder and incident heart failure among a community-based sample of US veterans. Am J Public Health. 2015;105(4):757-763.

21. Trivedi RB, Post EP, Sun H, et al. Prevalence, comorbidity, and prognosis of mental health among US veterans. Am J Public Health. 2015;105(12):2564-2569.

22. Richardson LK, Frueh BC, Acierno R. Prevalence estimates of combat-related post-traumatic stress disorder: a critical review. Aust N Z J Psychiatry. 2010;44(1):4-19.

23. US Department of Veterans Affairs. In the spotlight: VA uses technology to provide rural veterans greater access to specialty care services. https://www.patientcare.va.gov/In_the_Spotlight.asp. Updated June 3, 2015. Accessed September 14, 2018.

References

1. US Department of Veteran Affairs. How common is PTSD? https://www.ptsd.va.gov/public/PTSD-overview/basics/how-common-is-ptsd.asp. Updated October 3, 2016. Accessed September 14, 2018.

2. Pai A, Suris AM, North CS. Posttraumatic stress disorder in the DSM-5: controversy, change, and conceptual considerations. Behav Sci (Basel). 2017;7(1):pii E7.

3. Gupta MA. Review of somatic symptoms in post-traumatic stress disorder. Int Rev Psychiatry. 2013;25(1):86-99.

4. Tsai J, Harpaz-Rotem I, Armour C, Southwick SM, Krystal JH, Pietrzak RH. Dimensional structure of DSM-5 posttraumatic stress disorder symptoms: results from the National Health and Resilience in Veterans Study. J Clin Psychiatry. 2015;76(5):546-553.

5. Schalinski I, Elbert TR, Schauer M. Cardiac defense in response to imminent threat in women with multiple trauma and severe PTSD. Psychophysiology. 2013;50(7):691-700.

6. National Institute of Mental Health. Post-traumatic stress disorder. https://www.nimh.nih.gov/health/topics/post-traumatic-stress-disorder-ptsd/index.shtml. Updated February 2016. Accessed September 14, 2018.

7. Sledjeski EM, Speisman B, Dierker LC. Does number of lifetime traumas explain the relationship between PTSD and chronic medical conditions? Answers from the National Comorbidity Survey-Replication (NCS-R). J Behav Med. 2008;31(4):341-349.

8. Tsai J, Shen J. Exploring the link between posttraumatic stress disorder and inflammation-related medical conditions: an epidemiological examination. Psychiatr Q. 2017;88(4):909-916.

9. Tulloch H, Greenman PS, Tassé V. Post-traumatic stress disorder among cardiac patients: Prevalence, risk factors, and considerations for assessment and treatment. Behav Sci (Basel). 2014;5(1):27-40.

10. Britvić D, Antičević V, Kaliterna M, et al. Comorbidities with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) among combat veterans: 15 years postwar analysis. Int J Clin Health Psychol. 2015;15(2):81-92.

11. Pacella ML, Hruska B, Delahanty DL. The physical health consequences of PTSD and PTSD symptoms: a meta-analytic review. J Anxiety Disord. 2013;27(1):33-46.

12. Brouwers C, Wolf J, von Känel R. Inflammatory markers in PTSD. In: Martin CR, Preedy VR, Patel VB, eds. Comprehensive Guide to Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder.  Zürich, Switzerland: Springer; 2016:979-993.

13. Passos IC, Vasconcelos-Moreno MP, Costa LG, et al. Inflammatory markers in post-traumatic stress disorder: a systematic review, meta-analysis, and meta-regression. Lancet Psychiatry. 2015;2(11):1002-1012.

14. von Känel R, Begré S, Abbas CC, Saner H, Gander ML, Schmid JP. Inflammatory biomarkers in patients with posttraumatic stress disorder caused by myocardial infarction and the role of depressive symptoms. Neuroimmunomodulation. 2010;17(1):39-46.

15. Spitzer C, Barnow S, Völzke H, et al. Association of posttraumatic stress disorder with low-grade elevation of C-reactive protein: evidence from the general population. J Psychiatr Res. 2010;44(1):15-21.

16. Gola H, Engler H, Sommershof A, et al. Posttraumatic stress disorder is associated with an enhanced spontaneous production of pro-inflammatory cytokines by peripheral blood mononuclear cells. BMC Psychiatry. 2013;13:40.

17. Sidney S, Sorel ME, Quesenberry CP, et al. Comparative trends in heart disease, stroke, and all-cause mortality in the United States and a large integrated healthcare delivery system. Am J Med. 2018;131(7):829-836.e1.

18. US Department of Health and Human Service, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Health Statistics. Health, United States, 2016: with chartbook on long-term trends in health. https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/hus/hus16.pdf. Published May 2017. Accessed September 14, 2018.

19. Weiner J, Richmond TS, Conigliaro J, Wiebe DJ. Military veteran mortality following a survived suicide attempt. BMC Public Health. 2011;11:374.

20. Roy SS, Foraker RE, Girton RA, Mansfield AJ. Posttraumatic stress disorder and incident heart failure among a community-based sample of US veterans. Am J Public Health. 2015;105(4):757-763.

21. Trivedi RB, Post EP, Sun H, et al. Prevalence, comorbidity, and prognosis of mental health among US veterans. Am J Public Health. 2015;105(12):2564-2569.

22. Richardson LK, Frueh BC, Acierno R. Prevalence estimates of combat-related post-traumatic stress disorder: a critical review. Aust N Z J Psychiatry. 2010;44(1):4-19.

23. US Department of Veterans Affairs. In the spotlight: VA uses technology to provide rural veterans greater access to specialty care services. https://www.patientcare.va.gov/In_the_Spotlight.asp. Updated June 3, 2015. Accessed September 14, 2018.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 35(9)a
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 35(9)a
Page Number
[e-pub ahead of print]
Page Number
[e-pub ahead of print]
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Eyebrow Default
Research in Context
Gate On Date
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 13:30
Un-Gate On Date
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 13:30
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 13:30

The Cold, Hard Facts of Cryotherapy in Orthopedics

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 09/19/2019 - 13:17

ABSTRACT

Cryotherapy is the use of the anti-inflammatory and analgesic properties of ice to facilitate healing. Cryotherapy mediates these salutatory effects by reducing blood flow to the site of injury, down-regulating the production of inflammatory and pain-inducing prostaglandins, and diminishing the conductive ability of nerve endings. It is commonly used postoperatively in orthopedics to decrease analgesic requirements and blood loss as well as to increase range of motion, despite limited literature on its ability to produce such therapeutic effects in clinical practice. This article examines the available literature and the scientific evidence for the use and efficacy of cryotherapy in post-surgical orthopedic patients. It also reviews the potential pitfalls associated with improper use. Overall, this review seeks to provide insight into when, or whether, cryotherapy is appropriate for orthopedic patients during surgical recovery.

Continue to: Cold therapy has been a mainstay of medical treatment...

 

 

Cold therapy has been a mainstay of medical treatment since the days of Hippocrates. Initially used by ancient Egyptians to mitigate inflammation and by Hippocrates himself to treat hemorrhage, the therapeutic applications of ice evolved throughout history to become part of the treatment algorithm for a variety of health conditions.1 Ice made an ideal numbing agent for limb amputations and an anesthetic for certain cancers, but truly became ubiquitous when the first cold pack meant for medicinal use was patented in the early 1970s.1,2 Despite their armamentarium of advanced treatment modalities, physicians in the modern era continue to prescribe cryotherapy for their patients, particularly in the field of orthopedics. Most athletes know the “RICE” (Rest, Ice, Compression, Elevation) protocol and utilize it to minimize inflammation associated with soft tissue injuries.

Inflammation is a physiologic response to noxious stimuli. Cell damage results in the production of inflammatory mediators including prostaglandins, which play a crucial role in the vasodilation and pain associated with inflammation. Vasodilation and increased blood flow manifest as swelling, which can cause pain by putting pressure on nerve endings. The inflammatory prostaglandin E2 (PGE2) causes local increases in temperature and mediates pain.3,4 The application of cold therapy attenuates inflammatory microvascular and hemodynamic changes, reducing some of the deleterious effects of inflammation and minimizing pain. Animal models demonstrate that cryotherapy restores functional capillary density, reverses tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α)-induced microvasculature damage, and reduces the production of thrombogenic thromboxanes in injured soft tissue.5 Additionally, cold therapy after knee arthroscopy is associated with lower concentrations of PGE2 in the knee.3 Local cooling acts at the cellular level to decrease edema, reduce pain, and slow blood flow to the affected area, with the overall effect of alleviating inflammation.4,5

Cryotherapy is standard practice in postoperative orthopedic care, but there is limited literature demonstrating its efficacy in this setting. In addition, the advent of more advanced wearable cooling systems necessitates a thorough comparison of the various cryotherapy mechanisms both from healthcare and economic perspectives. The goal of this article is to examine the benefits of cryotherapy in the postoperative management of orthopedic surgical interventions and to review the effectiveness of differing types of cryotherapy. A secondary goal of this article is to review the literature on the adverse effects of cryotherapy in order to increase physician awareness of this issue and highlight the importance of patient education when utilizing cryotherapy postoperatively.

BENEFITS OF CRYOTHERAPY

Three standard types of cryotherapy are prescribed as postoperative therapy in orthopedics: compressive cryotherapy, continuous flow cryotherapy, and the application of ice. All aim to decrease the amount of inflammation of the surgical site, reduce patient pain, and aid in the recovery process. The application of ice or other cooling pack devices without compression is the most commonly used method, likely because it is the most economical and user-friendly cryotherapy option. Compressive cryotherapy is the application of ice or an ice pack secured to the site with a bandage or other device in a manner that also applies pressure to the site of injury. Finally, continuous flow cryotherapy systems are typically connected to a refrigeration control unit and apply compressive cooling through the uninterrupted flow of cold water or gas through a wrap around the injured site. Examples include the Game Ready® (CoolSystems, Inc.), Cryo/Cuff® IC Cooler (DJO Global), and Hilotherm Homecare (Hilotherm GmbH) systems, which are marketed as an improvement over traditional forms of cold therapy, as they are capable of cooling for hours at a time, allow for nighttime use, and provide the operator with temperature control.6-8

Postoperative cryotherapy is prescribed for a wide variety of orthopedic procedures, including anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction surgery, rotator cuff surgery, and total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Current literature includes many studies monitoring postoperative outcomes in patients using cryotherapy as part of their treatment regimen, with the primary endpoints being visual analog scale (VAS) scores, analgesic consumption, and range of motion (ROM).9-16 As demonstrated by in Table 1, these studies do not provide conclusive evidence that cryotherapy significantly alters postoperative outcomes, despite its ubiquitous use by the orthopedics community. In fact, the literature reflects a seeming lack of consensus regarding the effect of cryotherapy on analgesic requirements, pain, and joint mobility following procedures. Interestingly, of the studies represented in Table 1, only half analyzed all 3 postoperative measures (analgesic consumption, pain, and ROM). Furthermore, solely Morsi13 concluded that cryotherapy resulted in significant improvements in all 3 outcome measures in a trial involving only 30 patients. Kullenberg and colleagues12 performed the largest study, but still included only 86 patients. In addition, all the studies focused on 1 joint or procedure. Thus, despite evidence that cryotherapy reduces inflammation at a molecular level, current literature does not unequivocally support the common belief that cryotherapy benefits patients in practice. More robust studies that include an analysis of analgesic consumption, VAS scores, and ROM (at minimum) and compare the relative efficacy of cryotherapy across joint types and procedures are necessary to determine whether postoperative cryotherapy in orthopedics is appropriate.

Table 1. Results from Studies that Compared Cryotherapy to Standard Care Within the First 2 Weeks Following Surgery

Author

Joint/Procedure Type

Number of Trial Participants

Cryotherapy Type

Analgesic Consumption

VAS Score

ROM

Yu et al9

Elbow arthrolysis

59

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Cryo/Cuff®; DJO Global)

No significant difference

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores up to POD 7 (P < 0.05)

No significant difference

Dambros et al10

ACL reconstruction

25

Ice pack

Xa

No significant difference

No significant difference

Leegwater et al11

Hip arthroplasty

30

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Game Ready®; CoolSystems, Inc.)

Trend towards lower use (No significant difference)

No significant difference

Xa

Kullenberg et al12

Knee arthroplasty

86

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Cryo/Cuff®)

No significant difference

No significant difference

Significantly improved at POD 7 and POD 21

Morsi13

Knee arthroplasty

30

Continuous flow cryotherapy

Significantly lower consumption (P < 0.01)

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores (P < 0.001)

Significantly improved at POD 7; No significant difference 6 weeks postoperative

Singh et al14

Open vs arthroscopic shoulder procedures

70

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Breg Polar Care Glacier® Cold Therapy unit; Breg Inc.)

Xa

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores at arthroscopic POD 14 (P = 0.043); No significant difference for open procedures

Xa

Saito et al15

Hip arthroplasty

46

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Icing System 2000; Nippon Sigmax Co., Ltd.)

Significantly lower epidural analgesic use (P < 0.001); no significant difference in adjunct analgesic consumption

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores POD 1-4 (P < 0.05)

Xa

Gibbons et al16

Knee arthroplasty

60

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Cryo/Cuff®)

No significant difference

No significant difference

No significant difference

aX indicates that the study did not include that measurement.
Abbreviations: ACL, anterior cruciate ligament; POD, postoperative day; ROM, range of motion; VAS, visual analog scale.
 

Continue to: ADVANCED CRYOTHERAPY DEVICES...

 

 

ADVANCED CRYOTHERAPY DEVICES

Several recent studies explored the relative postoperative benefits of advanced cryotherapeutics in lieu of the traditional ice pack.6,7,17-21 As reflected in Table 2, these studies, much like the literature comparing cryotherapy to the control, do not reveal significant benefits of continuous flow cryotherapy after surgery. In fact, the only outcome measure that was found to differ significantly in more than 1 study was ROM. Though the makers of advanced cryotherapy systems market them as a vast improvement over traditional forms of cold therapy, there is insufficient evidence to support such claims. Even the most robust study that included 280 patients failed to show significant differences in the analgesic use and ROM after surgery.20 Of note, all but 1 study compared traditional and advanced cryotherapy following procedures on the knee. Additional research exploring outcomes after surgery on other joints is necessary before any conclusions can be made regarding postoperative benefits or risks within orthopedics more generally.

 
Table 2. Results from Studies that Compared Continuous Flow Cryotherapy to the Use of Ice Packs for Analgesic Use Within the First 2 Weeks Following Surgery

Author

Joint / Procedure Type

Number of Trial Participants

Analgesic Consumption

VAS Score

ROM

Kraeutler et al17

Rotator cuff repair or subacromial decompression

46

No significant difference

No significant difference

Xa

Thienpont18

Knee arthroplasty

116

No significant difference

No significant difference

Significant reduction in active flexion with advanced cryotherapy (P = 0.02); No significant difference in other ROM tests

Woolf et al19

Knee arthroplasty

53

Decrease in night pain through POD 2 only

Xa

Xa

Su et al20

Knee arthroplasty

280

Significantly lower use with cryotherapy up to POD 14; No significant difference thereafter

Xa

No difference

Barber21

ACL reconstruction

87

Significantly lower

use with cryotherapy POD 1 and 2 (P = 0.035)

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores only POD 1 (P < 0.01)

Greater ROM with cryotherapy POD 7 (P < 0.03)

Ruffilli et al6

ACL reconstruction

47

No difference

Xa

Greater ROM with cryotherapy (P < 0.0001)

Kuyucu et al7

Knee arthroplasty

60

Xa

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores (P < 0.05)

Greater ROM with cryotherapy (P < 0.05)

aX indicates that the study did not include that measurement.Abbreviations: ACL, anterior cruciate ligament; POD, postoperative day; ROM, range of motion; VAS, visual analog scale.

RISKS AND ADVERSE EFFECTS OF CRYOTHERAPY

A rigorous analysis of the benefits of cryotherapy ought to incorporate other factors in addition to improvements in analgesic consumption, VAS score, and ROM. These include the financial and time investment involved in the use of continuous flow cryotherapy, which the majority of studies do not consider. Though many authors acknowledge that continuous flow cryotherapy is expensive, to our knowledge, none have yet performed a formal economic analysis of the cost of advanced cryotherapy to the patient as well as to the healthcare system at large.6,7,13,18,22-24 Dickinson and colleagues24 calculated the total cost of cryotherapy and rehabilitation following rotator cuff repair, but addressed only the up-front cost of the cold therapy system. For context, Table 3 summarizes the retail cost of the most popular cryotherapy devices on the market. Based on this information alone, it seems reasonable to conclude that these systems are associated with significantly more cost than traditional forms of cold therapy, and therefore would be an undesirable option for patients or hospital systems. Nevertheless, cost considerations are more nuanced than a simple comparison of price, necessitating more advanced economic analyses. Substantial savings may be on the table if future studies are able to prove postoperative cryotherapy shortens hospital stays, reduces medication costs, and results in fewer physical therapy sessions. Moreover, if all this is true, patients may experience quicker recovery and have overall greater post-procedure satisfaction.

 

Table 3. Cost of Most Popular Cryotherapy Units

System

Cost

Cryo/Cuff® IC Cooler (DJO Global)

$125

DonJoy IceMan Classic (DJO Global)

$169

The Polar Care Kodiak (Breg, Inc.)

$180

 
 

Patient education required for optimal use of advanced cold therapy is another aspect of cryotherapy that is poorly represented in the literature. As Dickinson and colleagues24 point out, because it eliminates some dependency on the patient to remember to ice appropriately, continuous flow cryotherapy may have a positive impact on compliance and therefore yield improved outcomes.24 Hospital staff may be required to spend additional time with patients. However, this is necessary to ensure proper understanding on how to operate the system and avoid adverse outcomes. Patients may also find the large coolers inconvenient and may therefore be reluctant to use them, finding traditional ice more manageable. Future studies should consider gathering data on patient education, compliance, and overall reception/satisfaction to complete a more holistic investigation of the role of postoperative cryotherapy in orthopedics.

Cryotherapy is not without adverse outcomes, which have been documented primarily in the form of case study reports. Relevant case studies cited adverse outcomes including frostbite/skin loss, compartment syndrome, and perniosis as potential dangers of postoperative cryotherapy in orthopedics (Table 4).25-30 As an example, a patient recovering from patellar-tendon repair experienced bilateral frostbite and skin loss following 2 weeks of uninterrupted use of cryotherapy without any barrier between his skin and the system.29 A similar case study described 2 female patients, one recovering from a TKA and the other from a tibial revision of arthroplasty, who used cryotherapy systems without cessation and experienced frostbite and skin necrosis over the entirety of their knees.26 A third case study exploring 4 incidents of patellar frostbite and necrosis following knee arthroscopies proposed that poor patient understanding of proper cryotherapy use as well as poor recognition of the signs of frostbite contributed to these adverse outcomes. Furthermore, the cryotherapy brace used by all 4 patients included a feature designed to counteract patellar inflammation that also may have increased the likelihood of frostbite in this area due to poor tissue insulation. The authors noted that following the incidents, the makers of the brace removed patellar coverage to prevent future occurrences.30

Table 4. Published Reports of Adverse Effects of Cryotherapy

Author

Adverse Effect

Procedure/Location

Brown and Hahn25

Frostbite

Bunionectomy; hallux valgus correction/feet

Dundon et al26

Skin necrosis

TKA/patella

Khajavi et al27

Compartment syndrome

Arthroscopic osteochondral autograft transfer/calf

King et al28

Perniosis

ACL reconstruction/knee

Lee et al29

Frostbite

Patellar-tendon repair/knees

McGuire and Hendricks30

Frostbite

Knee arthroscopy/patella

Abbreviations: ACL, anterior cruciate ligament; TKA, total knee arthroplasty.

Frostbite linked to cryotherapy has also occurred following orthopedic procedures outside the knee. Brown and Hahn25 described 2 young females who developed skin necrosis following podiatric surgeries and constant cold therapy for roughly a week. Notably, 1 patient had cold sensitivity, which likely put her at an increased baseline risk of experiencing frostbite while using cryotherapy. Tissue necrosis is not the only danger of cold therapy discussed in this study. Surprisingly, 1 patient also developed compartment syndrome.25 Khajavi and colleagues27 also documented postoperative compartment syndrome in a patient following an arthroscopic osteochondral autograft transfer, which they attributed to reperfusion injury in the wake of first-degree frostbite. Hospital personnel also instructed this patient to use his cryotherapy system without interruption at the coldest temperature tolerable, contrary to manufacturer’s instructions.27

Continue to: King and colleagues...

 

 

King and colleagues28 described 2 cases of patients complaining of nodules, papules, and plaques soon after ACL reconstruction and the initiation of cryotherapy. A histological examination of their skin lesions demonstrated the presence of a perivascular and periadnexal superficial and deep lymphocytic infiltrate associated with perniosis. Dermatologists associated the perniosis with the cryotherapy cuff adhesive mechanisms, as their locations matched those of the lesions and symptoms subsided after cessation of cuff usage.28

Cases of adverse effects with perioperative cryotherapy have also occurred at our own institution. The authors obtained informed written consent from the patients to print and publish their images. In 2 separate incidents, patients overdid icing and experienced rather extreme side effects including burns and blisters (Figures 1 and 2). In light of these adverse events, the physicians have questioned whether RICE ought to be part of their standard perioperative recommendations. These physicians are not alone in their uncertainty. Interestingly, even Mirkin,31 who coined the RICE mnemonic, now believes that consistent icing post-injury actually inhibits the body’s natural inflammatory healing response, delaying rather than speeding recovery, and suggests that icing ought to be used for pain control only.

matzkin0918_f1_0

matzkin0918_f2

DISCUSSION

Though there is ample literature supporting the common belief that cryotherapy minimizes inflammation at the cellular level, whether or not it results in meaningful improvements in post-surgical orthopedic outcomes remains unclear. Table 1 reflects a dearth of evidence to support the widespread current practice of cold therapy following orthopedic procedures, but few studies could demonstrate a significant difference in the analgesic use, VAS score, or ROM between cryotherapy and control groups. It is worth noting that these studies used different cryotherapy systems. Though in theory the continuous flow cryotherapy systems are similarly designed, there are potential differences among them that have not been controlled for in this analysis. All studies had <90 participants and focused on a single joint or procedure, making it difficult to draw large scale conclusions about the utility of cold therapy in the postoperative orthopedic population at large. Furthermore, researchers measured endpoints at a range of time intervals that were inconsistent across studies. In some cases, the significance of the impact of cryotherapy on recovery within a single study differed based on the time point at which researchers measured outcomes.12-14 This raises the question as to whether cryotherapy has no benefits, or whether they are simply time-dependent. Future studies should seek to ascertain whether there is a postoperative time window in which cryotherapy could potentially expedite the recovery process.

Similarly, Table 2 shows a lack of consensus regarding the effect of advanced cryotherapy when compared to traditional ice application on pain, analgesic use, and joint mobility after surgery. However, all but 1 of these studies focused on knee procedures. Therefore, our findings may not be applicable to orthopedic surgeries on other joints. Nevertheless, the use of advanced cryotherapy in postoperative orthopedic care may wane if researchers continue to show that it is no more beneficial than its far less expensive counterpart of ice and an ace bandage.

The case studies discussed in this review serve as cautionary tales of the dangers of cryotherapy when used improperly. Though frostbite and subsequent tissue necrosis seem most common, physicians should be made aware that compartment syndrome and perniosis are also possible consequences. Orthopedic patients perhaps have an increased risk of developing these side effects due to the nature of their injuries and the large cutaneous surface area to which cryotherapy is applied. These outcomes could seemingly be avoided with improved educational initiatives targeted at both healthcare personnel and patients. Orthopedic surgeons might consider adding a short, instructive video focusing on proper usage as well as signs of adverse events to their discharge protocol to limit occurrences of these pitfalls associated with cryotherapy.

CONCLUSION

There is inadequate literature to support the of use postoperative cryotherapy of any kind in the field of orthopedics at this time. More robust, standardized studies, and a formidable economic analysis of advanced cold therapy systems are necessary before physicians prescribing cryotherapy can be confident that they are augmenting patient recovery. Nevertheless, as new developments in medicinal cryotherapy occur, it may be possible for the orthopedic community to wield its salutatory effects to limit complications and improve post-surgical outcomes.

References

1. Freiman N, Bouganim N. History of cryotherapy. Dermatol Online J. 2005;11(2):9.

2. Spencer JH, inventor; Nortech Lab Inc, assignee. Device for use as a hot and cold compress. US patent US3780537A. December 25, 1973.

3. Stålman A, Berglund L, Dungnerc E, Arner P, Felländer-Tsai L. Temperature-sensitive release of prostaglandin E₂ and diminished energy requirements in synovial tissue with postoperative cryotherapy: a prospective randomized study after knee arthroscopy. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2011;93(21):1961-1968. doi:10.2106/JBJS.J.01790.

4. Kawabata A. Prostaglandin E2 and pain--an update. Biol Pharm Bull. 2011;34(8):1170-1173. doi:10.1248/bpb.34.1170.

5. Schaser KD, Stover JF, Melcher I, et al. Local cooling restores microcirculatory hemodynamics after closed soft-tissue trauma in rats. J Trauma. 2006;61(3):642-649. doi:10.1097/01.ta.0000174922.08781.2f.

6. Ruffilli A, Buda R, Castagnini F, et al. Temperature-controlled continuous cold flow device versus traditional icing regimen following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a prospective randomized comparative trial. Arch Orthop Trauma Surg. 2015;135(10):1405-1410. doi:10.1007/s00402-015-2273-z.

7. Kuyucu E, Bülbül M, Kara A, Koçyiğit F, Erdil M. Is cold therapy really efficient after knee arthroplasty? Ann Med Surg. 2015;4(4):475-478. doi:10.1016/j.amsu.2015.10.019.

8. Martin SS, Spindler KP, Tarter JW, Detwiler K, Petersen HA. Cryotherapy: an effective modality for decreasing intraarticular temperature after knee arthroscopy. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(3):288-291. doi:10.1177/03635465010290030501.

9. Yu SY, Chen S, Yan HD, Fan CY. Effect of cryotherapy after elbow arthrolysis: A prospective, single-blinded, randomized controlled study. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2015;96(1):1-6. doi:10.1016/j.apmr.2014.08.011.

10. Dambros C, Martimbianco ALC, Polachini LO, Lahoz GL, Chamlian TR, Cohen M. Effectiveness of cryotherapy after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Acta Ortop Bras. 2012;20(5):285-290. doi:10.1590/S1413-78522012000500008.

11. Leegwater NC, Nolte PA, de Korte N, et al. The efficacy of continuous-flow cryo and cyclic compression therapy after hip fracture surgery on postoperative pain: design of a prospective, open-label, parallel, multicenter, randomized controlled, clinical trial. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2016;17(1):153. doi:10.1186/s12891-016-1000-4.

12. Kullenberg B, Ylipää S, Söderlund K, Resch S. Postoperative cryotherapy after total knee arthroplasty: a prospective study of 86 patients. J Arthroplasty. 2006;21(8):1175-1179. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2006.02.159.

13. Morsi E. Continuous-flow cold therapy after total knee arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2002;17(6):718-722. doi:10.1054/arth.2002.33562.

14. Singh H, Osbahr DC, Holovacs TF, Cawley PW, Speer KP. The efficacy of continuous cryotherapy on the postoperative shoulder: A prospective, randomized investigation. J Shoulder Elb Surg. 2001;10(6):522-525. doi:10.1067/mse.2001.118415.

15. Saito N, Horiuchi H, Kobayashi S, Nawata M, Takaoka K. Continuous local cooling for pain relief following total hip arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2004;19(3):334-337. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2003.10.011.

16. Gibbons C, Solan M, Ricketts D, Patterson M. Cryotherapy compared with Robert Jones bandage after total knee replacement: A prospective randomized trial. Int Orthop. 2001;25(4):250-252. doi:10.1007/s002640100227.

17. Kraeutler MJ, Reynolds KA, Long C, McCarty EC. Compressive cryotherapy versus ice-a prospective, randomized study on postoperative pain in patients undergoing arthroscopic rotator cuff repair or subacromial decompression. J Shoulder Elb Surg. 2015;24(6):854-859. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2015.02.004.

18. Thienpont E. Does Advanced Cryotherapy Reduce Pain and Narcotic Consumption After Knee Arthroplasty? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2014;472(11):3417-3423. doi:10.1007/s11999-014-3810-8.

19. Woolf SK, Barfield WR, Merrill KD, McBryde AM Jr. Comparison of a continuous temperature-controlled cryotherapy device to a simple icing regimen following outpatient knee arthroscopy. J Knee Surg. 2008;21(1):15-19.

20. Su EP, Perna M, Boettner F, et al. A prospective, multi-center, randomised trial to evaluate the efficacy of a cryopneumatic device on total knee arthroplasty recovery. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2012;94(11 Suppl A):153-156. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.94B11.30832.

21. Barber F. A comparison of crushed ice and continuous flow cold therapy. Am J Knee Surg. 2000;13(2):97-101.

22. Demoulin C, Brouwers M, Darot S, Gillet P, Crielaard JM, Vanderthommen M. Comparison of gaseous cryotherapy with more traditional forms of cryotherapy following total knee arthroplasty. Ann Phys Rehabil Med. 2012;55(4):229-240. doi:10.1016/j.rehab.2012.03.004.

23. Mumith A, Pavlou P, Barrett M, Thurston B, Garrett S. Enhancing postoperative rehabilitation following knee arthroplasty using a new cryotherapy product: a prospective study. Geriatr Orthop Surg Rehabil. 2015;6(4):316-321. doi:10.1177/2151458515609722.

24. Dickinson RN, Kuhn JE, Bergner JL, Rizzone KH. A systematic review of cost-effective treatment of postoperative rotator cuff repairs. J Shoulder Elb Surg. 2017;26(5):915-922. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2017.02.009.

25. Brown WC, Hahn DB. Frostbite of the Feet After Cryotherapy: A Report of Two Cases. J Foot Ankle Surg. 2009;48(5):577-580. doi:10.1053/j.jfas.2009.06.003.

26. Dundon JM, Rymer MC, Johnson RM. Total patellar skin loss from cryotherapy after total knee arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2013;28(2):376.e5-e7. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2012.05.024.

27. Khajavi K, Pavelko T, Mishra A. Compartment syndrome arising from use of an electronic cooling pad. Am J Sports Med. 2004;32(6):1538-1541. doi:10.1177/0363546503262191.

28. King J, Plotner A, Adams B. Perniosis induced by a cold therapy system. Arch Dermatol. 2012;148(9):1101-1102.

29. Lee CK, Pardun J, Buntic R, Kiehn M, Brooks D, Buncke HJ. Severe frostbite of the knees after cryotherapy. Orthopedics. 2007;30(1):63-64.

30. McGuire DA, Hendricks SD. Incidences of frostbite in arthroscopic knee surgery postoperative cryotherapy rehabilitation. Arthroscopy. 2006;22(10):1141.e1-e6. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2005.06.027.

31. Mirkin G. Why Ice Delays Recovery. http://www.drmirkin.com/fitness/why-ice-delays-recovery.html. Published September 16, 2015. Accessed July 17, 2017.

Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Ms. Piana is a Medical Student, University of Tennessee, College of Medicine, Memphis, Tennessee. Ms. Garvey is a Research Assistant, Women’s Sports Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts. Ms. Burns was an undergraduate student, Hobart and William Smith Colleges, Geneva, New York. Dr. Matzkin is an Assistant Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Harvard Medical School; and Chief of Women’s Sports Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts.

Address Correspondence to: Elizabeth G. Matzkin, MD, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, 75 Francis Street, Boston, MA 02115 (tel, 617-525-8500; email, [email protected]).

Lauren E. Piana, MS, BA Kirsten D. Garvey, MA, BA Halle Burns, BSElizabeth G. Matzkin, MD . The Cold, Hard Facts of Cryotherapy in Orthopedics . Am J Orthop.

September 12, 2018

Publications
Topics
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Ms. Piana is a Medical Student, University of Tennessee, College of Medicine, Memphis, Tennessee. Ms. Garvey is a Research Assistant, Women’s Sports Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts. Ms. Burns was an undergraduate student, Hobart and William Smith Colleges, Geneva, New York. Dr. Matzkin is an Assistant Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Harvard Medical School; and Chief of Women’s Sports Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts.

Address Correspondence to: Elizabeth G. Matzkin, MD, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, 75 Francis Street, Boston, MA 02115 (tel, 617-525-8500; email, [email protected]).

Lauren E. Piana, MS, BA Kirsten D. Garvey, MA, BA Halle Burns, BSElizabeth G. Matzkin, MD . The Cold, Hard Facts of Cryotherapy in Orthopedics . Am J Orthop.

September 12, 2018

Author and Disclosure Information

Authors’ Disclosure Statement: The authors report no actual or potential conflict of interest in relation to this article.

Ms. Piana is a Medical Student, University of Tennessee, College of Medicine, Memphis, Tennessee. Ms. Garvey is a Research Assistant, Women’s Sports Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts. Ms. Burns was an undergraduate student, Hobart and William Smith Colleges, Geneva, New York. Dr. Matzkin is an Assistant Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Harvard Medical School; and Chief of Women’s Sports Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts.

Address Correspondence to: Elizabeth G. Matzkin, MD, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, 75 Francis Street, Boston, MA 02115 (tel, 617-525-8500; email, [email protected]).

Lauren E. Piana, MS, BA Kirsten D. Garvey, MA, BA Halle Burns, BSElizabeth G. Matzkin, MD . The Cold, Hard Facts of Cryotherapy in Orthopedics . Am J Orthop.

September 12, 2018

ABSTRACT

Cryotherapy is the use of the anti-inflammatory and analgesic properties of ice to facilitate healing. Cryotherapy mediates these salutatory effects by reducing blood flow to the site of injury, down-regulating the production of inflammatory and pain-inducing prostaglandins, and diminishing the conductive ability of nerve endings. It is commonly used postoperatively in orthopedics to decrease analgesic requirements and blood loss as well as to increase range of motion, despite limited literature on its ability to produce such therapeutic effects in clinical practice. This article examines the available literature and the scientific evidence for the use and efficacy of cryotherapy in post-surgical orthopedic patients. It also reviews the potential pitfalls associated with improper use. Overall, this review seeks to provide insight into when, or whether, cryotherapy is appropriate for orthopedic patients during surgical recovery.

Continue to: Cold therapy has been a mainstay of medical treatment...

 

 

Cold therapy has been a mainstay of medical treatment since the days of Hippocrates. Initially used by ancient Egyptians to mitigate inflammation and by Hippocrates himself to treat hemorrhage, the therapeutic applications of ice evolved throughout history to become part of the treatment algorithm for a variety of health conditions.1 Ice made an ideal numbing agent for limb amputations and an anesthetic for certain cancers, but truly became ubiquitous when the first cold pack meant for medicinal use was patented in the early 1970s.1,2 Despite their armamentarium of advanced treatment modalities, physicians in the modern era continue to prescribe cryotherapy for their patients, particularly in the field of orthopedics. Most athletes know the “RICE” (Rest, Ice, Compression, Elevation) protocol and utilize it to minimize inflammation associated with soft tissue injuries.

Inflammation is a physiologic response to noxious stimuli. Cell damage results in the production of inflammatory mediators including prostaglandins, which play a crucial role in the vasodilation and pain associated with inflammation. Vasodilation and increased blood flow manifest as swelling, which can cause pain by putting pressure on nerve endings. The inflammatory prostaglandin E2 (PGE2) causes local increases in temperature and mediates pain.3,4 The application of cold therapy attenuates inflammatory microvascular and hemodynamic changes, reducing some of the deleterious effects of inflammation and minimizing pain. Animal models demonstrate that cryotherapy restores functional capillary density, reverses tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α)-induced microvasculature damage, and reduces the production of thrombogenic thromboxanes in injured soft tissue.5 Additionally, cold therapy after knee arthroscopy is associated with lower concentrations of PGE2 in the knee.3 Local cooling acts at the cellular level to decrease edema, reduce pain, and slow blood flow to the affected area, with the overall effect of alleviating inflammation.4,5

Cryotherapy is standard practice in postoperative orthopedic care, but there is limited literature demonstrating its efficacy in this setting. In addition, the advent of more advanced wearable cooling systems necessitates a thorough comparison of the various cryotherapy mechanisms both from healthcare and economic perspectives. The goal of this article is to examine the benefits of cryotherapy in the postoperative management of orthopedic surgical interventions and to review the effectiveness of differing types of cryotherapy. A secondary goal of this article is to review the literature on the adverse effects of cryotherapy in order to increase physician awareness of this issue and highlight the importance of patient education when utilizing cryotherapy postoperatively.

BENEFITS OF CRYOTHERAPY

Three standard types of cryotherapy are prescribed as postoperative therapy in orthopedics: compressive cryotherapy, continuous flow cryotherapy, and the application of ice. All aim to decrease the amount of inflammation of the surgical site, reduce patient pain, and aid in the recovery process. The application of ice or other cooling pack devices without compression is the most commonly used method, likely because it is the most economical and user-friendly cryotherapy option. Compressive cryotherapy is the application of ice or an ice pack secured to the site with a bandage or other device in a manner that also applies pressure to the site of injury. Finally, continuous flow cryotherapy systems are typically connected to a refrigeration control unit and apply compressive cooling through the uninterrupted flow of cold water or gas through a wrap around the injured site. Examples include the Game Ready® (CoolSystems, Inc.), Cryo/Cuff® IC Cooler (DJO Global), and Hilotherm Homecare (Hilotherm GmbH) systems, which are marketed as an improvement over traditional forms of cold therapy, as they are capable of cooling for hours at a time, allow for nighttime use, and provide the operator with temperature control.6-8

Postoperative cryotherapy is prescribed for a wide variety of orthopedic procedures, including anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction surgery, rotator cuff surgery, and total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Current literature includes many studies monitoring postoperative outcomes in patients using cryotherapy as part of their treatment regimen, with the primary endpoints being visual analog scale (VAS) scores, analgesic consumption, and range of motion (ROM).9-16 As demonstrated by in Table 1, these studies do not provide conclusive evidence that cryotherapy significantly alters postoperative outcomes, despite its ubiquitous use by the orthopedics community. In fact, the literature reflects a seeming lack of consensus regarding the effect of cryotherapy on analgesic requirements, pain, and joint mobility following procedures. Interestingly, of the studies represented in Table 1, only half analyzed all 3 postoperative measures (analgesic consumption, pain, and ROM). Furthermore, solely Morsi13 concluded that cryotherapy resulted in significant improvements in all 3 outcome measures in a trial involving only 30 patients. Kullenberg and colleagues12 performed the largest study, but still included only 86 patients. In addition, all the studies focused on 1 joint or procedure. Thus, despite evidence that cryotherapy reduces inflammation at a molecular level, current literature does not unequivocally support the common belief that cryotherapy benefits patients in practice. More robust studies that include an analysis of analgesic consumption, VAS scores, and ROM (at minimum) and compare the relative efficacy of cryotherapy across joint types and procedures are necessary to determine whether postoperative cryotherapy in orthopedics is appropriate.

Table 1. Results from Studies that Compared Cryotherapy to Standard Care Within the First 2 Weeks Following Surgery

Author

Joint/Procedure Type

Number of Trial Participants

Cryotherapy Type

Analgesic Consumption

VAS Score

ROM

Yu et al9

Elbow arthrolysis

59

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Cryo/Cuff®; DJO Global)

No significant difference

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores up to POD 7 (P < 0.05)

No significant difference

Dambros et al10

ACL reconstruction

25

Ice pack

Xa

No significant difference

No significant difference

Leegwater et al11

Hip arthroplasty

30

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Game Ready®; CoolSystems, Inc.)

Trend towards lower use (No significant difference)

No significant difference

Xa

Kullenberg et al12

Knee arthroplasty

86

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Cryo/Cuff®)

No significant difference

No significant difference

Significantly improved at POD 7 and POD 21

Morsi13

Knee arthroplasty

30

Continuous flow cryotherapy

Significantly lower consumption (P < 0.01)

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores (P < 0.001)

Significantly improved at POD 7; No significant difference 6 weeks postoperative

Singh et al14

Open vs arthroscopic shoulder procedures

70

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Breg Polar Care Glacier® Cold Therapy unit; Breg Inc.)

Xa

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores at arthroscopic POD 14 (P = 0.043); No significant difference for open procedures

Xa

Saito et al15

Hip arthroplasty

46

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Icing System 2000; Nippon Sigmax Co., Ltd.)

Significantly lower epidural analgesic use (P < 0.001); no significant difference in adjunct analgesic consumption

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores POD 1-4 (P < 0.05)

Xa

Gibbons et al16

Knee arthroplasty

60

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Cryo/Cuff®)

No significant difference

No significant difference

No significant difference

aX indicates that the study did not include that measurement.
Abbreviations: ACL, anterior cruciate ligament; POD, postoperative day; ROM, range of motion; VAS, visual analog scale.
 

Continue to: ADVANCED CRYOTHERAPY DEVICES...

 

 

ADVANCED CRYOTHERAPY DEVICES

Several recent studies explored the relative postoperative benefits of advanced cryotherapeutics in lieu of the traditional ice pack.6,7,17-21 As reflected in Table 2, these studies, much like the literature comparing cryotherapy to the control, do not reveal significant benefits of continuous flow cryotherapy after surgery. In fact, the only outcome measure that was found to differ significantly in more than 1 study was ROM. Though the makers of advanced cryotherapy systems market them as a vast improvement over traditional forms of cold therapy, there is insufficient evidence to support such claims. Even the most robust study that included 280 patients failed to show significant differences in the analgesic use and ROM after surgery.20 Of note, all but 1 study compared traditional and advanced cryotherapy following procedures on the knee. Additional research exploring outcomes after surgery on other joints is necessary before any conclusions can be made regarding postoperative benefits or risks within orthopedics more generally.

 
Table 2. Results from Studies that Compared Continuous Flow Cryotherapy to the Use of Ice Packs for Analgesic Use Within the First 2 Weeks Following Surgery

Author

Joint / Procedure Type

Number of Trial Participants

Analgesic Consumption

VAS Score

ROM

Kraeutler et al17

Rotator cuff repair or subacromial decompression

46

No significant difference

No significant difference

Xa

Thienpont18

Knee arthroplasty

116

No significant difference

No significant difference

Significant reduction in active flexion with advanced cryotherapy (P = 0.02); No significant difference in other ROM tests

Woolf et al19

Knee arthroplasty

53

Decrease in night pain through POD 2 only

Xa

Xa

Su et al20

Knee arthroplasty

280

Significantly lower use with cryotherapy up to POD 14; No significant difference thereafter

Xa

No difference

Barber21

ACL reconstruction

87

Significantly lower

use with cryotherapy POD 1 and 2 (P = 0.035)

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores only POD 1 (P < 0.01)

Greater ROM with cryotherapy POD 7 (P < 0.03)

Ruffilli et al6

ACL reconstruction

47

No difference

Xa

Greater ROM with cryotherapy (P < 0.0001)

Kuyucu et al7

Knee arthroplasty

60

Xa

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores (P < 0.05)

Greater ROM with cryotherapy (P < 0.05)

aX indicates that the study did not include that measurement.Abbreviations: ACL, anterior cruciate ligament; POD, postoperative day; ROM, range of motion; VAS, visual analog scale.

RISKS AND ADVERSE EFFECTS OF CRYOTHERAPY

A rigorous analysis of the benefits of cryotherapy ought to incorporate other factors in addition to improvements in analgesic consumption, VAS score, and ROM. These include the financial and time investment involved in the use of continuous flow cryotherapy, which the majority of studies do not consider. Though many authors acknowledge that continuous flow cryotherapy is expensive, to our knowledge, none have yet performed a formal economic analysis of the cost of advanced cryotherapy to the patient as well as to the healthcare system at large.6,7,13,18,22-24 Dickinson and colleagues24 calculated the total cost of cryotherapy and rehabilitation following rotator cuff repair, but addressed only the up-front cost of the cold therapy system. For context, Table 3 summarizes the retail cost of the most popular cryotherapy devices on the market. Based on this information alone, it seems reasonable to conclude that these systems are associated with significantly more cost than traditional forms of cold therapy, and therefore would be an undesirable option for patients or hospital systems. Nevertheless, cost considerations are more nuanced than a simple comparison of price, necessitating more advanced economic analyses. Substantial savings may be on the table if future studies are able to prove postoperative cryotherapy shortens hospital stays, reduces medication costs, and results in fewer physical therapy sessions. Moreover, if all this is true, patients may experience quicker recovery and have overall greater post-procedure satisfaction.

 

Table 3. Cost of Most Popular Cryotherapy Units

System

Cost

Cryo/Cuff® IC Cooler (DJO Global)

$125

DonJoy IceMan Classic (DJO Global)

$169

The Polar Care Kodiak (Breg, Inc.)

$180

 
 

Patient education required for optimal use of advanced cold therapy is another aspect of cryotherapy that is poorly represented in the literature. As Dickinson and colleagues24 point out, because it eliminates some dependency on the patient to remember to ice appropriately, continuous flow cryotherapy may have a positive impact on compliance and therefore yield improved outcomes.24 Hospital staff may be required to spend additional time with patients. However, this is necessary to ensure proper understanding on how to operate the system and avoid adverse outcomes. Patients may also find the large coolers inconvenient and may therefore be reluctant to use them, finding traditional ice more manageable. Future studies should consider gathering data on patient education, compliance, and overall reception/satisfaction to complete a more holistic investigation of the role of postoperative cryotherapy in orthopedics.

Cryotherapy is not without adverse outcomes, which have been documented primarily in the form of case study reports. Relevant case studies cited adverse outcomes including frostbite/skin loss, compartment syndrome, and perniosis as potential dangers of postoperative cryotherapy in orthopedics (Table 4).25-30 As an example, a patient recovering from patellar-tendon repair experienced bilateral frostbite and skin loss following 2 weeks of uninterrupted use of cryotherapy without any barrier between his skin and the system.29 A similar case study described 2 female patients, one recovering from a TKA and the other from a tibial revision of arthroplasty, who used cryotherapy systems without cessation and experienced frostbite and skin necrosis over the entirety of their knees.26 A third case study exploring 4 incidents of patellar frostbite and necrosis following knee arthroscopies proposed that poor patient understanding of proper cryotherapy use as well as poor recognition of the signs of frostbite contributed to these adverse outcomes. Furthermore, the cryotherapy brace used by all 4 patients included a feature designed to counteract patellar inflammation that also may have increased the likelihood of frostbite in this area due to poor tissue insulation. The authors noted that following the incidents, the makers of the brace removed patellar coverage to prevent future occurrences.30

Table 4. Published Reports of Adverse Effects of Cryotherapy

Author

Adverse Effect

Procedure/Location

Brown and Hahn25

Frostbite

Bunionectomy; hallux valgus correction/feet

Dundon et al26

Skin necrosis

TKA/patella

Khajavi et al27

Compartment syndrome

Arthroscopic osteochondral autograft transfer/calf

King et al28

Perniosis

ACL reconstruction/knee

Lee et al29

Frostbite

Patellar-tendon repair/knees

McGuire and Hendricks30

Frostbite

Knee arthroscopy/patella

Abbreviations: ACL, anterior cruciate ligament; TKA, total knee arthroplasty.

Frostbite linked to cryotherapy has also occurred following orthopedic procedures outside the knee. Brown and Hahn25 described 2 young females who developed skin necrosis following podiatric surgeries and constant cold therapy for roughly a week. Notably, 1 patient had cold sensitivity, which likely put her at an increased baseline risk of experiencing frostbite while using cryotherapy. Tissue necrosis is not the only danger of cold therapy discussed in this study. Surprisingly, 1 patient also developed compartment syndrome.25 Khajavi and colleagues27 also documented postoperative compartment syndrome in a patient following an arthroscopic osteochondral autograft transfer, which they attributed to reperfusion injury in the wake of first-degree frostbite. Hospital personnel also instructed this patient to use his cryotherapy system without interruption at the coldest temperature tolerable, contrary to manufacturer’s instructions.27

Continue to: King and colleagues...

 

 

King and colleagues28 described 2 cases of patients complaining of nodules, papules, and plaques soon after ACL reconstruction and the initiation of cryotherapy. A histological examination of their skin lesions demonstrated the presence of a perivascular and periadnexal superficial and deep lymphocytic infiltrate associated with perniosis. Dermatologists associated the perniosis with the cryotherapy cuff adhesive mechanisms, as their locations matched those of the lesions and symptoms subsided after cessation of cuff usage.28

Cases of adverse effects with perioperative cryotherapy have also occurred at our own institution. The authors obtained informed written consent from the patients to print and publish their images. In 2 separate incidents, patients overdid icing and experienced rather extreme side effects including burns and blisters (Figures 1 and 2). In light of these adverse events, the physicians have questioned whether RICE ought to be part of their standard perioperative recommendations. These physicians are not alone in their uncertainty. Interestingly, even Mirkin,31 who coined the RICE mnemonic, now believes that consistent icing post-injury actually inhibits the body’s natural inflammatory healing response, delaying rather than speeding recovery, and suggests that icing ought to be used for pain control only.

matzkin0918_f1_0

matzkin0918_f2

DISCUSSION

Though there is ample literature supporting the common belief that cryotherapy minimizes inflammation at the cellular level, whether or not it results in meaningful improvements in post-surgical orthopedic outcomes remains unclear. Table 1 reflects a dearth of evidence to support the widespread current practice of cold therapy following orthopedic procedures, but few studies could demonstrate a significant difference in the analgesic use, VAS score, or ROM between cryotherapy and control groups. It is worth noting that these studies used different cryotherapy systems. Though in theory the continuous flow cryotherapy systems are similarly designed, there are potential differences among them that have not been controlled for in this analysis. All studies had <90 participants and focused on a single joint or procedure, making it difficult to draw large scale conclusions about the utility of cold therapy in the postoperative orthopedic population at large. Furthermore, researchers measured endpoints at a range of time intervals that were inconsistent across studies. In some cases, the significance of the impact of cryotherapy on recovery within a single study differed based on the time point at which researchers measured outcomes.12-14 This raises the question as to whether cryotherapy has no benefits, or whether they are simply time-dependent. Future studies should seek to ascertain whether there is a postoperative time window in which cryotherapy could potentially expedite the recovery process.

Similarly, Table 2 shows a lack of consensus regarding the effect of advanced cryotherapy when compared to traditional ice application on pain, analgesic use, and joint mobility after surgery. However, all but 1 of these studies focused on knee procedures. Therefore, our findings may not be applicable to orthopedic surgeries on other joints. Nevertheless, the use of advanced cryotherapy in postoperative orthopedic care may wane if researchers continue to show that it is no more beneficial than its far less expensive counterpart of ice and an ace bandage.

The case studies discussed in this review serve as cautionary tales of the dangers of cryotherapy when used improperly. Though frostbite and subsequent tissue necrosis seem most common, physicians should be made aware that compartment syndrome and perniosis are also possible consequences. Orthopedic patients perhaps have an increased risk of developing these side effects due to the nature of their injuries and the large cutaneous surface area to which cryotherapy is applied. These outcomes could seemingly be avoided with improved educational initiatives targeted at both healthcare personnel and patients. Orthopedic surgeons might consider adding a short, instructive video focusing on proper usage as well as signs of adverse events to their discharge protocol to limit occurrences of these pitfalls associated with cryotherapy.

CONCLUSION

There is inadequate literature to support the of use postoperative cryotherapy of any kind in the field of orthopedics at this time. More robust, standardized studies, and a formidable economic analysis of advanced cold therapy systems are necessary before physicians prescribing cryotherapy can be confident that they are augmenting patient recovery. Nevertheless, as new developments in medicinal cryotherapy occur, it may be possible for the orthopedic community to wield its salutatory effects to limit complications and improve post-surgical outcomes.

ABSTRACT

Cryotherapy is the use of the anti-inflammatory and analgesic properties of ice to facilitate healing. Cryotherapy mediates these salutatory effects by reducing blood flow to the site of injury, down-regulating the production of inflammatory and pain-inducing prostaglandins, and diminishing the conductive ability of nerve endings. It is commonly used postoperatively in orthopedics to decrease analgesic requirements and blood loss as well as to increase range of motion, despite limited literature on its ability to produce such therapeutic effects in clinical practice. This article examines the available literature and the scientific evidence for the use and efficacy of cryotherapy in post-surgical orthopedic patients. It also reviews the potential pitfalls associated with improper use. Overall, this review seeks to provide insight into when, or whether, cryotherapy is appropriate for orthopedic patients during surgical recovery.

Continue to: Cold therapy has been a mainstay of medical treatment...

 

 

Cold therapy has been a mainstay of medical treatment since the days of Hippocrates. Initially used by ancient Egyptians to mitigate inflammation and by Hippocrates himself to treat hemorrhage, the therapeutic applications of ice evolved throughout history to become part of the treatment algorithm for a variety of health conditions.1 Ice made an ideal numbing agent for limb amputations and an anesthetic for certain cancers, but truly became ubiquitous when the first cold pack meant for medicinal use was patented in the early 1970s.1,2 Despite their armamentarium of advanced treatment modalities, physicians in the modern era continue to prescribe cryotherapy for their patients, particularly in the field of orthopedics. Most athletes know the “RICE” (Rest, Ice, Compression, Elevation) protocol and utilize it to minimize inflammation associated with soft tissue injuries.

Inflammation is a physiologic response to noxious stimuli. Cell damage results in the production of inflammatory mediators including prostaglandins, which play a crucial role in the vasodilation and pain associated with inflammation. Vasodilation and increased blood flow manifest as swelling, which can cause pain by putting pressure on nerve endings. The inflammatory prostaglandin E2 (PGE2) causes local increases in temperature and mediates pain.3,4 The application of cold therapy attenuates inflammatory microvascular and hemodynamic changes, reducing some of the deleterious effects of inflammation and minimizing pain. Animal models demonstrate that cryotherapy restores functional capillary density, reverses tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α)-induced microvasculature damage, and reduces the production of thrombogenic thromboxanes in injured soft tissue.5 Additionally, cold therapy after knee arthroscopy is associated with lower concentrations of PGE2 in the knee.3 Local cooling acts at the cellular level to decrease edema, reduce pain, and slow blood flow to the affected area, with the overall effect of alleviating inflammation.4,5

Cryotherapy is standard practice in postoperative orthopedic care, but there is limited literature demonstrating its efficacy in this setting. In addition, the advent of more advanced wearable cooling systems necessitates a thorough comparison of the various cryotherapy mechanisms both from healthcare and economic perspectives. The goal of this article is to examine the benefits of cryotherapy in the postoperative management of orthopedic surgical interventions and to review the effectiveness of differing types of cryotherapy. A secondary goal of this article is to review the literature on the adverse effects of cryotherapy in order to increase physician awareness of this issue and highlight the importance of patient education when utilizing cryotherapy postoperatively.

BENEFITS OF CRYOTHERAPY

Three standard types of cryotherapy are prescribed as postoperative therapy in orthopedics: compressive cryotherapy, continuous flow cryotherapy, and the application of ice. All aim to decrease the amount of inflammation of the surgical site, reduce patient pain, and aid in the recovery process. The application of ice or other cooling pack devices without compression is the most commonly used method, likely because it is the most economical and user-friendly cryotherapy option. Compressive cryotherapy is the application of ice or an ice pack secured to the site with a bandage or other device in a manner that also applies pressure to the site of injury. Finally, continuous flow cryotherapy systems are typically connected to a refrigeration control unit and apply compressive cooling through the uninterrupted flow of cold water or gas through a wrap around the injured site. Examples include the Game Ready® (CoolSystems, Inc.), Cryo/Cuff® IC Cooler (DJO Global), and Hilotherm Homecare (Hilotherm GmbH) systems, which are marketed as an improvement over traditional forms of cold therapy, as they are capable of cooling for hours at a time, allow for nighttime use, and provide the operator with temperature control.6-8

Postoperative cryotherapy is prescribed for a wide variety of orthopedic procedures, including anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction surgery, rotator cuff surgery, and total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Current literature includes many studies monitoring postoperative outcomes in patients using cryotherapy as part of their treatment regimen, with the primary endpoints being visual analog scale (VAS) scores, analgesic consumption, and range of motion (ROM).9-16 As demonstrated by in Table 1, these studies do not provide conclusive evidence that cryotherapy significantly alters postoperative outcomes, despite its ubiquitous use by the orthopedics community. In fact, the literature reflects a seeming lack of consensus regarding the effect of cryotherapy on analgesic requirements, pain, and joint mobility following procedures. Interestingly, of the studies represented in Table 1, only half analyzed all 3 postoperative measures (analgesic consumption, pain, and ROM). Furthermore, solely Morsi13 concluded that cryotherapy resulted in significant improvements in all 3 outcome measures in a trial involving only 30 patients. Kullenberg and colleagues12 performed the largest study, but still included only 86 patients. In addition, all the studies focused on 1 joint or procedure. Thus, despite evidence that cryotherapy reduces inflammation at a molecular level, current literature does not unequivocally support the common belief that cryotherapy benefits patients in practice. More robust studies that include an analysis of analgesic consumption, VAS scores, and ROM (at minimum) and compare the relative efficacy of cryotherapy across joint types and procedures are necessary to determine whether postoperative cryotherapy in orthopedics is appropriate.

Table 1. Results from Studies that Compared Cryotherapy to Standard Care Within the First 2 Weeks Following Surgery

Author

Joint/Procedure Type

Number of Trial Participants

Cryotherapy Type

Analgesic Consumption

VAS Score

ROM

Yu et al9

Elbow arthrolysis

59

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Cryo/Cuff®; DJO Global)

No significant difference

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores up to POD 7 (P < 0.05)

No significant difference

Dambros et al10

ACL reconstruction

25

Ice pack

Xa

No significant difference

No significant difference

Leegwater et al11

Hip arthroplasty

30

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Game Ready®; CoolSystems, Inc.)

Trend towards lower use (No significant difference)

No significant difference

Xa

Kullenberg et al12

Knee arthroplasty

86

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Cryo/Cuff®)

No significant difference

No significant difference

Significantly improved at POD 7 and POD 21

Morsi13

Knee arthroplasty

30

Continuous flow cryotherapy

Significantly lower consumption (P < 0.01)

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores (P < 0.001)

Significantly improved at POD 7; No significant difference 6 weeks postoperative

Singh et al14

Open vs arthroscopic shoulder procedures

70

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Breg Polar Care Glacier® Cold Therapy unit; Breg Inc.)

Xa

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores at arthroscopic POD 14 (P = 0.043); No significant difference for open procedures

Xa

Saito et al15

Hip arthroplasty

46

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Icing System 2000; Nippon Sigmax Co., Ltd.)

Significantly lower epidural analgesic use (P < 0.001); no significant difference in adjunct analgesic consumption

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores POD 1-4 (P < 0.05)

Xa

Gibbons et al16

Knee arthroplasty

60

Continuous flow cryotherapy (Cryo/Cuff®)

No significant difference

No significant difference

No significant difference

aX indicates that the study did not include that measurement.
Abbreviations: ACL, anterior cruciate ligament; POD, postoperative day; ROM, range of motion; VAS, visual analog scale.
 

Continue to: ADVANCED CRYOTHERAPY DEVICES...

 

 

ADVANCED CRYOTHERAPY DEVICES

Several recent studies explored the relative postoperative benefits of advanced cryotherapeutics in lieu of the traditional ice pack.6,7,17-21 As reflected in Table 2, these studies, much like the literature comparing cryotherapy to the control, do not reveal significant benefits of continuous flow cryotherapy after surgery. In fact, the only outcome measure that was found to differ significantly in more than 1 study was ROM. Though the makers of advanced cryotherapy systems market them as a vast improvement over traditional forms of cold therapy, there is insufficient evidence to support such claims. Even the most robust study that included 280 patients failed to show significant differences in the analgesic use and ROM after surgery.20 Of note, all but 1 study compared traditional and advanced cryotherapy following procedures on the knee. Additional research exploring outcomes after surgery on other joints is necessary before any conclusions can be made regarding postoperative benefits or risks within orthopedics more generally.

 
Table 2. Results from Studies that Compared Continuous Flow Cryotherapy to the Use of Ice Packs for Analgesic Use Within the First 2 Weeks Following Surgery

Author

Joint / Procedure Type

Number of Trial Participants

Analgesic Consumption

VAS Score

ROM

Kraeutler et al17

Rotator cuff repair or subacromial decompression

46

No significant difference

No significant difference

Xa

Thienpont18

Knee arthroplasty

116

No significant difference

No significant difference

Significant reduction in active flexion with advanced cryotherapy (P = 0.02); No significant difference in other ROM tests

Woolf et al19

Knee arthroplasty

53

Decrease in night pain through POD 2 only

Xa

Xa

Su et al20

Knee arthroplasty

280

Significantly lower use with cryotherapy up to POD 14; No significant difference thereafter

Xa

No difference

Barber21

ACL reconstruction

87

Significantly lower

use with cryotherapy POD 1 and 2 (P = 0.035)

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores only POD 1 (P < 0.01)

Greater ROM with cryotherapy POD 7 (P < 0.03)

Ruffilli et al6

ACL reconstruction

47

No difference

Xa

Greater ROM with cryotherapy (P < 0.0001)

Kuyucu et al7

Knee arthroplasty

60

Xa

Cryotherapy significantly decreased scores (P < 0.05)

Greater ROM with cryotherapy (P < 0.05)

aX indicates that the study did not include that measurement.Abbreviations: ACL, anterior cruciate ligament; POD, postoperative day; ROM, range of motion; VAS, visual analog scale.

RISKS AND ADVERSE EFFECTS OF CRYOTHERAPY

A rigorous analysis of the benefits of cryotherapy ought to incorporate other factors in addition to improvements in analgesic consumption, VAS score, and ROM. These include the financial and time investment involved in the use of continuous flow cryotherapy, which the majority of studies do not consider. Though many authors acknowledge that continuous flow cryotherapy is expensive, to our knowledge, none have yet performed a formal economic analysis of the cost of advanced cryotherapy to the patient as well as to the healthcare system at large.6,7,13,18,22-24 Dickinson and colleagues24 calculated the total cost of cryotherapy and rehabilitation following rotator cuff repair, but addressed only the up-front cost of the cold therapy system. For context, Table 3 summarizes the retail cost of the most popular cryotherapy devices on the market. Based on this information alone, it seems reasonable to conclude that these systems are associated with significantly more cost than traditional forms of cold therapy, and therefore would be an undesirable option for patients or hospital systems. Nevertheless, cost considerations are more nuanced than a simple comparison of price, necessitating more advanced economic analyses. Substantial savings may be on the table if future studies are able to prove postoperative cryotherapy shortens hospital stays, reduces medication costs, and results in fewer physical therapy sessions. Moreover, if all this is true, patients may experience quicker recovery and have overall greater post-procedure satisfaction.

 

Table 3. Cost of Most Popular Cryotherapy Units

System

Cost

Cryo/Cuff® IC Cooler (DJO Global)

$125

DonJoy IceMan Classic (DJO Global)

$169

The Polar Care Kodiak (Breg, Inc.)

$180

 
 

Patient education required for optimal use of advanced cold therapy is another aspect of cryotherapy that is poorly represented in the literature. As Dickinson and colleagues24 point out, because it eliminates some dependency on the patient to remember to ice appropriately, continuous flow cryotherapy may have a positive impact on compliance and therefore yield improved outcomes.24 Hospital staff may be required to spend additional time with patients. However, this is necessary to ensure proper understanding on how to operate the system and avoid adverse outcomes. Patients may also find the large coolers inconvenient and may therefore be reluctant to use them, finding traditional ice more manageable. Future studies should consider gathering data on patient education, compliance, and overall reception/satisfaction to complete a more holistic investigation of the role of postoperative cryotherapy in orthopedics.

Cryotherapy is not without adverse outcomes, which have been documented primarily in the form of case study reports. Relevant case studies cited adverse outcomes including frostbite/skin loss, compartment syndrome, and perniosis as potential dangers of postoperative cryotherapy in orthopedics (Table 4).25-30 As an example, a patient recovering from patellar-tendon repair experienced bilateral frostbite and skin loss following 2 weeks of uninterrupted use of cryotherapy without any barrier between his skin and the system.29 A similar case study described 2 female patients, one recovering from a TKA and the other from a tibial revision of arthroplasty, who used cryotherapy systems without cessation and experienced frostbite and skin necrosis over the entirety of their knees.26 A third case study exploring 4 incidents of patellar frostbite and necrosis following knee arthroscopies proposed that poor patient understanding of proper cryotherapy use as well as poor recognition of the signs of frostbite contributed to these adverse outcomes. Furthermore, the cryotherapy brace used by all 4 patients included a feature designed to counteract patellar inflammation that also may have increased the likelihood of frostbite in this area due to poor tissue insulation. The authors noted that following the incidents, the makers of the brace removed patellar coverage to prevent future occurrences.30

Table 4. Published Reports of Adverse Effects of Cryotherapy

Author

Adverse Effect

Procedure/Location

Brown and Hahn25

Frostbite

Bunionectomy; hallux valgus correction/feet

Dundon et al26

Skin necrosis

TKA/patella

Khajavi et al27

Compartment syndrome

Arthroscopic osteochondral autograft transfer/calf

King et al28

Perniosis

ACL reconstruction/knee

Lee et al29

Frostbite

Patellar-tendon repair/knees

McGuire and Hendricks30

Frostbite

Knee arthroscopy/patella

Abbreviations: ACL, anterior cruciate ligament; TKA, total knee arthroplasty.

Frostbite linked to cryotherapy has also occurred following orthopedic procedures outside the knee. Brown and Hahn25 described 2 young females who developed skin necrosis following podiatric surgeries and constant cold therapy for roughly a week. Notably, 1 patient had cold sensitivity, which likely put her at an increased baseline risk of experiencing frostbite while using cryotherapy. Tissue necrosis is not the only danger of cold therapy discussed in this study. Surprisingly, 1 patient also developed compartment syndrome.25 Khajavi and colleagues27 also documented postoperative compartment syndrome in a patient following an arthroscopic osteochondral autograft transfer, which they attributed to reperfusion injury in the wake of first-degree frostbite. Hospital personnel also instructed this patient to use his cryotherapy system without interruption at the coldest temperature tolerable, contrary to manufacturer’s instructions.27

Continue to: King and colleagues...

 

 

King and colleagues28 described 2 cases of patients complaining of nodules, papules, and plaques soon after ACL reconstruction and the initiation of cryotherapy. A histological examination of their skin lesions demonstrated the presence of a perivascular and periadnexal superficial and deep lymphocytic infiltrate associated with perniosis. Dermatologists associated the perniosis with the cryotherapy cuff adhesive mechanisms, as their locations matched those of the lesions and symptoms subsided after cessation of cuff usage.28

Cases of adverse effects with perioperative cryotherapy have also occurred at our own institution. The authors obtained informed written consent from the patients to print and publish their images. In 2 separate incidents, patients overdid icing and experienced rather extreme side effects including burns and blisters (Figures 1 and 2). In light of these adverse events, the physicians have questioned whether RICE ought to be part of their standard perioperative recommendations. These physicians are not alone in their uncertainty. Interestingly, even Mirkin,31 who coined the RICE mnemonic, now believes that consistent icing post-injury actually inhibits the body’s natural inflammatory healing response, delaying rather than speeding recovery, and suggests that icing ought to be used for pain control only.

matzkin0918_f1_0

matzkin0918_f2

DISCUSSION

Though there is ample literature supporting the common belief that cryotherapy minimizes inflammation at the cellular level, whether or not it results in meaningful improvements in post-surgical orthopedic outcomes remains unclear. Table 1 reflects a dearth of evidence to support the widespread current practice of cold therapy following orthopedic procedures, but few studies could demonstrate a significant difference in the analgesic use, VAS score, or ROM between cryotherapy and control groups. It is worth noting that these studies used different cryotherapy systems. Though in theory the continuous flow cryotherapy systems are similarly designed, there are potential differences among them that have not been controlled for in this analysis. All studies had <90 participants and focused on a single joint or procedure, making it difficult to draw large scale conclusions about the utility of cold therapy in the postoperative orthopedic population at large. Furthermore, researchers measured endpoints at a range of time intervals that were inconsistent across studies. In some cases, the significance of the impact of cryotherapy on recovery within a single study differed based on the time point at which researchers measured outcomes.12-14 This raises the question as to whether cryotherapy has no benefits, or whether they are simply time-dependent. Future studies should seek to ascertain whether there is a postoperative time window in which cryotherapy could potentially expedite the recovery process.

Similarly, Table 2 shows a lack of consensus regarding the effect of advanced cryotherapy when compared to traditional ice application on pain, analgesic use, and joint mobility after surgery. However, all but 1 of these studies focused on knee procedures. Therefore, our findings may not be applicable to orthopedic surgeries on other joints. Nevertheless, the use of advanced cryotherapy in postoperative orthopedic care may wane if researchers continue to show that it is no more beneficial than its far less expensive counterpart of ice and an ace bandage.

The case studies discussed in this review serve as cautionary tales of the dangers of cryotherapy when used improperly. Though frostbite and subsequent tissue necrosis seem most common, physicians should be made aware that compartment syndrome and perniosis are also possible consequences. Orthopedic patients perhaps have an increased risk of developing these side effects due to the nature of their injuries and the large cutaneous surface area to which cryotherapy is applied. These outcomes could seemingly be avoided with improved educational initiatives targeted at both healthcare personnel and patients. Orthopedic surgeons might consider adding a short, instructive video focusing on proper usage as well as signs of adverse events to their discharge protocol to limit occurrences of these pitfalls associated with cryotherapy.

CONCLUSION

There is inadequate literature to support the of use postoperative cryotherapy of any kind in the field of orthopedics at this time. More robust, standardized studies, and a formidable economic analysis of advanced cold therapy systems are necessary before physicians prescribing cryotherapy can be confident that they are augmenting patient recovery. Nevertheless, as new developments in medicinal cryotherapy occur, it may be possible for the orthopedic community to wield its salutatory effects to limit complications and improve post-surgical outcomes.

References

1. Freiman N, Bouganim N. History of cryotherapy. Dermatol Online J. 2005;11(2):9.

2. Spencer JH, inventor; Nortech Lab Inc, assignee. Device for use as a hot and cold compress. US patent US3780537A. December 25, 1973.

3. Stålman A, Berglund L, Dungnerc E, Arner P, Felländer-Tsai L. Temperature-sensitive release of prostaglandin E₂ and diminished energy requirements in synovial tissue with postoperative cryotherapy: a prospective randomized study after knee arthroscopy. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2011;93(21):1961-1968. doi:10.2106/JBJS.J.01790.

4. Kawabata A. Prostaglandin E2 and pain--an update. Biol Pharm Bull. 2011;34(8):1170-1173. doi:10.1248/bpb.34.1170.

5. Schaser KD, Stover JF, Melcher I, et al. Local cooling restores microcirculatory hemodynamics after closed soft-tissue trauma in rats. J Trauma. 2006;61(3):642-649. doi:10.1097/01.ta.0000174922.08781.2f.

6. Ruffilli A, Buda R, Castagnini F, et al. Temperature-controlled continuous cold flow device versus traditional icing regimen following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a prospective randomized comparative trial. Arch Orthop Trauma Surg. 2015;135(10):1405-1410. doi:10.1007/s00402-015-2273-z.

7. Kuyucu E, Bülbül M, Kara A, Koçyiğit F, Erdil M. Is cold therapy really efficient after knee arthroplasty? Ann Med Surg. 2015;4(4):475-478. doi:10.1016/j.amsu.2015.10.019.

8. Martin SS, Spindler KP, Tarter JW, Detwiler K, Petersen HA. Cryotherapy: an effective modality for decreasing intraarticular temperature after knee arthroscopy. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(3):288-291. doi:10.1177/03635465010290030501.

9. Yu SY, Chen S, Yan HD, Fan CY. Effect of cryotherapy after elbow arthrolysis: A prospective, single-blinded, randomized controlled study. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2015;96(1):1-6. doi:10.1016/j.apmr.2014.08.011.

10. Dambros C, Martimbianco ALC, Polachini LO, Lahoz GL, Chamlian TR, Cohen M. Effectiveness of cryotherapy after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Acta Ortop Bras. 2012;20(5):285-290. doi:10.1590/S1413-78522012000500008.

11. Leegwater NC, Nolte PA, de Korte N, et al. The efficacy of continuous-flow cryo and cyclic compression therapy after hip fracture surgery on postoperative pain: design of a prospective, open-label, parallel, multicenter, randomized controlled, clinical trial. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2016;17(1):153. doi:10.1186/s12891-016-1000-4.

12. Kullenberg B, Ylipää S, Söderlund K, Resch S. Postoperative cryotherapy after total knee arthroplasty: a prospective study of 86 patients. J Arthroplasty. 2006;21(8):1175-1179. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2006.02.159.

13. Morsi E. Continuous-flow cold therapy after total knee arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2002;17(6):718-722. doi:10.1054/arth.2002.33562.

14. Singh H, Osbahr DC, Holovacs TF, Cawley PW, Speer KP. The efficacy of continuous cryotherapy on the postoperative shoulder: A prospective, randomized investigation. J Shoulder Elb Surg. 2001;10(6):522-525. doi:10.1067/mse.2001.118415.

15. Saito N, Horiuchi H, Kobayashi S, Nawata M, Takaoka K. Continuous local cooling for pain relief following total hip arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2004;19(3):334-337. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2003.10.011.

16. Gibbons C, Solan M, Ricketts D, Patterson M. Cryotherapy compared with Robert Jones bandage after total knee replacement: A prospective randomized trial. Int Orthop. 2001;25(4):250-252. doi:10.1007/s002640100227.

17. Kraeutler MJ, Reynolds KA, Long C, McCarty EC. Compressive cryotherapy versus ice-a prospective, randomized study on postoperative pain in patients undergoing arthroscopic rotator cuff repair or subacromial decompression. J Shoulder Elb Surg. 2015;24(6):854-859. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2015.02.004.

18. Thienpont E. Does Advanced Cryotherapy Reduce Pain and Narcotic Consumption After Knee Arthroplasty? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2014;472(11):3417-3423. doi:10.1007/s11999-014-3810-8.

19. Woolf SK, Barfield WR, Merrill KD, McBryde AM Jr. Comparison of a continuous temperature-controlled cryotherapy device to a simple icing regimen following outpatient knee arthroscopy. J Knee Surg. 2008;21(1):15-19.

20. Su EP, Perna M, Boettner F, et al. A prospective, multi-center, randomised trial to evaluate the efficacy of a cryopneumatic device on total knee arthroplasty recovery. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2012;94(11 Suppl A):153-156. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.94B11.30832.

21. Barber F. A comparison of crushed ice and continuous flow cold therapy. Am J Knee Surg. 2000;13(2):97-101.

22. Demoulin C, Brouwers M, Darot S, Gillet P, Crielaard JM, Vanderthommen M. Comparison of gaseous cryotherapy with more traditional forms of cryotherapy following total knee arthroplasty. Ann Phys Rehabil Med. 2012;55(4):229-240. doi:10.1016/j.rehab.2012.03.004.

23. Mumith A, Pavlou P, Barrett M, Thurston B, Garrett S. Enhancing postoperative rehabilitation following knee arthroplasty using a new cryotherapy product: a prospective study. Geriatr Orthop Surg Rehabil. 2015;6(4):316-321. doi:10.1177/2151458515609722.

24. Dickinson RN, Kuhn JE, Bergner JL, Rizzone KH. A systematic review of cost-effective treatment of postoperative rotator cuff repairs. J Shoulder Elb Surg. 2017;26(5):915-922. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2017.02.009.

25. Brown WC, Hahn DB. Frostbite of the Feet After Cryotherapy: A Report of Two Cases. J Foot Ankle Surg. 2009;48(5):577-580. doi:10.1053/j.jfas.2009.06.003.

26. Dundon JM, Rymer MC, Johnson RM. Total patellar skin loss from cryotherapy after total knee arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2013;28(2):376.e5-e7. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2012.05.024.

27. Khajavi K, Pavelko T, Mishra A. Compartment syndrome arising from use of an electronic cooling pad. Am J Sports Med. 2004;32(6):1538-1541. doi:10.1177/0363546503262191.

28. King J, Plotner A, Adams B. Perniosis induced by a cold therapy system. Arch Dermatol. 2012;148(9):1101-1102.

29. Lee CK, Pardun J, Buntic R, Kiehn M, Brooks D, Buncke HJ. Severe frostbite of the knees after cryotherapy. Orthopedics. 2007;30(1):63-64.

30. McGuire DA, Hendricks SD. Incidences of frostbite in arthroscopic knee surgery postoperative cryotherapy rehabilitation. Arthroscopy. 2006;22(10):1141.e1-e6. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2005.06.027.

31. Mirkin G. Why Ice Delays Recovery. http://www.drmirkin.com/fitness/why-ice-delays-recovery.html. Published September 16, 2015. Accessed July 17, 2017.

References

1. Freiman N, Bouganim N. History of cryotherapy. Dermatol Online J. 2005;11(2):9.

2. Spencer JH, inventor; Nortech Lab Inc, assignee. Device for use as a hot and cold compress. US patent US3780537A. December 25, 1973.

3. Stålman A, Berglund L, Dungnerc E, Arner P, Felländer-Tsai L. Temperature-sensitive release of prostaglandin E₂ and diminished energy requirements in synovial tissue with postoperative cryotherapy: a prospective randomized study after knee arthroscopy. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2011;93(21):1961-1968. doi:10.2106/JBJS.J.01790.

4. Kawabata A. Prostaglandin E2 and pain--an update. Biol Pharm Bull. 2011;34(8):1170-1173. doi:10.1248/bpb.34.1170.

5. Schaser KD, Stover JF, Melcher I, et al. Local cooling restores microcirculatory hemodynamics after closed soft-tissue trauma in rats. J Trauma. 2006;61(3):642-649. doi:10.1097/01.ta.0000174922.08781.2f.

6. Ruffilli A, Buda R, Castagnini F, et al. Temperature-controlled continuous cold flow device versus traditional icing regimen following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a prospective randomized comparative trial. Arch Orthop Trauma Surg. 2015;135(10):1405-1410. doi:10.1007/s00402-015-2273-z.

7. Kuyucu E, Bülbül M, Kara A, Koçyiğit F, Erdil M. Is cold therapy really efficient after knee arthroplasty? Ann Med Surg. 2015;4(4):475-478. doi:10.1016/j.amsu.2015.10.019.

8. Martin SS, Spindler KP, Tarter JW, Detwiler K, Petersen HA. Cryotherapy: an effective modality for decreasing intraarticular temperature after knee arthroscopy. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(3):288-291. doi:10.1177/03635465010290030501.

9. Yu SY, Chen S, Yan HD, Fan CY. Effect of cryotherapy after elbow arthrolysis: A prospective, single-blinded, randomized controlled study. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2015;96(1):1-6. doi:10.1016/j.apmr.2014.08.011.

10. Dambros C, Martimbianco ALC, Polachini LO, Lahoz GL, Chamlian TR, Cohen M. Effectiveness of cryotherapy after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. Acta Ortop Bras. 2012;20(5):285-290. doi:10.1590/S1413-78522012000500008.

11. Leegwater NC, Nolte PA, de Korte N, et al. The efficacy of continuous-flow cryo and cyclic compression therapy after hip fracture surgery on postoperative pain: design of a prospective, open-label, parallel, multicenter, randomized controlled, clinical trial. BMC Musculoskelet Disord. 2016;17(1):153. doi:10.1186/s12891-016-1000-4.

12. Kullenberg B, Ylipää S, Söderlund K, Resch S. Postoperative cryotherapy after total knee arthroplasty: a prospective study of 86 patients. J Arthroplasty. 2006;21(8):1175-1179. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2006.02.159.

13. Morsi E. Continuous-flow cold therapy after total knee arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2002;17(6):718-722. doi:10.1054/arth.2002.33562.

14. Singh H, Osbahr DC, Holovacs TF, Cawley PW, Speer KP. The efficacy of continuous cryotherapy on the postoperative shoulder: A prospective, randomized investigation. J Shoulder Elb Surg. 2001;10(6):522-525. doi:10.1067/mse.2001.118415.

15. Saito N, Horiuchi H, Kobayashi S, Nawata M, Takaoka K. Continuous local cooling for pain relief following total hip arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2004;19(3):334-337. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2003.10.011.

16. Gibbons C, Solan M, Ricketts D, Patterson M. Cryotherapy compared with Robert Jones bandage after total knee replacement: A prospective randomized trial. Int Orthop. 2001;25(4):250-252. doi:10.1007/s002640100227.

17. Kraeutler MJ, Reynolds KA, Long C, McCarty EC. Compressive cryotherapy versus ice-a prospective, randomized study on postoperative pain in patients undergoing arthroscopic rotator cuff repair or subacromial decompression. J Shoulder Elb Surg. 2015;24(6):854-859. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2015.02.004.

18. Thienpont E. Does Advanced Cryotherapy Reduce Pain and Narcotic Consumption After Knee Arthroplasty? Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2014;472(11):3417-3423. doi:10.1007/s11999-014-3810-8.

19. Woolf SK, Barfield WR, Merrill KD, McBryde AM Jr. Comparison of a continuous temperature-controlled cryotherapy device to a simple icing regimen following outpatient knee arthroscopy. J Knee Surg. 2008;21(1):15-19.

20. Su EP, Perna M, Boettner F, et al. A prospective, multi-center, randomised trial to evaluate the efficacy of a cryopneumatic device on total knee arthroplasty recovery. J Bone Joint Surg Br. 2012;94(11 Suppl A):153-156. doi:10.1302/0301-620X.94B11.30832.

21. Barber F. A comparison of crushed ice and continuous flow cold therapy. Am J Knee Surg. 2000;13(2):97-101.

22. Demoulin C, Brouwers M, Darot S, Gillet P, Crielaard JM, Vanderthommen M. Comparison of gaseous cryotherapy with more traditional forms of cryotherapy following total knee arthroplasty. Ann Phys Rehabil Med. 2012;55(4):229-240. doi:10.1016/j.rehab.2012.03.004.

23. Mumith A, Pavlou P, Barrett M, Thurston B, Garrett S. Enhancing postoperative rehabilitation following knee arthroplasty using a new cryotherapy product: a prospective study. Geriatr Orthop Surg Rehabil. 2015;6(4):316-321. doi:10.1177/2151458515609722.

24. Dickinson RN, Kuhn JE, Bergner JL, Rizzone KH. A systematic review of cost-effective treatment of postoperative rotator cuff repairs. J Shoulder Elb Surg. 2017;26(5):915-922. doi:10.1016/j.jse.2017.02.009.

25. Brown WC, Hahn DB. Frostbite of the Feet After Cryotherapy: A Report of Two Cases. J Foot Ankle Surg. 2009;48(5):577-580. doi:10.1053/j.jfas.2009.06.003.

26. Dundon JM, Rymer MC, Johnson RM. Total patellar skin loss from cryotherapy after total knee arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2013;28(2):376.e5-e7. doi:10.1016/j.arth.2012.05.024.

27. Khajavi K, Pavelko T, Mishra A. Compartment syndrome arising from use of an electronic cooling pad. Am J Sports Med. 2004;32(6):1538-1541. doi:10.1177/0363546503262191.

28. King J, Plotner A, Adams B. Perniosis induced by a cold therapy system. Arch Dermatol. 2012;148(9):1101-1102.

29. Lee CK, Pardun J, Buntic R, Kiehn M, Brooks D, Buncke HJ. Severe frostbite of the knees after cryotherapy. Orthopedics. 2007;30(1):63-64.

30. McGuire DA, Hendricks SD. Incidences of frostbite in arthroscopic knee surgery postoperative cryotherapy rehabilitation. Arthroscopy. 2006;22(10):1141.e1-e6. doi:10.1016/j.arthro.2005.06.027.

31. Mirkin G. Why Ice Delays Recovery. http://www.drmirkin.com/fitness/why-ice-delays-recovery.html. Published September 16, 2015. Accessed July 17, 2017.

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Inside the Article

TAKE-HOME POINTS

  • Cryotherapy is often used in postoperative orthopedic care but there is limited literature demonstrating its efficacy.
  • Postoperative cryotherapy has been used to reduce visual analog scale pain scores, analgesic consumption, and to increase range of motion.
  • There is no consensus on the advantages of postoperative cryotherapy vs traditional ice application.
  • Adverse outcomes from postoperative cryotherapy use include frostbite/skin loss, compartment syndrome, and perniosis.
  • Future studies, including a formidable economic analysis of advanced cold therapy systems are necessary before physicians prescribing cryotherapy can be confident that they are augmenting patient recovery.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Tue, 03/26/2019 - 14:30
Un-Gate On Date
Tue, 03/26/2019 - 14:30
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Tue, 03/26/2019 - 14:30
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.

The techno vagina: The laser and radiofrequency device boom in gynecology

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 09/05/2018 - 11:48
Display Headline
The techno vagina: The laser and radiofrequency device boom in gynecology

In recent years, an increasing number of laser and radiofrequency device outpatient treatments have been heralded as safe and effective interventions for various gynecologic conditions. Laser devices and radiofrequency technology rapidly have been incorporated into certain clinical settings, including medical practices specializing in dermatology, plastic surgery, and gynecology. While this developing technology has excellent promise, many clinical and research questions remain unanswered.

Illustration: Kimberly Martens for OBG Management
Energy-based devices used to treat various gynecologic conditions are distinct technologies. Radiofrequency devices deliver energy to the deeper connective tissue of the vaginal wall architecture, while laser devices deliver energy to the vaginal wall, creating sequential micro traumas that subsequently undergo a healing reaction, altering the underlying tissue architecture.

Concerns about energy-based vaginal treatments

Although marketing material often suggests otherwise, most laser and radiofrequency devices are cleared by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) only for nonspecific gynecologic and hematologic interventions. However, both laser and radiofrequency device treatments, performed as outpatient procedures, have been touted as appropriate interventions for many conditions, including female sexual dysfunction, arousal and orgasmic concerns, vaginal laxity, vaginismus, lichen sclerosus, urinary incontinence, and vulvar vestibulitis.

Well-designed studies are needed. Prospective, randomized sham-controlled trials of energy-based devices are rare, and most data in the public domain are derived from case series. Many studies are of short duration with limited follow-up. Randomized controlled trials therefore are warranted and should have stringent inclusion and exclusion criteria. Body dysmorphic syndrome, for example, should be a trial exclusion. Study design for research should include the use of standardized, validated scales and long-term follow-up of participants.

Which specialists have the expertise to offer treatment? Important ethical and medical concerns regarding the technology need to be addressed. A prime concern is determining which health care professional specialist is best qualified to assess and treat underlying gynecologic conditions. It is not uncommon to see internists, emergency medicine providers, family physicians, plastic surgeons, psychiatrists, and dermatologists self-proclaiming their gynecologic “vaginal rejuvenation” expertise.

In my experience, some ObGyns have voiced concern about the diverse medical specialties involved in performing these procedures. Currently, no standard level of training is required to perform them. In addition, those providers lack the training needed to adequately and accurately assess the potential for confounding, underlying gynecologic pathology, and they are inadequately trained to offer patients the full gamut of therapeutic interventions. Many may be unfamiliar with female pelvic anatomy and sexual function and a multidisciplinary treatment paradigm.

We need established standards. A common vernacular, nosology, classification, and decision-tree assessment paradigm for genitopelvic laxity (related to the condition of the pelvic floor and not simply a loose feeling in the vagina) is lacking, which may make research and peer-to-peer discussions difficult.

Which patients are appropriate candidates? Proper patient selection criteria for energy-based vaginal treatment have not been standardized, yet this remains a paramount need. A comprehensive patient evaluation should be performed and include a discussion on the difference between an aesthetic complaint and a functional medical problem. Assessment should include the patient’s level of concern or distress and the impact of her symptoms on her overall quality of life. Patients should be evaluated for body dysmorphic syndrome and relationship discord. A complete physical examination, including a detailed pelvic assessment, often is indicated. A treatment algorithm that incorporates conservative therapies coupled with medical, technologic, and psychologic interventions also should be developed.

Various energy-based devices are available for outpatient procedures

Although the number of procedures performed (such as vaginal rejuvenation, labiaplasty, vulvar liposculpturing, hymenoplasty, G-spot amplification, and O-Shot treatment) for both cosmetic and functional problems has increased, the published scientific data on the procedures’ short- and long-term efficacy and safety are limited. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG) published a committee opinion stating that many of these procedures, including “vaginal rejuvenation,” may not be considered medically indicated and may lack scientific merit or ample supportive data to confirm their efficacy and safety.1 ObGyns should proceed with caution before incorporating these technologic treatments into their medical practice.

Much diversity exists within the device-technology space. The underpinnings of each device vary regarding their proposed mechanism of action and theoretical therapeutic and tissue effect. In device marketing materials, many devices have been claimed to have effects on multiple tissue types (for example, both vaginal mucosa and vulvar tissue), whereas others are said to have more focal and localized effects (that is, targeted behind the hymenal ring). Some are marketed as a one-time treatment, while others require multiple repeated treatments over an extended period. When it comes to published data, adverse effect reporting remains limited and follow-up data often are short term.

Radiofrequency and laser devices are separate and very distinct technologies with similar and differing proposed utilizations. Combining radiofrequency and laser treatments in tandem or sequentially may have clinical utility, but long-term safety may be a concern for lasers.

 

 

Radiofrequency-based devices

Typically, radiofrequency device treatments:

  • are used for outpatient procedures
  • do not require topical anesthesia
  • are constructed to emit focused electromagnetic waves
  • are applied to vaginal, vulvar, or vaginal introital or vestibular tissue
  • deliver energy to the deeper connective tissue of the vaginal wall architecture.

Radiofrequency device energy can be monopolar, unipolar, bipolar, or multipolar depending on design. Design also dictates current and the number of electrodes that pass from the device to the grounding pad. Monopolar is the only type of radiofrequency that has a grounding pad; bipolar and multipolar energy returns to the treatment tip.

Radiofrequency devices typically are FDA 510(k)-cleared devices for nonspecific electrocoagulation and hemostasis for surgical procedures. None are currently FDA cleared in the United States for the treatment of vaginal or vulvar laxity or genitourinary syndrome of menopause (GSM). These energy-based devices aim to induce collagen contraction, neocollagenesis, vascularization, and growth factor infiltration to restore the elasticity and moisture of the underlying vaginal mucosa. Heat shock protein activation and inflammation activation are thought to be the underlying mechanisms of action.2–5

Treatment outcomes with 2 radiofrequency devices

Multiple prospective small case series studies have reported outcomes of women treated with the ThermiVa (ThermiAesthetics LLC) radiofrequency system.3,4 Typically, 3 treatments (with a between-treatment interval of 4 to 6 weeks) were applied. The clinical end point temperature had a range of 40°C to 45°C, which was maintained for 3 to 5 minutes per treated zone during 30 minutes’ total treatment time.

Some participants self-reported improvement in vaginal laxity symptoms with the 3 treatments. In addition, women reported subjective improvements in both vaginal atrophy symptoms and sexual function, including positive effect in multiple domains. No serious adverse events were reported in these case series. However, there was no placebo-controlled arm, and validated questionnaires were not used in much of this research.3,4

In another trial, the ThermiVa system was studied in a cohort of 25 sexually active women with self-reported anorgasmia or increased latency to orgasmic response.6 Participants received 3 treatments 4 weeks apart. Approximately three-quarters of the participants reported improved orgasmic responsivity, vaginal lubrication, and clitoral sensitivity. Notably, this research did not use validated questionnaires or a placebo or sham-controlled design. The authors suggested sustained treatment benefits at 9 to 12 months. While repeat treatment was advocated, data were lacking to support the optimal time for repeat treatment efficacy.6

A cryogen-cooled monopolar radiofrequency device, the Viveve system (Viveve Medical, Inc) differs from other radiofrequency procedures because it systematically cryogen cools and protects the surface of the vaginal mucosal tissue while heating the underlying structures.

The Viveve system was evaluated in 2 small pilot studies (24 and 30 participants) and in a large, randomized, sham-controlled, prospective trial that included 108 participants (VIVEVE I trial).5,7,8 Results from both preliminary small studies indicated that participants experienced significant improvement in overall sexual function at 6 months. In one of the small studies (in Japanese women), sustained efficacy at 12 months posttreatment was reported.7 Neither small study included a placebo-control arm, but they did include the use of validated questionnaires.

In the VIVEVE I trial (a multicenter international study), treatment in the active group consisted of a single, 30-minute outpatient procedure that delivered 90 J/cm2 of radiofrequency energy at the level just behind the hymenal ring behind the vaginal introitus. The sham-treated group received ≤1 J/cm2 of energy with a similar machine tip.8

Statistically significant improvements were reported in the arousal and orgasm domains of the validated Female Sexual Function Index (FSFI) for the active-treatment group compared with the sham-treated group. In addition, there were statistically significant differences in the FSFI and the Female Sexual Distress Scale–Revised total scores in favor of active treatment. Participants in the active-treatment arm reported statistically significant improvement in overall sexual satisfaction coupled with lowered overall sexual distress.8

These data are provocative, since the Viveve treatment demonstrated superior efficacy compared with the sham treatment, and prior evidence demonstrated that medical device trials employing a sham arm often demonstrate particularly large placebo/sham effects.9 A confirmatory randomized, sham-controlled multicenter US-based trial is currently underway. At present, the VIVEVE I trial remains the only published, large-scale, randomized, sham-controlled, blinded study of a radiofrequency-based treatment.

New emerging data support the efficacy and safety of this specific radiofrequency treatment in patients with mild to moderate urinary stress incontinence; further studies confirming these outcomes are anticipated. The Viveve system is approved in many countries for various conditions, including urinary incontinence (1 country), sexual function (17 countries), vaginal laxity (41 countries), and electrocoagulation and hemostasis (4 countries, including the United States).

 

 

Laser technology devices

Laser (Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation) therapy, which uses a carbon dioxide (CO2), argon, YAG, or erbium energy source, also is currently marketed as a method to improve various gynecologic conditions, including genital pelvic relaxation syndrome, vaginal laxity, GSM, lichen sclerosus, and sexual problems such as dyspareunia and arousal or orgasmic disorders.

The CO2 laser therapy device, such as the MonaLisa Touch (DEKA Laser), appears to be very popular and widely available. It delivers fractional CO2 laser energy to the vaginal wall, creating sequential micro traumas that subsequently undergo a healing reaction; the newly healed area has an improved underlying tissue architecture (but at a superficial level). The laser’s proposed mechanism of action is that it ablates only a minute fraction of the superficial lamina propria; it acts primarily to stimulate rapid healing of the tissue, creating new collagen and elastic fibers. There is no evidence of scarring.10

Treatment outcomes with laser device therapy

Authors of a 2017 study series of CO2 laser treatments in women with moderate to severe GSM found that 84% of participants experienced significant improvement in sexual function, dyspareunia, and otherwise unspecified sexual issues from pretreatment to 12 to 24 months posttreatment.11 These findings are consistent with several other case series and provide supportive evidence for the efficacy and safety of CO2 laser therapy. This technology may be appropriate for the treatment of GSM.

Laser technology shows excellent promise for the treatment of GSM symptoms by virtue of its superficial mechanism of action. In addition, several trials have demonstrated efficacy and safety in breast cancer patient populations.12 This is particularly interesting since breast cancer treatments, such as aromatase inhibitors (considered a mainstay of cancer treatment), can cause severe atrophic vaginitis. Breast cancer survivors often avoid minimally absorbed local vaginal hormonal products, and over-the-counter products (moisturizers and lubricants) are not widely accepted. Hence, a nonhormonal treatment for distressing GSM symptoms is welcomed in this population.

Pagano and colleagues recently studied 82 breast cancer survivors in whom treatment with vaginal moisturizers and lubricants failed.12 Participants underwent 3 laser treatment cycles approximately 30 to 40 days apart; they demonstrated improvements in vaginal dryness, vaginal itchiness, stinging, dyspareunia, and reduced sensitivity.

Microablative fractional CO2 laser may help reestablish a normative vaginal microbiome by altering the prevalence of lactobacillus species and reestablishing a normative postmenopausal vaginal flora.13

The tracking and reporting of adverse events associated with laser procedures has been less than optimal. In my personal clinical experience, consequences from both short- and long-term laser treatments have included vaginal canal agglutination, worsening dyspareunia, and constricture causing vaginal hemorrhage.

Cruz and colleagues recently conducted a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial designed to evaluate the efficacy of fractional CO2 laser compared with topical estriol and laser plus estriol for the treatment of vaginal atrophy in 45 postmenopausal women.14 They found statistically significant differences in dyspareunia, dryness, and burning compared with baseline levels in all 3 treatment groups. Results with the fractional CO2 laser treatment were deemed to be similar to those of the topical estriol and the combined therapy.14

By contrast, an erbium (Er):YAG laser, such as the IntimaLase (Fotona, LLC) laser, functions by heating the pelvic tissue and collagen within the introitus and vaginal canal.15,16 When the underlying collagen is heated, the fibers are thought to thicken and shorten, which may result in immediate contracture of the treated tissue. Additionally, this process stimulates the existing collagen to undergo remodeling and it also may cause neocollagen deposition.15 In a general review of gynecologic procedures, after 1 to 4 treatment sessions (depending on the study), most patients reported improved sexual satisfaction or vaginal tightness.15

Although trials have included small numbers of patients, early evidence suggests some lasers with reportedly deeper penetration may be useful for treatment of vaginal laxity, but further studies are needed. In smaller studies, the Er:YAG laser has shown efficacy and safety in the treatment of stress urinary incontinence and improved lower urinary tract symptoms, quality of life, and sexual function.16,17

Insurance does not cover energy-based treatment costs

Currently, both laser and radiofrequency device treatments are considered fee-for-service interventions. Radiofrequency and laser treatments for gynecologic conditions are not covered by health insurance, and treatment costs can be prohibitive for many patients. In addition, the long-term safety of these treatments remains to be studied further, and the optimal time for a repeat procedure has yet to be elucidated.

 

 

The FDA cautions against energy-based procedures

In July 2018, the FDA released a statement of concern reiterating the need for research and randomized clinical trials before energy-based device treatments can be widely accepted, and that they are currently cleared only for general gynecologic indications and not for disorders and symptoms related to menopause, urinary incontinence, or sexual function.18

The FDA stated that “we have not cleared or approved for marketing any energy-based devices to treat these symptoms or conditions [vaginal laxity; vaginal atrophy, dryness, or itching; pain during sexual intercourse; pain during urination; decreased sexual sensation], or any symptoms related to menopause, urinary incontinence, or sexual function.” The FDA noted that serious complications have been reported, including vaginal burns, scarring, pain during sexual intercourse, and recurring, chronic pain. The FDA issued letters to 7 companies regarding concerns about the marketing of their devices for off-label use and promotion.

Several societies have responded. ACOG reaffirmed its 2016 position statement on fractional laser treatment of vulvovaginal atrophy.19 JoAnn Pinkerton, MD, Executive Director of The North American Menopause Society (NAMS), and Sheryl Kingsberg, PhD, President of NAMS, alerted their members that both health care professionals and consumers should tread cautiously, and they encouraged scrutiny of existing evidence as all energy-based treatments are not created equal.20 They noted that some research does exist and cited 2 randomized, sham-controlled clinical trials that have been published.

Looking forward

Various novel technologic therapies are entering the gynecologic market. ObGyns must critically evaluate these emerging technologies with a keen understanding of their underlying mechanism of action, the level of scientific evidence, and the treatment’s proposed therapeutic value.

Radiofrequency energy devices appear to be better positioned to treat urinary incontinence and vaginal relaxation syndrome because of their capability for deep tissue penetration. Current data show that laser technology has excellent promise for the treatment and management of GSM. Both technologies warrant further investigation in long-term randomized, sham-controlled trials that assess efficacy and safety with validated instruments over an extended period. In addition, should these technologies prove useful in the overall treatment armamentarium for gynecologic conditions, the question of affordability and insurance coverage needs to be addressed.

ObGyns must advocate for female sexual wellness and encourage a comprehensive multidisciplinary team approach for offering various therapies. Ultimately, responsible use of evidence-based innovative technology should be incorporated into the treatment paradigm.

Medications are still the principle treatment for dyspareunia
Despite recent technologic advancements and applications in gynecologic care, minimally absorbed local vaginal hormonal products (creams, rings, intravaginal tablets) and estrogen agonists/antagonists remain the mainstay and frontline treatment for moderate to severe dyspareunia, a symptom of vulvovaginal atrophy due to menopause. Newer medications, such as intravaginal steroids1 and the recently approved bioidentical estradiol nonapplicator vaginal inserts,2 also offer excellent efficacy and safety in the treatment of this condition. These medications now are included under expanded insurance coverage, and they offer safe, simple, and cost-effective treatments for this underdiagnosed condition.
References
  1. Intrarosa [package insert]. Waltham, MA: AMAG Pharmaceuticals Inc; February 2018.
  2. Imvexxy [package insert]. Boca Raton, FL: TherapeuticsMD; 2018.

Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.

References
  1. ACOG Committee on Gynecologic Practice. ACOG Committee Opinion No. 378: Vaginal "rejuvenation" and cosmetic vaginal procedures. Obstet Gynecol. 2007;110(3):737-738.
  2. Dunbar SW, Goldberg DJ. Radiofrequency in cosmetic dermatology: an update. J Drugs Dermatol. 2015;14(11):1229-1238.
  3. Leibaschoff G, Izasa PG, Cardona JL, Miklos JR, Moore RD. Transcutaneous temperature-controlled radiofrequency (TTCRF) for the treatment of menopausal vaginal/genitourinary symptoms. Surg Technol Int. 2016;29:149-159.
  4. Alinsod RM. Temperature controlled radiofrequency for vulvovaginal laxity. Prime J. July 23, 2015. https://www.prime-journal.com/temperature-controlled-radiofrequency-for-vulvovaginal-laxity/. Accessed August 15, 2018.
  5. Millheiser LS, Pauls RN, Herbst SJ, Chen BH. Radiofrequency treatment of vaginal laxity after vaginal delivery: nonsurgical vaginal tightening. J Sex Med. 2010;7(9):3088-3095.
  6. Alinsod RM. Transcutaneous temperature controlled radiofrequency for orgasmic dysfunction. Lasers Surg Med. 2016;48(7):641-645.
  7. Sekiguchi Y, Utsugisawa Y, Azekosi Y, et al. Laxity of the vaginal introitus after childbirth: nonsurgical outpatient procedure for vaginal tissue restoration and improved sexual satisfaction using low-energy radiofrequency thermal therapy. J Womens Health (Larchmt). 2013;22 (9):775-781 .  
  8. Krychman M, Rowan CG, Allan BB, et al. Effect of single-treatment, surface-cooled radiofrequency therapy on vaginal laxity and female sexual function: the VIVEVE I randomized controlled trial. J Sex Med. 2017;14(2):215-225.
  9. Kaptchuk TJ, Goldman P, Stone DA, Statson WB. Do medical devices have enhanced placebo effects? J Clin Epidemiol. 2000;53(8): 786-792.
  10. Gotkin RH, Sarnoff SD, Cannarozzo G, Sadick NS, Alexiades-Armenakas M. Ablative skin resurfacing with a novel microablative CO2 laser. J Drugs Dermatol. 2009;8(2):138-144.
  11. Behnia-Willison F, Sarraf S, Miller J, et al. Safety and long-term efficacy of fractional CO2 laser treatment in women suffering from genitourinary syndrome of menopause. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol. 2017;213:39-44.
  12. Pagano T, De Rosa P, Vallone R, et al. Fractional microablative CO2 laser in breast cancer survivors affected by iatrogenic vulvovaginal atrophy after failure of nonestrogenic local treatments, a retrospective study. Menopause. 2018;25(6):657-662.
  13. Anthanasiou S, Pitsouni E, Antonopoulou S, et al. The effect of microablative fractional CO2 laser on vaginal flora of postmenopausal women. Climateric. 2016;19(5):512-518.
  14. Cruz VL, Steiner ML, Pompei LM, et al. Randomized, double-blind placebo-controlled clinical trial for evaluating the efficacy of fractional CO2 laser compared with topical estriol in the treatment of vaginal atrophy in postmenopausal women. Menopause. 2018;25(1): 21-28.
  15. Vizintin Z, Rivera M, Fistonic I, et al. Novel minimally invasive VSP Er:YAG laser treatments in gynecology. J Laser Health Acad. 2012;2012(1):46-58.
  16. Tien YM, Hsio SM, Lee CN, Lin HH. Effects of laser procedure for female urodynamic stress incontinence on pad weight, urodynamics, and sexual function. Int Urogynecol J. 2017;28(3):469-476.
  17. Oginc UB, Sencar S, Lenasi H. Novel minimally invasive laser treatment of urinary incontinence in women. Laser Surg Med. 2015;47(9):689-697.
  18. US Food and Drug Administration. FDA warns against use of energy based devices to perform vaginal 'rejuvenation' or vaginal cosmetic procedures: FDA safety communication. July 30, 2018. https://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/Safety/AlertsandNotices/ucm615013.htm. Accessed August 16, 2018.
  19. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Fractional laser treatment of vulvovaginal atrophy and US Food and Drug Administration clearance: position statement. May 2016. https://www.acog.org/Clinical-Guidance-and-Publications/Position-Statements/Fractional-Laser-Treatment-of-Vulvovaginal-Atrophy-and-US-Food-and-Drug-Administration-Clearance. Accessed August 16, 2018.
  20. The North American Menopause Society. FDA mandating vaginal laser manufacturers present valid data before marketing. August 1, 2018. https://www.menopause.org/docs/default-source/default-document-library/nams-responds-to-fda-mandate-on-vaginal-laser-manufacturers-08-01-2018.pdf. Accessed August 16, 2018.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Krychman is Executive Director, Southern California Center for Sexual Health and Survivorship Medicine, Newport Beach, California.

Dr. Krychman reports that he is a consultant and speaker for Viveve Medical. He has a Viveve radiofrequency device in his private clinical office.

Issue
OBG Management - 30(9)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
40-46
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Krychman is Executive Director, Southern California Center for Sexual Health and Survivorship Medicine, Newport Beach, California.

Dr. Krychman reports that he is a consultant and speaker for Viveve Medical. He has a Viveve radiofrequency device in his private clinical office.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Krychman is Executive Director, Southern California Center for Sexual Health and Survivorship Medicine, Newport Beach, California.

Dr. Krychman reports that he is a consultant and speaker for Viveve Medical. He has a Viveve radiofrequency device in his private clinical office.

Article PDF
Article PDF

In recent years, an increasing number of laser and radiofrequency device outpatient treatments have been heralded as safe and effective interventions for various gynecologic conditions. Laser devices and radiofrequency technology rapidly have been incorporated into certain clinical settings, including medical practices specializing in dermatology, plastic surgery, and gynecology. While this developing technology has excellent promise, many clinical and research questions remain unanswered.

Illustration: Kimberly Martens for OBG Management
Energy-based devices used to treat various gynecologic conditions are distinct technologies. Radiofrequency devices deliver energy to the deeper connective tissue of the vaginal wall architecture, while laser devices deliver energy to the vaginal wall, creating sequential micro traumas that subsequently undergo a healing reaction, altering the underlying tissue architecture.

Concerns about energy-based vaginal treatments

Although marketing material often suggests otherwise, most laser and radiofrequency devices are cleared by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) only for nonspecific gynecologic and hematologic interventions. However, both laser and radiofrequency device treatments, performed as outpatient procedures, have been touted as appropriate interventions for many conditions, including female sexual dysfunction, arousal and orgasmic concerns, vaginal laxity, vaginismus, lichen sclerosus, urinary incontinence, and vulvar vestibulitis.

Well-designed studies are needed. Prospective, randomized sham-controlled trials of energy-based devices are rare, and most data in the public domain are derived from case series. Many studies are of short duration with limited follow-up. Randomized controlled trials therefore are warranted and should have stringent inclusion and exclusion criteria. Body dysmorphic syndrome, for example, should be a trial exclusion. Study design for research should include the use of standardized, validated scales and long-term follow-up of participants.

Which specialists have the expertise to offer treatment? Important ethical and medical concerns regarding the technology need to be addressed. A prime concern is determining which health care professional specialist is best qualified to assess and treat underlying gynecologic conditions. It is not uncommon to see internists, emergency medicine providers, family physicians, plastic surgeons, psychiatrists, and dermatologists self-proclaiming their gynecologic “vaginal rejuvenation” expertise.

In my experience, some ObGyns have voiced concern about the diverse medical specialties involved in performing these procedures. Currently, no standard level of training is required to perform them. In addition, those providers lack the training needed to adequately and accurately assess the potential for confounding, underlying gynecologic pathology, and they are inadequately trained to offer patients the full gamut of therapeutic interventions. Many may be unfamiliar with female pelvic anatomy and sexual function and a multidisciplinary treatment paradigm.

We need established standards. A common vernacular, nosology, classification, and decision-tree assessment paradigm for genitopelvic laxity (related to the condition of the pelvic floor and not simply a loose feeling in the vagina) is lacking, which may make research and peer-to-peer discussions difficult.

Which patients are appropriate candidates? Proper patient selection criteria for energy-based vaginal treatment have not been standardized, yet this remains a paramount need. A comprehensive patient evaluation should be performed and include a discussion on the difference between an aesthetic complaint and a functional medical problem. Assessment should include the patient’s level of concern or distress and the impact of her symptoms on her overall quality of life. Patients should be evaluated for body dysmorphic syndrome and relationship discord. A complete physical examination, including a detailed pelvic assessment, often is indicated. A treatment algorithm that incorporates conservative therapies coupled with medical, technologic, and psychologic interventions also should be developed.

Various energy-based devices are available for outpatient procedures

Although the number of procedures performed (such as vaginal rejuvenation, labiaplasty, vulvar liposculpturing, hymenoplasty, G-spot amplification, and O-Shot treatment) for both cosmetic and functional problems has increased, the published scientific data on the procedures’ short- and long-term efficacy and safety are limited. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG) published a committee opinion stating that many of these procedures, including “vaginal rejuvenation,” may not be considered medically indicated and may lack scientific merit or ample supportive data to confirm their efficacy and safety.1 ObGyns should proceed with caution before incorporating these technologic treatments into their medical practice.

Much diversity exists within the device-technology space. The underpinnings of each device vary regarding their proposed mechanism of action and theoretical therapeutic and tissue effect. In device marketing materials, many devices have been claimed to have effects on multiple tissue types (for example, both vaginal mucosa and vulvar tissue), whereas others are said to have more focal and localized effects (that is, targeted behind the hymenal ring). Some are marketed as a one-time treatment, while others require multiple repeated treatments over an extended period. When it comes to published data, adverse effect reporting remains limited and follow-up data often are short term.

Radiofrequency and laser devices are separate and very distinct technologies with similar and differing proposed utilizations. Combining radiofrequency and laser treatments in tandem or sequentially may have clinical utility, but long-term safety may be a concern for lasers.

 

 

Radiofrequency-based devices

Typically, radiofrequency device treatments:

  • are used for outpatient procedures
  • do not require topical anesthesia
  • are constructed to emit focused electromagnetic waves
  • are applied to vaginal, vulvar, or vaginal introital or vestibular tissue
  • deliver energy to the deeper connective tissue of the vaginal wall architecture.

Radiofrequency device energy can be monopolar, unipolar, bipolar, or multipolar depending on design. Design also dictates current and the number of electrodes that pass from the device to the grounding pad. Monopolar is the only type of radiofrequency that has a grounding pad; bipolar and multipolar energy returns to the treatment tip.

Radiofrequency devices typically are FDA 510(k)-cleared devices for nonspecific electrocoagulation and hemostasis for surgical procedures. None are currently FDA cleared in the United States for the treatment of vaginal or vulvar laxity or genitourinary syndrome of menopause (GSM). These energy-based devices aim to induce collagen contraction, neocollagenesis, vascularization, and growth factor infiltration to restore the elasticity and moisture of the underlying vaginal mucosa. Heat shock protein activation and inflammation activation are thought to be the underlying mechanisms of action.2–5

Treatment outcomes with 2 radiofrequency devices

Multiple prospective small case series studies have reported outcomes of women treated with the ThermiVa (ThermiAesthetics LLC) radiofrequency system.3,4 Typically, 3 treatments (with a between-treatment interval of 4 to 6 weeks) were applied. The clinical end point temperature had a range of 40°C to 45°C, which was maintained for 3 to 5 minutes per treated zone during 30 minutes’ total treatment time.

Some participants self-reported improvement in vaginal laxity symptoms with the 3 treatments. In addition, women reported subjective improvements in both vaginal atrophy symptoms and sexual function, including positive effect in multiple domains. No serious adverse events were reported in these case series. However, there was no placebo-controlled arm, and validated questionnaires were not used in much of this research.3,4

In another trial, the ThermiVa system was studied in a cohort of 25 sexually active women with self-reported anorgasmia or increased latency to orgasmic response.6 Participants received 3 treatments 4 weeks apart. Approximately three-quarters of the participants reported improved orgasmic responsivity, vaginal lubrication, and clitoral sensitivity. Notably, this research did not use validated questionnaires or a placebo or sham-controlled design. The authors suggested sustained treatment benefits at 9 to 12 months. While repeat treatment was advocated, data were lacking to support the optimal time for repeat treatment efficacy.6

A cryogen-cooled monopolar radiofrequency device, the Viveve system (Viveve Medical, Inc) differs from other radiofrequency procedures because it systematically cryogen cools and protects the surface of the vaginal mucosal tissue while heating the underlying structures.

The Viveve system was evaluated in 2 small pilot studies (24 and 30 participants) and in a large, randomized, sham-controlled, prospective trial that included 108 participants (VIVEVE I trial).5,7,8 Results from both preliminary small studies indicated that participants experienced significant improvement in overall sexual function at 6 months. In one of the small studies (in Japanese women), sustained efficacy at 12 months posttreatment was reported.7 Neither small study included a placebo-control arm, but they did include the use of validated questionnaires.

In the VIVEVE I trial (a multicenter international study), treatment in the active group consisted of a single, 30-minute outpatient procedure that delivered 90 J/cm2 of radiofrequency energy at the level just behind the hymenal ring behind the vaginal introitus. The sham-treated group received ≤1 J/cm2 of energy with a similar machine tip.8

Statistically significant improvements were reported in the arousal and orgasm domains of the validated Female Sexual Function Index (FSFI) for the active-treatment group compared with the sham-treated group. In addition, there were statistically significant differences in the FSFI and the Female Sexual Distress Scale–Revised total scores in favor of active treatment. Participants in the active-treatment arm reported statistically significant improvement in overall sexual satisfaction coupled with lowered overall sexual distress.8

These data are provocative, since the Viveve treatment demonstrated superior efficacy compared with the sham treatment, and prior evidence demonstrated that medical device trials employing a sham arm often demonstrate particularly large placebo/sham effects.9 A confirmatory randomized, sham-controlled multicenter US-based trial is currently underway. At present, the VIVEVE I trial remains the only published, large-scale, randomized, sham-controlled, blinded study of a radiofrequency-based treatment.

New emerging data support the efficacy and safety of this specific radiofrequency treatment in patients with mild to moderate urinary stress incontinence; further studies confirming these outcomes are anticipated. The Viveve system is approved in many countries for various conditions, including urinary incontinence (1 country), sexual function (17 countries), vaginal laxity (41 countries), and electrocoagulation and hemostasis (4 countries, including the United States).

 

 

Laser technology devices

Laser (Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation) therapy, which uses a carbon dioxide (CO2), argon, YAG, or erbium energy source, also is currently marketed as a method to improve various gynecologic conditions, including genital pelvic relaxation syndrome, vaginal laxity, GSM, lichen sclerosus, and sexual problems such as dyspareunia and arousal or orgasmic disorders.

The CO2 laser therapy device, such as the MonaLisa Touch (DEKA Laser), appears to be very popular and widely available. It delivers fractional CO2 laser energy to the vaginal wall, creating sequential micro traumas that subsequently undergo a healing reaction; the newly healed area has an improved underlying tissue architecture (but at a superficial level). The laser’s proposed mechanism of action is that it ablates only a minute fraction of the superficial lamina propria; it acts primarily to stimulate rapid healing of the tissue, creating new collagen and elastic fibers. There is no evidence of scarring.10

Treatment outcomes with laser device therapy

Authors of a 2017 study series of CO2 laser treatments in women with moderate to severe GSM found that 84% of participants experienced significant improvement in sexual function, dyspareunia, and otherwise unspecified sexual issues from pretreatment to 12 to 24 months posttreatment.11 These findings are consistent with several other case series and provide supportive evidence for the efficacy and safety of CO2 laser therapy. This technology may be appropriate for the treatment of GSM.

Laser technology shows excellent promise for the treatment of GSM symptoms by virtue of its superficial mechanism of action. In addition, several trials have demonstrated efficacy and safety in breast cancer patient populations.12 This is particularly interesting since breast cancer treatments, such as aromatase inhibitors (considered a mainstay of cancer treatment), can cause severe atrophic vaginitis. Breast cancer survivors often avoid minimally absorbed local vaginal hormonal products, and over-the-counter products (moisturizers and lubricants) are not widely accepted. Hence, a nonhormonal treatment for distressing GSM symptoms is welcomed in this population.

Pagano and colleagues recently studied 82 breast cancer survivors in whom treatment with vaginal moisturizers and lubricants failed.12 Participants underwent 3 laser treatment cycles approximately 30 to 40 days apart; they demonstrated improvements in vaginal dryness, vaginal itchiness, stinging, dyspareunia, and reduced sensitivity.

Microablative fractional CO2 laser may help reestablish a normative vaginal microbiome by altering the prevalence of lactobacillus species and reestablishing a normative postmenopausal vaginal flora.13

The tracking and reporting of adverse events associated with laser procedures has been less than optimal. In my personal clinical experience, consequences from both short- and long-term laser treatments have included vaginal canal agglutination, worsening dyspareunia, and constricture causing vaginal hemorrhage.

Cruz and colleagues recently conducted a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial designed to evaluate the efficacy of fractional CO2 laser compared with topical estriol and laser plus estriol for the treatment of vaginal atrophy in 45 postmenopausal women.14 They found statistically significant differences in dyspareunia, dryness, and burning compared with baseline levels in all 3 treatment groups. Results with the fractional CO2 laser treatment were deemed to be similar to those of the topical estriol and the combined therapy.14

By contrast, an erbium (Er):YAG laser, such as the IntimaLase (Fotona, LLC) laser, functions by heating the pelvic tissue and collagen within the introitus and vaginal canal.15,16 When the underlying collagen is heated, the fibers are thought to thicken and shorten, which may result in immediate contracture of the treated tissue. Additionally, this process stimulates the existing collagen to undergo remodeling and it also may cause neocollagen deposition.15 In a general review of gynecologic procedures, after 1 to 4 treatment sessions (depending on the study), most patients reported improved sexual satisfaction or vaginal tightness.15

Although trials have included small numbers of patients, early evidence suggests some lasers with reportedly deeper penetration may be useful for treatment of vaginal laxity, but further studies are needed. In smaller studies, the Er:YAG laser has shown efficacy and safety in the treatment of stress urinary incontinence and improved lower urinary tract symptoms, quality of life, and sexual function.16,17

Insurance does not cover energy-based treatment costs

Currently, both laser and radiofrequency device treatments are considered fee-for-service interventions. Radiofrequency and laser treatments for gynecologic conditions are not covered by health insurance, and treatment costs can be prohibitive for many patients. In addition, the long-term safety of these treatments remains to be studied further, and the optimal time for a repeat procedure has yet to be elucidated.

 

 

The FDA cautions against energy-based procedures

In July 2018, the FDA released a statement of concern reiterating the need for research and randomized clinical trials before energy-based device treatments can be widely accepted, and that they are currently cleared only for general gynecologic indications and not for disorders and symptoms related to menopause, urinary incontinence, or sexual function.18

The FDA stated that “we have not cleared or approved for marketing any energy-based devices to treat these symptoms or conditions [vaginal laxity; vaginal atrophy, dryness, or itching; pain during sexual intercourse; pain during urination; decreased sexual sensation], or any symptoms related to menopause, urinary incontinence, or sexual function.” The FDA noted that serious complications have been reported, including vaginal burns, scarring, pain during sexual intercourse, and recurring, chronic pain. The FDA issued letters to 7 companies regarding concerns about the marketing of their devices for off-label use and promotion.

Several societies have responded. ACOG reaffirmed its 2016 position statement on fractional laser treatment of vulvovaginal atrophy.19 JoAnn Pinkerton, MD, Executive Director of The North American Menopause Society (NAMS), and Sheryl Kingsberg, PhD, President of NAMS, alerted their members that both health care professionals and consumers should tread cautiously, and they encouraged scrutiny of existing evidence as all energy-based treatments are not created equal.20 They noted that some research does exist and cited 2 randomized, sham-controlled clinical trials that have been published.

Looking forward

Various novel technologic therapies are entering the gynecologic market. ObGyns must critically evaluate these emerging technologies with a keen understanding of their underlying mechanism of action, the level of scientific evidence, and the treatment’s proposed therapeutic value.

Radiofrequency energy devices appear to be better positioned to treat urinary incontinence and vaginal relaxation syndrome because of their capability for deep tissue penetration. Current data show that laser technology has excellent promise for the treatment and management of GSM. Both technologies warrant further investigation in long-term randomized, sham-controlled trials that assess efficacy and safety with validated instruments over an extended period. In addition, should these technologies prove useful in the overall treatment armamentarium for gynecologic conditions, the question of affordability and insurance coverage needs to be addressed.

ObGyns must advocate for female sexual wellness and encourage a comprehensive multidisciplinary team approach for offering various therapies. Ultimately, responsible use of evidence-based innovative technology should be incorporated into the treatment paradigm.

Medications are still the principle treatment for dyspareunia
Despite recent technologic advancements and applications in gynecologic care, minimally absorbed local vaginal hormonal products (creams, rings, intravaginal tablets) and estrogen agonists/antagonists remain the mainstay and frontline treatment for moderate to severe dyspareunia, a symptom of vulvovaginal atrophy due to menopause. Newer medications, such as intravaginal steroids1 and the recently approved bioidentical estradiol nonapplicator vaginal inserts,2 also offer excellent efficacy and safety in the treatment of this condition. These medications now are included under expanded insurance coverage, and they offer safe, simple, and cost-effective treatments for this underdiagnosed condition.
References
  1. Intrarosa [package insert]. Waltham, MA: AMAG Pharmaceuticals Inc; February 2018.
  2. Imvexxy [package insert]. Boca Raton, FL: TherapeuticsMD; 2018.

Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.

In recent years, an increasing number of laser and radiofrequency device outpatient treatments have been heralded as safe and effective interventions for various gynecologic conditions. Laser devices and radiofrequency technology rapidly have been incorporated into certain clinical settings, including medical practices specializing in dermatology, plastic surgery, and gynecology. While this developing technology has excellent promise, many clinical and research questions remain unanswered.

Illustration: Kimberly Martens for OBG Management
Energy-based devices used to treat various gynecologic conditions are distinct technologies. Radiofrequency devices deliver energy to the deeper connective tissue of the vaginal wall architecture, while laser devices deliver energy to the vaginal wall, creating sequential micro traumas that subsequently undergo a healing reaction, altering the underlying tissue architecture.

Concerns about energy-based vaginal treatments

Although marketing material often suggests otherwise, most laser and radiofrequency devices are cleared by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) only for nonspecific gynecologic and hematologic interventions. However, both laser and radiofrequency device treatments, performed as outpatient procedures, have been touted as appropriate interventions for many conditions, including female sexual dysfunction, arousal and orgasmic concerns, vaginal laxity, vaginismus, lichen sclerosus, urinary incontinence, and vulvar vestibulitis.

Well-designed studies are needed. Prospective, randomized sham-controlled trials of energy-based devices are rare, and most data in the public domain are derived from case series. Many studies are of short duration with limited follow-up. Randomized controlled trials therefore are warranted and should have stringent inclusion and exclusion criteria. Body dysmorphic syndrome, for example, should be a trial exclusion. Study design for research should include the use of standardized, validated scales and long-term follow-up of participants.

Which specialists have the expertise to offer treatment? Important ethical and medical concerns regarding the technology need to be addressed. A prime concern is determining which health care professional specialist is best qualified to assess and treat underlying gynecologic conditions. It is not uncommon to see internists, emergency medicine providers, family physicians, plastic surgeons, psychiatrists, and dermatologists self-proclaiming their gynecologic “vaginal rejuvenation” expertise.

In my experience, some ObGyns have voiced concern about the diverse medical specialties involved in performing these procedures. Currently, no standard level of training is required to perform them. In addition, those providers lack the training needed to adequately and accurately assess the potential for confounding, underlying gynecologic pathology, and they are inadequately trained to offer patients the full gamut of therapeutic interventions. Many may be unfamiliar with female pelvic anatomy and sexual function and a multidisciplinary treatment paradigm.

We need established standards. A common vernacular, nosology, classification, and decision-tree assessment paradigm for genitopelvic laxity (related to the condition of the pelvic floor and not simply a loose feeling in the vagina) is lacking, which may make research and peer-to-peer discussions difficult.

Which patients are appropriate candidates? Proper patient selection criteria for energy-based vaginal treatment have not been standardized, yet this remains a paramount need. A comprehensive patient evaluation should be performed and include a discussion on the difference between an aesthetic complaint and a functional medical problem. Assessment should include the patient’s level of concern or distress and the impact of her symptoms on her overall quality of life. Patients should be evaluated for body dysmorphic syndrome and relationship discord. A complete physical examination, including a detailed pelvic assessment, often is indicated. A treatment algorithm that incorporates conservative therapies coupled with medical, technologic, and psychologic interventions also should be developed.

Various energy-based devices are available for outpatient procedures

Although the number of procedures performed (such as vaginal rejuvenation, labiaplasty, vulvar liposculpturing, hymenoplasty, G-spot amplification, and O-Shot treatment) for both cosmetic and functional problems has increased, the published scientific data on the procedures’ short- and long-term efficacy and safety are limited. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG) published a committee opinion stating that many of these procedures, including “vaginal rejuvenation,” may not be considered medically indicated and may lack scientific merit or ample supportive data to confirm their efficacy and safety.1 ObGyns should proceed with caution before incorporating these technologic treatments into their medical practice.

Much diversity exists within the device-technology space. The underpinnings of each device vary regarding their proposed mechanism of action and theoretical therapeutic and tissue effect. In device marketing materials, many devices have been claimed to have effects on multiple tissue types (for example, both vaginal mucosa and vulvar tissue), whereas others are said to have more focal and localized effects (that is, targeted behind the hymenal ring). Some are marketed as a one-time treatment, while others require multiple repeated treatments over an extended period. When it comes to published data, adverse effect reporting remains limited and follow-up data often are short term.

Radiofrequency and laser devices are separate and very distinct technologies with similar and differing proposed utilizations. Combining radiofrequency and laser treatments in tandem or sequentially may have clinical utility, but long-term safety may be a concern for lasers.

 

 

Radiofrequency-based devices

Typically, radiofrequency device treatments:

  • are used for outpatient procedures
  • do not require topical anesthesia
  • are constructed to emit focused electromagnetic waves
  • are applied to vaginal, vulvar, or vaginal introital or vestibular tissue
  • deliver energy to the deeper connective tissue of the vaginal wall architecture.

Radiofrequency device energy can be monopolar, unipolar, bipolar, or multipolar depending on design. Design also dictates current and the number of electrodes that pass from the device to the grounding pad. Monopolar is the only type of radiofrequency that has a grounding pad; bipolar and multipolar energy returns to the treatment tip.

Radiofrequency devices typically are FDA 510(k)-cleared devices for nonspecific electrocoagulation and hemostasis for surgical procedures. None are currently FDA cleared in the United States for the treatment of vaginal or vulvar laxity or genitourinary syndrome of menopause (GSM). These energy-based devices aim to induce collagen contraction, neocollagenesis, vascularization, and growth factor infiltration to restore the elasticity and moisture of the underlying vaginal mucosa. Heat shock protein activation and inflammation activation are thought to be the underlying mechanisms of action.2–5

Treatment outcomes with 2 radiofrequency devices

Multiple prospective small case series studies have reported outcomes of women treated with the ThermiVa (ThermiAesthetics LLC) radiofrequency system.3,4 Typically, 3 treatments (with a between-treatment interval of 4 to 6 weeks) were applied. The clinical end point temperature had a range of 40°C to 45°C, which was maintained for 3 to 5 minutes per treated zone during 30 minutes’ total treatment time.

Some participants self-reported improvement in vaginal laxity symptoms with the 3 treatments. In addition, women reported subjective improvements in both vaginal atrophy symptoms and sexual function, including positive effect in multiple domains. No serious adverse events were reported in these case series. However, there was no placebo-controlled arm, and validated questionnaires were not used in much of this research.3,4

In another trial, the ThermiVa system was studied in a cohort of 25 sexually active women with self-reported anorgasmia or increased latency to orgasmic response.6 Participants received 3 treatments 4 weeks apart. Approximately three-quarters of the participants reported improved orgasmic responsivity, vaginal lubrication, and clitoral sensitivity. Notably, this research did not use validated questionnaires or a placebo or sham-controlled design. The authors suggested sustained treatment benefits at 9 to 12 months. While repeat treatment was advocated, data were lacking to support the optimal time for repeat treatment efficacy.6

A cryogen-cooled monopolar radiofrequency device, the Viveve system (Viveve Medical, Inc) differs from other radiofrequency procedures because it systematically cryogen cools and protects the surface of the vaginal mucosal tissue while heating the underlying structures.

The Viveve system was evaluated in 2 small pilot studies (24 and 30 participants) and in a large, randomized, sham-controlled, prospective trial that included 108 participants (VIVEVE I trial).5,7,8 Results from both preliminary small studies indicated that participants experienced significant improvement in overall sexual function at 6 months. In one of the small studies (in Japanese women), sustained efficacy at 12 months posttreatment was reported.7 Neither small study included a placebo-control arm, but they did include the use of validated questionnaires.

In the VIVEVE I trial (a multicenter international study), treatment in the active group consisted of a single, 30-minute outpatient procedure that delivered 90 J/cm2 of radiofrequency energy at the level just behind the hymenal ring behind the vaginal introitus. The sham-treated group received ≤1 J/cm2 of energy with a similar machine tip.8

Statistically significant improvements were reported in the arousal and orgasm domains of the validated Female Sexual Function Index (FSFI) for the active-treatment group compared with the sham-treated group. In addition, there were statistically significant differences in the FSFI and the Female Sexual Distress Scale–Revised total scores in favor of active treatment. Participants in the active-treatment arm reported statistically significant improvement in overall sexual satisfaction coupled with lowered overall sexual distress.8

These data are provocative, since the Viveve treatment demonstrated superior efficacy compared with the sham treatment, and prior evidence demonstrated that medical device trials employing a sham arm often demonstrate particularly large placebo/sham effects.9 A confirmatory randomized, sham-controlled multicenter US-based trial is currently underway. At present, the VIVEVE I trial remains the only published, large-scale, randomized, sham-controlled, blinded study of a radiofrequency-based treatment.

New emerging data support the efficacy and safety of this specific radiofrequency treatment in patients with mild to moderate urinary stress incontinence; further studies confirming these outcomes are anticipated. The Viveve system is approved in many countries for various conditions, including urinary incontinence (1 country), sexual function (17 countries), vaginal laxity (41 countries), and electrocoagulation and hemostasis (4 countries, including the United States).

 

 

Laser technology devices

Laser (Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation) therapy, which uses a carbon dioxide (CO2), argon, YAG, or erbium energy source, also is currently marketed as a method to improve various gynecologic conditions, including genital pelvic relaxation syndrome, vaginal laxity, GSM, lichen sclerosus, and sexual problems such as dyspareunia and arousal or orgasmic disorders.

The CO2 laser therapy device, such as the MonaLisa Touch (DEKA Laser), appears to be very popular and widely available. It delivers fractional CO2 laser energy to the vaginal wall, creating sequential micro traumas that subsequently undergo a healing reaction; the newly healed area has an improved underlying tissue architecture (but at a superficial level). The laser’s proposed mechanism of action is that it ablates only a minute fraction of the superficial lamina propria; it acts primarily to stimulate rapid healing of the tissue, creating new collagen and elastic fibers. There is no evidence of scarring.10

Treatment outcomes with laser device therapy

Authors of a 2017 study series of CO2 laser treatments in women with moderate to severe GSM found that 84% of participants experienced significant improvement in sexual function, dyspareunia, and otherwise unspecified sexual issues from pretreatment to 12 to 24 months posttreatment.11 These findings are consistent with several other case series and provide supportive evidence for the efficacy and safety of CO2 laser therapy. This technology may be appropriate for the treatment of GSM.

Laser technology shows excellent promise for the treatment of GSM symptoms by virtue of its superficial mechanism of action. In addition, several trials have demonstrated efficacy and safety in breast cancer patient populations.12 This is particularly interesting since breast cancer treatments, such as aromatase inhibitors (considered a mainstay of cancer treatment), can cause severe atrophic vaginitis. Breast cancer survivors often avoid minimally absorbed local vaginal hormonal products, and over-the-counter products (moisturizers and lubricants) are not widely accepted. Hence, a nonhormonal treatment for distressing GSM symptoms is welcomed in this population.

Pagano and colleagues recently studied 82 breast cancer survivors in whom treatment with vaginal moisturizers and lubricants failed.12 Participants underwent 3 laser treatment cycles approximately 30 to 40 days apart; they demonstrated improvements in vaginal dryness, vaginal itchiness, stinging, dyspareunia, and reduced sensitivity.

Microablative fractional CO2 laser may help reestablish a normative vaginal microbiome by altering the prevalence of lactobacillus species and reestablishing a normative postmenopausal vaginal flora.13

The tracking and reporting of adverse events associated with laser procedures has been less than optimal. In my personal clinical experience, consequences from both short- and long-term laser treatments have included vaginal canal agglutination, worsening dyspareunia, and constricture causing vaginal hemorrhage.

Cruz and colleagues recently conducted a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial designed to evaluate the efficacy of fractional CO2 laser compared with topical estriol and laser plus estriol for the treatment of vaginal atrophy in 45 postmenopausal women.14 They found statistically significant differences in dyspareunia, dryness, and burning compared with baseline levels in all 3 treatment groups. Results with the fractional CO2 laser treatment were deemed to be similar to those of the topical estriol and the combined therapy.14

By contrast, an erbium (Er):YAG laser, such as the IntimaLase (Fotona, LLC) laser, functions by heating the pelvic tissue and collagen within the introitus and vaginal canal.15,16 When the underlying collagen is heated, the fibers are thought to thicken and shorten, which may result in immediate contracture of the treated tissue. Additionally, this process stimulates the existing collagen to undergo remodeling and it also may cause neocollagen deposition.15 In a general review of gynecologic procedures, after 1 to 4 treatment sessions (depending on the study), most patients reported improved sexual satisfaction or vaginal tightness.15

Although trials have included small numbers of patients, early evidence suggests some lasers with reportedly deeper penetration may be useful for treatment of vaginal laxity, but further studies are needed. In smaller studies, the Er:YAG laser has shown efficacy and safety in the treatment of stress urinary incontinence and improved lower urinary tract symptoms, quality of life, and sexual function.16,17

Insurance does not cover energy-based treatment costs

Currently, both laser and radiofrequency device treatments are considered fee-for-service interventions. Radiofrequency and laser treatments for gynecologic conditions are not covered by health insurance, and treatment costs can be prohibitive for many patients. In addition, the long-term safety of these treatments remains to be studied further, and the optimal time for a repeat procedure has yet to be elucidated.

 

 

The FDA cautions against energy-based procedures

In July 2018, the FDA released a statement of concern reiterating the need for research and randomized clinical trials before energy-based device treatments can be widely accepted, and that they are currently cleared only for general gynecologic indications and not for disorders and symptoms related to menopause, urinary incontinence, or sexual function.18

The FDA stated that “we have not cleared or approved for marketing any energy-based devices to treat these symptoms or conditions [vaginal laxity; vaginal atrophy, dryness, or itching; pain during sexual intercourse; pain during urination; decreased sexual sensation], or any symptoms related to menopause, urinary incontinence, or sexual function.” The FDA noted that serious complications have been reported, including vaginal burns, scarring, pain during sexual intercourse, and recurring, chronic pain. The FDA issued letters to 7 companies regarding concerns about the marketing of their devices for off-label use and promotion.

Several societies have responded. ACOG reaffirmed its 2016 position statement on fractional laser treatment of vulvovaginal atrophy.19 JoAnn Pinkerton, MD, Executive Director of The North American Menopause Society (NAMS), and Sheryl Kingsberg, PhD, President of NAMS, alerted their members that both health care professionals and consumers should tread cautiously, and they encouraged scrutiny of existing evidence as all energy-based treatments are not created equal.20 They noted that some research does exist and cited 2 randomized, sham-controlled clinical trials that have been published.

Looking forward

Various novel technologic therapies are entering the gynecologic market. ObGyns must critically evaluate these emerging technologies with a keen understanding of their underlying mechanism of action, the level of scientific evidence, and the treatment’s proposed therapeutic value.

Radiofrequency energy devices appear to be better positioned to treat urinary incontinence and vaginal relaxation syndrome because of their capability for deep tissue penetration. Current data show that laser technology has excellent promise for the treatment and management of GSM. Both technologies warrant further investigation in long-term randomized, sham-controlled trials that assess efficacy and safety with validated instruments over an extended period. In addition, should these technologies prove useful in the overall treatment armamentarium for gynecologic conditions, the question of affordability and insurance coverage needs to be addressed.

ObGyns must advocate for female sexual wellness and encourage a comprehensive multidisciplinary team approach for offering various therapies. Ultimately, responsible use of evidence-based innovative technology should be incorporated into the treatment paradigm.

Medications are still the principle treatment for dyspareunia
Despite recent technologic advancements and applications in gynecologic care, minimally absorbed local vaginal hormonal products (creams, rings, intravaginal tablets) and estrogen agonists/antagonists remain the mainstay and frontline treatment for moderate to severe dyspareunia, a symptom of vulvovaginal atrophy due to menopause. Newer medications, such as intravaginal steroids1 and the recently approved bioidentical estradiol nonapplicator vaginal inserts,2 also offer excellent efficacy and safety in the treatment of this condition. These medications now are included under expanded insurance coverage, and they offer safe, simple, and cost-effective treatments for this underdiagnosed condition.
References
  1. Intrarosa [package insert]. Waltham, MA: AMAG Pharmaceuticals Inc; February 2018.
  2. Imvexxy [package insert]. Boca Raton, FL: TherapeuticsMD; 2018.

Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.

References
  1. ACOG Committee on Gynecologic Practice. ACOG Committee Opinion No. 378: Vaginal "rejuvenation" and cosmetic vaginal procedures. Obstet Gynecol. 2007;110(3):737-738.
  2. Dunbar SW, Goldberg DJ. Radiofrequency in cosmetic dermatology: an update. J Drugs Dermatol. 2015;14(11):1229-1238.
  3. Leibaschoff G, Izasa PG, Cardona JL, Miklos JR, Moore RD. Transcutaneous temperature-controlled radiofrequency (TTCRF) for the treatment of menopausal vaginal/genitourinary symptoms. Surg Technol Int. 2016;29:149-159.
  4. Alinsod RM. Temperature controlled radiofrequency for vulvovaginal laxity. Prime J. July 23, 2015. https://www.prime-journal.com/temperature-controlled-radiofrequency-for-vulvovaginal-laxity/. Accessed August 15, 2018.
  5. Millheiser LS, Pauls RN, Herbst SJ, Chen BH. Radiofrequency treatment of vaginal laxity after vaginal delivery: nonsurgical vaginal tightening. J Sex Med. 2010;7(9):3088-3095.
  6. Alinsod RM. Transcutaneous temperature controlled radiofrequency for orgasmic dysfunction. Lasers Surg Med. 2016;48(7):641-645.
  7. Sekiguchi Y, Utsugisawa Y, Azekosi Y, et al. Laxity of the vaginal introitus after childbirth: nonsurgical outpatient procedure for vaginal tissue restoration and improved sexual satisfaction using low-energy radiofrequency thermal therapy. J Womens Health (Larchmt). 2013;22 (9):775-781 .  
  8. Krychman M, Rowan CG, Allan BB, et al. Effect of single-treatment, surface-cooled radiofrequency therapy on vaginal laxity and female sexual function: the VIVEVE I randomized controlled trial. J Sex Med. 2017;14(2):215-225.
  9. Kaptchuk TJ, Goldman P, Stone DA, Statson WB. Do medical devices have enhanced placebo effects? J Clin Epidemiol. 2000;53(8): 786-792.
  10. Gotkin RH, Sarnoff SD, Cannarozzo G, Sadick NS, Alexiades-Armenakas M. Ablative skin resurfacing with a novel microablative CO2 laser. J Drugs Dermatol. 2009;8(2):138-144.
  11. Behnia-Willison F, Sarraf S, Miller J, et al. Safety and long-term efficacy of fractional CO2 laser treatment in women suffering from genitourinary syndrome of menopause. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol. 2017;213:39-44.
  12. Pagano T, De Rosa P, Vallone R, et al. Fractional microablative CO2 laser in breast cancer survivors affected by iatrogenic vulvovaginal atrophy after failure of nonestrogenic local treatments, a retrospective study. Menopause. 2018;25(6):657-662.
  13. Anthanasiou S, Pitsouni E, Antonopoulou S, et al. The effect of microablative fractional CO2 laser on vaginal flora of postmenopausal women. Climateric. 2016;19(5):512-518.
  14. Cruz VL, Steiner ML, Pompei LM, et al. Randomized, double-blind placebo-controlled clinical trial for evaluating the efficacy of fractional CO2 laser compared with topical estriol in the treatment of vaginal atrophy in postmenopausal women. Menopause. 2018;25(1): 21-28.
  15. Vizintin Z, Rivera M, Fistonic I, et al. Novel minimally invasive VSP Er:YAG laser treatments in gynecology. J Laser Health Acad. 2012;2012(1):46-58.
  16. Tien YM, Hsio SM, Lee CN, Lin HH. Effects of laser procedure for female urodynamic stress incontinence on pad weight, urodynamics, and sexual function. Int Urogynecol J. 2017;28(3):469-476.
  17. Oginc UB, Sencar S, Lenasi H. Novel minimally invasive laser treatment of urinary incontinence in women. Laser Surg Med. 2015;47(9):689-697.
  18. US Food and Drug Administration. FDA warns against use of energy based devices to perform vaginal 'rejuvenation' or vaginal cosmetic procedures: FDA safety communication. July 30, 2018. https://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/Safety/AlertsandNotices/ucm615013.htm. Accessed August 16, 2018.
  19. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Fractional laser treatment of vulvovaginal atrophy and US Food and Drug Administration clearance: position statement. May 2016. https://www.acog.org/Clinical-Guidance-and-Publications/Position-Statements/Fractional-Laser-Treatment-of-Vulvovaginal-Atrophy-and-US-Food-and-Drug-Administration-Clearance. Accessed August 16, 2018.
  20. The North American Menopause Society. FDA mandating vaginal laser manufacturers present valid data before marketing. August 1, 2018. https://www.menopause.org/docs/default-source/default-document-library/nams-responds-to-fda-mandate-on-vaginal-laser-manufacturers-08-01-2018.pdf. Accessed August 16, 2018.
References
  1. ACOG Committee on Gynecologic Practice. ACOG Committee Opinion No. 378: Vaginal "rejuvenation" and cosmetic vaginal procedures. Obstet Gynecol. 2007;110(3):737-738.
  2. Dunbar SW, Goldberg DJ. Radiofrequency in cosmetic dermatology: an update. J Drugs Dermatol. 2015;14(11):1229-1238.
  3. Leibaschoff G, Izasa PG, Cardona JL, Miklos JR, Moore RD. Transcutaneous temperature-controlled radiofrequency (TTCRF) for the treatment of menopausal vaginal/genitourinary symptoms. Surg Technol Int. 2016;29:149-159.
  4. Alinsod RM. Temperature controlled radiofrequency for vulvovaginal laxity. Prime J. July 23, 2015. https://www.prime-journal.com/temperature-controlled-radiofrequency-for-vulvovaginal-laxity/. Accessed August 15, 2018.
  5. Millheiser LS, Pauls RN, Herbst SJ, Chen BH. Radiofrequency treatment of vaginal laxity after vaginal delivery: nonsurgical vaginal tightening. J Sex Med. 2010;7(9):3088-3095.
  6. Alinsod RM. Transcutaneous temperature controlled radiofrequency for orgasmic dysfunction. Lasers Surg Med. 2016;48(7):641-645.
  7. Sekiguchi Y, Utsugisawa Y, Azekosi Y, et al. Laxity of the vaginal introitus after childbirth: nonsurgical outpatient procedure for vaginal tissue restoration and improved sexual satisfaction using low-energy radiofrequency thermal therapy. J Womens Health (Larchmt). 2013;22 (9):775-781 .  
  8. Krychman M, Rowan CG, Allan BB, et al. Effect of single-treatment, surface-cooled radiofrequency therapy on vaginal laxity and female sexual function: the VIVEVE I randomized controlled trial. J Sex Med. 2017;14(2):215-225.
  9. Kaptchuk TJ, Goldman P, Stone DA, Statson WB. Do medical devices have enhanced placebo effects? J Clin Epidemiol. 2000;53(8): 786-792.
  10. Gotkin RH, Sarnoff SD, Cannarozzo G, Sadick NS, Alexiades-Armenakas M. Ablative skin resurfacing with a novel microablative CO2 laser. J Drugs Dermatol. 2009;8(2):138-144.
  11. Behnia-Willison F, Sarraf S, Miller J, et al. Safety and long-term efficacy of fractional CO2 laser treatment in women suffering from genitourinary syndrome of menopause. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol. 2017;213:39-44.
  12. Pagano T, De Rosa P, Vallone R, et al. Fractional microablative CO2 laser in breast cancer survivors affected by iatrogenic vulvovaginal atrophy after failure of nonestrogenic local treatments, a retrospective study. Menopause. 2018;25(6):657-662.
  13. Anthanasiou S, Pitsouni E, Antonopoulou S, et al. The effect of microablative fractional CO2 laser on vaginal flora of postmenopausal women. Climateric. 2016;19(5):512-518.
  14. Cruz VL, Steiner ML, Pompei LM, et al. Randomized, double-blind placebo-controlled clinical trial for evaluating the efficacy of fractional CO2 laser compared with topical estriol in the treatment of vaginal atrophy in postmenopausal women. Menopause. 2018;25(1): 21-28.
  15. Vizintin Z, Rivera M, Fistonic I, et al. Novel minimally invasive VSP Er:YAG laser treatments in gynecology. J Laser Health Acad. 2012;2012(1):46-58.
  16. Tien YM, Hsio SM, Lee CN, Lin HH. Effects of laser procedure for female urodynamic stress incontinence on pad weight, urodynamics, and sexual function. Int Urogynecol J. 2017;28(3):469-476.
  17. Oginc UB, Sencar S, Lenasi H. Novel minimally invasive laser treatment of urinary incontinence in women. Laser Surg Med. 2015;47(9):689-697.
  18. US Food and Drug Administration. FDA warns against use of energy based devices to perform vaginal 'rejuvenation' or vaginal cosmetic procedures: FDA safety communication. July 30, 2018. https://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/Safety/AlertsandNotices/ucm615013.htm. Accessed August 16, 2018.
  19. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Fractional laser treatment of vulvovaginal atrophy and US Food and Drug Administration clearance: position statement. May 2016. https://www.acog.org/Clinical-Guidance-and-Publications/Position-Statements/Fractional-Laser-Treatment-of-Vulvovaginal-Atrophy-and-US-Food-and-Drug-Administration-Clearance. Accessed August 16, 2018.
  20. The North American Menopause Society. FDA mandating vaginal laser manufacturers present valid data before marketing. August 1, 2018. https://www.menopause.org/docs/default-source/default-document-library/nams-responds-to-fda-mandate-on-vaginal-laser-manufacturers-08-01-2018.pdf. Accessed August 16, 2018.
Issue
OBG Management - 30(9)
Issue
OBG Management - 30(9)
Page Number
40-46
Page Number
40-46
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
The techno vagina: The laser and radiofrequency device boom in gynecology
Display Headline
The techno vagina: The laser and radiofrequency device boom in gynecology
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

2018 Update on contraception

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 09:25
Display Headline
2018 Update on contraception

Female permanent contraception is among the most widely used contraceptive methods worldwide. In the United States, more than 640,000 procedures are performed each year and it is used by 25% of women who use contraception.1–4 Female permanent contraception is achieved via salpingectomy, tubal interruption, or hysteroscopic techniques.

Essure, the only currently available hysteroscopic permanent contraception device, approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in 2002,5,6 has been implanted in more than 750,000 women worldwide.7 Essure was developed by Conceptus Inc, a small medical device company that was acquired by Bayer in 2013. The greatest uptake has been in the United States, which accounts for approximately 80% of procedures worldwide.7,8

Essure placement involves insertion of a nickel-titanium alloy coil with a stainless-steel inner coil, polyethylene terephthalate fibers, platinum marker bands, and silver-tin solder.9 The insert is approximately 4 cm in length and expands to 2 mm in diameter once deployed.9

Potential advantages of a hysteroscopic approach are that intra-abdominal surgery can be avoided and the procedure can be performed in an office without the need for general anesthesia.7 Due to these potential benefits, hysteroscopic permanent contraception with Essure underwent expedited review and received FDA approval without any comparative trials.1,5,10 However, there also are disadvantages: the method is not always successfully placed on first attempt and it is not immediately effective. Successful placement rates range between 60% and 98%, most commonly around 90%.11–15 Additionally, if placement is successful, alternative contraception must be used until a confirmatory radiologic test is performed at least 3 months after the procedure.9,11 Initially, hysterosalpingography was required to demonstrate a satisfactory insert location and successful tubal occlusion.11,16 Compliance with this testing is variable, ranging in studies from 13% to 71%.11 As of 2015, transvaginal ultrasonography showing insert retention and location has been approved as an alternative confirmatory method.9,11,16,17 Evidence suggests that the less invasive ultrasound option increases follow-up rates; while limited, one study noted an increase in follow-up rates from 77.5% for hysterosalpingogram to 88% (P = .008) for transvaginal ultrasound.18

Recent concerns about potential medical and safety issues have impacted approval status and marketing of hysteroscopic permanent contraception worldwide. In response to safety concerns, the FDA added a boxed safety warning and patient decision checklist in 2016.19 Bayer withdrew the device from all markets outside of the United States as of May 2017.20–22 In April 2018, the FDA restricted Essure sales in the United States only to providers and facilities who utilized an FDA-approved checklist to ensure the device met standards for safety and effectiveness.19 Most recently, Bayer announced that Essure would no longer be sold or distributed in the United States after December 31, 2018 (See “FDA Press Release”).23

FDA press release (July 20, 2018)
"The US Food and Drug Administration was notified by Bayer that the Essure permanent birth control device will no longer be sold or distributed after December 31, 2018... The decision today to halt Essure sales also follows a series of earlier actions that the FDA took to address the reports of serious adverse events associated with its use. For women who have received an Essure implant, the postmarket safety of Essure will continue to be a top priority for the FDA. We expect Bayer to meet its postmarket obligations concerning this device." 
 
Reference
  1. Statement from FDA Commissioner Scott Gottlieb, M.D., on manufacturer announcement to halt Essure sales in the U.S.; agency's continued commitment to postmarket review of Essure and keeping women informed [press release]. Silver Spring, MD; U.S. Food and Drug Administration. July 20, 2018.

So how did we get here? How did the promise of a “less invasive” approach for female permanent contraception get off course?

A search of the Manufacturer and User Facility Device Experience (MAUDE) database from Essure’s approval date in 2002 to December 2017 revealed 26,773 medical device reports, with more than 90% of those received in 2017 related to device removal.19 As more complications and complaints have been reported, the lack of comparative data has presented a problem for understanding the relative risk of the procedure as compared with laparoscopic techniques. Additionally, the approval studies lacked information about what happened to women who had an unsuccessful attempted hysteroscopic procedure. Without robust data sets or large trials, early research used evidence-based Markov modeling; findings suggested that hysteroscopic permanent contraception resulted in fewer women achieving successful permanent contraception and that the hysteroscopic procedure was not as effective as laparoscopic occlusion procedures with “typical” use.24,25

Over the past year, more clinical data have been published comparing hysteroscopic with laparoscopic permanent contraception procedures. In this article, we evaluate this information to help us better understand the relative efficacy and safety of the different permanent contraception methods and review recent articles describing removal techniques to further assist clinicians and patients considering such procedures.

 

 

Hysteroscopic versus laparoscopic procedures for permanent contraception

Bouillon K, Bertrand M, Bader G, et al. Association of hysteroscopic vs laparoscopic sterilization with procedural, gynecological, and medical outcomes. JAMA. 2018:319(4):375-387.

Antoun L, Smith P, Gupta J, et al. The feasibility, safety, and effectiveness of hysteroscopic sterilization compared with laparoscopic sterilization. Am J of Obstet Gynecol. 2017;217(5):570.e1-570.e6. doi:10.1016/j.ajog.2017.07.011.

Jokinen E, Heino A, Karipohja T, et al. Safety and effectiveness of female tubal sterilisation by hysteroscopy, laparoscopy, or laparotomy: a register based study. BJOG. 2017;124(12):1851-1857.



In this section, we present 3 recent studies that evaluate pregnancy outcomes and complications including reoperation or second permanent contraception procedure rates.

Data from France measure up to 3-year differences in adverse outcomes

Bouillon and colleagues aimed to identify differences in adverse outcome rates between hysteroscopic and laparoscopic permanent contraceptive methods. Utilizing national hospital discharge data in France, the researchers conducted a large database study review of records from more than 105,000 women aged 30 to 54 years receiving hysteroscopic or laparoscopic permanent contraception between 2010 and 2014. The database contains details based on the ICD-10 codes for all public and private hospitals in France, representing approximately 75% of the total population. Procedures were performed at 831 hospitals in 26 regions.

Adverse outcomes were divided into surgical, medical, and gynecologic complications (TABLE 1) and were assessed at 3 timepoints: at the time of procedure and at 1 and 3 years postprocedure.

Overall, 71,303 women (67.7%) underwent hysteroscopic permanent contraception procedures and 34,054 women (32.3%) underwent laparoscopic permanent contraception procedures. Immediate surgical and medical complications were significantly less common for women having hysteroscopic compared with laparoscopic procedures. Surgical complications at the time of the procedure occurred in 96 (0.13%) and 265 (0.78%) women, respectively (adjusted odds ratio [aOR], 0.18; 95% confidence interval [CI], 0.14-0.23). Medical complications at the time of procedure occurred in 41 (0.06%) and 39 (0.11%) women, respectively (aOR, 0.51; 95% CI, 0.30-0.89).

However, gynecologic outcomes, including need for a second surgery to provide permanent contraception and overall failure rates (need for salpingectomy, a second permanent contraception procedure, or pregnancy) were significantly more common for women having hysteroscopic procedures. By 1 year after the procedure, 2,955 women (4.10%) who initially had a hysteroscopic procedure, and 56 women (0.16%) who had a laparoscopic procedure required a second permanent contraception surgery (adjusted hazard ratio [aHR], 25.99; 95% CI, 17.84-37.86). By the third year, additional procedures were performed in 3,230 (4.5%) and 97 (0.28%) women, respectively (aHR, 16.63; 95% CI, 12.50-22.20). Most (65%) of the repeat procedures were performed laparoscopically. Although pregnancy rates were significantly lower at 1 year among women who initially chose a hysteroscopic procedure (0.24% vs 0.41%; aHR, 0.70; 95% CI, 0.53-0.92), the rates did not differ at 3 years (0.48% vs 0.57%, respectively; aHR, 1.04; 95% CI, 0.83-1.30).

Most importantly, overall procedure failure rates were significantly higher at 1 year in women initially choosing a hysteroscopic approach compared with laparoscopic approach (3,446 [4.83%] vs 235 [0.69%] women; aHR, 7.11; 95% CI, 5.92-8.54). This difference persisted through 3 years (4,098 [5.75%] vs 438 [1.29%] women, respectively; aHR, 4.66; 95% CI, 4.06-5.34).

UK data indicate high reoperation rate for hysteroscopic procedures

Antoun and colleagues aimed to compare pregnancy rates, radiologic imaging follow-up rates, reoperations, and 30-day adverse outcomes, between hysteroscopic and laparoscopic permanent contraception methods. Conducted at a single teaching hospital in the United Kingdom, this study included 3,497 women who underwent procedures between 2005 and 2015. The data were collected prospectively for the 1,085 women who underwent hysteroscopic procedures and retrospectively for 2,412 women who had laparoscopic permanent contraception procedures with the Filshie clip.

Over the 10-year study period, hysteroscopic permanent contraception increased from 14.2% (40 of 280) of procedures in 2005 to 40.5% (150 of 350) of procedures in 2015 (P<.001). Overall, 2,400 women (99.5%) underwent successful laparoscopic permanent contraception, compared with 992 women (91.4%) in the hysteroscopic group (OR, 18.8; 95% CI, 10.2-34.4).

In the hysteroscopic group, 958 women (97%) returned for confirmatory testing, of whom 902 (91% of women with successful placement) underwent satisfactory confirmatory testing. There were 93 (8.6%) unsuccessful placements that were due to inability to visualize ostia or tubal stenosis (n = 72 [77.4%]), patient intolerance to procedure (n = 15 [16.1%]), or device failure (n = 6 [6.5%]).

The odds for reoperation were 6 times greater in the hysteroscopic group by 1 year after surgery (22 [2%] vs 8 [0.3%] women; OR, 6.2; 95% CI, 2.8-14.0). However, the 1-year pregnancy risk was similar between the 2 groups, with 3 reported pregnancies after hysteroscopic permanent contraception and 5 reported pregnancies after laparoscopic permanent contraception (OR, 1.3; 95% CI, 0.3-5.6).

Finnish researchers also find high reoperation rate

Jokinen and colleagues used linked national database registries in Finland to capture data on pregnancy rate and reoperations among 16,272 women who underwent permanent contraception procedures between 2009 and 2014. The authors compared outcomes following hysteroscopic (Essure), laparoscopic (Filshie clip), and postpartum minilaparotomy (Pomeroy) permanent contraception techniques. According to the investigators, the latter method was almost exclusively performed at the time of cesarean delivery. While there was no difference in pregnancy rates, second permanent contraception procedures were significantly greater in the hysteroscopic group compared with the laparoscopic group (TABLE 2).

WHAT THIS EVIDENCE MEANS FOR PRACTICE
At a glance, these studies suggest that pregnancy rates are similar between hysteroscopic and laparoscopic permanent contraceptive approaches. But, these low failure rates were only achieved after including women who required reoperation or a second permanent contraceptive procedure. All 3 European studies showed a high follow-up rate; as method failure was identified, additional procedures were offered and performed when desired. These rates are higher than typically reported in US studies. None of the studies included discussion about the proportion of women with failed procedures who declined a second permanent contraceptive surgery. Bouillon et al26 reported a slight improvement in perioperative safety for a hysteroscopic procedure compared with a laparoscopic procedure. While severity of complications was not reported, the risk of reoperation for laparoscopic procedures remained <1%. By contrast, based on the evidence presented here, hysteroscopic permanent contraceptive methods required a second procedure for 4% to 8% of women, most of whom underwent a laparoscopic procedure. Thus, the slight potential improvement in safety of hysteroscopic procedures does not offset the significantly lower efficacy of the method.
 

 

Technique for hysteroscopic permanent contraception insert removal

Johal T, Kuruba N, Sule M, et al. Laparoscopic salpingectomy and removal of Essure hysteroscopic sterilisation device: a case series. Eur J Contracept Reprod Health Care. 2018;23(3):227-230.

Lazorwitz A, Tocce K. A case series of removal of nickel-titanium sterilization microinserts from the uterine cornua using laparoscopic electrocautery for salpingectomy. Contraception. 2017;96(2):96-98.


 

As reports of complications and concerns with hysteroscopic permanent contraception increase, there has been a rise in device removal procedures. We present 2 recent articles that review laparoscopic techniques for the removal of hysteroscopic permanent contraception devices and describe subsequent outcomes.

Laparoscopic salpingectomy without insert transection

In this descriptive retrospective study, Johal and colleagues reviewed hysteroscopic permanent contraception insert removal in 8 women between 2015 and 2017. The authors described their laparoscopic salpingectomy approach and perioperative complications. Overall safety and feasibility with laparoscopic salpingectomy were evaluated by identifying the number of procedures requiring intraoperative conversion to laparotomy, cornuectomy, or hysterectomy. The authors also measured operative time, estimated blood loss, length of stay, and incidence of implant fracture.

Indications for insert removal included pain (n = 4), dyspareunia (n = 2), abnormal uterine bleeding (n = 1), and unsuccessful placement or evidence of tubal occlusion failure during confirmatory imaging (n = 4). The surgeons divided the mesosalpinx and then transected the fallopian tube approximately 1 cm distal to the cornua exposing the permanent contraception insert while avoiding direct electrosurgical application to the insert. The inserts were then removed intact with gentle traction. All 8 women underwent laparoscopic removal with salpingectomy. One patient had a surgical complication of serosal bowel injury due to laparoscopic entry that was repaired in the usual fashion. Operative time averaged 65 minutes (range, 30 to 100 minutes), blood loss was minimal, and there were no implant fractures.

Laparoscopic salpingectomy with insert transection

In this case series, Lazorwitz and Tocce described the use of laparoscopic salpingectomy for hysteroscopic permanent contraception insert removal in 20 women between 2011 and 2017. The authors described their surgical technique, which included division of the mesosalpinx followed by transection of the fallopian tube about 0.5 to 1 cm distal to the cornua. This process often resulted in transection of the insert, and the remaining insert was grasped and removed with gentle traction. If removal of the insert was incomplete, hysteroscopy was performed to identify remaining parts.

Indications for removal included pelvic pain (n = 14), abnormal uterine bleeding (n = 2), rash (n = 1), and unsuccessful placement or evidence of tubal occlusion failure during confirmatory imaging (n = 6). Three women underwent additional diagnostic hysteroscopy for retained implant fragments after laparoscopic salpingectomy. Fragments in all 3 women were 1 to 3 mm in size and left in situ as they were unable to be removed or located hysteroscopically. There were no reported postoperative complications including injury, infection, or readmission within 30 days of salpingectomy.

Shift in method use

Hysteroscopic permanent contraception procedures have low immediate surgical and medical complication rates but result in a high rate of reoperation to achieve the desired outcome.  Notably, the largest available comparative trials are from Europe, which may affect the generalizability to US providers, patients, and health care systems.

Importantly, since the introduction of hysteroscopic permanent contraception in 2002, the landscape of contraception has changed in the United States. Contraception use has shifted to fewer permanent procedures and more high-efficacy reversible options. Overall, reliance on female permanent contraception has been declining in the United States, accounting for 17.8% of contracepting women in 1995 and 15.5% in 2013.27,28 Permanent contraception has begun shifting from tubal interruption to salpingectomy as mounting evidence has demonstrated up to a 65% reduction in a woman's lifetime risk of ovarian cancer.29-32 A recent study from a large Northern California integrated health system reported an increase in salpingectomy for permanent contraception from 1% of interval procedures in 2011 to 78% in 2016.33

Long-acting reversible contraceptive (LARC) methods are also becoming more prevalent and are used by 7.2% of women using contraception in the United States.28,34 Typical use pregnancy rates with the levonorgestrel 52-mg intrauterine system, etonogestrel implant, and copper T380A intrauterine device are 0.2%, 0.2%, and 0.4% in the first year, respectively.35,37 These rates are about the same as those reported for Essure in the articles presented here.13,26 Because these methods are easily placed in the office and are immediately effective, their increased availability over the past decade changes demand for a permanent contraceptive procedure.

Essure underwent expedited FDA review because it had the potential to fill a contraceptive void--it was considered permanent, highly efficacious, low risk, and accessible to women regardless of health comorbidities or access to hospital operating rooms. The removal of Essure from the market is not only the result of a collection of problem reports (relatively small given the overall number of women who have used the device) but also the aggregate result of a changing marketplace and the differential needs of pharmaceutical companies and patients.

For a hysteroscopic permanent contraception insert to survive as a marketed product, the company needs high volume use. However, the increase in LARC provision and permanent contraceptive procedures using opportunistic salpingectomy have matured the market away from the presently available hysteroscopic method. This technology, in its current form, is ideal for women desiring permanent contraception but who have a contraindication to laparoscopic surgery, or for women who can access an office procedure in their community but lack access to a hospital-based procedure. For a pharmaceutical company, that smaller market may not be enough. However, the technology itself is still vital, and future development should focus on what we have learned; the ideal product should be immediately effective, not require a follow-up confirmation test, and not leave permanent foreign body within the uterus or tube.

WHAT THIS EVIDENCE MEANS FOR PRACTICE
Although both case series were small in sample size, they demonstrated the feasibility of laparoscopic removal of hysteroscopic permanent contraceptive implants. These papers described techniques that can likely be performed by individuals with appropriate laparoscopic skill and experience. The indication for most removals in these reports was pain, unsuccessful placement, or the inability to confirm tubal occlusion by imaging. Importantly, most women do not have these issues, and for those who have been using it successfully, removal is not indicated.

Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.

References
  1. Lawrie TA, Kulier R, Nardin JM. Techniques for the interruption of tubal patency for female sterilisation. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2016(8):CD003034. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD003034.pub3.
  2. Daniels K, Daugherty J, Jones J, et al. Current contraceptive use and variation by selected characteristics among women aged 15-44: United States, 2011-2013. Natl Health Stat Report. 2015(86):1-14.
  3. Kavanaugh ML, Jerman J. Contraceptive method use in the United States: trends and characteristics between 2008, 2012 and 2014. Contraception. 2018;97(1):14-21.
  4. Chan LM, Westhoff CL. Tubal sterilization trends in the United States. Fertil Steril. 2010;94(1):1-6.
  5. Summary of safety and effectiveness data. FDA website. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/cdrh_docs/pdf2/P020014b.pdf. Accessed August 2, 2018.  
  6. Shah V, Panay N, Williamson R, Hemingway A. Hysterosalpingogram: an essential examination following Essure hysteroscopic sterilisation. Br J Radiol. 2011;84(1005):805-812.
  7. What is Essure? Bayer website. http://www.essure.com/what-is-essure. Accessed July 6, 2018.
  8. Stuart GS, Ramesh SS. Interval female sterilization. Obstet Gynecol. 2018;131(1):117-124.
  9. Essure permanent birth control: instructions for use. Bayer website. http://labeling.bayerhealthcare.com/html/products/pi/essure_ifu.pdf. Accessed July 16, 2018.
  10. Espey E, Hofler LG. Evaluating the long-term safety of hysteroscopic sterilization. JAMA. 2018;319(4). doi:10.1001/jama.2017.21268.
  11. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. ACOG Practice bulletin no. 133: benefits and risks of sterilization. Obstet Gynecol. 2013;121(2 pt 1):392-404.
  12. Cabezas-Palacios MN, Jiménez-Caraballo A, Tato-Varela S, et al. Safety and patients' satisfaction after hysteroscopic sterilisation. J Obstet Gynaecol. 2018;38(3):377-381.
  13. Antoun L, Smith P, Gupta JK, et al. The feasibility, safety, and effectiveness of hysteroscopic sterilization compared with laparoscopic sterilization. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2017;217(5):570.e571-570.e576.
  14. Franchini M, Zizolfi B, Coppola C, et al. Essure permanent birth control, effectiveness and safety: an Italian 11-year survey. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2017;24(4):640-645.
  15. Vleugels M, Cheng RF, Goldstein J, et al. Algorithm of transvaginal ultrasound and/or hysterosalpingogram for confirmation testing at 3 months after Essure placement. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2017;24(7):1128-1135.
  16. Essure confirmation test: Essure confirmation test overview. Bayer website. https://www.hcp.essure-us.com/essure-confirmation-test/. Accessed July 16, 2018.
  17. Casey J, Cedo-Cintron L, Pearce J, et al. Current techniques and outcomes in hysteroscopic sterilization: current evidence, considerations, and complications with hysteroscopic sterilization micro inserts. Curr Opin Obstet Gynecol. 2017;29(4):218-224.
  18. Jeirath N, Basinski CM, Hammond MA. Hysteroscopic sterilization device follow-up rate: hysterosalpingogram versus transvaginal ultrasound. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2018;25(5):836-841.
  19. US Department of Health and Human Services, US Food & Drug Administration. FDA Activities: Essure.  https://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/ProductsandMedicalProcedures/ImplantsandProsthetics/ucm452254.htm. Accessed July 6, 2018.
  20. Horwell DH. End of the road for Essure? J Fam Plann Reprod Health Care. 2017;43(3):240-241.
  21. Mackenzie J. Sterilisation implant withdrawn from non-US sale. BBC News Health. https://www.bbc.com/news/health-41331963. Accessed July 14, 2018.
  22. Federal Agency for Medicines and Health Products. ESSURE sterilisation device permanently withdrawn from the market in the European Union. Federal Agency for Medicines and Health Products. https://www.famhp.be/en/news/essure_sterilisation_device_permanently_withdrawn_from_the_market_in_the_european_union. Accessed July 9, 2018.
  23. Statement from FDA Commissioner Scott Gottlieb, MD, on manufacturer announcement to halt Essure sales in the US; agency's continued commitment to postmarket review of Essure and keeping women informed [press release]. Silver Spring, MD; US Food and Drug Administration. July 20, 2018.
  24. Gariepy AM, Creinin MD, Smith KJ, et al. Probability of pregnancy after sterilization: a comparison of hysteroscopic versus laparoscopic sterilization. Contraception. 2014;90(2):174-181.
  25. Gariepy AM, Creinin MD, Schwarz EB, et al. Reliability of laparoscopic compared with hysteroscopic sterilization at 1 year: a decision analysis. Obstet Gynecol. 2011;118(2 pt 1):273-279.
  26. Bouillon K, Bertrand M, Bader G, et al. Association of hysteroscopic vs laparoscopic sterilization with procedural, gynecological, and medical outcomes. JAMA. 2018;319(4):375-387.
  27. Mosher WD, Martinez GM, Chandra A, et al. Use of contraception and use of family planning services in the United States: 1982-2002. Adv Data. 2004(350):1-36.
  28. Mosher WD, Jones J. Use of contraception in the United States: 1982-2008. Vital Health Stat 23. 2010(29):1-44.
  29. Falconer H, Yin L, Grönberg H, et al. Ovarian cancer risk after salpingectomy: a nationwide population-based study. J Natl Cancer Inst. 2015;107(2). pii: dju410.doi:10.1093/jnci/dju410.
  30. Madsen C, Baandrup L, Dehlendorff C, et al. Tubal ligation and salpingectomy and the risk of epithelial ovarian cancer and borderline ovarian tumors: a nationwide case-control study. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand. 2015;94(1):86-94.
  31. Committee on Gynecologic Practice. Committee opinion no. 620: salpingectomy for ovarian cancer prevention. Obstet Gynecol. 2015;125(1):279-281.
  32. Erickson BK, Conner MG, Landen CN. The role of the fallopian tube in the origin of ovarian cancer. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2013;209(5):409-414.
  33. Powell CB, Alabaster A, Simmons S, et al. Salpingectomy for sterilization: change in practice in a large integrated health care system, 2011-2016. Obstet Gynecol. 2017;130(5):961-967.  
  34. Daniels K, Daugherty J, Jones J. Current contraceptive status among women aged 15-44: United States, 2011-2013. NCHS Data Brief. 2014(173):1-8.
  35. Stoddard A, McNicholas C, Peipert JF. Efficacy and safety of long-acting reversible contraception. Drugs. 2011;71(8):969-980.
  36. Darney P, Patel A, Rosen K, et al. Safety and efficacy of a single-rod etonogestrel implant (Implanon): results from 11 international clinical trials. Fertil Steril. 2009;91(5):1646-1653.
  37. Long-term reversible contraception. Twelve years of experience with the TCu380A and TCu220C. Contraception. 1997;56(6):341-352.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Suji Uhm, MD, MPH 

Dr. Uhm is a Family Planning Fellow in the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology at the University of California, Davis; Sacramento, California.

Mitchell D. Creinin, MD

Dr. Creinin is Professor and Director of Family Planning in the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology at the University of California, Davis.

Dr. Uhm reports no financial relationships relevant to this article. Dr. Creinin reports receiving speaking honoraria from Merck & Co; serving on an advisory board for Merck & Co; and being a consultant for Exeltis, Estetra, Gedeon Richter, Icebreaker Health, and Medicines360. The Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of California–Davis, receives contraceptive research funding from Contramed (now Sebela), Medicines360, Merck & Co., National Institutes of Health/Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, and the Society of Family Planning.

Issue
OBG Management - 30(9)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
32-39
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Suji Uhm, MD, MPH 

Dr. Uhm is a Family Planning Fellow in the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology at the University of California, Davis; Sacramento, California.

Mitchell D. Creinin, MD

Dr. Creinin is Professor and Director of Family Planning in the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology at the University of California, Davis.

Dr. Uhm reports no financial relationships relevant to this article. Dr. Creinin reports receiving speaking honoraria from Merck & Co; serving on an advisory board for Merck & Co; and being a consultant for Exeltis, Estetra, Gedeon Richter, Icebreaker Health, and Medicines360. The Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of California–Davis, receives contraceptive research funding from Contramed (now Sebela), Medicines360, Merck & Co., National Institutes of Health/Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, and the Society of Family Planning.

Author and Disclosure Information

Suji Uhm, MD, MPH 

Dr. Uhm is a Family Planning Fellow in the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology at the University of California, Davis; Sacramento, California.

Mitchell D. Creinin, MD

Dr. Creinin is Professor and Director of Family Planning in the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology at the University of California, Davis.

Dr. Uhm reports no financial relationships relevant to this article. Dr. Creinin reports receiving speaking honoraria from Merck & Co; serving on an advisory board for Merck & Co; and being a consultant for Exeltis, Estetra, Gedeon Richter, Icebreaker Health, and Medicines360. The Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of California–Davis, receives contraceptive research funding from Contramed (now Sebela), Medicines360, Merck & Co., National Institutes of Health/Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, and the Society of Family Planning.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Female permanent contraception is among the most widely used contraceptive methods worldwide. In the United States, more than 640,000 procedures are performed each year and it is used by 25% of women who use contraception.1–4 Female permanent contraception is achieved via salpingectomy, tubal interruption, or hysteroscopic techniques.

Essure, the only currently available hysteroscopic permanent contraception device, approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in 2002,5,6 has been implanted in more than 750,000 women worldwide.7 Essure was developed by Conceptus Inc, a small medical device company that was acquired by Bayer in 2013. The greatest uptake has been in the United States, which accounts for approximately 80% of procedures worldwide.7,8

Essure placement involves insertion of a nickel-titanium alloy coil with a stainless-steel inner coil, polyethylene terephthalate fibers, platinum marker bands, and silver-tin solder.9 The insert is approximately 4 cm in length and expands to 2 mm in diameter once deployed.9

Potential advantages of a hysteroscopic approach are that intra-abdominal surgery can be avoided and the procedure can be performed in an office without the need for general anesthesia.7 Due to these potential benefits, hysteroscopic permanent contraception with Essure underwent expedited review and received FDA approval without any comparative trials.1,5,10 However, there also are disadvantages: the method is not always successfully placed on first attempt and it is not immediately effective. Successful placement rates range between 60% and 98%, most commonly around 90%.11–15 Additionally, if placement is successful, alternative contraception must be used until a confirmatory radiologic test is performed at least 3 months after the procedure.9,11 Initially, hysterosalpingography was required to demonstrate a satisfactory insert location and successful tubal occlusion.11,16 Compliance with this testing is variable, ranging in studies from 13% to 71%.11 As of 2015, transvaginal ultrasonography showing insert retention and location has been approved as an alternative confirmatory method.9,11,16,17 Evidence suggests that the less invasive ultrasound option increases follow-up rates; while limited, one study noted an increase in follow-up rates from 77.5% for hysterosalpingogram to 88% (P = .008) for transvaginal ultrasound.18

Recent concerns about potential medical and safety issues have impacted approval status and marketing of hysteroscopic permanent contraception worldwide. In response to safety concerns, the FDA added a boxed safety warning and patient decision checklist in 2016.19 Bayer withdrew the device from all markets outside of the United States as of May 2017.20–22 In April 2018, the FDA restricted Essure sales in the United States only to providers and facilities who utilized an FDA-approved checklist to ensure the device met standards for safety and effectiveness.19 Most recently, Bayer announced that Essure would no longer be sold or distributed in the United States after December 31, 2018 (See “FDA Press Release”).23

FDA press release (July 20, 2018)
"The US Food and Drug Administration was notified by Bayer that the Essure permanent birth control device will no longer be sold or distributed after December 31, 2018... The decision today to halt Essure sales also follows a series of earlier actions that the FDA took to address the reports of serious adverse events associated with its use. For women who have received an Essure implant, the postmarket safety of Essure will continue to be a top priority for the FDA. We expect Bayer to meet its postmarket obligations concerning this device." 
 
Reference
  1. Statement from FDA Commissioner Scott Gottlieb, M.D., on manufacturer announcement to halt Essure sales in the U.S.; agency's continued commitment to postmarket review of Essure and keeping women informed [press release]. Silver Spring, MD; U.S. Food and Drug Administration. July 20, 2018.

So how did we get here? How did the promise of a “less invasive” approach for female permanent contraception get off course?

A search of the Manufacturer and User Facility Device Experience (MAUDE) database from Essure’s approval date in 2002 to December 2017 revealed 26,773 medical device reports, with more than 90% of those received in 2017 related to device removal.19 As more complications and complaints have been reported, the lack of comparative data has presented a problem for understanding the relative risk of the procedure as compared with laparoscopic techniques. Additionally, the approval studies lacked information about what happened to women who had an unsuccessful attempted hysteroscopic procedure. Without robust data sets or large trials, early research used evidence-based Markov modeling; findings suggested that hysteroscopic permanent contraception resulted in fewer women achieving successful permanent contraception and that the hysteroscopic procedure was not as effective as laparoscopic occlusion procedures with “typical” use.24,25

Over the past year, more clinical data have been published comparing hysteroscopic with laparoscopic permanent contraception procedures. In this article, we evaluate this information to help us better understand the relative efficacy and safety of the different permanent contraception methods and review recent articles describing removal techniques to further assist clinicians and patients considering such procedures.

 

 

Hysteroscopic versus laparoscopic procedures for permanent contraception

Bouillon K, Bertrand M, Bader G, et al. Association of hysteroscopic vs laparoscopic sterilization with procedural, gynecological, and medical outcomes. JAMA. 2018:319(4):375-387.

Antoun L, Smith P, Gupta J, et al. The feasibility, safety, and effectiveness of hysteroscopic sterilization compared with laparoscopic sterilization. Am J of Obstet Gynecol. 2017;217(5):570.e1-570.e6. doi:10.1016/j.ajog.2017.07.011.

Jokinen E, Heino A, Karipohja T, et al. Safety and effectiveness of female tubal sterilisation by hysteroscopy, laparoscopy, or laparotomy: a register based study. BJOG. 2017;124(12):1851-1857.



In this section, we present 3 recent studies that evaluate pregnancy outcomes and complications including reoperation or second permanent contraception procedure rates.

Data from France measure up to 3-year differences in adverse outcomes

Bouillon and colleagues aimed to identify differences in adverse outcome rates between hysteroscopic and laparoscopic permanent contraceptive methods. Utilizing national hospital discharge data in France, the researchers conducted a large database study review of records from more than 105,000 women aged 30 to 54 years receiving hysteroscopic or laparoscopic permanent contraception between 2010 and 2014. The database contains details based on the ICD-10 codes for all public and private hospitals in France, representing approximately 75% of the total population. Procedures were performed at 831 hospitals in 26 regions.

Adverse outcomes were divided into surgical, medical, and gynecologic complications (TABLE 1) and were assessed at 3 timepoints: at the time of procedure and at 1 and 3 years postprocedure.

Overall, 71,303 women (67.7%) underwent hysteroscopic permanent contraception procedures and 34,054 women (32.3%) underwent laparoscopic permanent contraception procedures. Immediate surgical and medical complications were significantly less common for women having hysteroscopic compared with laparoscopic procedures. Surgical complications at the time of the procedure occurred in 96 (0.13%) and 265 (0.78%) women, respectively (adjusted odds ratio [aOR], 0.18; 95% confidence interval [CI], 0.14-0.23). Medical complications at the time of procedure occurred in 41 (0.06%) and 39 (0.11%) women, respectively (aOR, 0.51; 95% CI, 0.30-0.89).

However, gynecologic outcomes, including need for a second surgery to provide permanent contraception and overall failure rates (need for salpingectomy, a second permanent contraception procedure, or pregnancy) were significantly more common for women having hysteroscopic procedures. By 1 year after the procedure, 2,955 women (4.10%) who initially had a hysteroscopic procedure, and 56 women (0.16%) who had a laparoscopic procedure required a second permanent contraception surgery (adjusted hazard ratio [aHR], 25.99; 95% CI, 17.84-37.86). By the third year, additional procedures were performed in 3,230 (4.5%) and 97 (0.28%) women, respectively (aHR, 16.63; 95% CI, 12.50-22.20). Most (65%) of the repeat procedures were performed laparoscopically. Although pregnancy rates were significantly lower at 1 year among women who initially chose a hysteroscopic procedure (0.24% vs 0.41%; aHR, 0.70; 95% CI, 0.53-0.92), the rates did not differ at 3 years (0.48% vs 0.57%, respectively; aHR, 1.04; 95% CI, 0.83-1.30).

Most importantly, overall procedure failure rates were significantly higher at 1 year in women initially choosing a hysteroscopic approach compared with laparoscopic approach (3,446 [4.83%] vs 235 [0.69%] women; aHR, 7.11; 95% CI, 5.92-8.54). This difference persisted through 3 years (4,098 [5.75%] vs 438 [1.29%] women, respectively; aHR, 4.66; 95% CI, 4.06-5.34).

UK data indicate high reoperation rate for hysteroscopic procedures

Antoun and colleagues aimed to compare pregnancy rates, radiologic imaging follow-up rates, reoperations, and 30-day adverse outcomes, between hysteroscopic and laparoscopic permanent contraception methods. Conducted at a single teaching hospital in the United Kingdom, this study included 3,497 women who underwent procedures between 2005 and 2015. The data were collected prospectively for the 1,085 women who underwent hysteroscopic procedures and retrospectively for 2,412 women who had laparoscopic permanent contraception procedures with the Filshie clip.

Over the 10-year study period, hysteroscopic permanent contraception increased from 14.2% (40 of 280) of procedures in 2005 to 40.5% (150 of 350) of procedures in 2015 (P<.001). Overall, 2,400 women (99.5%) underwent successful laparoscopic permanent contraception, compared with 992 women (91.4%) in the hysteroscopic group (OR, 18.8; 95% CI, 10.2-34.4).

In the hysteroscopic group, 958 women (97%) returned for confirmatory testing, of whom 902 (91% of women with successful placement) underwent satisfactory confirmatory testing. There were 93 (8.6%) unsuccessful placements that were due to inability to visualize ostia or tubal stenosis (n = 72 [77.4%]), patient intolerance to procedure (n = 15 [16.1%]), or device failure (n = 6 [6.5%]).

The odds for reoperation were 6 times greater in the hysteroscopic group by 1 year after surgery (22 [2%] vs 8 [0.3%] women; OR, 6.2; 95% CI, 2.8-14.0). However, the 1-year pregnancy risk was similar between the 2 groups, with 3 reported pregnancies after hysteroscopic permanent contraception and 5 reported pregnancies after laparoscopic permanent contraception (OR, 1.3; 95% CI, 0.3-5.6).

Finnish researchers also find high reoperation rate

Jokinen and colleagues used linked national database registries in Finland to capture data on pregnancy rate and reoperations among 16,272 women who underwent permanent contraception procedures between 2009 and 2014. The authors compared outcomes following hysteroscopic (Essure), laparoscopic (Filshie clip), and postpartum minilaparotomy (Pomeroy) permanent contraception techniques. According to the investigators, the latter method was almost exclusively performed at the time of cesarean delivery. While there was no difference in pregnancy rates, second permanent contraception procedures were significantly greater in the hysteroscopic group compared with the laparoscopic group (TABLE 2).

WHAT THIS EVIDENCE MEANS FOR PRACTICE
At a glance, these studies suggest that pregnancy rates are similar between hysteroscopic and laparoscopic permanent contraceptive approaches. But, these low failure rates were only achieved after including women who required reoperation or a second permanent contraceptive procedure. All 3 European studies showed a high follow-up rate; as method failure was identified, additional procedures were offered and performed when desired. These rates are higher than typically reported in US studies. None of the studies included discussion about the proportion of women with failed procedures who declined a second permanent contraceptive surgery. Bouillon et al26 reported a slight improvement in perioperative safety for a hysteroscopic procedure compared with a laparoscopic procedure. While severity of complications was not reported, the risk of reoperation for laparoscopic procedures remained <1%. By contrast, based on the evidence presented here, hysteroscopic permanent contraceptive methods required a second procedure for 4% to 8% of women, most of whom underwent a laparoscopic procedure. Thus, the slight potential improvement in safety of hysteroscopic procedures does not offset the significantly lower efficacy of the method.
 

 

Technique for hysteroscopic permanent contraception insert removal

Johal T, Kuruba N, Sule M, et al. Laparoscopic salpingectomy and removal of Essure hysteroscopic sterilisation device: a case series. Eur J Contracept Reprod Health Care. 2018;23(3):227-230.

Lazorwitz A, Tocce K. A case series of removal of nickel-titanium sterilization microinserts from the uterine cornua using laparoscopic electrocautery for salpingectomy. Contraception. 2017;96(2):96-98.


 

As reports of complications and concerns with hysteroscopic permanent contraception increase, there has been a rise in device removal procedures. We present 2 recent articles that review laparoscopic techniques for the removal of hysteroscopic permanent contraception devices and describe subsequent outcomes.

Laparoscopic salpingectomy without insert transection

In this descriptive retrospective study, Johal and colleagues reviewed hysteroscopic permanent contraception insert removal in 8 women between 2015 and 2017. The authors described their laparoscopic salpingectomy approach and perioperative complications. Overall safety and feasibility with laparoscopic salpingectomy were evaluated by identifying the number of procedures requiring intraoperative conversion to laparotomy, cornuectomy, or hysterectomy. The authors also measured operative time, estimated blood loss, length of stay, and incidence of implant fracture.

Indications for insert removal included pain (n = 4), dyspareunia (n = 2), abnormal uterine bleeding (n = 1), and unsuccessful placement or evidence of tubal occlusion failure during confirmatory imaging (n = 4). The surgeons divided the mesosalpinx and then transected the fallopian tube approximately 1 cm distal to the cornua exposing the permanent contraception insert while avoiding direct electrosurgical application to the insert. The inserts were then removed intact with gentle traction. All 8 women underwent laparoscopic removal with salpingectomy. One patient had a surgical complication of serosal bowel injury due to laparoscopic entry that was repaired in the usual fashion. Operative time averaged 65 minutes (range, 30 to 100 minutes), blood loss was minimal, and there were no implant fractures.

Laparoscopic salpingectomy with insert transection

In this case series, Lazorwitz and Tocce described the use of laparoscopic salpingectomy for hysteroscopic permanent contraception insert removal in 20 women between 2011 and 2017. The authors described their surgical technique, which included division of the mesosalpinx followed by transection of the fallopian tube about 0.5 to 1 cm distal to the cornua. This process often resulted in transection of the insert, and the remaining insert was grasped and removed with gentle traction. If removal of the insert was incomplete, hysteroscopy was performed to identify remaining parts.

Indications for removal included pelvic pain (n = 14), abnormal uterine bleeding (n = 2), rash (n = 1), and unsuccessful placement or evidence of tubal occlusion failure during confirmatory imaging (n = 6). Three women underwent additional diagnostic hysteroscopy for retained implant fragments after laparoscopic salpingectomy. Fragments in all 3 women were 1 to 3 mm in size and left in situ as they were unable to be removed or located hysteroscopically. There were no reported postoperative complications including injury, infection, or readmission within 30 days of salpingectomy.

Shift in method use

Hysteroscopic permanent contraception procedures have low immediate surgical and medical complication rates but result in a high rate of reoperation to achieve the desired outcome.  Notably, the largest available comparative trials are from Europe, which may affect the generalizability to US providers, patients, and health care systems.

Importantly, since the introduction of hysteroscopic permanent contraception in 2002, the landscape of contraception has changed in the United States. Contraception use has shifted to fewer permanent procedures and more high-efficacy reversible options. Overall, reliance on female permanent contraception has been declining in the United States, accounting for 17.8% of contracepting women in 1995 and 15.5% in 2013.27,28 Permanent contraception has begun shifting from tubal interruption to salpingectomy as mounting evidence has demonstrated up to a 65% reduction in a woman's lifetime risk of ovarian cancer.29-32 A recent study from a large Northern California integrated health system reported an increase in salpingectomy for permanent contraception from 1% of interval procedures in 2011 to 78% in 2016.33

Long-acting reversible contraceptive (LARC) methods are also becoming more prevalent and are used by 7.2% of women using contraception in the United States.28,34 Typical use pregnancy rates with the levonorgestrel 52-mg intrauterine system, etonogestrel implant, and copper T380A intrauterine device are 0.2%, 0.2%, and 0.4% in the first year, respectively.35,37 These rates are about the same as those reported for Essure in the articles presented here.13,26 Because these methods are easily placed in the office and are immediately effective, their increased availability over the past decade changes demand for a permanent contraceptive procedure.

Essure underwent expedited FDA review because it had the potential to fill a contraceptive void--it was considered permanent, highly efficacious, low risk, and accessible to women regardless of health comorbidities or access to hospital operating rooms. The removal of Essure from the market is not only the result of a collection of problem reports (relatively small given the overall number of women who have used the device) but also the aggregate result of a changing marketplace and the differential needs of pharmaceutical companies and patients.

For a hysteroscopic permanent contraception insert to survive as a marketed product, the company needs high volume use. However, the increase in LARC provision and permanent contraceptive procedures using opportunistic salpingectomy have matured the market away from the presently available hysteroscopic method. This technology, in its current form, is ideal for women desiring permanent contraception but who have a contraindication to laparoscopic surgery, or for women who can access an office procedure in their community but lack access to a hospital-based procedure. For a pharmaceutical company, that smaller market may not be enough. However, the technology itself is still vital, and future development should focus on what we have learned; the ideal product should be immediately effective, not require a follow-up confirmation test, and not leave permanent foreign body within the uterus or tube.

WHAT THIS EVIDENCE MEANS FOR PRACTICE
Although both case series were small in sample size, they demonstrated the feasibility of laparoscopic removal of hysteroscopic permanent contraceptive implants. These papers described techniques that can likely be performed by individuals with appropriate laparoscopic skill and experience. The indication for most removals in these reports was pain, unsuccessful placement, or the inability to confirm tubal occlusion by imaging. Importantly, most women do not have these issues, and for those who have been using it successfully, removal is not indicated.

Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.

Female permanent contraception is among the most widely used contraceptive methods worldwide. In the United States, more than 640,000 procedures are performed each year and it is used by 25% of women who use contraception.1–4 Female permanent contraception is achieved via salpingectomy, tubal interruption, or hysteroscopic techniques.

Essure, the only currently available hysteroscopic permanent contraception device, approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in 2002,5,6 has been implanted in more than 750,000 women worldwide.7 Essure was developed by Conceptus Inc, a small medical device company that was acquired by Bayer in 2013. The greatest uptake has been in the United States, which accounts for approximately 80% of procedures worldwide.7,8

Essure placement involves insertion of a nickel-titanium alloy coil with a stainless-steel inner coil, polyethylene terephthalate fibers, platinum marker bands, and silver-tin solder.9 The insert is approximately 4 cm in length and expands to 2 mm in diameter once deployed.9

Potential advantages of a hysteroscopic approach are that intra-abdominal surgery can be avoided and the procedure can be performed in an office without the need for general anesthesia.7 Due to these potential benefits, hysteroscopic permanent contraception with Essure underwent expedited review and received FDA approval without any comparative trials.1,5,10 However, there also are disadvantages: the method is not always successfully placed on first attempt and it is not immediately effective. Successful placement rates range between 60% and 98%, most commonly around 90%.11–15 Additionally, if placement is successful, alternative contraception must be used until a confirmatory radiologic test is performed at least 3 months after the procedure.9,11 Initially, hysterosalpingography was required to demonstrate a satisfactory insert location and successful tubal occlusion.11,16 Compliance with this testing is variable, ranging in studies from 13% to 71%.11 As of 2015, transvaginal ultrasonography showing insert retention and location has been approved as an alternative confirmatory method.9,11,16,17 Evidence suggests that the less invasive ultrasound option increases follow-up rates; while limited, one study noted an increase in follow-up rates from 77.5% for hysterosalpingogram to 88% (P = .008) for transvaginal ultrasound.18

Recent concerns about potential medical and safety issues have impacted approval status and marketing of hysteroscopic permanent contraception worldwide. In response to safety concerns, the FDA added a boxed safety warning and patient decision checklist in 2016.19 Bayer withdrew the device from all markets outside of the United States as of May 2017.20–22 In April 2018, the FDA restricted Essure sales in the United States only to providers and facilities who utilized an FDA-approved checklist to ensure the device met standards for safety and effectiveness.19 Most recently, Bayer announced that Essure would no longer be sold or distributed in the United States after December 31, 2018 (See “FDA Press Release”).23

FDA press release (July 20, 2018)
"The US Food and Drug Administration was notified by Bayer that the Essure permanent birth control device will no longer be sold or distributed after December 31, 2018... The decision today to halt Essure sales also follows a series of earlier actions that the FDA took to address the reports of serious adverse events associated with its use. For women who have received an Essure implant, the postmarket safety of Essure will continue to be a top priority for the FDA. We expect Bayer to meet its postmarket obligations concerning this device." 
 
Reference
  1. Statement from FDA Commissioner Scott Gottlieb, M.D., on manufacturer announcement to halt Essure sales in the U.S.; agency's continued commitment to postmarket review of Essure and keeping women informed [press release]. Silver Spring, MD; U.S. Food and Drug Administration. July 20, 2018.

So how did we get here? How did the promise of a “less invasive” approach for female permanent contraception get off course?

A search of the Manufacturer and User Facility Device Experience (MAUDE) database from Essure’s approval date in 2002 to December 2017 revealed 26,773 medical device reports, with more than 90% of those received in 2017 related to device removal.19 As more complications and complaints have been reported, the lack of comparative data has presented a problem for understanding the relative risk of the procedure as compared with laparoscopic techniques. Additionally, the approval studies lacked information about what happened to women who had an unsuccessful attempted hysteroscopic procedure. Without robust data sets or large trials, early research used evidence-based Markov modeling; findings suggested that hysteroscopic permanent contraception resulted in fewer women achieving successful permanent contraception and that the hysteroscopic procedure was not as effective as laparoscopic occlusion procedures with “typical” use.24,25

Over the past year, more clinical data have been published comparing hysteroscopic with laparoscopic permanent contraception procedures. In this article, we evaluate this information to help us better understand the relative efficacy and safety of the different permanent contraception methods and review recent articles describing removal techniques to further assist clinicians and patients considering such procedures.

 

 

Hysteroscopic versus laparoscopic procedures for permanent contraception

Bouillon K, Bertrand M, Bader G, et al. Association of hysteroscopic vs laparoscopic sterilization with procedural, gynecological, and medical outcomes. JAMA. 2018:319(4):375-387.

Antoun L, Smith P, Gupta J, et al. The feasibility, safety, and effectiveness of hysteroscopic sterilization compared with laparoscopic sterilization. Am J of Obstet Gynecol. 2017;217(5):570.e1-570.e6. doi:10.1016/j.ajog.2017.07.011.

Jokinen E, Heino A, Karipohja T, et al. Safety and effectiveness of female tubal sterilisation by hysteroscopy, laparoscopy, or laparotomy: a register based study. BJOG. 2017;124(12):1851-1857.



In this section, we present 3 recent studies that evaluate pregnancy outcomes and complications including reoperation or second permanent contraception procedure rates.

Data from France measure up to 3-year differences in adverse outcomes

Bouillon and colleagues aimed to identify differences in adverse outcome rates between hysteroscopic and laparoscopic permanent contraceptive methods. Utilizing national hospital discharge data in France, the researchers conducted a large database study review of records from more than 105,000 women aged 30 to 54 years receiving hysteroscopic or laparoscopic permanent contraception between 2010 and 2014. The database contains details based on the ICD-10 codes for all public and private hospitals in France, representing approximately 75% of the total population. Procedures were performed at 831 hospitals in 26 regions.

Adverse outcomes were divided into surgical, medical, and gynecologic complications (TABLE 1) and were assessed at 3 timepoints: at the time of procedure and at 1 and 3 years postprocedure.

Overall, 71,303 women (67.7%) underwent hysteroscopic permanent contraception procedures and 34,054 women (32.3%) underwent laparoscopic permanent contraception procedures. Immediate surgical and medical complications were significantly less common for women having hysteroscopic compared with laparoscopic procedures. Surgical complications at the time of the procedure occurred in 96 (0.13%) and 265 (0.78%) women, respectively (adjusted odds ratio [aOR], 0.18; 95% confidence interval [CI], 0.14-0.23). Medical complications at the time of procedure occurred in 41 (0.06%) and 39 (0.11%) women, respectively (aOR, 0.51; 95% CI, 0.30-0.89).

However, gynecologic outcomes, including need for a second surgery to provide permanent contraception and overall failure rates (need for salpingectomy, a second permanent contraception procedure, or pregnancy) were significantly more common for women having hysteroscopic procedures. By 1 year after the procedure, 2,955 women (4.10%) who initially had a hysteroscopic procedure, and 56 women (0.16%) who had a laparoscopic procedure required a second permanent contraception surgery (adjusted hazard ratio [aHR], 25.99; 95% CI, 17.84-37.86). By the third year, additional procedures were performed in 3,230 (4.5%) and 97 (0.28%) women, respectively (aHR, 16.63; 95% CI, 12.50-22.20). Most (65%) of the repeat procedures were performed laparoscopically. Although pregnancy rates were significantly lower at 1 year among women who initially chose a hysteroscopic procedure (0.24% vs 0.41%; aHR, 0.70; 95% CI, 0.53-0.92), the rates did not differ at 3 years (0.48% vs 0.57%, respectively; aHR, 1.04; 95% CI, 0.83-1.30).

Most importantly, overall procedure failure rates were significantly higher at 1 year in women initially choosing a hysteroscopic approach compared with laparoscopic approach (3,446 [4.83%] vs 235 [0.69%] women; aHR, 7.11; 95% CI, 5.92-8.54). This difference persisted through 3 years (4,098 [5.75%] vs 438 [1.29%] women, respectively; aHR, 4.66; 95% CI, 4.06-5.34).

UK data indicate high reoperation rate for hysteroscopic procedures

Antoun and colleagues aimed to compare pregnancy rates, radiologic imaging follow-up rates, reoperations, and 30-day adverse outcomes, between hysteroscopic and laparoscopic permanent contraception methods. Conducted at a single teaching hospital in the United Kingdom, this study included 3,497 women who underwent procedures between 2005 and 2015. The data were collected prospectively for the 1,085 women who underwent hysteroscopic procedures and retrospectively for 2,412 women who had laparoscopic permanent contraception procedures with the Filshie clip.

Over the 10-year study period, hysteroscopic permanent contraception increased from 14.2% (40 of 280) of procedures in 2005 to 40.5% (150 of 350) of procedures in 2015 (P<.001). Overall, 2,400 women (99.5%) underwent successful laparoscopic permanent contraception, compared with 992 women (91.4%) in the hysteroscopic group (OR, 18.8; 95% CI, 10.2-34.4).

In the hysteroscopic group, 958 women (97%) returned for confirmatory testing, of whom 902 (91% of women with successful placement) underwent satisfactory confirmatory testing. There were 93 (8.6%) unsuccessful placements that were due to inability to visualize ostia or tubal stenosis (n = 72 [77.4%]), patient intolerance to procedure (n = 15 [16.1%]), or device failure (n = 6 [6.5%]).

The odds for reoperation were 6 times greater in the hysteroscopic group by 1 year after surgery (22 [2%] vs 8 [0.3%] women; OR, 6.2; 95% CI, 2.8-14.0). However, the 1-year pregnancy risk was similar between the 2 groups, with 3 reported pregnancies after hysteroscopic permanent contraception and 5 reported pregnancies after laparoscopic permanent contraception (OR, 1.3; 95% CI, 0.3-5.6).

Finnish researchers also find high reoperation rate

Jokinen and colleagues used linked national database registries in Finland to capture data on pregnancy rate and reoperations among 16,272 women who underwent permanent contraception procedures between 2009 and 2014. The authors compared outcomes following hysteroscopic (Essure), laparoscopic (Filshie clip), and postpartum minilaparotomy (Pomeroy) permanent contraception techniques. According to the investigators, the latter method was almost exclusively performed at the time of cesarean delivery. While there was no difference in pregnancy rates, second permanent contraception procedures were significantly greater in the hysteroscopic group compared with the laparoscopic group (TABLE 2).

WHAT THIS EVIDENCE MEANS FOR PRACTICE
At a glance, these studies suggest that pregnancy rates are similar between hysteroscopic and laparoscopic permanent contraceptive approaches. But, these low failure rates were only achieved after including women who required reoperation or a second permanent contraceptive procedure. All 3 European studies showed a high follow-up rate; as method failure was identified, additional procedures were offered and performed when desired. These rates are higher than typically reported in US studies. None of the studies included discussion about the proportion of women with failed procedures who declined a second permanent contraceptive surgery. Bouillon et al26 reported a slight improvement in perioperative safety for a hysteroscopic procedure compared with a laparoscopic procedure. While severity of complications was not reported, the risk of reoperation for laparoscopic procedures remained <1%. By contrast, based on the evidence presented here, hysteroscopic permanent contraceptive methods required a second procedure for 4% to 8% of women, most of whom underwent a laparoscopic procedure. Thus, the slight potential improvement in safety of hysteroscopic procedures does not offset the significantly lower efficacy of the method.
 

 

Technique for hysteroscopic permanent contraception insert removal

Johal T, Kuruba N, Sule M, et al. Laparoscopic salpingectomy and removal of Essure hysteroscopic sterilisation device: a case series. Eur J Contracept Reprod Health Care. 2018;23(3):227-230.

Lazorwitz A, Tocce K. A case series of removal of nickel-titanium sterilization microinserts from the uterine cornua using laparoscopic electrocautery for salpingectomy. Contraception. 2017;96(2):96-98.


 

As reports of complications and concerns with hysteroscopic permanent contraception increase, there has been a rise in device removal procedures. We present 2 recent articles that review laparoscopic techniques for the removal of hysteroscopic permanent contraception devices and describe subsequent outcomes.

Laparoscopic salpingectomy without insert transection

In this descriptive retrospective study, Johal and colleagues reviewed hysteroscopic permanent contraception insert removal in 8 women between 2015 and 2017. The authors described their laparoscopic salpingectomy approach and perioperative complications. Overall safety and feasibility with laparoscopic salpingectomy were evaluated by identifying the number of procedures requiring intraoperative conversion to laparotomy, cornuectomy, or hysterectomy. The authors also measured operative time, estimated blood loss, length of stay, and incidence of implant fracture.

Indications for insert removal included pain (n = 4), dyspareunia (n = 2), abnormal uterine bleeding (n = 1), and unsuccessful placement or evidence of tubal occlusion failure during confirmatory imaging (n = 4). The surgeons divided the mesosalpinx and then transected the fallopian tube approximately 1 cm distal to the cornua exposing the permanent contraception insert while avoiding direct electrosurgical application to the insert. The inserts were then removed intact with gentle traction. All 8 women underwent laparoscopic removal with salpingectomy. One patient had a surgical complication of serosal bowel injury due to laparoscopic entry that was repaired in the usual fashion. Operative time averaged 65 minutes (range, 30 to 100 minutes), blood loss was minimal, and there were no implant fractures.

Laparoscopic salpingectomy with insert transection

In this case series, Lazorwitz and Tocce described the use of laparoscopic salpingectomy for hysteroscopic permanent contraception insert removal in 20 women between 2011 and 2017. The authors described their surgical technique, which included division of the mesosalpinx followed by transection of the fallopian tube about 0.5 to 1 cm distal to the cornua. This process often resulted in transection of the insert, and the remaining insert was grasped and removed with gentle traction. If removal of the insert was incomplete, hysteroscopy was performed to identify remaining parts.

Indications for removal included pelvic pain (n = 14), abnormal uterine bleeding (n = 2), rash (n = 1), and unsuccessful placement or evidence of tubal occlusion failure during confirmatory imaging (n = 6). Three women underwent additional diagnostic hysteroscopy for retained implant fragments after laparoscopic salpingectomy. Fragments in all 3 women were 1 to 3 mm in size and left in situ as they were unable to be removed or located hysteroscopically. There were no reported postoperative complications including injury, infection, or readmission within 30 days of salpingectomy.

Shift in method use

Hysteroscopic permanent contraception procedures have low immediate surgical and medical complication rates but result in a high rate of reoperation to achieve the desired outcome.  Notably, the largest available comparative trials are from Europe, which may affect the generalizability to US providers, patients, and health care systems.

Importantly, since the introduction of hysteroscopic permanent contraception in 2002, the landscape of contraception has changed in the United States. Contraception use has shifted to fewer permanent procedures and more high-efficacy reversible options. Overall, reliance on female permanent contraception has been declining in the United States, accounting for 17.8% of contracepting women in 1995 and 15.5% in 2013.27,28 Permanent contraception has begun shifting from tubal interruption to salpingectomy as mounting evidence has demonstrated up to a 65% reduction in a woman's lifetime risk of ovarian cancer.29-32 A recent study from a large Northern California integrated health system reported an increase in salpingectomy for permanent contraception from 1% of interval procedures in 2011 to 78% in 2016.33

Long-acting reversible contraceptive (LARC) methods are also becoming more prevalent and are used by 7.2% of women using contraception in the United States.28,34 Typical use pregnancy rates with the levonorgestrel 52-mg intrauterine system, etonogestrel implant, and copper T380A intrauterine device are 0.2%, 0.2%, and 0.4% in the first year, respectively.35,37 These rates are about the same as those reported for Essure in the articles presented here.13,26 Because these methods are easily placed in the office and are immediately effective, their increased availability over the past decade changes demand for a permanent contraceptive procedure.

Essure underwent expedited FDA review because it had the potential to fill a contraceptive void--it was considered permanent, highly efficacious, low risk, and accessible to women regardless of health comorbidities or access to hospital operating rooms. The removal of Essure from the market is not only the result of a collection of problem reports (relatively small given the overall number of women who have used the device) but also the aggregate result of a changing marketplace and the differential needs of pharmaceutical companies and patients.

For a hysteroscopic permanent contraception insert to survive as a marketed product, the company needs high volume use. However, the increase in LARC provision and permanent contraceptive procedures using opportunistic salpingectomy have matured the market away from the presently available hysteroscopic method. This technology, in its current form, is ideal for women desiring permanent contraception but who have a contraindication to laparoscopic surgery, or for women who can access an office procedure in their community but lack access to a hospital-based procedure. For a pharmaceutical company, that smaller market may not be enough. However, the technology itself is still vital, and future development should focus on what we have learned; the ideal product should be immediately effective, not require a follow-up confirmation test, and not leave permanent foreign body within the uterus or tube.

WHAT THIS EVIDENCE MEANS FOR PRACTICE
Although both case series were small in sample size, they demonstrated the feasibility of laparoscopic removal of hysteroscopic permanent contraceptive implants. These papers described techniques that can likely be performed by individuals with appropriate laparoscopic skill and experience. The indication for most removals in these reports was pain, unsuccessful placement, or the inability to confirm tubal occlusion by imaging. Importantly, most women do not have these issues, and for those who have been using it successfully, removal is not indicated.

Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.

References
  1. Lawrie TA, Kulier R, Nardin JM. Techniques for the interruption of tubal patency for female sterilisation. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2016(8):CD003034. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD003034.pub3.
  2. Daniels K, Daugherty J, Jones J, et al. Current contraceptive use and variation by selected characteristics among women aged 15-44: United States, 2011-2013. Natl Health Stat Report. 2015(86):1-14.
  3. Kavanaugh ML, Jerman J. Contraceptive method use in the United States: trends and characteristics between 2008, 2012 and 2014. Contraception. 2018;97(1):14-21.
  4. Chan LM, Westhoff CL. Tubal sterilization trends in the United States. Fertil Steril. 2010;94(1):1-6.
  5. Summary of safety and effectiveness data. FDA website. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/cdrh_docs/pdf2/P020014b.pdf. Accessed August 2, 2018.  
  6. Shah V, Panay N, Williamson R, Hemingway A. Hysterosalpingogram: an essential examination following Essure hysteroscopic sterilisation. Br J Radiol. 2011;84(1005):805-812.
  7. What is Essure? Bayer website. http://www.essure.com/what-is-essure. Accessed July 6, 2018.
  8. Stuart GS, Ramesh SS. Interval female sterilization. Obstet Gynecol. 2018;131(1):117-124.
  9. Essure permanent birth control: instructions for use. Bayer website. http://labeling.bayerhealthcare.com/html/products/pi/essure_ifu.pdf. Accessed July 16, 2018.
  10. Espey E, Hofler LG. Evaluating the long-term safety of hysteroscopic sterilization. JAMA. 2018;319(4). doi:10.1001/jama.2017.21268.
  11. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. ACOG Practice bulletin no. 133: benefits and risks of sterilization. Obstet Gynecol. 2013;121(2 pt 1):392-404.
  12. Cabezas-Palacios MN, Jiménez-Caraballo A, Tato-Varela S, et al. Safety and patients' satisfaction after hysteroscopic sterilisation. J Obstet Gynaecol. 2018;38(3):377-381.
  13. Antoun L, Smith P, Gupta JK, et al. The feasibility, safety, and effectiveness of hysteroscopic sterilization compared with laparoscopic sterilization. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2017;217(5):570.e571-570.e576.
  14. Franchini M, Zizolfi B, Coppola C, et al. Essure permanent birth control, effectiveness and safety: an Italian 11-year survey. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2017;24(4):640-645.
  15. Vleugels M, Cheng RF, Goldstein J, et al. Algorithm of transvaginal ultrasound and/or hysterosalpingogram for confirmation testing at 3 months after Essure placement. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2017;24(7):1128-1135.
  16. Essure confirmation test: Essure confirmation test overview. Bayer website. https://www.hcp.essure-us.com/essure-confirmation-test/. Accessed July 16, 2018.
  17. Casey J, Cedo-Cintron L, Pearce J, et al. Current techniques and outcomes in hysteroscopic sterilization: current evidence, considerations, and complications with hysteroscopic sterilization micro inserts. Curr Opin Obstet Gynecol. 2017;29(4):218-224.
  18. Jeirath N, Basinski CM, Hammond MA. Hysteroscopic sterilization device follow-up rate: hysterosalpingogram versus transvaginal ultrasound. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2018;25(5):836-841.
  19. US Department of Health and Human Services, US Food & Drug Administration. FDA Activities: Essure.  https://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/ProductsandMedicalProcedures/ImplantsandProsthetics/ucm452254.htm. Accessed July 6, 2018.
  20. Horwell DH. End of the road for Essure? J Fam Plann Reprod Health Care. 2017;43(3):240-241.
  21. Mackenzie J. Sterilisation implant withdrawn from non-US sale. BBC News Health. https://www.bbc.com/news/health-41331963. Accessed July 14, 2018.
  22. Federal Agency for Medicines and Health Products. ESSURE sterilisation device permanently withdrawn from the market in the European Union. Federal Agency for Medicines and Health Products. https://www.famhp.be/en/news/essure_sterilisation_device_permanently_withdrawn_from_the_market_in_the_european_union. Accessed July 9, 2018.
  23. Statement from FDA Commissioner Scott Gottlieb, MD, on manufacturer announcement to halt Essure sales in the US; agency's continued commitment to postmarket review of Essure and keeping women informed [press release]. Silver Spring, MD; US Food and Drug Administration. July 20, 2018.
  24. Gariepy AM, Creinin MD, Smith KJ, et al. Probability of pregnancy after sterilization: a comparison of hysteroscopic versus laparoscopic sterilization. Contraception. 2014;90(2):174-181.
  25. Gariepy AM, Creinin MD, Schwarz EB, et al. Reliability of laparoscopic compared with hysteroscopic sterilization at 1 year: a decision analysis. Obstet Gynecol. 2011;118(2 pt 1):273-279.
  26. Bouillon K, Bertrand M, Bader G, et al. Association of hysteroscopic vs laparoscopic sterilization with procedural, gynecological, and medical outcomes. JAMA. 2018;319(4):375-387.
  27. Mosher WD, Martinez GM, Chandra A, et al. Use of contraception and use of family planning services in the United States: 1982-2002. Adv Data. 2004(350):1-36.
  28. Mosher WD, Jones J. Use of contraception in the United States: 1982-2008. Vital Health Stat 23. 2010(29):1-44.
  29. Falconer H, Yin L, Grönberg H, et al. Ovarian cancer risk after salpingectomy: a nationwide population-based study. J Natl Cancer Inst. 2015;107(2). pii: dju410.doi:10.1093/jnci/dju410.
  30. Madsen C, Baandrup L, Dehlendorff C, et al. Tubal ligation and salpingectomy and the risk of epithelial ovarian cancer and borderline ovarian tumors: a nationwide case-control study. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand. 2015;94(1):86-94.
  31. Committee on Gynecologic Practice. Committee opinion no. 620: salpingectomy for ovarian cancer prevention. Obstet Gynecol. 2015;125(1):279-281.
  32. Erickson BK, Conner MG, Landen CN. The role of the fallopian tube in the origin of ovarian cancer. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2013;209(5):409-414.
  33. Powell CB, Alabaster A, Simmons S, et al. Salpingectomy for sterilization: change in practice in a large integrated health care system, 2011-2016. Obstet Gynecol. 2017;130(5):961-967.  
  34. Daniels K, Daugherty J, Jones J. Current contraceptive status among women aged 15-44: United States, 2011-2013. NCHS Data Brief. 2014(173):1-8.
  35. Stoddard A, McNicholas C, Peipert JF. Efficacy and safety of long-acting reversible contraception. Drugs. 2011;71(8):969-980.
  36. Darney P, Patel A, Rosen K, et al. Safety and efficacy of a single-rod etonogestrel implant (Implanon): results from 11 international clinical trials. Fertil Steril. 2009;91(5):1646-1653.
  37. Long-term reversible contraception. Twelve years of experience with the TCu380A and TCu220C. Contraception. 1997;56(6):341-352.
References
  1. Lawrie TA, Kulier R, Nardin JM. Techniques for the interruption of tubal patency for female sterilisation. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2016(8):CD003034. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD003034.pub3.
  2. Daniels K, Daugherty J, Jones J, et al. Current contraceptive use and variation by selected characteristics among women aged 15-44: United States, 2011-2013. Natl Health Stat Report. 2015(86):1-14.
  3. Kavanaugh ML, Jerman J. Contraceptive method use in the United States: trends and characteristics between 2008, 2012 and 2014. Contraception. 2018;97(1):14-21.
  4. Chan LM, Westhoff CL. Tubal sterilization trends in the United States. Fertil Steril. 2010;94(1):1-6.
  5. Summary of safety and effectiveness data. FDA website. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/cdrh_docs/pdf2/P020014b.pdf. Accessed August 2, 2018.  
  6. Shah V, Panay N, Williamson R, Hemingway A. Hysterosalpingogram: an essential examination following Essure hysteroscopic sterilisation. Br J Radiol. 2011;84(1005):805-812.
  7. What is Essure? Bayer website. http://www.essure.com/what-is-essure. Accessed July 6, 2018.
  8. Stuart GS, Ramesh SS. Interval female sterilization. Obstet Gynecol. 2018;131(1):117-124.
  9. Essure permanent birth control: instructions for use. Bayer website. http://labeling.bayerhealthcare.com/html/products/pi/essure_ifu.pdf. Accessed July 16, 2018.
  10. Espey E, Hofler LG. Evaluating the long-term safety of hysteroscopic sterilization. JAMA. 2018;319(4). doi:10.1001/jama.2017.21268.
  11. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. ACOG Practice bulletin no. 133: benefits and risks of sterilization. Obstet Gynecol. 2013;121(2 pt 1):392-404.
  12. Cabezas-Palacios MN, Jiménez-Caraballo A, Tato-Varela S, et al. Safety and patients' satisfaction after hysteroscopic sterilisation. J Obstet Gynaecol. 2018;38(3):377-381.
  13. Antoun L, Smith P, Gupta JK, et al. The feasibility, safety, and effectiveness of hysteroscopic sterilization compared with laparoscopic sterilization. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2017;217(5):570.e571-570.e576.
  14. Franchini M, Zizolfi B, Coppola C, et al. Essure permanent birth control, effectiveness and safety: an Italian 11-year survey. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2017;24(4):640-645.
  15. Vleugels M, Cheng RF, Goldstein J, et al. Algorithm of transvaginal ultrasound and/or hysterosalpingogram for confirmation testing at 3 months after Essure placement. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2017;24(7):1128-1135.
  16. Essure confirmation test: Essure confirmation test overview. Bayer website. https://www.hcp.essure-us.com/essure-confirmation-test/. Accessed July 16, 2018.
  17. Casey J, Cedo-Cintron L, Pearce J, et al. Current techniques and outcomes in hysteroscopic sterilization: current evidence, considerations, and complications with hysteroscopic sterilization micro inserts. Curr Opin Obstet Gynecol. 2017;29(4):218-224.
  18. Jeirath N, Basinski CM, Hammond MA. Hysteroscopic sterilization device follow-up rate: hysterosalpingogram versus transvaginal ultrasound. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2018;25(5):836-841.
  19. US Department of Health and Human Services, US Food & Drug Administration. FDA Activities: Essure.  https://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/ProductsandMedicalProcedures/ImplantsandProsthetics/ucm452254.htm. Accessed July 6, 2018.
  20. Horwell DH. End of the road for Essure? J Fam Plann Reprod Health Care. 2017;43(3):240-241.
  21. Mackenzie J. Sterilisation implant withdrawn from non-US sale. BBC News Health. https://www.bbc.com/news/health-41331963. Accessed July 14, 2018.
  22. Federal Agency for Medicines and Health Products. ESSURE sterilisation device permanently withdrawn from the market in the European Union. Federal Agency for Medicines and Health Products. https://www.famhp.be/en/news/essure_sterilisation_device_permanently_withdrawn_from_the_market_in_the_european_union. Accessed July 9, 2018.
  23. Statement from FDA Commissioner Scott Gottlieb, MD, on manufacturer announcement to halt Essure sales in the US; agency's continued commitment to postmarket review of Essure and keeping women informed [press release]. Silver Spring, MD; US Food and Drug Administration. July 20, 2018.
  24. Gariepy AM, Creinin MD, Smith KJ, et al. Probability of pregnancy after sterilization: a comparison of hysteroscopic versus laparoscopic sterilization. Contraception. 2014;90(2):174-181.
  25. Gariepy AM, Creinin MD, Schwarz EB, et al. Reliability of laparoscopic compared with hysteroscopic sterilization at 1 year: a decision analysis. Obstet Gynecol. 2011;118(2 pt 1):273-279.
  26. Bouillon K, Bertrand M, Bader G, et al. Association of hysteroscopic vs laparoscopic sterilization with procedural, gynecological, and medical outcomes. JAMA. 2018;319(4):375-387.
  27. Mosher WD, Martinez GM, Chandra A, et al. Use of contraception and use of family planning services in the United States: 1982-2002. Adv Data. 2004(350):1-36.
  28. Mosher WD, Jones J. Use of contraception in the United States: 1982-2008. Vital Health Stat 23. 2010(29):1-44.
  29. Falconer H, Yin L, Grönberg H, et al. Ovarian cancer risk after salpingectomy: a nationwide population-based study. J Natl Cancer Inst. 2015;107(2). pii: dju410.doi:10.1093/jnci/dju410.
  30. Madsen C, Baandrup L, Dehlendorff C, et al. Tubal ligation and salpingectomy and the risk of epithelial ovarian cancer and borderline ovarian tumors: a nationwide case-control study. Acta Obstet Gynecol Scand. 2015;94(1):86-94.
  31. Committee on Gynecologic Practice. Committee opinion no. 620: salpingectomy for ovarian cancer prevention. Obstet Gynecol. 2015;125(1):279-281.
  32. Erickson BK, Conner MG, Landen CN. The role of the fallopian tube in the origin of ovarian cancer. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2013;209(5):409-414.
  33. Powell CB, Alabaster A, Simmons S, et al. Salpingectomy for sterilization: change in practice in a large integrated health care system, 2011-2016. Obstet Gynecol. 2017;130(5):961-967.  
  34. Daniels K, Daugherty J, Jones J. Current contraceptive status among women aged 15-44: United States, 2011-2013. NCHS Data Brief. 2014(173):1-8.
  35. Stoddard A, McNicholas C, Peipert JF. Efficacy and safety of long-acting reversible contraception. Drugs. 2011;71(8):969-980.
  36. Darney P, Patel A, Rosen K, et al. Safety and efficacy of a single-rod etonogestrel implant (Implanon): results from 11 international clinical trials. Fertil Steril. 2009;91(5):1646-1653.
  37. Long-term reversible contraception. Twelve years of experience with the TCu380A and TCu220C. Contraception. 1997;56(6):341-352.
Issue
OBG Management - 30(9)
Issue
OBG Management - 30(9)
Page Number
32-39
Page Number
32-39
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
2018 Update on contraception
Display Headline
2018 Update on contraception
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Importance of providing standardized management of hypertension in pregnancy

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 09/05/2018 - 11:46
Display Headline
Importance of providing standardized management of hypertension in pregnancy

CASE Onset of nausea and headache, and elevated BP, at full term

A 24-year-old woman (G1P0) at 39 2/7 weeks of gestation without significant medical history and with uncomplicated prenatal care presents to labor and delivery reporting uterine contractions. She reports nausea and vomiting, and reports having a severe headache this morning. Blood pressure (BP) is 154/98 mm Hg. Urine dipstick analysis demonstrates absence of protein.

How should this patient be managed?

Although we have gained a greater understanding of hypertensive disorders in pregnancy—most notably, preeclampsia—during the past 15 years, management of these patients can, as evidenced in the case above, be complicated. Providers must respect this disease and be cognizant of the significant maternal, fetal, and neonatal complications that can be associated with hypertension during pregnancy—a leading cause of preterm birth and maternal mortality in the United States.1-3 Initiation of early and aggressive antihypertensive medical therapy, when indicated, plays a key role in preventing catastrophic complications of this disease.

Terminology and classification

Hypertension of pregnancy is classified as:

  • chronic hypertension: BP140/90 mm Hg prior to pregnancy or prior to 20 weeks of gestation. Patients who have persistently elevated BP 12 weeks after delivery are also in this category.
  • preeclampsia–eclampsia: hypertension along with multisystem involvement that occurs after 20 weeks of gestation.
  • gestational hypertension: hypertension alone after 20 weeks of gestation; in approximately 15% to 25% of these patients, a diagnosis of preeclampsia will be made as pregnancy progresses.
  • chronic hypertension with superimposed preeclampsia: hypertension complicated by development of multisystem involvement during the course of the pregnancy—often a challenging diagnosis, associated with greater perinatal morbidity than either chronic hypertension or preeclampsia alone.

Evaluation of the hypertensive gravida

Although most pregnant patients (approximately 90%) who have a diagnosis of chronic hypertension have primary or essential hypertension, a secondary cause—including thyroid disease, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), and underlying renal disease—might be present and should be sought out. It is important, therefore, to obtain a comprehensive history along with a directed physical examination and appropriate laboratory tests.

Ideally, a patient with chronic hypertension should be evaluated prior to pregnancy, but this rarely occurs. At the initial encounter, the patient should be informed of risks associated with chronic hypertension, as well as receive education on the signs and symptoms of preeclampsia. Obtain a thorough history—not only to evaluate for secondary causes of hypertension or end-organ involvement (eg, kidney disease), but to identify comorbidities (such as pregestational diabetes mellitus). The patient should be instructed to immediately discontinue any teratogenic medication (such as an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor or angiotensin-receptor blocker).

 

 

Routine laboratory evaluation

Testing should comprise a chemistry panel to evaluate serum creatinine, electrolytes, and liver enzymes. A 24-hour urine collection for protein excretion and creatinine clearance or a urine protein–creatinine ratio should be obtained to record baseline kidney function.4 (Such testing is important, given that new-onset or worsening proteinuria is a manifestation of superimposed preeclampsia.) All pregnant patients with chronic hypertension also should have a complete blood count, including a platelet count, and an early screen for gestational diabetes.

Depending on what information is obtained from the history and physical examination, renal ultrasonography and any of several laboratory tests can be ordered, including thyroid function, an SLE panel, and vanillylmandelic acid/metanephrines. If the patient has a history of severe hypertension for greater than 5 years, is older than 40 years, or has cardiac symptoms, baseline electrocardio-graphy or echocardiography, or both, are recommended.

Clinical manifestations of chronic hypertension during pregnancy include5:

  • in the mother: accelerated hypertension, with resulting target-organ damage involving heart, brain, and kidneys
  • in the fetus: placental abruption, preterm birth, fetal growth restriction, and fetal death.

What should treatment seek to accomplish?

The goal of antihypertensive medication during pregnancy is to reduce maternal risk of stroke, congestive heart failure, renal failure, and severe hypertension. No convincing evidence exists that antihypertensive medications decrease the incidence of superimposed preeclampsia, preterm birth, placental abruption, or perinatal death.

According to the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG), antihypertensive medication is not indicated in patients with uncomplicated chronic hypertension unless systolic BP is 160 mm Hg or diastolic BP is 105 mm Hg.3 The goal is to maintain systolic BP at 120–160 mm Hg and diastolic BP at 80–105 mm Hg. The National Institute for Health and Care Excellence recommends treatment of hypertension when systolic BP is 150 mm Hg or diastolic BP is 100 mm Hg.6 In patients with end-organ disease (chronic renal or cardiac disease) ACOG recommends treatment with an antihypertensive when systolic BP is >140 mm Hg or diastolic BP is >90 mm Hg.

First-line antihypertensives consideredsafe during pregnancy are methyldopa, labetalol, and nifedipine. Thiazide diuretics, although considered second-line agents, may be used during pregnancy—especially if BP is adequately controlled prior to pregnancy. Again, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and angiotensin-receptor blockers are contraindicated during pregnancy (TABLE 1).3

Continuing care in chronic hypertension

Given the maternal and fetal consequences of chronic hypertension, it is recommended that a hypertensive patient be followed closely as an outpatient; in fact, it is advisablethat she check her BP at least twice daily. Beginning at 24 weeks of gestation, serial ultrasonography should be performed every 4 to 6 weeks to evaluate interval fetal growth. Twice-weekly antepartum testing should begin at 32 to 34 weeks of gestation.

During the course of the pregnancy, the chronically hypertensive patient should be observed closely for development of superimposed preeclampsia. If she does not develop preeclampsia or fetal growth restriction, and has no other pregnancy complications that necessitate early delivery, 3 recommendations regarding timing of delivery apply7:

  • If the patient is not taking antihypertensive medication, delivery should occur at 38 to 39 6/7 weeks of gestation
  • If hypertension is controlled with medication, delivery is recommended at 37 to 39 6/7 weeks of gestation.
  • If the patient has severe hypertension that is difficult to control, delivery might be advisable as early as 36 weeks of gestation.

Be vigilant for maternal complications (including cardiac compromise, congestive heart failure, cerebrovascular accident, hypertensive encephalopathy, and worsening renal disease) and fetal complications (such as placental abruption, fetal growth restriction, and fetal death). If any of these occur, management must be tailored and individualized accordingly. Study results have demonstrated that superimposed preeclampsia occurs in 20% to 30% of patients who have underlying mild chronic hypertension. This increases to 50% in women with underlying severe hypertension.8

My practice recommendations

Antihypertensive medication is the mainstay of treatment for severely elevated blood pressure (BP). To avoid fetal heart rate decelerations and possible emergent cesarean delivery, however, do not decrease BP too quickly or lower to values that might compromise perfusion to the fetus. The BP goal should be 140-155 mm Hg (systolic) and 90-105 mm Hg (diastolic). A

Be prepared for eclampsia, which is unpredictable and can occur in patients without symptoms or severely elevated BP and even postpartum in patients in whom the diagnosis of preeclampsia was never made prior to delivery. The response to eclamptic seizure includes administering magnesium sulfate, which is the approved initial therapy for an eclamptic seizure. A

Make algorithms for acute treatment of severe hypertension and eclampsia readily available or posted in labor and delivery units and in the emergency department. C
Counsel high-risk patients about the potential benefit of low-dosage aspirin to prevent preeclampsia. A
 
Strength of recommendation:
A Good-quality patient-oriented evidence
B Inconsistent or limited-quality patient-oriented evidence
C Consensus, usual practice, opinion, disease-oriented evidence, case series

 

 

The complex challenge of managing preeclampsia

Chronic hypertension is not the only risk factor for preeclampsia; others include nulliparity, history of preeclampsia, multifetal gestation, underlying renal disease, SLE, antiphospolipid syndrome, thyroid disease, and pregestational diabetes. Furthermore, preeclampsia has a bimodal age distribution, occurring more often in adolescent pregnancies and women of advanced maternal age. Risk is also increased in the presence of abnormal levels of various serum analytes or biochemical markers, such as a low level of pregnancy-associated plasma protein A or estriol or an elevated level of maternal serum α-fetoprotein, human chorionic gonadotropin, or inhibin—findings that might reflect abnormal placentation.9

In fact, the findings of most studies that have looked at the pathophysiology of preeclampsia appear to show that several noteworthy pathophysiologic changes are evident in early pregnancy10,11:

  • incomplete trophoblastic invasion of spiral arteries
  • retention of thick-walled, muscular arteries
  • decreased placental perfusion
  • early placental hypoxia
  • placental release of factors that lead to endothelial dysfunction and endothelial damage.

Ultimately, vasoconstriction becomes evident, which leads to clinical manifestations of the disorder. In addition, there is an increase in the level of thromboxane (a vasoconstrictor and platelet aggregator), compared to the level of prostacyclin (a vasodilator).

ACOG revises nomenclature, provides recommendations

The considerable expansion of knowledge about preeclampsia over the past 10 to 15 years has not translated to better outcomes. In 2012, ACOG, in response to troubling observations about the condition (see “ACOG finds compelling motivation to boost understanding, management of preeclampsia,”), created a Task Force to investigate hypertension in pregnancy.

Findings and recommendations of the Task Force were published in November 2013,3 and have been endorsed and supported by professional organizations, including the American Academy of Neurology, American Society of Hypertension, Preeclampsia Foundation, and the Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine. A major premise of the Task Force that has had a direct impact on recommendations for management of preeclampsia is that the condition is a progressive and dynamic process that involves multiple organ systems and is not specifically confined to the antepartum period.

The nomenclature of mild preeclampsia and severe preeclampsia was changed in the Task Force report to preeclampsia without severe features and preeclampsia with severe features. Preeclampsia without severe features is diagnosed when a patient has:

  • systolic BP 140 mm Hg or diastolic BP 90 mm Hg (measured twice at least 4 hours apart)
  • proteinuria, defined as a 24-hour urine collection of 300 mg of protein or a urine protein–creatinine ratio of  0.3. 

If a patient has elevated BP by those criteria, plus any of several laboratory indicators of multisystem involvement (platelet count, <100 × 103/μL; serum creatinine level, >1.1 mg/dL; doubling in the serum creatinine concentration; liver transaminase concentrations twice normal) or other findings (pulmonary edema, visual disturbance, headaches), she has preeclampsia with severe features. A diagnosis of preeclampsia without severe features is upgraded to preeclampsia with severe features if systolic BP increases to >160 mm Hgor diastolic BP increases to >110 mm Hg (determined by 2 measurements 4 hours apart) or if “severe”-range BP occurs with such rapidity that acute antihypertensive medication is required.

ACOG finds compelling motivation to boost understanding, management of preeclampsia
  • Incidence of preeclampsia in the United States has increased by 25% over the past 2 decades
  • Etiology remains unclear
  • Leading cause of maternal and perinatal morbidity and mortality
  • Risk factor for future cardiovascular disease and metabolic disease in women
  • Hypertensive disorders of pregnancy are major contributors to prematurity
  • New best-practice recommendations are urgently needed to guide clinicians in the care of women with all forms of preeclampsia and hypertension during pregnancy
  • Improved patient education and counseling strategies are needed to convey, more effectively, the dangers of preeclampsia and hypertension during pregnancy

Reference
  1. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists Task Force on Hypertension in Pregnancy. Hypertension in pregnancy. November 2013. https://www.acog.org/Clinical-Guidance-and-Publications/Task-Force-and-Work-Group-Reports/Hypertension-in-Pregnancy. Accessed August 8, 2018.

 

Pharmacotherapy for hypertensive emergency

Acute BP control with intravenous (IV) labetalol or hydralazine or oral nifedipine is recommended when a patient has a hypertensive emergency, defined as acute-onset severe hypertension that persists for 15 minutes (TABLE 2).12 The goal of management is not to completely normalize BP but to lower BP to the range of 140 to 155 mm Hg (systolic) and 90 to 105 mm Hg (diastolic). Of all proposed interventions, these agents are likely the most effective in preventing a maternal cerebrovascular or cardiovascular event. (Note: Labetalol is contraindicated in patients with severe asthma and in the setting of acute cocaine or methamphetamine intoxication. Hydralazine can cause tachycardia.)13,14

Once a diagnosis of preeclampsia with severe features or superimposed preeclampsia with severe features is made, the patient should remain hospitalized until delivery. If either of these diagnoses is made at 34 weeks of gestation, there is no reason to prolong pregnancy. Rather, the patient should be given prophylactic magnesium sulfate to prevent seizures and delivery should be accomplished.15,16 Earlier than 36 6/7 weeks of gestation, consider a late preterm course of corticosteroids; however, do not delay delivery in this situation.17

Planning for delivery

Route of delivery depends on customary obstetric indications. Before 34 weeks of gestation, corticosteroids, magnesium sulfate, and prolonging the pregnancy until 34 weeks of gestation are recommended. If, at any time, maternal or fetal condition deteriorates, delivery should be accomplished regardless of gestational age. If the patient is unwilling to accept the risks of expectant management of preeclampsia with severe features remote from term, delivery is indicated.18,19 If delivery is not likely to occur, magnesium sulfate can be discontinued after the patient has received a second dose of corticosteroids, with the plan to resume magnesium sulfate if she develops signs of worsening preeclampsia or eclampsia, or once the plan for delivery is made.

In patients who have either gestational hypertension or preeclampsia without severe features, the recommendation is to accomplish delivery no later than 37 weeks of gestation. While the patient is being expectantly managed, close maternal and fetal surveillance are necessary, comprising serial assessment of maternal symptoms and fetal movement; serial BP measurement (twice weekly); and weekly measurement of the platelet count, serum creatinine, and liver enzymes. At 34 weeks of gestation, conventional antepartum testing should begin. Again, if there is deterioration of the maternal or fetal condition, the patient should be hospitalized and delivery should be accomplished according to the recommendations above.3

 

 

Seizure management

If a patient has a tonic–clonic seizure consistent with eclampsia, management should be as follows:

  1. Preserve the airway and immediately tilt the head forward to prevent aspiration.
  2. If the patient is not receiving magnesium sulfate, immediately administer a loading dose of 4-6 g IV or 10 mg intramuscularly if IV access has not been established.20
  3. If the patient is already receiving magnesium sulfate, administer a loading dose of 2 g IV over 5 minutes.
  4. If the patient continues to have seizure activity, administer anticonvulsant medication(lorazepam, diazepam, midazolam, or phenytoin).

Eclamptic seizures are usually self-limited, lasting no longer than 1 or 2 minutes. Regrettably, these seizures are unpredictable and contribute significantly to maternal morbidity and mortality.21,22 A maternal seizure causes a significant interruption in the oxygen pathway to the fetus, with resultant late decelerations, prolonged decelerations, or bradycardia.

Resist the temptation to perform emergent cesarean delivery when eclamptic seizure occurs; rather, allow time for fetal recovery and then proceed with delivery in a controlled fashion. In many circumstances, the patient can undergo vaginal delivery after an eclamptic seizure. Keep in mind that the differential diagnosis of new-onset seizure in pregnancy includes cerebral pathology, such as a bleeding arteriovenous malformation or ruptured aneurysm. Therefore, brain-imaging studies might be indicated, especially in patients who have focal neurologic deficits, or who have seizures either while receiving magnesium sulfate or 48 to 72 hours after delivery.

Preeclampsia postpartum

More recent studies have demonstrated that preeclampsia can be exacerbated after delivery or might even present initially postpartum.23,24 In all women in whom gestational hypertension, preeclampsia, or superimposed preeclampsia is diagnosed, therefore, recommendations are that BP be monitored in the hospital or on an outpatient basis for at least 72 hours postpartum and again 7 to 10 days after delivery. For all women postpartum, the recommendation is that discharge instructions 1) include information about signs and symptoms of preeclampsia and 2) emphasize the importance of promptly reporting such developments to providers.25 Remember: Sequelae of preeclampsia have been reported as late as 4 to 6 weeks postpartum.

Magnesium sulfate is recommended when a patient presents postpartum with new-onset hypertension associated with headache or blurred vision, or with preeclampsia with severe hypertension. Because nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs can be associated with elevated BP, these medications should be replaced by other analgesics in women with hypertension that persists for more than 1 day postpartum.

Prevention of preeclampsia

Given the significant maternal, fetal, and neonatal complications associated with preeclampsia, a number of studies have sought to determine ways in which this condition can be prevented. Currently, although no interventions appear to prevent preeclampsia in all patients, significant strides have been made in prevention for high-risk patients. Specifically, beginning low-dosage aspirin (most commonly, 81 mg/d, beginning at less than 16 weeks of gestation) has been shown to mitigate—although not eliminate—risk in patients with a history of preeclampsia and those who have chronic hypertension, multifetal gestation, pregestational diabetes, renal disease, SLE, or antiphospholipid syndrome.26,27Aspirin appears to act by preferentially blocking production of thromboxane, thus reducing the vasoconstrictive properties of this hormone.

Summing up

Hypertensive disorders during pregnancy are associated with significant morbidity and mortality for mother, fetus, and newborn. Preeclampsia, specifically, is recognized as a dynamic and progressive disease that has the potential to involve multiple organ systems, might present for the first time after delivery, and might be associated with long-term risk of hypertension, heart disease, stroke, and venous thromboembolism.28,29

 

Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.

References
  1. Callaghan WM, Mackay AP, Berg CJ. Identification of severe maternal morbidity during delivery hospitalizations, United States, 1991-2003. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2008; 199:133.e1-e8.
  2. Kuklina EV, Ayala C, Callaghan WM. Hypertensive disorders and severe obstetric morbidity in the United States. Obstet Gynecol. 2009;113:1299-1306.
  3. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists Task Force on Hypertension in Pregnancy. Hypertension in pregnancy. November 2013. https://www.acog.org/Clinical-Guidance-and-Publications/Task-Force-and-Work-Group-Reports/Hypertension-in-Pregnancy. Accessed August 8, 2018.
  4. Wheeler TL 2nd, Blackhurst DW, Dellinger EH, Ramsey PS. Usage of spot urine protein to creatinine ratios in the evaluation of preeclampsia. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2007;196:465.e1-e4.
  5. Bramham K, Parnell B, Nelson-Piercy C, Seed PT, Poston L, Chappell LL. Chronic hypertension and pregnancy outcomes: systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ. 2014;348:g2301.
  6. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. Hypertension in pregnancy: diagnosis and management. CG107, August 2010. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg107. Accessed August 27, 2018. Last updated January 2011.
  7. Spong CY, Mercer BM, D'Alton M, et al. Timing of indicated late-preterm and early-term birth. Obstet Gynecol. 2011;118:323-333.
  8. Sibai BM. Chronic hypertension in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol. 2002;100(2):369-377.
  9. Dugoff L; Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine. First- and second-trimester maternal serum markers or aneuploidy and adverse obstetric outcomes. Obstet Gynecol. 2010;115:1052-1061.
  10. Brosens I, Pijnenborg R, Vercruysse L, Romero R. The "great obstetrical syndromes" are associated with disorders of deep placentation. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2011;204:193-201.
  11. Huppertz B. Placental origins of preeclampsia: challenging the current hypothesis. Hypertension. 2008;51:970-975.
  12. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists Committee on Obstetric Practice; El-Sayed YY, Borders AE. Committee Opinion Number 692. Emergent therapy for acute-onset, severe hypertension during pregnancy and the postpartum period; April 2017. https://www.acog.org/-/media/Committee-Opinions/Committee-on-Obstetric-Practice/co692.pdf?dmc=1. Accessed August 8, 2018.
  13. Hollander JE. The management of cocaine-associated myocardial ischemia. N Engl J Med. 1995;333:1267-1272.
  14. Ghuran A, Nolan J. Recreational drug misuse: issues for the cardiologist. Heart. 2000;83:627-633.
  15. Altman D, Carroli G, Duley L, et al. Do women with pre-eclampsia and their babies, benefit from magnesium sulphate? The Magpie Trial: a randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet. 2002;359:1877-1890.
  16. Sibai BM. Magnesium sulfate prophylaxis in preeclampsia: lessons learned from recent trials. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2004;190:1520-1526.
  17. Gyamfi-Bannerman C, Thom EA, Blackwell SC, et al. Antenatal betamethasone for women at risk for late preterm delivery. N Engl J Med. 2016;374:1311-1320.
  18. Publications Committee, Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Sibai BM. Evaluation and management of severe preeclampsia before 34 weeks' gestation. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2011;205:191-198.
  19. Norwitz E, Funai E. Expectant management of severe preeclampsia remote from term: hope for the best, but expect the worst. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2008;199:209-212.
  20. Gordon R, Magee LA, Payne B, et al. Magnesium sulphate for the management of preeclampsia and eclampsia in low and middle income countries: a systematic review of tested dosing regimens. J Obstet Gynaecol Can. 2014;36(2):154-163.
  21. Sibai BM. Diagnosis, prevention, and management of eclampsia. Obstet Gynecol. 2005;105(2):402-410.
  22. Liu S, Joseph KS, Liston, RM, et al; Maternal Health Study Group of Canadian Perinatal Surveillance System (Public Health Agency of Canada). Incidence, risk factors, and associated complications of eclampsia.  Obstet Gynecol. 2011;118(5):987-994.
  23. Yancey LM, Withers E, Bakes K, Abbot J. Postpartum preeclampsia: emergency department presentation and management. J Emerg Med. 2011;40:380-384.
  24. Sibai BM. Etiology and management of postpartum hypertension-preeclampsia. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2012;206:470-475.
  25. You WB, Wolf MS, Bailey SC, Grobman WA. Improving patient understanding of preeclampsia: a randomized controlled trial. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2012;206:431.e1-e5.
  26. Henderson JT, Whitlock EP, O'Connor E, et al. Low-dose aspirin for prevention of morbidity and mortality from preeclampsia: a systematic evidence review for the US Preventive Services Task Force. Ann Intern Med. 2014;160:695-703.
  27. Roberge S, Nicolaides K, Demers S, Hyett J, Chaillet N, Bujold E. The role of aspirin dose on the prevention of preeclampsia and fetal growth restriction: systematic review and meta-analysis.  Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2017;216(2):110-120.e6.
  28. Bellamy L, Casas JP, Hingorani AD, Williams DJ. Pre-eclampsia and risk of cardiovascular disease and cancer in later life: systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ. 2007;335:974-986.
  29. McDonald SD, Malinowski A, Zhou Q, et al. Cardiovascular sequelae of preeclampsia/eclampsia: a systematic review and meta-analyses. Am Heart J. 2008;156:918-930.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Incerpi is Clinical Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology (Clinician Educator), Division of Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Keck School of Medicine of USC, University of Southern California, Los Angeles.

The author reports no financial relationships relevant to this article.

Issue
OBG Management - 30(9)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
21-22, 25-26, 28, 30-31, 50
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Incerpi is Clinical Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology (Clinician Educator), Division of Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Keck School of Medicine of USC, University of Southern California, Los Angeles.

The author reports no financial relationships relevant to this article.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Incerpi is Clinical Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology (Clinician Educator), Division of Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Keck School of Medicine of USC, University of Southern California, Los Angeles.

The author reports no financial relationships relevant to this article.

Article PDF
Article PDF

CASE Onset of nausea and headache, and elevated BP, at full term

A 24-year-old woman (G1P0) at 39 2/7 weeks of gestation without significant medical history and with uncomplicated prenatal care presents to labor and delivery reporting uterine contractions. She reports nausea and vomiting, and reports having a severe headache this morning. Blood pressure (BP) is 154/98 mm Hg. Urine dipstick analysis demonstrates absence of protein.

How should this patient be managed?

Although we have gained a greater understanding of hypertensive disorders in pregnancy—most notably, preeclampsia—during the past 15 years, management of these patients can, as evidenced in the case above, be complicated. Providers must respect this disease and be cognizant of the significant maternal, fetal, and neonatal complications that can be associated with hypertension during pregnancy—a leading cause of preterm birth and maternal mortality in the United States.1-3 Initiation of early and aggressive antihypertensive medical therapy, when indicated, plays a key role in preventing catastrophic complications of this disease.

Terminology and classification

Hypertension of pregnancy is classified as:

  • chronic hypertension: BP140/90 mm Hg prior to pregnancy or prior to 20 weeks of gestation. Patients who have persistently elevated BP 12 weeks after delivery are also in this category.
  • preeclampsia–eclampsia: hypertension along with multisystem involvement that occurs after 20 weeks of gestation.
  • gestational hypertension: hypertension alone after 20 weeks of gestation; in approximately 15% to 25% of these patients, a diagnosis of preeclampsia will be made as pregnancy progresses.
  • chronic hypertension with superimposed preeclampsia: hypertension complicated by development of multisystem involvement during the course of the pregnancy—often a challenging diagnosis, associated with greater perinatal morbidity than either chronic hypertension or preeclampsia alone.

Evaluation of the hypertensive gravida

Although most pregnant patients (approximately 90%) who have a diagnosis of chronic hypertension have primary or essential hypertension, a secondary cause—including thyroid disease, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), and underlying renal disease—might be present and should be sought out. It is important, therefore, to obtain a comprehensive history along with a directed physical examination and appropriate laboratory tests.

Ideally, a patient with chronic hypertension should be evaluated prior to pregnancy, but this rarely occurs. At the initial encounter, the patient should be informed of risks associated with chronic hypertension, as well as receive education on the signs and symptoms of preeclampsia. Obtain a thorough history—not only to evaluate for secondary causes of hypertension or end-organ involvement (eg, kidney disease), but to identify comorbidities (such as pregestational diabetes mellitus). The patient should be instructed to immediately discontinue any teratogenic medication (such as an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor or angiotensin-receptor blocker).

 

 

Routine laboratory evaluation

Testing should comprise a chemistry panel to evaluate serum creatinine, electrolytes, and liver enzymes. A 24-hour urine collection for protein excretion and creatinine clearance or a urine protein–creatinine ratio should be obtained to record baseline kidney function.4 (Such testing is important, given that new-onset or worsening proteinuria is a manifestation of superimposed preeclampsia.) All pregnant patients with chronic hypertension also should have a complete blood count, including a platelet count, and an early screen for gestational diabetes.

Depending on what information is obtained from the history and physical examination, renal ultrasonography and any of several laboratory tests can be ordered, including thyroid function, an SLE panel, and vanillylmandelic acid/metanephrines. If the patient has a history of severe hypertension for greater than 5 years, is older than 40 years, or has cardiac symptoms, baseline electrocardio-graphy or echocardiography, or both, are recommended.

Clinical manifestations of chronic hypertension during pregnancy include5:

  • in the mother: accelerated hypertension, with resulting target-organ damage involving heart, brain, and kidneys
  • in the fetus: placental abruption, preterm birth, fetal growth restriction, and fetal death.

What should treatment seek to accomplish?

The goal of antihypertensive medication during pregnancy is to reduce maternal risk of stroke, congestive heart failure, renal failure, and severe hypertension. No convincing evidence exists that antihypertensive medications decrease the incidence of superimposed preeclampsia, preterm birth, placental abruption, or perinatal death.

According to the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG), antihypertensive medication is not indicated in patients with uncomplicated chronic hypertension unless systolic BP is 160 mm Hg or diastolic BP is 105 mm Hg.3 The goal is to maintain systolic BP at 120–160 mm Hg and diastolic BP at 80–105 mm Hg. The National Institute for Health and Care Excellence recommends treatment of hypertension when systolic BP is 150 mm Hg or diastolic BP is 100 mm Hg.6 In patients with end-organ disease (chronic renal or cardiac disease) ACOG recommends treatment with an antihypertensive when systolic BP is >140 mm Hg or diastolic BP is >90 mm Hg.

First-line antihypertensives consideredsafe during pregnancy are methyldopa, labetalol, and nifedipine. Thiazide diuretics, although considered second-line agents, may be used during pregnancy—especially if BP is adequately controlled prior to pregnancy. Again, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and angiotensin-receptor blockers are contraindicated during pregnancy (TABLE 1).3

Continuing care in chronic hypertension

Given the maternal and fetal consequences of chronic hypertension, it is recommended that a hypertensive patient be followed closely as an outpatient; in fact, it is advisablethat she check her BP at least twice daily. Beginning at 24 weeks of gestation, serial ultrasonography should be performed every 4 to 6 weeks to evaluate interval fetal growth. Twice-weekly antepartum testing should begin at 32 to 34 weeks of gestation.

During the course of the pregnancy, the chronically hypertensive patient should be observed closely for development of superimposed preeclampsia. If she does not develop preeclampsia or fetal growth restriction, and has no other pregnancy complications that necessitate early delivery, 3 recommendations regarding timing of delivery apply7:

  • If the patient is not taking antihypertensive medication, delivery should occur at 38 to 39 6/7 weeks of gestation
  • If hypertension is controlled with medication, delivery is recommended at 37 to 39 6/7 weeks of gestation.
  • If the patient has severe hypertension that is difficult to control, delivery might be advisable as early as 36 weeks of gestation.

Be vigilant for maternal complications (including cardiac compromise, congestive heart failure, cerebrovascular accident, hypertensive encephalopathy, and worsening renal disease) and fetal complications (such as placental abruption, fetal growth restriction, and fetal death). If any of these occur, management must be tailored and individualized accordingly. Study results have demonstrated that superimposed preeclampsia occurs in 20% to 30% of patients who have underlying mild chronic hypertension. This increases to 50% in women with underlying severe hypertension.8

My practice recommendations

Antihypertensive medication is the mainstay of treatment for severely elevated blood pressure (BP). To avoid fetal heart rate decelerations and possible emergent cesarean delivery, however, do not decrease BP too quickly or lower to values that might compromise perfusion to the fetus. The BP goal should be 140-155 mm Hg (systolic) and 90-105 mm Hg (diastolic). A

Be prepared for eclampsia, which is unpredictable and can occur in patients without symptoms or severely elevated BP and even postpartum in patients in whom the diagnosis of preeclampsia was never made prior to delivery. The response to eclamptic seizure includes administering magnesium sulfate, which is the approved initial therapy for an eclamptic seizure. A

Make algorithms for acute treatment of severe hypertension and eclampsia readily available or posted in labor and delivery units and in the emergency department. C
Counsel high-risk patients about the potential benefit of low-dosage aspirin to prevent preeclampsia. A
 
Strength of recommendation:
A Good-quality patient-oriented evidence
B Inconsistent or limited-quality patient-oriented evidence
C Consensus, usual practice, opinion, disease-oriented evidence, case series

 

 

The complex challenge of managing preeclampsia

Chronic hypertension is not the only risk factor for preeclampsia; others include nulliparity, history of preeclampsia, multifetal gestation, underlying renal disease, SLE, antiphospolipid syndrome, thyroid disease, and pregestational diabetes. Furthermore, preeclampsia has a bimodal age distribution, occurring more often in adolescent pregnancies and women of advanced maternal age. Risk is also increased in the presence of abnormal levels of various serum analytes or biochemical markers, such as a low level of pregnancy-associated plasma protein A or estriol or an elevated level of maternal serum α-fetoprotein, human chorionic gonadotropin, or inhibin—findings that might reflect abnormal placentation.9

In fact, the findings of most studies that have looked at the pathophysiology of preeclampsia appear to show that several noteworthy pathophysiologic changes are evident in early pregnancy10,11:

  • incomplete trophoblastic invasion of spiral arteries
  • retention of thick-walled, muscular arteries
  • decreased placental perfusion
  • early placental hypoxia
  • placental release of factors that lead to endothelial dysfunction and endothelial damage.

Ultimately, vasoconstriction becomes evident, which leads to clinical manifestations of the disorder. In addition, there is an increase in the level of thromboxane (a vasoconstrictor and platelet aggregator), compared to the level of prostacyclin (a vasodilator).

ACOG revises nomenclature, provides recommendations

The considerable expansion of knowledge about preeclampsia over the past 10 to 15 years has not translated to better outcomes. In 2012, ACOG, in response to troubling observations about the condition (see “ACOG finds compelling motivation to boost understanding, management of preeclampsia,”), created a Task Force to investigate hypertension in pregnancy.

Findings and recommendations of the Task Force were published in November 2013,3 and have been endorsed and supported by professional organizations, including the American Academy of Neurology, American Society of Hypertension, Preeclampsia Foundation, and the Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine. A major premise of the Task Force that has had a direct impact on recommendations for management of preeclampsia is that the condition is a progressive and dynamic process that involves multiple organ systems and is not specifically confined to the antepartum period.

The nomenclature of mild preeclampsia and severe preeclampsia was changed in the Task Force report to preeclampsia without severe features and preeclampsia with severe features. Preeclampsia without severe features is diagnosed when a patient has:

  • systolic BP 140 mm Hg or diastolic BP 90 mm Hg (measured twice at least 4 hours apart)
  • proteinuria, defined as a 24-hour urine collection of 300 mg of protein or a urine protein–creatinine ratio of  0.3. 

If a patient has elevated BP by those criteria, plus any of several laboratory indicators of multisystem involvement (platelet count, <100 × 103/μL; serum creatinine level, >1.1 mg/dL; doubling in the serum creatinine concentration; liver transaminase concentrations twice normal) or other findings (pulmonary edema, visual disturbance, headaches), she has preeclampsia with severe features. A diagnosis of preeclampsia without severe features is upgraded to preeclampsia with severe features if systolic BP increases to >160 mm Hgor diastolic BP increases to >110 mm Hg (determined by 2 measurements 4 hours apart) or if “severe”-range BP occurs with such rapidity that acute antihypertensive medication is required.

ACOG finds compelling motivation to boost understanding, management of preeclampsia
  • Incidence of preeclampsia in the United States has increased by 25% over the past 2 decades
  • Etiology remains unclear
  • Leading cause of maternal and perinatal morbidity and mortality
  • Risk factor for future cardiovascular disease and metabolic disease in women
  • Hypertensive disorders of pregnancy are major contributors to prematurity
  • New best-practice recommendations are urgently needed to guide clinicians in the care of women with all forms of preeclampsia and hypertension during pregnancy
  • Improved patient education and counseling strategies are needed to convey, more effectively, the dangers of preeclampsia and hypertension during pregnancy

Reference
  1. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists Task Force on Hypertension in Pregnancy. Hypertension in pregnancy. November 2013. https://www.acog.org/Clinical-Guidance-and-Publications/Task-Force-and-Work-Group-Reports/Hypertension-in-Pregnancy. Accessed August 8, 2018.

 

Pharmacotherapy for hypertensive emergency

Acute BP control with intravenous (IV) labetalol or hydralazine or oral nifedipine is recommended when a patient has a hypertensive emergency, defined as acute-onset severe hypertension that persists for 15 minutes (TABLE 2).12 The goal of management is not to completely normalize BP but to lower BP to the range of 140 to 155 mm Hg (systolic) and 90 to 105 mm Hg (diastolic). Of all proposed interventions, these agents are likely the most effective in preventing a maternal cerebrovascular or cardiovascular event. (Note: Labetalol is contraindicated in patients with severe asthma and in the setting of acute cocaine or methamphetamine intoxication. Hydralazine can cause tachycardia.)13,14

Once a diagnosis of preeclampsia with severe features or superimposed preeclampsia with severe features is made, the patient should remain hospitalized until delivery. If either of these diagnoses is made at 34 weeks of gestation, there is no reason to prolong pregnancy. Rather, the patient should be given prophylactic magnesium sulfate to prevent seizures and delivery should be accomplished.15,16 Earlier than 36 6/7 weeks of gestation, consider a late preterm course of corticosteroids; however, do not delay delivery in this situation.17

Planning for delivery

Route of delivery depends on customary obstetric indications. Before 34 weeks of gestation, corticosteroids, magnesium sulfate, and prolonging the pregnancy until 34 weeks of gestation are recommended. If, at any time, maternal or fetal condition deteriorates, delivery should be accomplished regardless of gestational age. If the patient is unwilling to accept the risks of expectant management of preeclampsia with severe features remote from term, delivery is indicated.18,19 If delivery is not likely to occur, magnesium sulfate can be discontinued after the patient has received a second dose of corticosteroids, with the plan to resume magnesium sulfate if she develops signs of worsening preeclampsia or eclampsia, or once the plan for delivery is made.

In patients who have either gestational hypertension or preeclampsia without severe features, the recommendation is to accomplish delivery no later than 37 weeks of gestation. While the patient is being expectantly managed, close maternal and fetal surveillance are necessary, comprising serial assessment of maternal symptoms and fetal movement; serial BP measurement (twice weekly); and weekly measurement of the platelet count, serum creatinine, and liver enzymes. At 34 weeks of gestation, conventional antepartum testing should begin. Again, if there is deterioration of the maternal or fetal condition, the patient should be hospitalized and delivery should be accomplished according to the recommendations above.3

 

 

Seizure management

If a patient has a tonic–clonic seizure consistent with eclampsia, management should be as follows:

  1. Preserve the airway and immediately tilt the head forward to prevent aspiration.
  2. If the patient is not receiving magnesium sulfate, immediately administer a loading dose of 4-6 g IV or 10 mg intramuscularly if IV access has not been established.20
  3. If the patient is already receiving magnesium sulfate, administer a loading dose of 2 g IV over 5 minutes.
  4. If the patient continues to have seizure activity, administer anticonvulsant medication(lorazepam, diazepam, midazolam, or phenytoin).

Eclamptic seizures are usually self-limited, lasting no longer than 1 or 2 minutes. Regrettably, these seizures are unpredictable and contribute significantly to maternal morbidity and mortality.21,22 A maternal seizure causes a significant interruption in the oxygen pathway to the fetus, with resultant late decelerations, prolonged decelerations, or bradycardia.

Resist the temptation to perform emergent cesarean delivery when eclamptic seizure occurs; rather, allow time for fetal recovery and then proceed with delivery in a controlled fashion. In many circumstances, the patient can undergo vaginal delivery after an eclamptic seizure. Keep in mind that the differential diagnosis of new-onset seizure in pregnancy includes cerebral pathology, such as a bleeding arteriovenous malformation or ruptured aneurysm. Therefore, brain-imaging studies might be indicated, especially in patients who have focal neurologic deficits, or who have seizures either while receiving magnesium sulfate or 48 to 72 hours after delivery.

Preeclampsia postpartum

More recent studies have demonstrated that preeclampsia can be exacerbated after delivery or might even present initially postpartum.23,24 In all women in whom gestational hypertension, preeclampsia, or superimposed preeclampsia is diagnosed, therefore, recommendations are that BP be monitored in the hospital or on an outpatient basis for at least 72 hours postpartum and again 7 to 10 days after delivery. For all women postpartum, the recommendation is that discharge instructions 1) include information about signs and symptoms of preeclampsia and 2) emphasize the importance of promptly reporting such developments to providers.25 Remember: Sequelae of preeclampsia have been reported as late as 4 to 6 weeks postpartum.

Magnesium sulfate is recommended when a patient presents postpartum with new-onset hypertension associated with headache or blurred vision, or with preeclampsia with severe hypertension. Because nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs can be associated with elevated BP, these medications should be replaced by other analgesics in women with hypertension that persists for more than 1 day postpartum.

Prevention of preeclampsia

Given the significant maternal, fetal, and neonatal complications associated with preeclampsia, a number of studies have sought to determine ways in which this condition can be prevented. Currently, although no interventions appear to prevent preeclampsia in all patients, significant strides have been made in prevention for high-risk patients. Specifically, beginning low-dosage aspirin (most commonly, 81 mg/d, beginning at less than 16 weeks of gestation) has been shown to mitigate—although not eliminate—risk in patients with a history of preeclampsia and those who have chronic hypertension, multifetal gestation, pregestational diabetes, renal disease, SLE, or antiphospholipid syndrome.26,27Aspirin appears to act by preferentially blocking production of thromboxane, thus reducing the vasoconstrictive properties of this hormone.

Summing up

Hypertensive disorders during pregnancy are associated with significant morbidity and mortality for mother, fetus, and newborn. Preeclampsia, specifically, is recognized as a dynamic and progressive disease that has the potential to involve multiple organ systems, might present for the first time after delivery, and might be associated with long-term risk of hypertension, heart disease, stroke, and venous thromboembolism.28,29

 

Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.

CASE Onset of nausea and headache, and elevated BP, at full term

A 24-year-old woman (G1P0) at 39 2/7 weeks of gestation without significant medical history and with uncomplicated prenatal care presents to labor and delivery reporting uterine contractions. She reports nausea and vomiting, and reports having a severe headache this morning. Blood pressure (BP) is 154/98 mm Hg. Urine dipstick analysis demonstrates absence of protein.

How should this patient be managed?

Although we have gained a greater understanding of hypertensive disorders in pregnancy—most notably, preeclampsia—during the past 15 years, management of these patients can, as evidenced in the case above, be complicated. Providers must respect this disease and be cognizant of the significant maternal, fetal, and neonatal complications that can be associated with hypertension during pregnancy—a leading cause of preterm birth and maternal mortality in the United States.1-3 Initiation of early and aggressive antihypertensive medical therapy, when indicated, plays a key role in preventing catastrophic complications of this disease.

Terminology and classification

Hypertension of pregnancy is classified as:

  • chronic hypertension: BP140/90 mm Hg prior to pregnancy or prior to 20 weeks of gestation. Patients who have persistently elevated BP 12 weeks after delivery are also in this category.
  • preeclampsia–eclampsia: hypertension along with multisystem involvement that occurs after 20 weeks of gestation.
  • gestational hypertension: hypertension alone after 20 weeks of gestation; in approximately 15% to 25% of these patients, a diagnosis of preeclampsia will be made as pregnancy progresses.
  • chronic hypertension with superimposed preeclampsia: hypertension complicated by development of multisystem involvement during the course of the pregnancy—often a challenging diagnosis, associated with greater perinatal morbidity than either chronic hypertension or preeclampsia alone.

Evaluation of the hypertensive gravida

Although most pregnant patients (approximately 90%) who have a diagnosis of chronic hypertension have primary or essential hypertension, a secondary cause—including thyroid disease, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), and underlying renal disease—might be present and should be sought out. It is important, therefore, to obtain a comprehensive history along with a directed physical examination and appropriate laboratory tests.

Ideally, a patient with chronic hypertension should be evaluated prior to pregnancy, but this rarely occurs. At the initial encounter, the patient should be informed of risks associated with chronic hypertension, as well as receive education on the signs and symptoms of preeclampsia. Obtain a thorough history—not only to evaluate for secondary causes of hypertension or end-organ involvement (eg, kidney disease), but to identify comorbidities (such as pregestational diabetes mellitus). The patient should be instructed to immediately discontinue any teratogenic medication (such as an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor or angiotensin-receptor blocker).

 

 

Routine laboratory evaluation

Testing should comprise a chemistry panel to evaluate serum creatinine, electrolytes, and liver enzymes. A 24-hour urine collection for protein excretion and creatinine clearance or a urine protein–creatinine ratio should be obtained to record baseline kidney function.4 (Such testing is important, given that new-onset or worsening proteinuria is a manifestation of superimposed preeclampsia.) All pregnant patients with chronic hypertension also should have a complete blood count, including a platelet count, and an early screen for gestational diabetes.

Depending on what information is obtained from the history and physical examination, renal ultrasonography and any of several laboratory tests can be ordered, including thyroid function, an SLE panel, and vanillylmandelic acid/metanephrines. If the patient has a history of severe hypertension for greater than 5 years, is older than 40 years, or has cardiac symptoms, baseline electrocardio-graphy or echocardiography, or both, are recommended.

Clinical manifestations of chronic hypertension during pregnancy include5:

  • in the mother: accelerated hypertension, with resulting target-organ damage involving heart, brain, and kidneys
  • in the fetus: placental abruption, preterm birth, fetal growth restriction, and fetal death.

What should treatment seek to accomplish?

The goal of antihypertensive medication during pregnancy is to reduce maternal risk of stroke, congestive heart failure, renal failure, and severe hypertension. No convincing evidence exists that antihypertensive medications decrease the incidence of superimposed preeclampsia, preterm birth, placental abruption, or perinatal death.

According to the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG), antihypertensive medication is not indicated in patients with uncomplicated chronic hypertension unless systolic BP is 160 mm Hg or diastolic BP is 105 mm Hg.3 The goal is to maintain systolic BP at 120–160 mm Hg and diastolic BP at 80–105 mm Hg. The National Institute for Health and Care Excellence recommends treatment of hypertension when systolic BP is 150 mm Hg or diastolic BP is 100 mm Hg.6 In patients with end-organ disease (chronic renal or cardiac disease) ACOG recommends treatment with an antihypertensive when systolic BP is >140 mm Hg or diastolic BP is >90 mm Hg.

First-line antihypertensives consideredsafe during pregnancy are methyldopa, labetalol, and nifedipine. Thiazide diuretics, although considered second-line agents, may be used during pregnancy—especially if BP is adequately controlled prior to pregnancy. Again, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and angiotensin-receptor blockers are contraindicated during pregnancy (TABLE 1).3

Continuing care in chronic hypertension

Given the maternal and fetal consequences of chronic hypertension, it is recommended that a hypertensive patient be followed closely as an outpatient; in fact, it is advisablethat she check her BP at least twice daily. Beginning at 24 weeks of gestation, serial ultrasonography should be performed every 4 to 6 weeks to evaluate interval fetal growth. Twice-weekly antepartum testing should begin at 32 to 34 weeks of gestation.

During the course of the pregnancy, the chronically hypertensive patient should be observed closely for development of superimposed preeclampsia. If she does not develop preeclampsia or fetal growth restriction, and has no other pregnancy complications that necessitate early delivery, 3 recommendations regarding timing of delivery apply7:

  • If the patient is not taking antihypertensive medication, delivery should occur at 38 to 39 6/7 weeks of gestation
  • If hypertension is controlled with medication, delivery is recommended at 37 to 39 6/7 weeks of gestation.
  • If the patient has severe hypertension that is difficult to control, delivery might be advisable as early as 36 weeks of gestation.

Be vigilant for maternal complications (including cardiac compromise, congestive heart failure, cerebrovascular accident, hypertensive encephalopathy, and worsening renal disease) and fetal complications (such as placental abruption, fetal growth restriction, and fetal death). If any of these occur, management must be tailored and individualized accordingly. Study results have demonstrated that superimposed preeclampsia occurs in 20% to 30% of patients who have underlying mild chronic hypertension. This increases to 50% in women with underlying severe hypertension.8

My practice recommendations

Antihypertensive medication is the mainstay of treatment for severely elevated blood pressure (BP). To avoid fetal heart rate decelerations and possible emergent cesarean delivery, however, do not decrease BP too quickly or lower to values that might compromise perfusion to the fetus. The BP goal should be 140-155 mm Hg (systolic) and 90-105 mm Hg (diastolic). A

Be prepared for eclampsia, which is unpredictable and can occur in patients without symptoms or severely elevated BP and even postpartum in patients in whom the diagnosis of preeclampsia was never made prior to delivery. The response to eclamptic seizure includes administering magnesium sulfate, which is the approved initial therapy for an eclamptic seizure. A

Make algorithms for acute treatment of severe hypertension and eclampsia readily available or posted in labor and delivery units and in the emergency department. C
Counsel high-risk patients about the potential benefit of low-dosage aspirin to prevent preeclampsia. A
 
Strength of recommendation:
A Good-quality patient-oriented evidence
B Inconsistent or limited-quality patient-oriented evidence
C Consensus, usual practice, opinion, disease-oriented evidence, case series

 

 

The complex challenge of managing preeclampsia

Chronic hypertension is not the only risk factor for preeclampsia; others include nulliparity, history of preeclampsia, multifetal gestation, underlying renal disease, SLE, antiphospolipid syndrome, thyroid disease, and pregestational diabetes. Furthermore, preeclampsia has a bimodal age distribution, occurring more often in adolescent pregnancies and women of advanced maternal age. Risk is also increased in the presence of abnormal levels of various serum analytes or biochemical markers, such as a low level of pregnancy-associated plasma protein A or estriol or an elevated level of maternal serum α-fetoprotein, human chorionic gonadotropin, or inhibin—findings that might reflect abnormal placentation.9

In fact, the findings of most studies that have looked at the pathophysiology of preeclampsia appear to show that several noteworthy pathophysiologic changes are evident in early pregnancy10,11:

  • incomplete trophoblastic invasion of spiral arteries
  • retention of thick-walled, muscular arteries
  • decreased placental perfusion
  • early placental hypoxia
  • placental release of factors that lead to endothelial dysfunction and endothelial damage.

Ultimately, vasoconstriction becomes evident, which leads to clinical manifestations of the disorder. In addition, there is an increase in the level of thromboxane (a vasoconstrictor and platelet aggregator), compared to the level of prostacyclin (a vasodilator).

ACOG revises nomenclature, provides recommendations

The considerable expansion of knowledge about preeclampsia over the past 10 to 15 years has not translated to better outcomes. In 2012, ACOG, in response to troubling observations about the condition (see “ACOG finds compelling motivation to boost understanding, management of preeclampsia,”), created a Task Force to investigate hypertension in pregnancy.

Findings and recommendations of the Task Force were published in November 2013,3 and have been endorsed and supported by professional organizations, including the American Academy of Neurology, American Society of Hypertension, Preeclampsia Foundation, and the Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine. A major premise of the Task Force that has had a direct impact on recommendations for management of preeclampsia is that the condition is a progressive and dynamic process that involves multiple organ systems and is not specifically confined to the antepartum period.

The nomenclature of mild preeclampsia and severe preeclampsia was changed in the Task Force report to preeclampsia without severe features and preeclampsia with severe features. Preeclampsia without severe features is diagnosed when a patient has:

  • systolic BP 140 mm Hg or diastolic BP 90 mm Hg (measured twice at least 4 hours apart)
  • proteinuria, defined as a 24-hour urine collection of 300 mg of protein or a urine protein–creatinine ratio of  0.3. 

If a patient has elevated BP by those criteria, plus any of several laboratory indicators of multisystem involvement (platelet count, <100 × 103/μL; serum creatinine level, >1.1 mg/dL; doubling in the serum creatinine concentration; liver transaminase concentrations twice normal) or other findings (pulmonary edema, visual disturbance, headaches), she has preeclampsia with severe features. A diagnosis of preeclampsia without severe features is upgraded to preeclampsia with severe features if systolic BP increases to >160 mm Hgor diastolic BP increases to >110 mm Hg (determined by 2 measurements 4 hours apart) or if “severe”-range BP occurs with such rapidity that acute antihypertensive medication is required.

ACOG finds compelling motivation to boost understanding, management of preeclampsia
  • Incidence of preeclampsia in the United States has increased by 25% over the past 2 decades
  • Etiology remains unclear
  • Leading cause of maternal and perinatal morbidity and mortality
  • Risk factor for future cardiovascular disease and metabolic disease in women
  • Hypertensive disorders of pregnancy are major contributors to prematurity
  • New best-practice recommendations are urgently needed to guide clinicians in the care of women with all forms of preeclampsia and hypertension during pregnancy
  • Improved patient education and counseling strategies are needed to convey, more effectively, the dangers of preeclampsia and hypertension during pregnancy

Reference
  1. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists Task Force on Hypertension in Pregnancy. Hypertension in pregnancy. November 2013. https://www.acog.org/Clinical-Guidance-and-Publications/Task-Force-and-Work-Group-Reports/Hypertension-in-Pregnancy. Accessed August 8, 2018.

 

Pharmacotherapy for hypertensive emergency

Acute BP control with intravenous (IV) labetalol or hydralazine or oral nifedipine is recommended when a patient has a hypertensive emergency, defined as acute-onset severe hypertension that persists for 15 minutes (TABLE 2).12 The goal of management is not to completely normalize BP but to lower BP to the range of 140 to 155 mm Hg (systolic) and 90 to 105 mm Hg (diastolic). Of all proposed interventions, these agents are likely the most effective in preventing a maternal cerebrovascular or cardiovascular event. (Note: Labetalol is contraindicated in patients with severe asthma and in the setting of acute cocaine or methamphetamine intoxication. Hydralazine can cause tachycardia.)13,14

Once a diagnosis of preeclampsia with severe features or superimposed preeclampsia with severe features is made, the patient should remain hospitalized until delivery. If either of these diagnoses is made at 34 weeks of gestation, there is no reason to prolong pregnancy. Rather, the patient should be given prophylactic magnesium sulfate to prevent seizures and delivery should be accomplished.15,16 Earlier than 36 6/7 weeks of gestation, consider a late preterm course of corticosteroids; however, do not delay delivery in this situation.17

Planning for delivery

Route of delivery depends on customary obstetric indications. Before 34 weeks of gestation, corticosteroids, magnesium sulfate, and prolonging the pregnancy until 34 weeks of gestation are recommended. If, at any time, maternal or fetal condition deteriorates, delivery should be accomplished regardless of gestational age. If the patient is unwilling to accept the risks of expectant management of preeclampsia with severe features remote from term, delivery is indicated.18,19 If delivery is not likely to occur, magnesium sulfate can be discontinued after the patient has received a second dose of corticosteroids, with the plan to resume magnesium sulfate if she develops signs of worsening preeclampsia or eclampsia, or once the plan for delivery is made.

In patients who have either gestational hypertension or preeclampsia without severe features, the recommendation is to accomplish delivery no later than 37 weeks of gestation. While the patient is being expectantly managed, close maternal and fetal surveillance are necessary, comprising serial assessment of maternal symptoms and fetal movement; serial BP measurement (twice weekly); and weekly measurement of the platelet count, serum creatinine, and liver enzymes. At 34 weeks of gestation, conventional antepartum testing should begin. Again, if there is deterioration of the maternal or fetal condition, the patient should be hospitalized and delivery should be accomplished according to the recommendations above.3

 

 

Seizure management

If a patient has a tonic–clonic seizure consistent with eclampsia, management should be as follows:

  1. Preserve the airway and immediately tilt the head forward to prevent aspiration.
  2. If the patient is not receiving magnesium sulfate, immediately administer a loading dose of 4-6 g IV or 10 mg intramuscularly if IV access has not been established.20
  3. If the patient is already receiving magnesium sulfate, administer a loading dose of 2 g IV over 5 minutes.
  4. If the patient continues to have seizure activity, administer anticonvulsant medication(lorazepam, diazepam, midazolam, or phenytoin).

Eclamptic seizures are usually self-limited, lasting no longer than 1 or 2 minutes. Regrettably, these seizures are unpredictable and contribute significantly to maternal morbidity and mortality.21,22 A maternal seizure causes a significant interruption in the oxygen pathway to the fetus, with resultant late decelerations, prolonged decelerations, or bradycardia.

Resist the temptation to perform emergent cesarean delivery when eclamptic seizure occurs; rather, allow time for fetal recovery and then proceed with delivery in a controlled fashion. In many circumstances, the patient can undergo vaginal delivery after an eclamptic seizure. Keep in mind that the differential diagnosis of new-onset seizure in pregnancy includes cerebral pathology, such as a bleeding arteriovenous malformation or ruptured aneurysm. Therefore, brain-imaging studies might be indicated, especially in patients who have focal neurologic deficits, or who have seizures either while receiving magnesium sulfate or 48 to 72 hours after delivery.

Preeclampsia postpartum

More recent studies have demonstrated that preeclampsia can be exacerbated after delivery or might even present initially postpartum.23,24 In all women in whom gestational hypertension, preeclampsia, or superimposed preeclampsia is diagnosed, therefore, recommendations are that BP be monitored in the hospital or on an outpatient basis for at least 72 hours postpartum and again 7 to 10 days after delivery. For all women postpartum, the recommendation is that discharge instructions 1) include information about signs and symptoms of preeclampsia and 2) emphasize the importance of promptly reporting such developments to providers.25 Remember: Sequelae of preeclampsia have been reported as late as 4 to 6 weeks postpartum.

Magnesium sulfate is recommended when a patient presents postpartum with new-onset hypertension associated with headache or blurred vision, or with preeclampsia with severe hypertension. Because nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs can be associated with elevated BP, these medications should be replaced by other analgesics in women with hypertension that persists for more than 1 day postpartum.

Prevention of preeclampsia

Given the significant maternal, fetal, and neonatal complications associated with preeclampsia, a number of studies have sought to determine ways in which this condition can be prevented. Currently, although no interventions appear to prevent preeclampsia in all patients, significant strides have been made in prevention for high-risk patients. Specifically, beginning low-dosage aspirin (most commonly, 81 mg/d, beginning at less than 16 weeks of gestation) has been shown to mitigate—although not eliminate—risk in patients with a history of preeclampsia and those who have chronic hypertension, multifetal gestation, pregestational diabetes, renal disease, SLE, or antiphospholipid syndrome.26,27Aspirin appears to act by preferentially blocking production of thromboxane, thus reducing the vasoconstrictive properties of this hormone.

Summing up

Hypertensive disorders during pregnancy are associated with significant morbidity and mortality for mother, fetus, and newborn. Preeclampsia, specifically, is recognized as a dynamic and progressive disease that has the potential to involve multiple organ systems, might present for the first time after delivery, and might be associated with long-term risk of hypertension, heart disease, stroke, and venous thromboembolism.28,29

 

Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.

References
  1. Callaghan WM, Mackay AP, Berg CJ. Identification of severe maternal morbidity during delivery hospitalizations, United States, 1991-2003. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2008; 199:133.e1-e8.
  2. Kuklina EV, Ayala C, Callaghan WM. Hypertensive disorders and severe obstetric morbidity in the United States. Obstet Gynecol. 2009;113:1299-1306.
  3. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists Task Force on Hypertension in Pregnancy. Hypertension in pregnancy. November 2013. https://www.acog.org/Clinical-Guidance-and-Publications/Task-Force-and-Work-Group-Reports/Hypertension-in-Pregnancy. Accessed August 8, 2018.
  4. Wheeler TL 2nd, Blackhurst DW, Dellinger EH, Ramsey PS. Usage of spot urine protein to creatinine ratios in the evaluation of preeclampsia. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2007;196:465.e1-e4.
  5. Bramham K, Parnell B, Nelson-Piercy C, Seed PT, Poston L, Chappell LL. Chronic hypertension and pregnancy outcomes: systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ. 2014;348:g2301.
  6. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. Hypertension in pregnancy: diagnosis and management. CG107, August 2010. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg107. Accessed August 27, 2018. Last updated January 2011.
  7. Spong CY, Mercer BM, D'Alton M, et al. Timing of indicated late-preterm and early-term birth. Obstet Gynecol. 2011;118:323-333.
  8. Sibai BM. Chronic hypertension in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol. 2002;100(2):369-377.
  9. Dugoff L; Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine. First- and second-trimester maternal serum markers or aneuploidy and adverse obstetric outcomes. Obstet Gynecol. 2010;115:1052-1061.
  10. Brosens I, Pijnenborg R, Vercruysse L, Romero R. The "great obstetrical syndromes" are associated with disorders of deep placentation. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2011;204:193-201.
  11. Huppertz B. Placental origins of preeclampsia: challenging the current hypothesis. Hypertension. 2008;51:970-975.
  12. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists Committee on Obstetric Practice; El-Sayed YY, Borders AE. Committee Opinion Number 692. Emergent therapy for acute-onset, severe hypertension during pregnancy and the postpartum period; April 2017. https://www.acog.org/-/media/Committee-Opinions/Committee-on-Obstetric-Practice/co692.pdf?dmc=1. Accessed August 8, 2018.
  13. Hollander JE. The management of cocaine-associated myocardial ischemia. N Engl J Med. 1995;333:1267-1272.
  14. Ghuran A, Nolan J. Recreational drug misuse: issues for the cardiologist. Heart. 2000;83:627-633.
  15. Altman D, Carroli G, Duley L, et al. Do women with pre-eclampsia and their babies, benefit from magnesium sulphate? The Magpie Trial: a randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet. 2002;359:1877-1890.
  16. Sibai BM. Magnesium sulfate prophylaxis in preeclampsia: lessons learned from recent trials. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2004;190:1520-1526.
  17. Gyamfi-Bannerman C, Thom EA, Blackwell SC, et al. Antenatal betamethasone for women at risk for late preterm delivery. N Engl J Med. 2016;374:1311-1320.
  18. Publications Committee, Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Sibai BM. Evaluation and management of severe preeclampsia before 34 weeks' gestation. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2011;205:191-198.
  19. Norwitz E, Funai E. Expectant management of severe preeclampsia remote from term: hope for the best, but expect the worst. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2008;199:209-212.
  20. Gordon R, Magee LA, Payne B, et al. Magnesium sulphate for the management of preeclampsia and eclampsia in low and middle income countries: a systematic review of tested dosing regimens. J Obstet Gynaecol Can. 2014;36(2):154-163.
  21. Sibai BM. Diagnosis, prevention, and management of eclampsia. Obstet Gynecol. 2005;105(2):402-410.
  22. Liu S, Joseph KS, Liston, RM, et al; Maternal Health Study Group of Canadian Perinatal Surveillance System (Public Health Agency of Canada). Incidence, risk factors, and associated complications of eclampsia.  Obstet Gynecol. 2011;118(5):987-994.
  23. Yancey LM, Withers E, Bakes K, Abbot J. Postpartum preeclampsia: emergency department presentation and management. J Emerg Med. 2011;40:380-384.
  24. Sibai BM. Etiology and management of postpartum hypertension-preeclampsia. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2012;206:470-475.
  25. You WB, Wolf MS, Bailey SC, Grobman WA. Improving patient understanding of preeclampsia: a randomized controlled trial. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2012;206:431.e1-e5.
  26. Henderson JT, Whitlock EP, O'Connor E, et al. Low-dose aspirin for prevention of morbidity and mortality from preeclampsia: a systematic evidence review for the US Preventive Services Task Force. Ann Intern Med. 2014;160:695-703.
  27. Roberge S, Nicolaides K, Demers S, Hyett J, Chaillet N, Bujold E. The role of aspirin dose on the prevention of preeclampsia and fetal growth restriction: systematic review and meta-analysis.  Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2017;216(2):110-120.e6.
  28. Bellamy L, Casas JP, Hingorani AD, Williams DJ. Pre-eclampsia and risk of cardiovascular disease and cancer in later life: systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ. 2007;335:974-986.
  29. McDonald SD, Malinowski A, Zhou Q, et al. Cardiovascular sequelae of preeclampsia/eclampsia: a systematic review and meta-analyses. Am Heart J. 2008;156:918-930.
References
  1. Callaghan WM, Mackay AP, Berg CJ. Identification of severe maternal morbidity during delivery hospitalizations, United States, 1991-2003. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2008; 199:133.e1-e8.
  2. Kuklina EV, Ayala C, Callaghan WM. Hypertensive disorders and severe obstetric morbidity in the United States. Obstet Gynecol. 2009;113:1299-1306.
  3. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists Task Force on Hypertension in Pregnancy. Hypertension in pregnancy. November 2013. https://www.acog.org/Clinical-Guidance-and-Publications/Task-Force-and-Work-Group-Reports/Hypertension-in-Pregnancy. Accessed August 8, 2018.
  4. Wheeler TL 2nd, Blackhurst DW, Dellinger EH, Ramsey PS. Usage of spot urine protein to creatinine ratios in the evaluation of preeclampsia. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2007;196:465.e1-e4.
  5. Bramham K, Parnell B, Nelson-Piercy C, Seed PT, Poston L, Chappell LL. Chronic hypertension and pregnancy outcomes: systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ. 2014;348:g2301.
  6. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. Hypertension in pregnancy: diagnosis and management. CG107, August 2010. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg107. Accessed August 27, 2018. Last updated January 2011.
  7. Spong CY, Mercer BM, D'Alton M, et al. Timing of indicated late-preterm and early-term birth. Obstet Gynecol. 2011;118:323-333.
  8. Sibai BM. Chronic hypertension in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol. 2002;100(2):369-377.
  9. Dugoff L; Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine. First- and second-trimester maternal serum markers or aneuploidy and adverse obstetric outcomes. Obstet Gynecol. 2010;115:1052-1061.
  10. Brosens I, Pijnenborg R, Vercruysse L, Romero R. The "great obstetrical syndromes" are associated with disorders of deep placentation. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2011;204:193-201.
  11. Huppertz B. Placental origins of preeclampsia: challenging the current hypothesis. Hypertension. 2008;51:970-975.
  12. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists Committee on Obstetric Practice; El-Sayed YY, Borders AE. Committee Opinion Number 692. Emergent therapy for acute-onset, severe hypertension during pregnancy and the postpartum period; April 2017. https://www.acog.org/-/media/Committee-Opinions/Committee-on-Obstetric-Practice/co692.pdf?dmc=1. Accessed August 8, 2018.
  13. Hollander JE. The management of cocaine-associated myocardial ischemia. N Engl J Med. 1995;333:1267-1272.
  14. Ghuran A, Nolan J. Recreational drug misuse: issues for the cardiologist. Heart. 2000;83:627-633.
  15. Altman D, Carroli G, Duley L, et al. Do women with pre-eclampsia and their babies, benefit from magnesium sulphate? The Magpie Trial: a randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet. 2002;359:1877-1890.
  16. Sibai BM. Magnesium sulfate prophylaxis in preeclampsia: lessons learned from recent trials. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2004;190:1520-1526.
  17. Gyamfi-Bannerman C, Thom EA, Blackwell SC, et al. Antenatal betamethasone for women at risk for late preterm delivery. N Engl J Med. 2016;374:1311-1320.
  18. Publications Committee, Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Sibai BM. Evaluation and management of severe preeclampsia before 34 weeks' gestation. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2011;205:191-198.
  19. Norwitz E, Funai E. Expectant management of severe preeclampsia remote from term: hope for the best, but expect the worst. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2008;199:209-212.
  20. Gordon R, Magee LA, Payne B, et al. Magnesium sulphate for the management of preeclampsia and eclampsia in low and middle income countries: a systematic review of tested dosing regimens. J Obstet Gynaecol Can. 2014;36(2):154-163.
  21. Sibai BM. Diagnosis, prevention, and management of eclampsia. Obstet Gynecol. 2005;105(2):402-410.
  22. Liu S, Joseph KS, Liston, RM, et al; Maternal Health Study Group of Canadian Perinatal Surveillance System (Public Health Agency of Canada). Incidence, risk factors, and associated complications of eclampsia.  Obstet Gynecol. 2011;118(5):987-994.
  23. Yancey LM, Withers E, Bakes K, Abbot J. Postpartum preeclampsia: emergency department presentation and management. J Emerg Med. 2011;40:380-384.
  24. Sibai BM. Etiology and management of postpartum hypertension-preeclampsia. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2012;206:470-475.
  25. You WB, Wolf MS, Bailey SC, Grobman WA. Improving patient understanding of preeclampsia: a randomized controlled trial. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2012;206:431.e1-e5.
  26. Henderson JT, Whitlock EP, O'Connor E, et al. Low-dose aspirin for prevention of morbidity and mortality from preeclampsia: a systematic evidence review for the US Preventive Services Task Force. Ann Intern Med. 2014;160:695-703.
  27. Roberge S, Nicolaides K, Demers S, Hyett J, Chaillet N, Bujold E. The role of aspirin dose on the prevention of preeclampsia and fetal growth restriction: systematic review and meta-analysis.  Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2017;216(2):110-120.e6.
  28. Bellamy L, Casas JP, Hingorani AD, Williams DJ. Pre-eclampsia and risk of cardiovascular disease and cancer in later life: systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ. 2007;335:974-986.
  29. McDonald SD, Malinowski A, Zhou Q, et al. Cardiovascular sequelae of preeclampsia/eclampsia: a systematic review and meta-analyses. Am Heart J. 2008;156:918-930.
Issue
OBG Management - 30(9)
Issue
OBG Management - 30(9)
Page Number
21-22, 25-26, 28, 30-31, 50
Page Number
21-22, 25-26, 28, 30-31, 50
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Importance of providing standardized management of hypertension in pregnancy
Display Headline
Importance of providing standardized management of hypertension in pregnancy
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media